Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout02/03/2026 - Formal Meeting - Meeting MaterialsSALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL AGENDA FORMAL MEETING   February 3, 2026 Tuesday 7:00 PM Council meetings are held in a hybrid meeting format. Hybrid meetings allow people to join online or in person at the City & County Building. Learn more at tinyurl.com/SLCCouncilMeetings.  Council Chambers 451 South State Street, Room 315 Salt Lake City, UT 84111 SLCCouncil.com   CITY COUNCIL MEMBERS: Alejandro Puy, Chair District 2 Erika Carlsen, Vice Chair District 5 Victoria Petro District 1 Chris Wharton District 3 Eva Lopez Chavez District 4 Dan Dugan District 6 Sarah Young District 7 Generated: 09:39:33 Please note: Dates not identified in the FYI - Project Timeline are either not applicable or not yet determined. WELCOME AND PUBLIC MEETING RULES   A.OPENING CEREMONY: 1.Council Member Victoria Petro will conduct the formal meeting. 2.Pledge of Allegiance. 3.Welcome and Public Meeting Rules. 4.The Council will approve the work session meeting minutes of June 3, 2025, and July 1, 2025. 5.The Council will consider adopting a joint ceremonial resolution with Mayor Mendenhall recognizing February as Black History Month in Salt Lake City. B.PUBLIC HEARINGS:   1. Ordinance: Zoning Map Amendment at Approximately 265 East 100 South The Council will accept public comment and consider adopting an ordinance that would amend the zoning for the property at approximately 265 East 100 South from MU- 8 (Mixed-Use 8) to D-1 (Central Business District). The proposal would enable redevelopment of the site with a mixed-use development including ground floor retail and residential units on the upper floors. Consideration may be given to rezoning the property to another zoning district with similar characteristics. The project is within Council District 4. Petitioner: Dave Hunter of Silverado Development, LLC, representing the property owners, Raven One, LLC. Petition No.: PLNPCM2024-01377.    FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion) Briefing - Tuesday, January 20, 2026 Set Public Hearing Date - Tuesday, January 20, 2026 Hold hearing to accept public comment - Tuesday, February 3, 2026 at 7 p.m. TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, February 17, 2026 Staff Recommendation - Refer to motion sheet(s).   2. Ordinance: Zoning Administration Text Amendment The Council will accept public comment and consider adopting an ordinance that would amend multiple sections of Title 21A of the Salt Lake City Code to clarify and update provisions related to the administration of the zoning code. The proposal would primarily align the code with established processes, current practices, and recently adopted state laws. The proposal does not modify how the Planning Division administers the zoning code but is intended to strengthen the legal standing, support staff in code implementation, and enhance transparency. Petition No.: PLNPCM2025-00164.    FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion) Briefing - Tuesday, January 20, 2026 Set Public Hearing Date - Tuesday, January 20, 2026 Hold hearing to accept public comment - Tuesday, February 3, 2026 at 7 p.m. TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, February 17, 2026 Staff Recommendation - Refer to motion sheet(s).   3. Ordinance: Budget Amendment No.4 for Fiscal Year 2025-26 The Council will accept public comment and consider adopting an ordinance amending the final budget of Salt Lake City, including the employment staffing document for Fiscal Year 2025-26 Budget. Budget amendments happen several times each year to reflect adjustments to the City’s budgets, including proposed project additions and modifications. The proposed amendment includes the rescoping of Open Streets funds, a mobile command center purchase, Old Library (formerly known as the Leonardo) capital improvements, a pedestrian bridge, and Fleet purchases, among other items. For more information visit tinyurl.com/SLCFY26.    FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion) Briefing - Tuesday, January 13, 2026, Tuesday, January 20, 2026, and Tuesday, February 3, 2026 Set Public Hearing Date - Tuesday, January 13, 2026 Hold hearing to accept public comment - Tuesday, February 3, 2026 at 7 p.m. TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, February 17, 2026 Staff Recommendation - Refer to motion sheet(s).   C.POTENTIAL ACTION ITEMS: NONE.   D.COMMENTS: 1.Questions to the Mayor from the City Council. 2.Comments to the City Council. (This is a one-hour time slot for the public to comment on any City business not scheduled for a public hearing. Each person will have two minutes to talk. General comment registration closes at 7:30 p.m.)   E.NEW BUSINESS:   1. Advice and Consent: Salt Lake City Chief Information Officer – Zach Posner The Council will consider approving the appointment of Zach Posner as the Salt Lake City Chief Information Officer (Director of Information Management Services or IMS).    FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion) Briefing - Tuesday, February 3, 2026 Set Public Hearing Date - n/a Hold hearing to accept public comment - n/a TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, February 3, 2026 Staff Recommendation - Refer to motion sheet(s).     F.UNFINISHED BUSINESS:   1. Resolution: Collective Bargaining for the Salt Lake City Public Library The Council will consider approving the collective bargaining agreement between the Salt Lake City Public Library and the American Federation of State, County, and Municipal Employees (AFSCME) Local No.1004, which represents eligible Library employees. The Library Board of Directors approved the agreement on December 15, 2025. The Library now seeks the Council's review and approval.    FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion) Briefing - Tuesday, January 20, 2026 Set Public Hearing Date - n/a Hold hearing to accept public comment - n/a TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, February 3, 2026 Staff Recommendation - Refer to motion sheet(s).     G.CONSENT: 1. Ordinance: Disposition of Alleys and Street Text Amendment The Council will set the date of Tuesday, February 17, 2026 at 7 p.m. to accept public comment and consider adopting an ordinance that would amend sections 14.52 and 20.16.050 of the Salt Lake City Code to establish a consistent process for requests to close or vacate City-owned public streets or alleys. The proposal would also make the disposition process consistent in the context of a subdivision application and update the polices and standards that must be adhered to. Petition No.:PLNPCM2025-00423.    FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion) Briefing - Tuesday, February 3, 2026 Set Public Hearing Date - Tuesday, February 3, 2026 Hold hearing to accept public comment - Tuesday, February 17, 2026 at 7 p.m. TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, March 10, 2026 Staff Recommendation - Set date.   2. Resolution: Northwest Pipeline Building and New Construction Public Benefits Analysis The Council will set the date of Tuesday, February 17, 2026 at 7 p.m. to accept public comment and consider approving a resolution that would authorize the sales price and term sheet for The Grove Project at 321 East 200 South. The proposed development, which would include the historic Northwest Pipeline building as well as new construction, would provide 196 affordable housing units, plus commercial space, a parking structure, a public plaza, and more. The City would sell the 2.42-acre property at a below-market sales price of $1 million, paid over a 55-year period. The public benefit analysis finds that this development project would promote City goals of increasing affordable housing, elimination of a development impediment, and preservation of historic structures and property, among others.    FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion) Briefing - Tuesday, February 3, 2026 Set Public Hearing Date - Tuesday, February 3, 2026 Hold hearing to accept public comment - Tuesday, February 17, 2026 at 7 p.m. TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, February 17, 2026 Staff Recommendation - Set date.   3. Ordinance: Temporary Street Closure for Temple Square 2027 Reopening The Council will set the date of Tuesday, March 10, 2026 at 7 p.m. to accept public comment and consider adopting an ordinance that would temporarily close all or portions of City streets adjacent to the Salt Lake City Temple. The proposal would mitigate unsafe conditions, and facilitate public safety and crowd management during the Temple Reopening Celebration. The temporary street closures would occur between March 2027 and October 2027.    FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion) Briefing - Tuesday, February 10, 2026 Set Public Hearing Date - Tuesday, February 3, 2026 Hold hearing to accept public comment - Tuesday, March 10, 2026 at 7 p.m. TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, March 24, 2026 Staff Recommendation - Set date.   4. Board Appointment: Historic Landmark Commission – Steven Cornell The Council will consider approving the appointment of Steven Cornell, resident of District 7, to the Historic Landmark Commission for a term ending February 3, 2030.    FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion) Briefing - Tuesday, February 3, 2026 Set Public Hearing Date - n/a Hold hearing to accept public comment - n/a TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, February 3, 2026 Staff Recommendation - Approve.   H.ADJOURNMENT:     CERTIFICATE OF POSTING On or before 5:00 p.m. on Thursday, January 29, 2026, the undersigned, duly appointed City Recorder, does hereby certify that the above notice and agenda was (1) posted on the Utah Public Notice Website created under Utah Code Section 63F-1-701, and (2) a copy of the foregoing provided to The Salt Lake Tribune and/or the Deseret News and to a local media correspondent and any others who have indicated interest. KEITH REYNOLDS SALT LAKE CITY RECORDER Final action may be taken in relation to any topic listed on the agenda, including but not limited to adoption, rejection, amendment, addition of conditions and variations of options discussed. The City & County Building is an accessible facility. People with disabilities may make requests for reasonable accommodation, which may include alternate formats, interpreters, and other auxiliary aids and services. Please make requests at least two business days in advance. To make a request, please contact the City Council Office at council.comments@slc.gov, 801-535-7600, or relay service 711. PENDING MINUTES – NOT APPROVED The City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah, met in Work Session on Tuesday, June 3, 2025. The following Council Members were present: Victoria Petro, Daniel Dugan, Chris Wharton, Alejandro Puy, Darin Mano, Sarah Young, Eva Lopez Chavez Present Legislative leadership: Jennifer Bruno – Executive Director, Lehua Weaver – Deputy Director, Nick Tarbet – Deputy Director Present Administrative leadership: Rachel Otto – Chief of Staff, Jill Love – Chief Administrative Officer Present City Staff: Mark Kittrell – City Attorney, Thais Stewart – Deputy City Recorder, Matthew Brown – Deputy City Recorder, Cameron Johnson – Senior City Attorney, DeeDee Robinson – Minutes & Records Clerk, Taylor Hill – Constituent Liaison/Policy Analyst, Scott Corpany – Staff Assistant, Brian Fullmer – Constituent Liaison, Policy Analyst, Mary Beth Thompson – Chief Financial Officer, Nick Norris – Planning Director, Andrew Johnston – Director of Homelessness Policy and Outreach, Allison Rowland – Public Policy Analyst, Peter Makowski – Economic Development Manager, Weston Clark – Mayor's Senior Advisor, Sylvia Richards – Public Policy Analyst, Austin Kimmel – Public Policy Analyst, Michael Sanders – Budget & Policy Analyst, Karl Lieb – Fire Chief, Felica Baca – Arts Division Director, Laurel Cannon Alder – Assistant Director of Economic Development The meeting was called to order at 1:08 p.m.   MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL Tuesday, June 3, 2025 1 Work Session Items Click Here for the Mayor’s Recommended Budget for Fiscal Year 2025-26.   1.Informational: Updates from the Administration ~ 1:00 p.m.  15 min. The Council will receive information from the Administration on major items or projects in progress. Topics may relate to major events or emergencies (if needed), services and resources related to people experiencing homelessness, active public engagement efforts, wildfire mitigation, and projects or staffing updates from City Departments, or other items as appropriate. FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion) Briefing - Recurring Briefing Set Public Hearing Date - n/a Hold hearing to accept public comment - n/a TENTATIVE Council Action - n/a     Summary: Weston Clark provided Community Engagement highlights, including ways to engage with the City, City-wide project updates, Mayor’s Office updates, and City community events. Andrew Johnston provided Homelessness Updates, including Homeless Resource Center (HRC) capacity, resource fair details, HRC Community Block Party dates and locations, Summer Emergency Shelter capacity details, and Summer cooling options in City and County libraries and recreation centers.   2.Ordinance: Zoning Text Amendment for Public Hearing Requirements for Appeals and Variances ~ 1:15 p.m.  15 min. The Council will receive a briefing about a proposal that would amend various sections of Title 21A of the Salt Lake City Code relating to public hearing requirements for appeals and variances. The proposal makes the necessary changes to comply with House Bill 368 (HB368), adopted by the Utah Legislature in 2025, and went into effect on May 7, 2025. One part of HB368 prohibits cities from holding a public hearing for any appeals of a land use decision and requests for variances. FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion) Briefing - Tuesday, June 3, 2025 Set Public Hearing Date - Tuesday, June 10, 2025 Hold hearing to accept public comment - Tuesday, July 1, 2025 at 7 p.m. TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, July 8, 2025   MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL Tuesday, June 3, 2025 2   Summary: Brian Fullmer explained this was a proposal to remove the public requirement in City Code for appeals of land use decisions and variance requests, necessitated by House Bill (HB) 368 from the 2025 Legislative Session. Nick Norris provided information regarding intent of the proposal, current request included clarification of other provisions, data on appeal and variance applications received, and variance requirements. Council Members and Nick Norris discussed: •If public hearings for appeals were helpful •Other ways to gain information instead of public hearings •How often variances occur in the City   3.Ordinance: Economic Development Loan Fund - Hruskas LLC.~ 1:30 p.m.  5 min. The Council will receive a briefing about an ordinance that would approve a $200,000 loan for Hruskas, LLC. at 1751 South 1100 East from the Economic Development Loan Fund (EDLF). Hruskas, LLC. takeout restaurant offering sweet and savory kolaches stuffed pastries. This loan will assist in the creation of two new jobs in the next year and the retention of nine current jobs. FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion) Briefing - Tuesday, June 3, 2025 Set Public Hearing Date - n/a Hold hearing to accept public comment - n/a TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, June 3, 2025     Summary: Austin Kimmel provided an introduction. Peter Makowski said the business had a long standing presence in the Sugar House neighborhood and the loan would assist in the renovation of their new location on 1700 South and 1100 East.   4.Fiscal Year 2025-26 Budget: Fire Department ~ 1:35 p.m.  45 min.   MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL Tuesday, June 3, 2025 3 The Council will receive a briefing about the proposed Fire Department budget for Fiscal Year 2025-26. For more information visit https://tinyurl.com/SLCFY26. FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion) Briefing - Tuesday, June 3, 2025 Set Public Hearing Date - Tuesday, April 15, 2025 Hold hearing to accept public comment - Tuesday, May 20, 2025 and Tuesday, June 3, 2025 at 7 p.m. TENTATIVE Council Action - TBD   Summary: Michael Sanders provided a brief introduction. Karl Lieb provided information regarding details of requested programs (increase for uniform allowance and Social Work Intern), data collection and expansion possibilities of Community Health Access Team (CHAT), and preparing City residents for potential wildfires. Council Members and Karl Lieb discussed: •Opportunities for Fire Staff to visit residences, assess fire risks, and provide recommendations •Data collection and expansion possibilities of Community Health Access Team (CHAT) •Preparing City residents for potential wildfires •Community Risk Reduction (CRR) assignments within the Division Council Requests: Council Member Puy requested data on how much resources of the department go into addressing homelessness, mental health, overdoses, etc. (alternate response model totals). Karl Lieb said the information would be provided. Council Members Petro and Lopez Chavez arrived during this agenda item.   5.Tentative Break ~ 2:20 p.m.  20 min. FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion) Briefing - Set Public Hearing Date - Hold hearing to accept public comment -   MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL Tuesday, June 3, 2025 4 TENTATIVE Council Action -   6.Fiscal Year 2025-26 Budget: Responses to Open Legislative Intents from Previous Years ~ 2:40 p.m.  30 min. The Council will receive the first briefing of two opportunities to discuss budget-related legislative intents. This first briefing focuses on the Administration’s responses to the Fiscal Year 2025 adopted legislative intents, and to any other prior legislative intents that remain open. Legislative intents are formal requests the Council makes of the Administration. This briefing will include updates on a variety of subjects, including noise enforcement for vehicular and non-vehicular sources, Jordan River water quality, and more. The second briefing, on June 5, 2025, will allow the Council to consider any new legislative intents to be added with the Fiscal Year 2026 budget. FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion) Briefing - Tuesday, June 3, 2025 Set Public Hearing Date - n/a Hold hearing to accept public comment - n/a TENTATIVE Council Action - n/a     Summary: Allison Rowland provided an introduction and advised Council Members the following list of department Legislative Intents required a determination to be kept open (continued) or be closed: •Community and Neighborhoods ◦FY23 – Youth & Family Program Streamlining ◾Recommended by Staff to remain open ◦FY22 – Trips-to-Transit Expansion Evaluation ◾Recommended by Staff to remain open ◦FY25 – Neighborhood District Signs ◾Recommended by Staff to remain open •Finance ◦FY25 – Policy Goals for Zero-Based Budgeting Exercise (a through c) ◾Straw Poll: Support for Staff’s recommendation to keep Items a and b open and closing Item c. All Council Members present were in favor, with Council Member Young absent for the poll ◦FY25 – Consolidated Fee Schedule (a through c) ◾Straw Poll: Support for Staff’s recommendation to keep all items open and explicitly request research for Item c. All Council Members present were in favor, with Council Member Young absent for the poll ◦FY24 – Legal Defenders Association MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL Tuesday, June 3, 2025 5 ◾Straw Poll: Support for keeping this item open. All Council Members present were in favor, with Council Member Young absent for the poll ◦FY23 – Consolidated Fee Schedule Holistic Review ◾Straw Poll: Support for keeping this item open with a focus on Public Lands’ fees for the upcoming fiscal year. All Council Members present were in favor, with Council Members Lopez Chavez and Young absent for the poll ◦FY23 – Grants and Ongoing Programs ◾Straw Poll: Support for keeping this item open. All Council Members present were in favor, with Council Members Lopez Chavez and Young absent for the poll •Human Resources ◦FY25 – Compensation Plan ◾Straw Poll: Support for closing and completing this item. All Council Members present were in favor, with Council Members Young and Lopez Chavez absent for the poll •Mayor’s Office ◦FY25 – Noise Enforcement (Vehicular and Non-Vehicular) ◦FY24 – Evaluating Efficiencies of All Diversified Response Teams ◾Straw Poll: Support for Staff’s recommendation to keep both items open and to schedule a briefing with the Administration within the 2025 calendar year to discuss efficiencies of the City’s diversified response teams. All Council Members present were in favor, with Council Member Young absent for the poll •Police Department ◦FY21 – Police Department Role (A-C) ◾Straw Poll: Support for keeping this item open and include discussion of this item in the requested diversified response team briefing. All Council Members present were in favor, with Council Member Young absent for the poll •Public Lands ◦FY24 – Golf Fee Structure ◾All Council Members present were in favor of keeping this item open (no straw poll, with Council Member Young absent) •Public Services ◦FY25 – Charging Stations for Electric Vehicles ◾Straw Poll: Support for closing and completing this item. All Council Members present were in favor ◦FY15 – Maintenance of Business Districts ◾Straw Poll: Support for keeping this item open. All Council Members present were in favor •Public Utilities ◦FY25 – Jordan River Water Quality ◾Straw Poll: Support for keeping this item open. All Council Members present were in favor ◦FY23 – Water Usage by the City ◾Straw Poll: Support for keeping this item open. All Council Members present were in favor MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL Tuesday, June 3, 2025 6 •Council-led Intents ◦FY25 – Council Member Compensation ◾Straw Poll: Support for keeping this item open. All Council Members present were in favor ◦FY23 – Rotating Outside Auditing of Each City Department ◾Recommended by Staff to remain open ◦FY21 – Police Department Reporting Ordinance ◾Supported by Council Members to close this item (no straw poll) •Attorney’s Office ◦FY24 – Department Role Clarity in Ordinance ◾Recommended by Staff to remain open ◦FY24 – Pay Parity among Attorneys ◾Supported by all Council Members to close this item (no straw poll) ◦FY23 – Boarded Building Fee ◾Supported by all Council Members to close and complete this item (no straw poll) ◦FY23 – Open and Public Meeting Act (OPMA) ◾Supported by Council Members to keep the item open with a deadline of May 2026 to complete (no straw poll) ◦FY21 – Decriminalization Review of City Code ◾Supported by all Council Members to receive an update in small group meetings before determining keeping open/closing (no straw poll) Council Member Young joined the meeting during this agenda item.   7.Fiscal Year 2025-26 Budget: Unresolved Issues Follow-up ~ 3:10 p.m.  60 min. The Council will receive a follow-up briefing about unresolved issues relating to the proposed budget for Fiscal Year 2025-26. For more information visit https://tinyurl.com/SLCFY26. FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion) Briefing - Thursday, May 29, 2025 and Tuesday, June 3, 2025 Set Public Hearing Date - Tuesday, April 15, 2025 Hold hearing to accept public comment - Tuesday, May 20, 2025 and Tuesday, June 3, 2025 at 7 p.m. TENTATIVE Council Action - TBD     Summary: Council Members, Jennifer Bruno, Mary Beth Thompson, and Jill Love discussed: •Actual new growth revenue (estimated at $2M) to be updated on June 8, 2025 •Judgment levy revenue •Maintaining Fund Balance at 13% •The City’s AAA Bond status MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL Tuesday, June 3, 2025 7 •The need for further discussions to address the Fleet Fund (Item 32) and general maintenance of City streets (Item 29) •Prioritizing funding for the Legal Defenders Association Council Members discussed their individual preferences for funding. At Council Member Young’s suggestion, all Council Members agreed to wait until tax revenue numbers were received before deciding on allocations.   8.Tentative Break ~ 4:10 p.m.  20 min. FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion) Briefing - Set Public Hearing Date - Hold hearing to accept public comment - TENTATIVE Council Action -     9.Board Appointment: Racial Equity in Policing Commission – Aleksei Hernandez-Nietling ~ 4:30 p.m.  5 min. The Council will interview Aleksei Hernandez-Nietling prior to considering appointment to the Racial Equity in Policing Commission for a term ending December 27, 2027. FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion) Briefing - Tuesday, June 3, 2025 Set Public Hearing Date - n/a Hold hearing to accept public comment - n/a TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, June 3, 2025     Summary: Interview held. Council Member Wharton said Aleksei Hernandez-Nietling’s name was on the Consent Agenda for formal consideration.   10.Fiscal Year 2025-26 Budget: Arts Council Division ~ 4:35 p.m.  45 min. The Council will receive a briefing about the proposed Arts Council Division budget for Fiscal Year 2025-26. For more information visit https://tinyurl.com/SLCFY26. FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council   MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL Tuesday, June 3, 2025 8 discussion) Briefing - Tuesday, June 3, 2025 Set Public Hearing Date - Tuesday, April 15, 2025 Hold hearing to accept public comment - Tuesday, May 20, 2025 and Tuesday, June 3, 2025 at 7 p.m. TENTATIVE Council Action - TBD   Summary: Sylvia Richards provided an introduction. Felicia Baca and Laurel Cannon Alder provided information regarding division goals, budget/revenue overview, contractual obligations, special projects and community engagement, compliance and reporting, active projects and timelines, other funds Arts Council manages (CIP Art, CRA Art funding, public donations, Cultural Core/The Blocks, etc.), city-wide mural updates, etc. Council Requests: Council Member Petro inquired regarding metrics on engaging the public, what strategies were most successful, specifically audience development. Felicia Baca said the information would be provided. Council Member Puy requested additional information regarding the chart displaying Staff Time & Programming Allocations, the department’s definition of outreach, what portion of their budget was split between events, concerts, and public art, an explanation on how their department compared to other cities (as far as production), and how many pieces of art were installed last year in the City and how much money was spent on them. Felicia Baca said the information would be provided.   Standing Items   11.Report of the Chair and Vice Chair -  - Report of Chair and Vice Chair.    Item not held.   12.Report and Announcements from the Executive Director -  - Report of the Executive Director, including a review of Council information items and announcements. The Council may give feedback or staff direction on any item related to City Council business, including but not limited to scheduling items.    Item not held.   MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL Tuesday, June 3, 2025 9 13.Tentative Closed Session -  - The Council will consider a motion to enter into Closed Session. A closed meeting described under Section 52-4-205 may be held for specific purposes including, but not limited to: a. discussion of the character, professional competence, or physical or mental health of an individual; b. strategy sessions to discuss collective bargaining; c. strategy sessions to discuss pending or reasonably imminent litigation; d. strategy sessions to discuss the purchase, exchange, or lease of real property, including any form of a water right or water shares, if public discussion of the transaction would: (i) disclose the appraisal or estimated value of the property under consideration; or (ii) prevent the public body from completing the transaction on the best possible terms; e. strategy sessions to discuss the sale of real property, including any form of a water right or water shares, if: (i) public discussion of the transaction would: (A) disclose the appraisal or estimated value of the property under consideration; or (B) prevent the public body from completing the transaction on the best possible terms; (ii) the public body previously gave public notice that the property would be offered for sale; and (iii) the terms of the sale are publicly disclosed before the public body approves the sale; f. discussion regarding deployment of security personnel, devices, or systems; and g. investigative proceedings regarding allegations of criminal misconduct. A closed meeting may also be held for attorney-client matters that are privileged pursuant to Utah Code § 78B-1-137, and for other lawful purposes that satisfy the pertinent requirements of the Utah Open and Public Meetings Act.    Summary: Closed Session started at 5:49 p.m. Held in the Work Session Room (location) and online via Zoom Council Members in Attendance: Sara Young, Victoria Petro, Chris Wharton, Dan Dugan, Darin Mano, Eva Lopez Chavez, Alejandro Puy City Staff in Attendance: Lindsey Nikola, Megan Yuill, Jennifer Bruno, Lehua Weaver, Nick Tarbet, Mark Kittrell, Cindy Lou Trishman, Danny Walz, Mary Beth Thompson, Cara Lindsley, Ashley Ogden, Tauni Barker, Lauren Parisi, Taylee Foulger, Tracy Tran, Austin Kimmel, Allison Rowland, Tammy Hunsaker, Jennifer Huntsman, Whitney Gonzalez Fernandez, Kelsey Lindquist, Thais Stewart, Matt Brown Attendance online via Zoom: Rachel Otto Closed Session ended at 6:49 p.m.  Motion: Moved by Council Member Mano, seconded by Council Member Puy to MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL Tuesday, June 3, 2025 10 enter into closed session for the purposes of strategy sessions to discuss pending or reasonably imminent litigation and for attorney-client matters that are privileged pursuant to Utah Code § 78B-1-137, and for other lawful purposes that satisfy the pertinent requirements of the Utah Open and Public Meetings Act. AYE: Victoria Petro, Daniel Dugan, Chris Wharton, Alejandro Puy, Darin Mano, Sarah Young, Eva Lopez Chavez Final Result: 7 – 0 Pass Motion: Moved by Council Member Mano, seconded by Council Member Dugan to exit the closed meeting. AYE: Victoria Petro, Daniel Dugan, Chris Wharton, Alejandro Puy, Darin Mano, Eva Lopez Chavez, Sarah Young Final Result: 7 – 0 Pass   MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL Tuesday, June 3, 2025 11 Meeting adjourned at: 6:49 p.m. Minutes Approved: _______________________________ City Council Chair – Chris Wharton _______________________________ City Recorder – Keith Reynolds Please refer to Meeting Materials (available at https://data.slc.gov by selecting City Council Meeting Information) for supportive content including electronic recordings and comments submitted prior to or during the meeting. Websites listed within the body of the Minutes may not remain active indefinitely. This document along with the digital recording constitutes the official minutes of the City Council Work Session meeting held Tuesday, June 3, 2025 and is not intended to serve as a full transcript. Please refer to the electronic recording for entire content pursuant to Utah Code §52- 4-203.   MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL Tuesday, June 3, 2025 12 PENDING MINUTES – NOT APPROVED The City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah, met in Work Session on Tuesday, July 1, 2025. The following Council Members were present: Victoria Petro, Daniel Dugan, Chris Wharton, Alejandro Puy, Darin Mano, Sarah Young, Eva Lopez Chavez Present Legislative leadership: Jennifer Bruno – Executive Director, Lehua Weaver – Deputy Director, Nick Tarbet – Deputy Director Present Administrative leadership: Mayor Erin Mendenhall, Rachel Otto – Chief of Staff, Jill Love – Chief Administrative Officer Present City Staff: Allison Parks – Deputy City Attorney, Keith Reynolds – City Recorder, DeeDee Robinson – Minutes & Records Clerk, Thais Stewart – Deputy City Recorder, Taylor Hill – Constituent Liaison/Policy Analyst, Scott Corpany – Staff Assistant, Brian Fullmer – Constituent Liaison, Policy Analyst, Andrew Johnston – Director of Homelessness Policy and Outreach, Allison Rowland – Public Policy Analyst, Kelsey Lindquist – Senior Planner, Daniel Echeverria – Senior Planner, Tammy Hunsaker – Deputy Director of Community Services, Cassie Younger – Senior Planner, Julie Crookston – Deputy Director of Public Services, Lindsey Nikola – Deputy Chief of Staff, Tony Milner – Housing Stability Division Director, Heather Royall – Housing Stability Division Deputy Director, Sylvia Richards – Public Policy Analyst, Katie Riser – Mayor's Deputy Director of Community Outreach, Amanda Roman – Senior Planner, Rylee Hall – Principal Planner, Amy Thompson – Planning Manager, Kate Werrett – Budget & Policy Analyst, Kat Andra – Senior Planning Strategist, Julianne Sabula – Transportation Deputy Director The meeting was called to order at 2:03 p.m.   MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL Tuesday, July 1, 2025 1 Work Session Items   1.Informational: Updates from the Administration ~ 2:00 p.m.  15 min. The Council will receive information from the Administration on major items or projects in progress. Topics may relate to major events or emergencies (if needed), services and resources related to people experiencing homelessness, active public engagement efforts, wildfire mitigation, and projects or staffing updates from City Departments, or other items as appropriate. FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion) Briefing - Recurring Briefing Set Public Hearing Date - n/a Hold hearing to accept public comment - n/a TENTATIVE Council Action - n/a     Summary: Katie Riser provided information regarding Public Lands project updates, City community events for July 2025, and City-sponsored drone shows for the 4 & 24 of July, 2025. Andrew Johnston provided information and updates on the following: •Homeless Resource Center (HRC) occupancy •Encampment Impact Mitigation (EIM) and Rapid Intervention Team (RIT) •The Huntsman Mental Health Crisis Center located at 955 West 3300 South, South Salt Lake City •July 14, 2025, Resource Fair at Library Square Lindsey Nikola provided an update regarding park security patrols, including: •Walk through foot patrols that include structure assessments with photos, locking all park restrooms city-wide, closing gates where applicable, and coordinating with Police Department for enforcement as needed •Current patrols in operation at Liberty, Fairmont, Herman Franks, and Allen Parks •Beginning July 11, 2025, patrols would be rolled out at Glendale, Jordan, International Peace Gardens, Cottonwood, and Riverside Parks, Fisher Mansion, and key Jordan River Parkway areas •Daily incident reporting shared with Public Lands operations, used to coordinate with Salt Lake City Police Department Council Request: Council Member Wharton requested information on which park restrooms would be opened and those that were either temporarily or permanently closed. Lindsey Nikola th th MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL Tuesday, July 1, 2025 2 said the information would be provided.   2.Ordinance: Mixed-Use (MU) Zoning Consolidation Zoning Text and Map Amendment Follow-up ~ 2:15 p.m.  45 min. The Council will receive a follow-up briefing on a proposal that would amend the City's zoning ordinance and zoning map by consolidating up to 27 existing commercial, form- based, and mixed-use zoning districts into six new mixed-use (MU) districts. The proposal aims to simplify zoning regulations, improve clarity of language, and incorporate missing design standards. The new mixed-use districts will be similar to the current districts but will have changes to setbacks, building height, lot coverage, and permitted land uses. Other sections of Title 21A may also be amended as part of this petition. For more information visit https://tinyurl.com/SLCMixedUse. FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion) Briefing - Tuesday, February 4, 2025; Tuesday, April 8, 2025; Tuesday, April 15, 2025; and Tuesday, July 1, 2025 Set Public Hearing Date - Tuesday, April 1, 2025 Hold hearing to accept public comment - Tuesday, May 6, 2025 and Tuesday, July 1, 2025 at 7 p.m. TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, July 1, 2025 or Tuesday, July 8, 2025     Summary: Nick Tarbet provided a brief introduction. Kelsey Lindquist and Daniel Echeverria provided information and discussed the following items with Council Members: •Proposal for stepbacks next to local landmark buildings •Off-street parking changes (proposed distance from transit-based system) •Residential zone setbacks •Building height increase, transit access, and stepback options in Sugar House •Transitional overlay zone for 700 West (M-1 to MU-6) •Green Street strip mall zoning map changes Straw Polls: Supporting the adoption of requiring a 10-foot stepback after 30 feet on streets less than 90 feet in width across all the MU consolidation efforts. All Council Members present were in favor. Support for keeping the Midas and Snelgrove Blocks at MU-8 zoning. All Council Members present were in favor. MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL Tuesday, July 1, 2025 3 Support for adding “outdoor storage”, “equipment rental outdoor”, and “contractor’s yard outdoor” as conditional uses and “contractor’s yard/office indoor” as a permitted use to the transitional overlay zone. All Council Members present were in favor. Support for MU-3 zoning for the Green Street strip mall. All Council Members present were in favor. Support for a six-month transition period for both old and new zoning starting with adoption of the ordinance. All Council Members were in favor.   3.Ordinance: Design Review Standards Amendment ~ 3:00 p.m.  20 min. The Council will receive a briefing about a proposal that would amend Chapter 21A.59 of the Salt Lake City Code relating to Design Review. The proposal would clarify when each section applies to a project, ensure code language clearly communicates the standard’s intent, and delete duplicative standards from the chapter. The proposal would also introduce new design standards to further the purpose of the design review process. FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion) Briefing - Tuesday, July 1, 2025 Set Public Hearing Date - Tuesday, July 8, 2025 Hold hearing to accept public comment - Tuesday, August 12, 2025 at 7 p.m. TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, August 19, 2025     Summary: Brian Fullmer provided an introduction. Amanda Roman and Kelsey Lindquist provided information regarding purpose and goals of the amendment, clarification of applicability, proposed standards for pedestrian interest, building massing, additional street-facing facade length, and additional building height. Council Members and Staff discussed: •Clarification efforts to streamline the process •Affordable housing exemptions •Window installation considerations in relation to increasing facade length inside and outside of historic districts   MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL Tuesday, July 1, 2025 4 4.Ordinance: Parking Regulations in the Downtown Zoning Districts Text Amendment ~ 3:20 p.m.  20 min. The Council will receive a briefing about a proposal that would amend the parking regulations in the Downtown and Gateway zoning districts sections of the Salt Lake City Code. The proposal would consolidate the design standards for parking uses into one location, making it more user friendly and eliminating potential code conflicts. The proposal is a Citywide text amendment that will affect the D-1 (Central Business District), D-2 (Downtown Support District), D-3 (Downtown Warehouse/Residential District), D-4 (Downtown Secondary Central Business District) and G-MU (Gateway-Mixed Use District) zoning district regulations. Other sections of Title 21A may also be amended as part of this petition. FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion) Briefing - Tuesday, July 1, 2025 Set Public Hearing Date - Tuesday, July 8, 2025 Hold hearing to accept public comment - Tuesday, August 12, 2025 at 7 p.m. TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, August 19, 2025     Summary: Brian Fullmer provided a brief introduction. Rylee Hall, Kelsey Lindquist, and Amy Thompson provided information regarding purpose of the amendment, proposed changes applying to D-1 through D4 and G-MU zoning districts, key changes (parking lots/garages, design standards for upper floors, etc.), public engagement process, and the Planning Commission having forwarded a positive recommendation for the proposed amendments. Council Members and Staff discussed: •Reasoning for the current standard of glazing requirements for front facade parking •Modified building material requirement for upper stories of the structure •Parking allowable on street-facing upper stories of the building   5.Informational: Northwest Community Plan ~ 3:40 p.m.  20 min. The Council will receive a briefing about updating the Northwest Community Plan to address ongoing land use concerns within this community and to align the plan with current Citywide goals and policies. This community plan area is comprised of five distinct neighborhoods, including: Rose Park, Fairpark, Westpointe, Jordan Meadows and a small portion of Poplar Grove. This is an early check in with the Council in accordance with Resolution 14 of 2020 that outline the policy and objectives for preparing master plans.   MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL Tuesday, July 1, 2025 5 FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion) Briefing - Tuesday, July 1, 2025 Set Public Hearing Date - n/a Hold hearing to accept public comment - n/a TENTATIVE Council Action - n/a   Summary: Nick Tarbet provided a brief introduction. Kelsey Lindquist and Cassie Younger provided information regarding history of the plan (last being updated in 1992), proposed new boundary (no longer included the Salt Lake International Airport), zoning designations within the plan, current housing types in the area, transportation/transit options, community engagement and feedback, timeline for updating the plan, etc. Council Members and Staff discussed: •Differences between the Northpointe Small Area Plan and the Northwest Community Plan •If the Northwest Community plan included considerations for safety Council Requests: Council Member Petro requested possible reporting on what mass-scale development could bring to the Westside, raising concerns of the high-level risk of gentrification. She also requested to see some of the positives of the Westside celebrated on a slide for the Administration’s presentations.   6.Tentative Break ~ 4:00 p.m.  20 min. FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion) Briefing - Set Public Hearing Date - Hold hearing to accept public comment - TENTATIVE Council Action -     7.Informational: Cultural Core Summary and THE BLOCKS Approved Budget Update ~ 4:20 p.m.  20 min.   MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL Tuesday, July 1, 2025 6 The Council will receive a briefing about the approved budget update for the Cultural Core initiative, now known as “THE BLOCKS”. The annual appropriation from Salt Lake City is $300,000. The update will also include an executive summary of year eight and the budget plan for year nine. The interlocal agreement between Salt Lake City and Salt Lake County requires each entity to approve the final budget. The program seeks to develop, improve and market arts and cultural activities in downtown Salt Lake City. The goal of the Cultural Core initiative is to enhance downtown as a key cultural center for the city, region, and nation. FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion) Briefing - Tuesday, July 1, 2025 Set Public Hearing Date - n/a Hold hearing to accept public comment - n/a TENTATIVE Council Action - n/a   Summary: Sylvia Richards provided a brief introduction. Britney Helmers (Program Director, Downtown Alliance) provided information regarding: •The Blocks had 148 days of activation in 2024 •Measuring work based on criteria of impact ◦Budget – $600k total City/County budget for 2024 ◦Audience attendance – over 4M members across arts and cultural venues for 2024 ◦Artists hired – 94 local artists for 2024 ◦Barrier of entry for artists •Marketing and promotion data for 2024 •The Blocks programming and events planned for the remainder of 2025 and for 2026 through 2027   8.Resolutions: Policies for Housing Program Funds ~ 4:40 p.m.  20 min. The Council will receive a briefing on four proposed resolutions that would establish legislative policies for housing activities including: Housing Program Funds, the Home Repair Program, the Community Land Trust Program, and the Naturally Occurring Affordable Housing (NOAH) Preservation Program. If adopted, the legislative policies will establish the standards and processes for allocating funding through the City’s budget and in some cases, to program recipients. FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion) Briefing - Tuesday, July 1, 2025   MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL Tuesday, July 1, 2025 7 Set Public Hearing Date - n/a Hold hearing to accept public comment - n/a TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, July 8, 2025   Summary: Allison Rowland provided a brief introduction. Tony Milner presented the four resolutions before the Council to review, thanked the Council for the work thus far, and expressed excitement in launching the programs to the public. Council Members, Heather Royal, Tony Milner, and Tammy Hunsaker discussed: •Community partners that provided similar programs, but not necessarily duplicative of present City programs •The proposed policies were specific and applied to the appropriate individuals and households •Flow of program income (Direct Delivery programs) •Utilizing the unrestricted program income for the Tenant and Housing Loan Fund (THLF) •Acquiring properties through the Community Land Trust Program •Options within the NOAH Preservation Program including the total amount of grants/loans offered to rental properties and terms for approving loans Council Requests: Council Member Mano requested future budget reporting on the programs to determine usage, efficacy, and if funding was sufficient. Council Member Dugan requested further discussions with the Administration regarding the policy question about capping the total amount of grants and loans available for owners/managers of large numbers of rental units.   9.Resolution: Capital Improvement Program Follow-Up ~ 5:00 p.m.  60 min. The Council will receive a follow-up briefing about the City's Capital Improvement Program (CIP), which involves the construction, purchase or renovation of buildings, parks, streets or other City-owned physical structures. Generally, projects have a useful life of at least five years and cost $50,000 or more. The Council approves debt service and overall CIP funding in June with the annual budget process, while project-specific funding is approved by September 1 of the same calendar year. For more information visit https://tinyurl.com/SLCFY26CIP. FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion)   MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL Tuesday, July 1, 2025 8 Briefing - Thursday, June 5, 2025 and Tuesday, July 1, 2025 Set Public Hearing Date - Tuesday, April 15, 2025 and Tuesday, June 10, 2025 Hold hearing to accept public comment - Tuesday, May 20, 2025; Tuesday, June 3, 2025; and Tuesday, July 8, 2025 at 7 p.m. TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, June 10, 2025 and Tuesday, August 19, 2025   Summary: Kate Werrett provided an introduction to the briefing, explained the funding sources, and noted the Council approved a total of $44.2M of funding for CIP projects. Council Members and Staff discussed/reviewed the following Funding Log items: •Item #3 – Safe, Open and Clean Park Restrooms •Item #5 – Street Reconstruction 2026 •Item #6 – 700 North (2200 West to Redwood Road) •Item #7 – Public Way Concrete ◦Julie Crookston explained how sidewalks in need of repair were tracked •Item #8 – Liberty Lake Dredging and Aeration System Replacement •Item #9 – 20 Acres of Irrigation System Replacements & Supportive Waterwise Landscaping ◦Kat Andra spoke to what could be supported by the funding and said a list would be provided to the Council •Item #10 – Bridge Preservation Program •Item #11 – Sugar House Park – 50/50 Cost Share for One Pavilion Replacement & Critical Infrastructure Upgrades ◦Kat Andra spoke to Salt Lake County’s involvement and contribution to the project •Item #12 – Facilities Replacement and Renewal ◦Julie Crookston spoke to the prioritization of projects and said a list of projects would be provided to the Council •Item #13 – Traffic Signal Replacements & Upgrades 2026 ◦Julianne Sabula spoke to the amount of requested funding language for this item on the Funding Log •Item #14 – Transit Capital Program 2026/Funding Our Future Transit •Item #15 – Missing Sidewalks & Bikeway Network Gaps 2026 ◦Julianne Sabula and Julie Crookston spoke to the intent of the request and noted it would be closely coordinated with Item #7 •Item #57 – Civic Campus and Green Loop Implementation ◦Blake Thomas provided a project update for this item, including what the funding would support Council Requests: Council Member Young questioned if there were any delays or additional processes the City would have to pursue related to recent State Legislation for funding on Item #2. Jennifer Bruno said Staff could work with the Administration for a follow-up/response. MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL Tuesday, July 1, 2025 9 Council Member Young questioned if the funding for Item #3 was duplicative of Council approved funding for safety/lighting/restrooms in 2023. Kate Werrett said they would return with a response. Council Member Petro asked if the restrooms listed on Item #3 were the same ones identified in a recent restroom study and if the study was completed. Kat Andra said funding was allocated in 2024 for a city-wide restroom typology study and design for the upgrades/remodel for the Fairmont Park restrooms. Kat Andra went on to explain the Item #3 funded the construction for the Fairmont Park restrooms and the city-wide study was awaiting additional funding before it could be completed. Council Member Young requested a revised list/scope specific to what was being recommended for Item #4, ensuring better knowledge of potential impacts. Kate Werrett said they would return with a response. Council Member Young requested that future CIP requests that were similar in nature (even from different departments) be grouped/reported as a City Plan on the Funding Log (such as Items #7 and #15) to identify any overlap/gaps in projects. Council Member Wharton inquired if the upper Avenues area would be included in the work mentioned in Item #15. Julianne Sabula said they would return to the Council with the information. Council Member Lopez Chavez requested a list of Public Lands restrooms and their current order of prioritization for repair.   10.Board Appointment: Disciplinary Appeals Hearing Officer – Bradley Jeppsen ~ 6:00 p.m.  5 min. The Council will interview Bradley Jeppsen prior to considering appointment as a Disciplinary Appeals Hearing Officer for a term ending July 1, 2027. FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion) Briefing - Tuesday, July 1, 2025 Set Public Hearing Date - n/a Hold hearing to accept public comment - n/a TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, July 1, 2025     Summary: Interview held. Council Member Wharton said Bradley Jeppson’s name would be on the Consent Agenda for formal consideration.   MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL Tuesday, July 1, 2025 10 11.Board Appointment: Disciplinary Appeals Hearing Officer – Christine Hashimoto ~ 6:05 p.m.  5 min. The Council will interview Christine Hashimoto prior to considering appointment as a Disciplinary Appeals Hearing Officer for a term ending July 1, 2027. FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion) Briefing - Tuesday, July 1, 2025 Set Public Hearing Date - n/a Hold hearing to accept public comment - n/a TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, July 1, 2025     Summary: Interview held. Council Member Wharton said Christine Hashimoto’s name would be on the Consent Agenda for formal consideration.   12.Board Appointment: Disciplinary Appeals Hearing Officer – Neal Geddes ~ 6:10 p.m.  5 min. The Council will interview Neal Geddes prior to considering appointment as a Disciplinary Appeals Hearing Officer for a term ending July 1, 2027. FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion) Briefing - Tuesday, July 1, 2025 Set Public Hearing Date - n/a Hold hearing to accept public comment - n/a TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, July 1, 2025     Summary: Interview held. Council Member Wharton said Neal Geddes’ name would be on the Consent Agenda for formal consideration.   Standing Items   13.Report of the Chair and Vice Chair -  -    MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL Tuesday, July 1, 2025 11 Report of Chair and Vice Chair. Item not held.   14.Report and Announcements from the Executive Director -  - Report of the Executive Director, including a review of Council information items and announcements. The Council may give feedback or staff direction on any item related to City Council business, including but not limited to scheduling items.    Summary: Jennifer Bruno updated the Council regarding changes to the Council Meeting calendar to accommodate upcoming travel to the Downtown Alliance conference, including the addition of a Formal Meeting for Tuesday, September 9, 2025, and a Work Session only for Tuesday, September 16, 2025.   15.Tentative Closed Session -  - The Council will consider a motion to enter into Closed Session. A closed meeting described under Section 52-4-205 may be held for specific purposes including, but not limited to: a. discussion of the character, professional competence, or physical or mental health of an individual; b. strategy sessions to discuss collective bargaining; c. strategy sessions to discuss pending or reasonably imminent litigation; d. strategy sessions to discuss the purchase, exchange, or lease of real property, including any form of a water right or water shares, if public discussion of the transaction would: (i) disclose the appraisal or estimated value of the property under consideration; or (ii) prevent the public body from completing the transaction on the best possible terms; e. strategy sessions to discuss the sale of real property, including any form of a water right or water shares, if: (i) public discussion of the transaction would: (A) disclose the appraisal or estimated value of the property under consideration; or (B) prevent the public body from completing the transaction on the best possible terms; (ii) the public body previously gave public notice that the property would be offered for sale; and (iii) the terms of the sale are publicly disclosed before the public body approves the sale; f. discussion regarding deployment of security personnel, devices, or systems; and g. investigative proceedings regarding allegations of criminal misconduct. A closed meeting may also be held for attorney-client matters that are privileged pursuant to Utah Code § 78B-1-137, and for other lawful purposes that satisfy the pertinent requirements of the Utah Open and Public Meetings Act.    MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL Tuesday, July 1, 2025 12 Item not held.   Meeting adjourned at 6:27 pm. Minutes Approved: _______________________________ City Council Chair – Chris Wharton _______________________________ City Recorder – Keith Reynolds Please refer to Meeting Materials (available at https://data.slc.gov by selecting City Council Meeting Information) for supportive content including electronic recordings and comments submitted prior to or during the meeting. Websites listed within the body of the Minutes may not remain active indefinitely. This document along with the digital recording constitutes the official minutes of the City Council Work Session meeting held Tuesday, July 1, 2025 and is not intended to serve as a full transcript. Please refer to the electronic recording for entire content pursuant to Utah Code §52- 4-203.   MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL Tuesday, July 1, 2025 13 JOINT RESOLUTION RECOGNIZING FEBRUARY 2026 AS BLACK HISTORY MONTH IN SALT LAKE CITY WHEREAS,Black History Month celebrates the far-reaching contributions made by Black Americans throughout the history of the United States – contributions that have shaped both our nation and our city for the better; and WHEREAS,in 1926, Dr. Carter G. Woodson and the Association for the Study of Negro Life and History, which he co-founded, established “Negro History Week” during the second week of February; and WHEREAS,building upon his work, Black educators, students, and the Black United Students group at Kent State University proposed Black History Month in 1969, and in 1970, organized the first celebration of Black History Month; and WHEREAS,in 1976, President Gerald Ford officially recognized Black History Month and called upon Americans to “honor the too-often neglected accomplishments of Black Americans in every area of endeavor through our history”; and WHEREAS,the contributions by Black Americans have profoundly influenced all aspects of society, including culture, religion, education, business, public service, and the arts, which continue to shape our nation; and WHEREAS,the recognition of Black History Month must not waver based on political or social trends; and WHEREAS,the heritage, perseverance, and achievements of Black Americans reflect an ongoing American struggle for equality and justice, and recognizing this history strengthens our collective understanding of who we are as a society; and WHEREAS, Salt Lake City and the State of Utah are home to many Black leaders, innovators, and community members whose past, present, and future contributions enrich our city and inspire continued progress. NOW, THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED, that the Salt Lake City Council and the Mayor of Salt Lake City hereby recognize the month of February as Black History Month and affirm its importance as an opportunity to reflect on the complex history of the United States while approaching the future with confidence and optimism. BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Salt Lake City Council and the Mayor of Salt Lake City reaffirm their commitment to expand upon the progress achieved throughout Black history to ensure a positive and equitable future. History is still being written, and by working together to make today better than yesterday, we can create a brighter tomorrow for all. Adopted this 3 day of February, 2026. Item B1 CITY COUNCIL OF SALT LAKE CITY 451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 304 P.O. BOX 145476, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5476 SLCCOUNCIL.COM TEL 801-535-7600 FAX 801-535-7651 MOTION SHEET CITY COUNCIL of SALT LAKE CITY TO:City Council Members FROM: Brian Fullmer Policy Analyst DATE:February 3, 2026 RE: Zoning Map Amendment at Approximately 265 East 100 South PLNPCM2024-01377 MOTION 1 (close and defer) I move that the Council close the public hearing and defer action to a future Council meeting. MOTION 2 (continue hearing) I move that the Council continue the public hearing to a future Council meeting. CITY COUNCIL OF SALT LAKE CITY 451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 304 P.O. BOX 145476, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5476 SLCCOUNCIL.COM TEL 801-535-7600 FAX 801-535-7651 COUNCIL STAFF REPORT CITY COUNCIL of SALT LAKE CITY TO:City Council Members FROM:Brian Fullmer Policy Analyst DATE:February 3, 2026 RE: Zoning Map Amendment at Approximately 265 East 100 South PLNPCM2024-01377 BRIEFING UPDATE During a January 20, 2026 briefing the Council expressed support for family sized housing in the area. They discussed concerns from representatives of St. Mark’s Cathedral and the surrounding community about a tall building blocking sunlight from solar panels on the church, and potential damage to the historic building resulting from construction. The Council discussed differences between the proposed D-1 zoning and MU-11 and asked what could be developed under MU-11. They asked the applicant to look at potentially developing condominiums on the site to provide home ownership opportunities in the downtown area. The applicant was asked to consider changing the proposed tower orientation to reduce shadowing on the church’s solar panels. The applicant discussed difficulties with developing condominiums and that they no longer build them. They said building height allowed under current zoning will shade solar panels on the church and they are reviewing options to mitigate impact on the church. Council Members expressed support for family sized housing in the area. They asked the applicant to work with representatives from the church on a proposal that will lessen their concerns before coming back to the Council for further discussions. The following information was provided for the January 20, 2026 briefing. It is included again for background purposes. Item Schedule: Page | 2 ISSUE AT A GLANCE The Council will be briefed about a proposal to amend the zoning map for an approximately 2.19-acre parcel at 265 East 100 South in Council District Four from its current MU-8 (mixed-use) zoning to D-1 (Central Business District). Staff note: when the application was received the property was in the R-MU zoning district but is now zoned MU-8 because of the mixed-use zoning consolidation adopted in 2025. The applicant’s stated objective is to construct a large mixed-use development with ground floor retail space, residential units above, and underground parking with a targeted ratio of one space per unit. D-1 zoning allows additional uses and height beyond the maximum 90 feet under MU-8. The Planning Commission reviewed the proposal at its October 22, 2025 meeting and held a public hearing at which nine people spoke, mostly opposing the proposed rezone. Concerns included parking, changes in neighborhood character, potential property tax increases, and impacts to the St. Mark’s Cathedral and pantry. One person spoke in support of the proposal citing the need for more housing in the city. Planning staff recommended, and the Commission voted 7-1 to forward a positive recommendation to the City Council with the following conditions: Building height is limited to 225 feet. The property owner will work with commercial tenants to mitigate displacement. The Commissioner who voted against the motion did not state why she was opposed. The applicant was amenable to the above conditions. Goal of the briefing: Review the proposed zoning map amendments, determine if the Council supports moving forward with the proposal. 1. The Council may wish to ask the applicant if there will be an additional charge for resident use of the parking garage. 2. The Council may wish to discuss expanding the D-1 zone to the east. Page | 3 Area zoning map with subject parcel outlined. St. Mark’s Cathedral location indicated with red star. Image courtesy of Salt Lake City Planning Division ADDITIONAL INFORMATION As shown above, the subject property is located at the transition from D-1 to the west, and MU-8 to the east. Land uses on the block face are a mix of commercial, multi-family, St. Mark’s Cathedral, and Hildegarde’s Pantry. Uses shift to primarily multi-family housing east of 300 East. Conceptual drawings were submitted by the applicant and are included on pages 9-29 of the Administration’s transmittal. Proposed community benefits include: 20% of housing units will be affordable for those earning 80% AMI or below. These will include one- and two-bedroom units, with one-bedroom units being prioritized. The units will be in locations that do not distinguish them from market-rate units. More than 8% of units will be three-bedroom family sized. 2,000 square foot restaurant, and 1,000 square foot coffee shop space for local organizations. Leasing incentive programs for the spaces, potentially with flexible lease terms or graduated rent structures, tenant improvement allowances for first-time commercial tenants, and/or reduced initial rent periods are anticipated. A private 35,000 square foot publicly accessible courtyard plaza with mid-block walkway. It is important to note that if the zoning map amendment is adopted by the Council there is no guarantee the proposed development will be constructed. The property could be redeveloped with any use allowed within the zone or sold to another party. Page | 4 The Council is only being asked to consider rezoning the property. Because zoning of a property can outlast the life of a building, any rezoning application should be considered on the merits of changing the zoning of that property, not simply based on a potential project. KEY CONSIDERATIONS Planning staff identified three key considerations related to the proposal which are found on pages 3-10 of the Planning Commission staff report and summarized below. For the complete analysis, please see the staff report. Consideration 1 – How the Proposal Helps Implement City Goals and Policies Identified in Adopted Plans. Planning staff found that the proposed zoning map amendment generally aligns with principles and goals found in Plan Salt Lake (2015), Housing SLC (2023), Thriving in Place (2023), Central Community Plan (2005), East Downtown Plan (1990), and Downtown Plan (2016). Planning also noted that they did not request a master plan amendment because the proposal is generally consistent with the future land use element found in the Central Community Plan’s high mixed-use designation of 50+ dwelling units per acre. Consideration 2 – Proposed Community Benefit As discussed above, the proposal includes 20% of the units, comprised primarily of one-bedroom and some two-bedroom, which will be affordable for those earning 80% AMI. Additionally, the proposal calls for more than 8% of units to be three-bedroom family sized. Finally, plaza, restaurant and coffee shop space are included in the proposal, with potential leasing incentive programs for the commercial spaces. Consideration 3 – Compatibility with Nearby Properties As shown in the image above, the subject property and those surrounding it are zoned MU-8. They were changed from R-MU as part of the 2025 mixed-use zoning consolidation. Both the current MU-8 and proposed D-1 zoning would allow the type of use anticipated for the property, though there are notable differences discussed below. MU-8 zoning is intended for areas with mid-rise buildings, generally eight stories high or less. Maximum height in this zone is 90 feet, with design review required for buildings taller than 75 feet. D-1 zoning has a minimum building height of 100 feet and does not have a maximum height (though, as noted above, the Planning Commission recommended a 225-foot height limit for this property). Design review is required for buildings in the D-1 zone that are taller than 200 feet. D-1 zoning is typically located in areas with more intense uses found downtown. This zoning has additional permitted and conditional uses than MU-8. A table comparing the two zones is found on pages 52-57 of the Planning Commission staff report. The tables below compare zoning and design standards for both the current and proposed zones. They are also found on pages 51-52 of the Planning Commission staff report. CURRENT AND PROPOSED ZONING STANDARDS (21A.25.060 and 21A.30.020) REGULATION MU-8 (existing)D-1 (proposed) Building Height Vertical Mixed Use: 90 feet, design review required if over 75 feet. Row House: 45 feet Minimum: 100 feet. No maximum, design review required if over 200 feet. Minimum Front Ground floor w/residential uses: None required. Page | 5 Setback 10 feet. Ground floor w/non-residential uses: none required If provided, it must include at least one amenity in 21A.30.020.C.1.a. Maximum Front Setback Ground floor w/residential uses: 20 feet. Ground floor w/non-residential uses: 10 feet 8 feet Corner Side Setback Same as front.None required. If provided, it must include at least one amenity in 21A.30.020.C.1.a. Interior Side Setback None required None required Rear Setback None required None required Open Space, Landscape Yards, and Landscape Buffers A minimum of 10% of the lot area shall be provided as open space, unless otherwise specified. If provided, it must include seating, landscaping or awning. CURRENT AND PROPOSED DESIGN STANDARDS (21A.37.050 AND 21A.37.060) REGULATION MU-8 (existing)D-1 (proposed) Ground Floor Use %75%At least 90% of the ground floor must contain enhanced active use. Building Materials: ground floor At least 70% of street-facing façades must be clad in durable materials (excluding doors and windows). At least 70% of street-facing façades must be clad in durable materials (excluding doors and windows). Building Materials: upper floors At least 70% of street-facing façades must be clad in durable materials (excluding doors and windows). At least 50% of street-facing façades must be clad in durable materials (excluding doors and windows). Glass: ground floor At least 60% of the street-facing façade’s ground floor must have glass between 3 and 8 feet above grade. At least 60% of the street-facing façade’s ground floor must have glass between 3 and 8 feet above grade. Glass: upper floors At least 15% of street-facing façades must have transparent glass. At least 50% of street-facing façades must have transparent glass. Reflective Glass 0%None of the ground floor may have reflective glass. Upper floors may have no more than 50% reflective glass. Building Entrances Spaces between entries cannot exceed 40 feet. Spaces between entries cannot exceed 40 feet. Blank Wall Maximum Length 15 feet 20 feet Page | 6 Street Facing Façade Maximum Length 200 feet 150 feet Upper Floor Step Back – Upper-Level Front N/A 10 feet Upper Floor Step Back: Landmark Site This requirement is intended to promote a transition in scale between new buildings and lower scale historic buildings. It applies to properties abutting local landmark sites that include buildings less than 50 feet in height. This does not apply when a right-of-way separates the properties. New buildings shall be designed so that no portion of the building within 25 feet of the abutting property line is taller than the height of a 45-degree angular plane extending from the top of the landmark building toward the new building. This requirement is intended to promote a transition in scale between new buildings and lower scale historic buildings. It applies to properties abutting local landmark sites that include buildings less than 50 feet in height. This does not apply when a right-of-way separates the properties. New buildings shall be designed so that no portion of the building within 25 feet of the abutting property line is taller than the height of a 45-degree angular plane extending from the top of the landmark building toward the new building. Lighting: exterior Yes N/A Lighting: parking lot Yes N/A Screening of Mechanical Equipment Yes Yes Screening of Service Areas Yes Yes Parking Garages or Structures Yes Yes Public Improvements Yes Yes Analysis of Standards Attachment E (pages 58-61) of the Planning Commission staff report outlines zoning map amendment standards that should be considered as the Council reviews this proposal. The standards and findings are summarized below. Please see the Planning Commission staff report for additional information. Factor Finding Whether a proposed map amendment is consistent with and helps implement the purposes, goals, objectives, and policies of the city as stated through its various adopted planning documents. Complies Page | 7 Whether a proposed map amendment furthers the specific purpose statements of the zoning ordinance. Complies The extent to which a proposed map amendment will affect adjacent and nearby properties due to the change in development potential and allowed uses that do not currently apply to the property. Complies Whether a proposed map amendment is consistent with the purposes and provisions of any applicable overlay zoning districts which may impose additional standards. N/A The adequacy of public facilities and services intended to serve the subject property, including, but not limited to, roadways, parks and recreational facilities, police and fire protection, schools, stormwater drainage systems, water supplies, and wastewater and refuse collection. Complies, though some utility and drainage systems may need upgrades. The status of existing transportation facilities, any planned changes to the transportation facilities, and the impact that the proposed amendment may have on the city’ s ability, need, and timing of future transportation improvements. Complies, though a traffic impact study will be required at the design review or building permit stage. The proximity of necessary amenities such as parks, open space, schools, fresh food, entertainment, cultural facilities, and the ability of current and future residents to access these amenities without having to rely on a personal vehicle. Complies The potential impacts to public safety resources created by the increase in development potential that may result from the proposed amendment. Complies The potential for displacement of people who reside in any housing that is within the boundary of the proposed amendment and the plan offered by the petitioner to mitigate displacement. Complies (no existing housing on property) The potential for displacement of any business that is located within the boundary of the proposed amendment and the plan offered by the petitioner to mitigate displacement. Complies The community benefits that would result from the proposed map amendment. Complies Page | 8 City Department Review Responding departments and divisions did not express opposition to the proposed rezone though some noted additional discussions will happen to outline requirements if the property is redeveloped. PROJECT CHRONOLOGY o Information about the proposal was sent to the Central City Community Council to solicit public comments and start the 45-day recognized organization input and comment period. o Planning staff sent an early notification announcement of the project to all residents and property owners living within 300 feet of the project site, providing information about the proposal and how to give public input on the project. o Proposal posted for an online open house. SALT LAKE CITY TRANSMITTAL To:  Salt Lake City Council Chair Submission Date: 11/24/2025 Date Sent to Council: 12/08/2025 From: Department * Community and Neighborhood Employee Name: Javoronok, Sara E-mail sara.javoronok@slc.gov Department Director Signature Director Signed Date 12/02/2025 Chief Administrator Officer's Signature Chief Administrator Officer's Signed Date 12/05/2025 Subject: Zoning Map Amendment - 265 E 100 S Additional Staff Contact: Sara Javoronok, sara.javoronok@slc.gov Presenters/Staff Table Sara Javoronok, sara.javoronok@slc.govJohn Anderson, john.anderson@slc.gov Document Type Ordinance Budget Impact? Yes No Recommendation: The Planning Commission recommends that the city council adopt this request as recommended by staff. Background/Discussion See first attachment for Background/Discussion Public Hearing Is there a City or State statutory requirement to hold a public hearing for this item?* Yes No The City Council reserves the option to hold and notice for a public hearing pursuant to their practices for public engagement. Does the City have a general practice to hold a public hearing for this item?* Yes No Public Process Early Notification – On March 7 2025, the Central City Community Council and Downtown Alliance were sent the 45-day required notice for recognized community organizations. Staff and the applicant attended the April 2, 2025, community council meeting. A notice of the pr oposal was mailed to all property owners and tenants within 300 feet of the property. An online open house has been posted on the Planning Division’s website since March 7, 2025. Planning Commission Meeting – The petition was heard by the Planning Commission at a public hearing on October 22, 2025. The Planning Commission voted 7-1 to forward a recommendation of approval for the request, with the following conditions of approval: 1)The building height is limited to 225’.2)The property owner will work with commercial tenants to mitigate displacement. The full public meeting can be viewed using this link starting at 1:04:55. This page has intentionally been left blank ERIN MENDENHALL DEPARTMENT of COMMUNITY Mayor and NEIGHBORHOODS Tammy Hunsaker Director SALT LAKE CITY CORPORATION 451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 404 WWW.SLC.GOV P.O. BOX 145486, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5486 TEL 801.535.6230 FAX 801.535.6005 CITY COUNCIL TRANSMITTAL BACKGROUND/DISCUSSION: Dave Hunter of Silverado Development, LLC, representing the property owners, Raven One, LLC, is requesting a Zoning Map Amendment for the property at approximately 265 E ast 100 South. The proposal is for a map amendment from MU-8 (Mixed Use 8) to D-1 (Central Business) zoning district. This zoning district allows for greater building height and a wider range of uses than permitted in the MU-8 zoning district. It would enable redevelopment of the site with a mixed-use development including ground floor retail and residential units on the upper floors. The property is approximately 2.19 acres or 95,350 sq. ft. The land use designation for the property is High Mixed Use (50+ dwelling units per acre). It is in the Central Community Master Plan area, just to the east of the Downtown Plan area. Current zoning map with subject property outlined in yellow The application was submitted in December 2024 and determined complete in February 2025. This was prior to the adoption of the MU zoning consolidation which went into effect October 8, 2025. This changed the existing zoning of the subject property, and the applicant’s request, from R-MU (Residential/Mixed Use) to MU-8. Staff and the applicant discussed the change and other potential zoning districts during the MU Zoning Consolidation project, and the applicant chose to continue with the proposal for a zoning amendment to D-1. The applicant’s submittal includes renderings for a proposed mixed-use building. The rendering shows a U-shaped building with a high-rise tower to the east that is connected to a lower, podium construction building. The building could have approximately 420 units and 24,000 square feet of commercial and amenity space on the first two levels. The applicant detailed the proposed community benefit from the initial submittal and worked with staff to develop the proposal, which would be implemented with a development agreement with the map amendment. The applicant is proposing the following community benefits: 1) Affordable housing units: The applicant will provide 20% of the units to those earning at or below 80% AMI. The units will be designed and placed in locations that will not distinguish them from the market-rate units. The applicant has indicated that 1-bedroom units will be prioritized and 2- bedroom units will also be included. 2) Family sized units: The applicant identified that the current proposal has 3-bedroom units for over 8% of the units. 3) Commercial space for local businesses and organizations: The current proposal has a 2,000 square foot restaurant space and a 1,000 square foot coffee shop. The applicant anticipates leasing incentive programs, potentially including the following: flexible lease terms or graduated rent structures, tenant improvement allowances for first-time commercial tenants, and/or reduced initial rent periods. The specifics of the Community Benefit requirements need to be determined with the preparation of the development agreement. PUBLIC PROCESS: • Early Notification – On March 7 2025, the Central City Community Council and Downtown Alliance were sent the 45-day required notice for recognized community organizations. Staff and the applicant attended the April 2, 2025, community council meeting. A notice of the proposal was mailed to all property owners and tenants within 300 feet of the property. An online open house has been posted on the Planning Division’s website since March 7, 2025. • Planning Commission Meeting – The petition was heard by the Planning Commission at a public hearing on October 22, 2025. The Planning Commission voted 7-1 to forward a recommendation of approval for the request, with the following conditions of approval: 1) The building height is limited to 225’. 2) The property owner will work with commercial tenants to mitigate displacement. The full public meeting can be viewed using this link starting at 1:04:55. Planning Commission (PC) Records a) PC Agenda of October 22, 2025 b) PC Minutes of October 22, 2025 c) Planning Commission Staff Report of October 22, 2025 EXHIBITS: 1. Project Chronology 2. Notice of City Council Public Hearing 3. Original Petition 4. Mailing List 5. Ordinance This page has intentionally been left blank ERIN MENDENHALL DEPARTMENT of COMMUNITY Mayor and NEIGHBORHOODS Blake Thomas Director SALT LAKE CITY CORPORATION 451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 404 WWW.SLC.GOV P.O. BOX 145486, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114 -5486 TEL 801.535.6230 FAX 801.535.6005 PROJECT CHRONOLOGY Petition: PLNPCM2024-01377 December 2, 2024 Application for a Zoning Map Amendment reviewed for pre-screen. January 15, 2025 Application for a Zoning Map Amendment was accepted. January 22, 2025 Petition PLNPCM2024-01377 was assigned to Sara Javoronok, Senior Planner, for staff analysis and processing. March 7, 2025 Notice was sent to the Central City Community Council Recognized Community Organization (RCO) and Downtown Alliance informing them of the petition. Early notification of the project was also sent to property owners and residents within 300 feet of the proposal. The proposal was posted for an online open house. The proposal can still be viewed online. March 12, 2025 An Early Notification sign was posted on the property by the applicant. April 2, 2025 The applicant presented their proposal at the Central City Community Council meeting April 21, 2025 The 45-day public comment period for Recognized Organizations ended. October 9, 2025 Planning Staff posted notices on City and State websites and sent notices via the Planning list serve for the Planning Commission meeting. Public hearing notices were mailed. October 10, 2025 Public hearing notice sign with project information and notice of the Planning Commission public hearing physically posted on the property by the applicant. October 17, 2025 Planning Commission Staff Report was posted. October 22, 2025 Planning Commission held a public hearing and made a recommendation to the City Council to approve the proposed map amendment. October 23, 2025 Requested Final Draft of Ordinance from Attorney’s Office November 21, 2025 Final Draft of Ordinance received from Attorney’s Office SALT LAKE CITY CORPORATION 451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 404 WWW.SLC.GOV P.O. BOX 145486, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5486 TEL 801.535.6230 FAX 801.535.6005 NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING The Salt Lake City Council is considering Petition PLNPCM2024-01377 – The 265. Salt Lake City has received a request from Dave Hunter of Silverado Development, LLC, representing the property owners, Raven One, LLC, requesting a Zoning Map Amendment for the property at approximately 265 East 100 South. The proposal is for a map amendment from MU-8 (Mixed Use 8) to D-1 (Central Business) zoning district. This zoning district allows for greater building height and a wider range of uses than permitted in the MU-8 zoning district. It would enable redevelopment of the site with a mixed-use development including ground floor retail and residential units on the upper floors. The property is approximately 2.19 acres or 95,350 sq. ft. As part of their study, the City Council is holding an advertised public hearing to receive comments regarding the petition. During this hearing, anyone desiring to address the City Council concerning this issue will be given an opportunity to speak. The hearing will be held: DATE: PLACE: Electronic and in-person options. 451 South State Street, Salt Lake City, Utah ** This meeting will be held via electronic means while also providing an in-person opportunity to attend or participate in the hearing at the City and County Building, located at 451 South State Street, Room 326, Salt Lake City, Utah. For more information, including WebEx connection information, please visit www.slc.gov/council/virtual-meetings. Comments may also be provided by calling the 24-Hour comment line at 801.535.7654 or sending an email to council.comments@slcgov.com. All comments received through any source are shared with the Council and added to the public record. If you have any questions relating to this proposal or would like to review the file, please call Sara Javoronok at 801-535-7625 between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, or by e-mail at sara.javoronok@slc.gov. The application details can be accessed at https://www.slc.gov/planning/2025/03/11/openhouse2025-01377/. The City & County Building is an accessible facility. People with disabilities may make requests for reasonable accommodation, which may include alternate formats, interpreters, and other auxiliary aids and services. Please make requests at least two business days in advance. To make a request, please contact the City Council Office at council.comments@slc.gov, 801-535-7600, or relay service 711. methodstudio 265 East 100 South REZONING APPLICATION A PROPOSAL TO RE-ZONE THE 265 E 100 S PARCEL FROM RM-P TO D-1 10/01/24 100 s 300 E Parcel number: 16-06-127-027-0000 table of context + parcel information PEDESTRIAN-ORIENTED OPEN SPACE PART OF DOWNTOWN MASTER PLAN BUILDING EXPLORATION PARTICIPATE IN DOWNTOWN IMPROVEMENTS INCREASE FOOT TRAFFIC IN DOWNTOWN LIVE NEAR WORK AND DOWNTOWN AMENITIES REPLACE SURFACE PARKING AND LOW-DENSITY OFFICE SPACE WITH DENSE MIXED-USE OCCUPANCIES  !,7BE7F EGE7F EFG! ,G G ,GBE7F EG EF!7BG GBE7F EG !7! FEG! ,G ,GBE7F EGE7F EF7GG  G"G #$% G&'()*+G-).*G/%0 1%2G-)3)45+G-"3)42G+*3)42G-"3)462G+*3)48%2G)3)4-)G-"3)40G2G9G3G-"G-GBE7F EG:!;E7F! G EF!78G<+G.6)G=62%">G.8G<+G9G6)G=62%">G. !7! FEG?7!@!F7 ACCGDF ZONING - current zoning plan SITESITE SITE R-MU R-MU R-MU R-MU D-1 D-1 D-1 RO RO I II I RMF-35 RMF-35 RMF-75 PA R T O F D O W N T O W N M A S T E R P L A N 100 S 300 E 400 E 200 S NN R-MU ADJACENT TO D-1 PA R T O F D O W N T O W N M A S T E R P L A N ZONING - current city improvement proposals TO CONTRIBUTE MIXED-INCOME LIVING SPACE AND RETAIL TO A DOWNTOWN WALKABLE LOCATION. “A VERTICAL NEIGHBORHOOD” SITESITE TEMPLE SQUARE CENTRAL BUSINESS DISTRICT GREEN L O O P E X P A N S I O N PROPOSED NEW B I K E P A T H PROPOSED NEW B I K E P A T H 100 S SOUTH TEMPLE 300 E 400 E 200 S GREEN LOOP EXPANSIONDOWNTOWN DISTRICTS BICYCLE NETWORK EXPANSION ST A T E 40 0 E 20 0 E 30 0 E 40 0 E 50 0 E 30 0 E 20 0 E ST A T E S T MA I N S T SITE C i t y C r e e k C e n t e r 6 0 0 E P r o t e c t e d b i k e l a n e s P e d e s t r i a n w a l k s N E W P e d e s t r i a n w a l k s U T A B u s s t o p U T A T r a x l i n e U T A f u t u r e l i g h t r a i l l i n e T R A X S t a t i o n C i t y C e n t e r S t a t i o n N G a l l i v a n C e n t e r L D S T e m p l e PA R T O F D O W N T O W N M A S T E R P L A N ZONING - TRANSIT AND PEDESTRIAN ACCESS South Temple 100 S 200 S 300 S C h u r c h G r o c e r y S t o r e R e s t a u r a n t s / B a r s T h e a t e r / E n t e r t a i n m e n t H e a l t h c a r e 5 min walk ST A T E S T MA I N S T 30 0 E 40 0 E 50 0 E MAP KEY F U T U R E P R O P O S E D L I G H T R A I L 20 0 E GR E E N L O O P E X P A N S I O N ZONING - SITE C i t y C r e e k C e n t e r N G a l l i v a n C e n t e r L D S T e m p l e South Temple 100 S 200 S 300 SST A T E S T MA I N S T 30 0 E 40 0 E 50 0 E H o u s i n g O f f i c e E n t e r t a i n m e n t MAP KEY 5 min walk PA R T O F D O W N T O W N M A S T E R P L A N T R A X S t a t i o n C i t y C e n t e r S t a t i o n F U T U R E P R O P O S E D L I G H T R A I L GR E E N L O O P E X P A N S I O N 20 0 E EXTEND THE D-1 ZONE EAST TO ALLOW GREATED RESIDENTIAL DESNITY AND WALKABLE RETAIL ADJACENT TO DOWNTOWN IMPROVEMENTS. PA R T O F D O W N T O W N M A S T E R P L A N CURRENT ZONING - R-MU PROPOSED ZONING - D1 Max hight 75’ (95’ with design review)120’ minimum height for tower Internal courtyard private over top parking structure - possible 30,000 sqft of courtyard space, over private parking structure. Publicly accessible green space and mid-block walk way 250 Units possible if courtyard is made publicly accessible.Approximately 500 units in several floor plan configurations Opportunity for subsidized/for sale units - mixed income Greening of street side of building.Greening of street side of building and publicly-accessible courtyard park First floor amenities - engaging street corner for max density Street-level dining and retail in building - possible units facing street Street-level retail and dining open to publicly assessable plaza Increased density next to downtown core area Multiple size retail opportunity along street side First 2 floors amenities - concentrated at corner of lot ZONING - density comparison 100 s 100 s 300 E 300 E PA R T O F D O W N T O W N M A S T E R P L A N ZONING - PRECEDENTS Hollywood & Gower - case study - LA Via Verde - New York senior center - san fransico PUBLIC CORNER ACTIVATION PUBLIC ELEVATED PLAZA ARCHITECTURAL INTEREST STREET ACTIVATION 100 s 300 E Wilson Tower- Austin, TX PA R T O F D O W N T O W N M A S T E R P L A N ZONING - circulation flow N 100 s 30 0 E car drop off ca r d r o p o f f SE R V I C E A C C E S S Bike rack Bike rack Bike rack Bike rack future light rail line bike access pedestrian/building access Street cove for drop off + parking Pedestrian integration - building set back to liven up corner and create view points Potential public art opportunity Integration of street and plaza Multiple bike rack/tune up locations throughout site Pedestrian site access Building elevation diversity Architectural interest integrated with retail space UNDERGROUND PARKING CAR SHARE DROP OF ZONE STREET CORNER INTEGRATION BIKE AMENITY BUILDING PASSAGE PA R T O F D O W N T O W N M A S T E R P L A N ZONING - circulation flow 100 s 300 E Replacing 175 current surface parking stalls Targeted ratio of 1:1 - for underground parking garage Single car port entrance to reduce street conjunction 10,000 sqft of private fitness space Street engagement with people presence Outdoor/Indoor retail space and dining Local business presence Internal plaza activation 1,000 sqft retail space Building & Local area bike amenity support FITNESS CENTER RETAIL/RESTAURANT SPACE LIGHT RETAIL SPACE SHARED BIKE/SPORT PA R T O F D O W N T O W N M A S T E R P L A N ZONING - site AMENITIES BU I L D I N G E X P L O R A T I O N ZONING - site amenities diagram KEY Residential Commercial Support 2 BRD - PREMIUM 3 BRD Public access amenities Parking garage Public Plaza2 BRD -1 BRD Tower access amenities 100 s 300 E 2 b r u n i t s 2 b r u n i t s 1 b r u n i t s1 b r u n i t s 2 b r p r e m i u m u n i t s f a c i n g m o u n t a i n v i e w s TOWER ACCESS FITNESS CENTER ROOF TOP AMENITY RESTAURANT/CAFE UNDERGROUND PARKING GARAGE WHOLE SITE CONNECTION PUBLIC PLAZA SPACE MIXED INCOME UNITS SHARED BIKE/SPORTS FACILITY 3 b r 2 b r 2 b r 1 b r Replacing 175 current surface parking stalls Pedestrian connectivity through whole site Mid-block walkways through the property Diversification of units types for rent/sale Variation of unit floor plan types Targeted ratio of 1:1 - for underground parking garage ZONING - Greenery context map PE D E S T R I A N - O R I E N T E D O P E N S P A C E 100 S ST A T E MA I N 200 S S TEMPLE 30 0 E 40 0 E 50 0 E 60 0 E SITE SITE NN 100 S SOUTH TEMPLE 300 E 400 E 200 S 5 min walk PARKING GARAGE PUBLIC GREEN SPACE GREEN PLANTINGS PARKING SURFACE LOT GREEN L O O P E X P A N S I O N GR E E N L O O P E X P A N S I O N 20 0 E building context - plaza plan PE D E S T R I A N - O R I E N T E D O P E N S P A C E PEDESTRIAN APPROACH STAIRS OUTDOOR RESTAURANT PATIO TREE LINE PLAZA APARTMENT PATIO MIYAWAKI FOREST PATH OUTDOOR RETAIL PATIO RETAIL PATIO ENGAGEMENT STREET CORNER GREEN ROOFS BIKE ROOM STATION ROOF TOP PATIO OUTDOOR RETAIL PATIO N100 s 30 0 E plaza - greenery PE D E S T R I A N - O R I E N T E D O P E N S P A C E Elevated aproach to ease access Directional shading Introducing bio-diversity to urban environment Cooling and greenery of area Viewing platform Internal residential views into courtyard Internal residential views into courtyard Privacy and green view from units Reduction of heat island effect Tree planters for selective shading Potential diversification of seating Potential diversification of seating Greenifications of street side of building Privacy withing viewing units PEDESTRIAN APPROACH STAIRS LINEAR TREE PLAZA MIYAWAKI FOREST PATH GREEN ROOFS plaza - light activation PE D E S T R I A N - O R I E N T E D O P E N S P A C E 2,000 sqft of outdoor retail/restaurant space Street liveliness Privacy and gathering spaces Privacy and gathering spaces for residence Connectivity through plaza Connection to retail space Diversity of unit types - connection Multi-point entryways onto site Reduction of heat island effect OUTDOOR ENGAGEMENT PATIOS OUTDOOR NOOKS OUTDOOR UNIT PATIOS MID-BLOCK WALKWAY Statement of Purpose and Justification for Proposed Zoning Change The requested zoning change seeks to achieve a higher and better use of the property by aligning its development potential with the city’s vision for a vibrant, interconnected, and dynamic downtown Salt Lake City. The proposed zoning will enable: 1. Improved Utilization of the Property By transitioning from the current zoning to a designation that supports denser, mixed-use development, the property will be utilized in a way that maximizes its value and relevance within the urban fabric of downtown. 2. Support for Downtown Improvements The zone change will enable the property to better align with and contribute to ongoing downtown improvements, fostering a cohesive environment that supports the city’s economic and community goals. Some of the initiatives that the approval of the rezoning request will align with the Salt Lake City’s initiatives: I. Green Loop Initiatives – adding density and placemaking to the fabric of downtown, to increase the success rate utilization of the proposed green loop. Integrated and emphasis on bike accessibility though design. II. Sustainability - building design incorporates and emphasizes the use of sustainable practices. From integrated plaza, green roofs, building orientation to capture views and energy. III. Livability – support the cities ongoing efforts to provide opportunity for affordable housing. Close proximity to downtown and public transit (UTA trax, protected bike lanes, and growing bus system) encourages walkability as well as access to surrounding amenities without having to rely on a personal vehicle. 3. Increased Foot Traffic Denser mixed-use development will attract more residents, workers, and visitors to the area, increasing foot traffic and contributing to a more vibrant, active downtown. The proposed building program would create an additional destination place in the fabric of downtown. I. Privately owned – publicly accessed courtyard plaza – the proposed approximate 35,000sqft plaza as the connecting design aspect for the project, would create a destination and an opportunity for “third space” for the residents of the building as well as downtown patrons. II. Commercial space availability for variety of scales – the proposed design integrated different scales of commercial space, to be able to accommodate different program types and need of the residence as well as the city. III. Permeable street level design – Building proposal designed in a fashion that invigorate and maximizes the corner of the block, drawing attention to the commercial space strategically placed. Multiple options of entrances are designed throughout the building to encourage circulation and enjoyment. 4. Opportunities for Downtown Living and Amenities The change will promote living near work and downtown amenities, offering opportunities for residents to enjoy walkable access to jobs, retail, cultural attractions, and public spaces, further supporting the city’s livability goals. With intentional design of different density of units, allowing for a wider variety of family types to occupy the building. I. Variety of Unit size types – With the projected growth of the downtown, the building design anticipates the density, and family size needs of a growing population. A variety of bedroom units plans proposed in the design to accommodate people of different professions and needs. II. Opportunity for affordable housing – a portion of the building is designed for an opportunity to be allocated for affordable housing. III. Residencial amenity support – Intentions residential amenity spaces designed to support meet ups, and natural opportunities to create community. Main residential tower designed in a way to maximize views, both from the residence that would occupy the building, as well the neighbors. 5. Replacement of Underutilized Land Uses The zoning change will facilitate the replacement of surface parking lots accommodating a maximum of 175 cars and low-density office spaces with a thoughtfully designed, dense, mixed- use development. This shift will enhance land use efficiency, provide new housing and commercial opportunities, and contribute to the overall economic vitality of the area. The current existing office building on the site is underutilized, with the occupancy rate of 54%. Additionally, about 72.7% (69,300 SF) of the total site (2.19 Acreage) is utilized by paved surface parking to support the office building. With the conversion of zoning to D1, allowing for the proposed building design, the design intent would utilize the full allotted footprint of the site. Please refer to the info below for additional proposed design: RESIDENCIAL BUIDLING BREAKDOWN – combined 491,400 SQFT (421 units total) Lower residential buildings – 149,400 sqft (166 units total) Floor plate 1-5: 26,000 sqft Floor plate 6-7: 9,700 sqft o 110 - 1bdr/studio units o 17 - 1bdr units o 39 - 2bdr units Hi-rise tower – 342,000 sqft (255 units total) Floor plate 1-19: 18,000 sqft o 17 - 1bdr/studio units o 119 - 1bdr units o 85 - 2bdr units o 34 - 3bdr units AMENITY BUILDING BREAKDOWN - combined 59,000 SQFT Commercial sqft – 24,000sqft • 2,000 sqft- restaurant + patio • 1,000 sqft - bike storage + amenity • 1,000 sqft – coffee shop • 10,000 sqft – fitness center (residence use) • 10,000 sqft – rooftop amenity (residence use) Plaza sqft – 35,000sqft • Replacing 175 existing parking stalls • Underground parking garage with parking goal of 1:1 In summary, the proposed zoning change aligns with the city’s broader objectives of enhancing the downtown area and supports a sustainable and thriving urban environment. Community Benefits Narrative for Zoning Amendment Project Overview: The 265 located at 265 East 100 South Salt Lake City, proposes a zoning amendment to transition from the current zoning designation to a higher-density, mixed-use zoning district. This zoning change is intended to maximize the property’s development potential and align with Salt Lake City’s broader vision of a vibrant, interconnected, and sustainable downtown. The development seeks to replace underutilized land and surface parking lots with a dynamic, mixed- use building that includes residential units, commercial space, and public amenities. Proposed Community Benefits: The proposed zoning amendment includes significant community benefits that are in alignment with the city’s goals for a sustainable, vibrant downtown. These benefits will be formalized through a development agreement to ensure compliance and accountability. 1. Affordable Housing: A central community benefit of this zoning amendment is the inclusion of affordable housing within the development. A portion of the residential units will be designated as affordable, offering opportunities for households at or below the area median income. This benefit goes above and beyond the existing zoning requirements, ensuring that the increase in development rights supports the city’s housing needs. The affordable housing component will be formalized through a development agreement, which will specify the number of units and their affordability levels. Additionally, the development will include a mix of unit sizes, including family-sized 3-bedroom units, to address the diverse housing needs of the community. These family-sized units will help accommodate larger households and provide much-needed housing for families in downtown Salt Lake City. 2. Family-Sized Units: The project will incorporate a variety of unit sizes, with 34 three-bedroom units included in the design. This variety is intended to meet the growing demand for housing suitable for families in downtown, where such units are scarce. The inclusion of family-sized units will enhance the livability of the area and contribute to the city’s goal of providing housing options for people at different life stages. 3. Commercial Space for Local Businesses: The development will include 24,000 square feet of commercial space, designed to accommodate a variety of local businesses and charitable organizations. This commercial space will provide opportunities for small businesses to thrive, contributing to the economic vitality of the downtown area. The commercial spaces will be designed with flexibility in mind, offering different scales to suit a wide range of business types, from restaurants and cafes to retail and service-oriented businesses. In particular, the 2,000-square-foot restaurant space, 1,000-square-foot coffee shop, and 10,000- square-foot fitness center will create spaces that serve both residents of the development and the broader downtown community. Additionally, the inclusion of bike storage facilities in the commercial space aligns with the city’s efforts to promote bike-friendly infrastructure. 4. Public Open Space: A major feature of the development is the inclusion of a 35,000-square-foot publicly accessible courtyard plaza. This space will function as a “third space” for the residents of the building and for the public, providing a place to relax, socialize, and enjoy the outdoors. The plaza will replace existing surface parking and be designed to encourage pedestrian movement, with connections to other parts of downtown. The space will be integrated into the development’s design, making it a focal point for the community and increasing foot traffic in the area. 5. Increased Density and Sustainable Design: The proposed development will increase the density of the site while promoting sustainable urban design. The project will include green roofs, energy-efficient building materials, and an orientation designed to maximize views and natural light. These features support the city’s sustainability goals and contribute to creating an environmentally responsible development. Furthermore, the mixed-use nature of the project promotes urban livability by providing residential, commercial, and public spaces within close proximity. This design encourages walkability and reduces the need for personal vehicles, aligning with the city ’s objectives to create a more sustainable and connected downtown environment. 6. Public Infrastructure and Foot Traffic: The development will contribute to the overall livability of downtown by increasing foot traffic and supporting the city’s Green Loop initiatives. The building will be designed to integrate with the city’s green infrastructure, including bike accessibilit y and sustainable urban features. The increase in density will attract more residents, workers, and visitors to the area, further contributing to the vitality of downtown. The integration of diverse commercial space and a permeable street-level design will also create a welcoming and active environment. By providing multiple entrances, encouraging circulation, and strategically locating commercial spaces, the development will foster a vibrant, pedestrian-friendly atmosphere that contributes to the area’s character and accessibility. 7. Replacement of Underutilized Land Uses: The requested zoning change will facilitate the replacement of an underutilized office building and surface parking lots with a dense, mixed-use development that includes 421 residential units, a variety of commercial spaces, and public amenities. This will efficiently utilize the land, providing much-needed housing, services, and community spaces. Currently, approximately 72.7% (69,300 square feet) of the site is used for surface parking, which is inefficient and not in alignment with the city’s goals for downtown development. The rezoning will allow for the full utilization of the property’s footprint, creating an environment that fosters residential and economic growth. The development is designed to meet the needs of both the existing population and the growing downtown community. Conclusion: The proposed zoning amendment for The 265 aligns with Salt Lake City’s vision for a vibrant, sustainable, and interconnected downtown. The development will provide a range of community benefits, including affordable housing, family-sized units, commercial space for local businesses, and a publicly accessible plaza. The project will also contribute to the city’s sustainability and livability goals, enhancing the downtown environment for both residents and visitors. These benefits will be formalized in a development agreement and will be subject to public input, ensuring transparency and accountability. Community Benefits Narrative for Zoning Amendment Project Overview: The 265 located at 265 East 100 South Salt Lake City, proposes a zoning amendment to change the current zoning designation to a higher-density, mixed-use zoning district. This zoning change is intended to maximize the property’s development potential and align with Salt Lake City’s broader vision of a vibrant, interconnected, and sustainable downtown. The development seeks to replace underutilized land and surface parking lots with a dynamic, mixed- use building that includes residential units, commercial space, and public amenities. Although Salt Lake City code 21A.50.050.C. requires a petition for a rezone to identify “a” community benefit that will result from the project, we feel confident that we have designed the project in a way to provide at least seven (7) benefits to the community. We are committed to working with Salt Lake to further the goals the city has laid out through this project. Proposed Community Benefits: The proposed zoning amendment includes significant community benefits that align with the city’s goals for a sustainable, vibrant downtown. These benefits will be formalized through a development agreement to ensure compliance and accountability. 1. Affordable Housing: A central community benefit of this zoning amendment is the inclusion of affordable housing within the development. In alignment with Salt Lake City’s housing and equity goals, the project will restrict 20% of the total residential units to households earning at or below 80% of the Area Median Income (AMI). This represents a significant commitment to inclusive urban development and goes above and beyond existing zoning requirements. By providing housing opportunities at the 80% AMI level, the development supports the creation of a mixed-income community that includes residents across a variety of income levels, such as essential workers, early-career professionals, service industry employees, and seniors on fixed incomes. These groups are vital to the day-to-day life of a thriving downtown, yet often face limited access to high-quality housing in central neighborhoods. Affordable units will be designed and distributed to be indistinguishable from market-rate units, ensuring a seamless integration that supports community cohesion and dignity for all residents. The units will be delivered in a mix of layouts, prioritizing 1-bedroom units where feasible to maximize efficient use of space and maintain financial sustainability. Any remaining affordable units will be drawn from the development’s supply of 2-bedroom apartments, offering further diversity in housing options. The inclusion of affordability at this scale not only helps address the city’s critical housing needs, but also contributes to the long-term success and vibrancy of downtown Salt Lake City. When people of varying income levels can live close to where they work, shop, and access services, it reduces commuter traffic, supports small businesses, and enhances neighborhood stability. Affordable housing is essential infrastructure that fosters a more dynamic and resilient urban core. This affordability commitment will be formalized through a binding development agreement with Salt Lake City. The agreement will outline the number of units, income qualifications, long-term affordability requirements, and compliance procedures to ensure the benefit is meaningful and lasting. In addition to the affordability provisions, the development includes a range of unit sizes, including family-oriented 3-bedroom units to address the diverse housing needs of the community. By offering both affordable and market-rate units in a variety of layouts, the project advances the city’s vision for a livable, inclusive, and sustainable downtown. 2. Family -Sized Units: The project will incorporate a variety of unit sizes. The current concept has over 8% of the total units comprising three-bedroom units. This variety is intended to meet the growing demand for housing suitable for families downtown, where such units are scarce. The inclusion of family-sized units will enhance the livability of the area and contribute to the city’s goal of providing housing options for people at different life stages. 3. Commercial Space for Local Businesses and Organizations: As part of its commitment to supporting the local economy and enhancing access to essential services, the development will include 24,000 square feet of commercial space, with a portion of that space specifically designated for lease by local businesses and charitable or community- based organizations. The commercial space is intentionally designed with a variety of layouts and square footages to accommodate a local business. This includes: • A 2,000-square -foot restaurant space • A 1,000-square -foot coffee shop These uses will serve both building residents and the broader public, creating a more vibrant, walkable downtown. In addition to reserving the space above for local businesses the remainder of leased space in the project will prioritize leasing opportunities for locally owned businesses, nonprofits, and community-serving organizations, particularly those that align with Salt Lake City’s values around equity, sustainability, and inclusion. To support this goal, the development team is exploring leasing incentive programs, which may include: • Flexible lease terms or graduated rent structures for qualifying nonprofits or small local enterprises • Tenant improvement allowances or build-out support for first-time commercial tenants • Reduced initial rent periods to assist with startup costs or relocation expenses These programs are intended to lower the barrier to entry for mission -driven organizations and small businesses that might otherwise be priced out of downtown locations. The developer will also coordinate outreach efforts during the lease-up period to actively engage local business associations and nonprofit networks, ensuring these groups are aware of available opportunities. Finally, the commercial space will incorporate street-level visibility, outdoor activation, and amenities like bike storage to enhance access, foot traffic, and long-term tenant success. By making dedicated space available and implementing supportive leasing strategies, the development advances the City’s goal of fostering a thriving, inclusive, and locally connected downtown economy. 4. Public Open Space: A major feature of the development is the inclusion of a 35,000-square-foot publicly accessible courtyard plaza. This space will function as a “third space” for the residents of the building and for the public, providing a place to relax, socialize, and enjoy the outdoors. The plaza will replace existing surface parking and be designed to encourage pedestrian movement, with connections to other parts of downtown. The space will be integrated into the development’s design, making it a focal point for the community and increasing foot traffic in the area. 5. Increased Density and Sustainable Design: The proposed development will increase the density of the site while promoting sustainable urban design. The project will include green roofs, energy-efficient building materials, and an orientation designed to maximize views and natural light. These features support the city’s sustainability goals and contribute to creating an environmentally responsible development. Furthermore, the mixed-use nature of the project promotes urban livability by providing residential, commercial, and public spaces within close proximity. This design encourages walkability and reduces the need for personal vehicles, aligning with the city ’s objectives to create a more sustainable and connected downtown environment. 6. Public Infrastructure and Foot Traffic: The development will contribute to the overall livability of downtown by increasing foot traffic and supporting the city’s Green Loop initiatives. The building will be designed to integrate with the city’s green infrastructure, including bike accessibilit y and sustainable urban features. The increase in density will attract more residents, workers, and visitors to the area, further contributing to the vitality of downtown. The integration of diverse commercial space and a permeable street-level design will also create a welcoming and active environment. By providing multiple entrances, encouraging circulation, and strategically locating commercial spaces, the development will foster a vibrant, pedestrian-friendly atmosphere that contributes to the area’s character and accessibility. 7. Replacement of Underutilized Land Uses: The requested zoning change will facilitate the replacement of an underutilized office building and surface parking lots with a dense, mixed-use development that includes 421 residential units, a variety of commercial spaces, and public amenities. This will efficiently utilize the land, providing much-needed housing, services, and community spaces. Currently, approximately 72.7% (69,300 square feet) of the site is used for surface parking, which is inefficient and not in alignment with the city’s goals for downtown development. The rezoning will allow for the full utilization of the property’s footprint, creating an environment that fosters residential and economic growth. The development is designed to meet the needs of both the existing population and the growing downtown community. Conclusion: The proposed zoning amendment for “The 265” aligns with Salt Lake City’s vision for a vibrant, sustainable, and interconnected downtown. The development will provide a range of community benefits, including affordable housing, family-sized units, commercial space for local businesses, and a publicly accessible plaza. The project will also contribute to the city’s sustainability and livability goals, enhancing the downtown environment for both residents and visitors. These benefits will be formalized in a development agreement and will be subject to public input, ensuring transparency and accountability. FULL_NAME ADDR unit CITY STATE ZIP BOYER 101 LC OYER 101 LC 101 S 200 E SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 257 EAST SALT LAKE LLC LT LAKE LLC 101 YGNACIO VALLEY RD WALNUT CREEK CA 94596 LUAN C BUI LUAN C BUI 108 W 2ND ST LOS ANGELES CA 90012 Current Occupant 109 S 300 E SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 KENNETH WILLIAM RICHINS IAM RICHINS 1122 N 100 W OREM UT 84057 Current Occupant 115 S 300 E SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 Current Occupant 120 S 300 E SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 DANIEL DRYSDALE EL DRYSDALE 141 E 200 S BOUNTIFUL UT 84010 Current Occupant 15 S 300 E SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 CARLEY & SANDRA MITCHELL LIVING TRUST 8/2/2014 ST 8/2/2014 1651 INTERLACHEN RD #281E SEAL BEACH CA 90740 Current Occupant 200 E SOUTH TEMPLE ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 UTAH FIRST FEDERAL CREDIT UNION REDIT UNION 200 E SOUTHTEMPLE ST #300 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 DONALD A HUDSON; KATHLEEN A DEFOSTER (JT) FOSTER (JT)218 N D ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84103 HOLLYWOOD C6 LLC WOOD C6 LLC 2191 E MILLSTREAM AVE MILLCREEK UT 84109 LOTUS BV BY CITYLINE, LLC TYLINE, LLC 2194 SNAKE RIVER PKWY IDAHO FALLS ID 83402 KILMARNOCK PROPERTIES, LLC ERTIES, LLC 223 W 700 S SALT LAKE CITY UT 84101 Current Occupant 230 E SOUTH TEMPLE ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 PRICE-SOUTH TEMPLE COMPANY PLE COMPANY 230 E SOUTHTEMPLE ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 SJD 312 EAST LLC; PRICE 312 EAST, LLC 2 EAST, LLC 230 E SOUTHTEMPLE ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 Current Occupant 231 E 100 S SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 Current Occupant 234 E 100 S A6 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 Current Occupant 234 E 100 S B4 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 Current Occupant 234 E 100 S B5 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 Current Occupant 234 E 100 S B6 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 Current Occupant 234 E 100 S B8 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 Current Occupant 234 E 100 S C1 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 Current Occupant 234 E 100 S C2 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 Current Occupant 234 E 100 S C5 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 Current Occupant 234 E 100 S C6 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 Current Occupant 234 E 100 S D1 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 Current Occupant 234 E 100 S D4 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 Current Occupant 234 E 100 S D6 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 Current Occupant 234 E 100 S D7 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 Current Occupant 234 E 100 S D8 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 Current Occupant 234 E 100 S SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 CAYDEN A NELSON EN A NELSON 234 E 100 S B1 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 MIRIAM MCFERRIN AM MCFERRIN 234 E 100 S B7 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 MAYA V GUTIERREZ; BRIAN GUTIERREZ (JT) IERREZ (JT)234 E 100 S C3 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 CAMERON GLEN HOWLETT LEN HOWLETT 234 E 100 S C7 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 EMILIE DAVIS MILIE DAVIS 234 E 100 S C8 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 SCOTT EDWARDS OTT EDWARDS 234 E 100 S # A1 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 ALAN BARTA ALAN BARTA 234 E 100 S # A2 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 BRENT HUFF BRENT HUFF 234 E 100 S # A3 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 LIZ JONES LIZ JONES 234 E 100 S # A4 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 TAMI LYN TINGEY; GARY CYRUS TINGEY (JT) TINGEY (JT)234 E 100 S # A5 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 BENJAMIN T SR ENGEL T SR ENGEL 234 E 100 S # A7 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 DEREK KIRBY DEREK KIRBY 234 E 100 S # B2 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 RYAN H PAINTER N H PAINTER 234 E 100 S # B3 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 BARBARA BARTON; KENNETH BARTON (JT) BARTON (JT)234 E 100 S # C4 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 SKT FAM TR SKT FAM TR 234 E 100 S # D2 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 SHAWN T CHIDESTER T CHIDESTER 234 E 100 S # D3 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 CHRISTOPHER ALLISON HER ALLISON 234 E 100 S # D5 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 Current Occupant 238 E 100 S SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 Current Occupant 242 E 100 S SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 Current Occupant 242 E SOUTH TEMPLE ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 Current Occupant 248 E 100 S SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 Current Occupant 25 S 300 E SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 Current Occupant 250 E SOUTH TEMPLE ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 Current Occupant 260 E SOUTH TEMPLE ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 LARKIN MORTUARY IN MORTUARY 260 E SOUTHTEMPLE ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 Current Occupant 262 E 100 S SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 Current Occupant 265 E 100 S SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 GLOBAL CONSULTING INTERNATIONAL INC ATIONAL INC 270 E 100 S SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 Current Occupant 278 E 100 S SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 PAULINE REDEVELOPMENT LLC; LONE PEAK EQUITY 1 LLC QUITY 1 LLC 2819 E LAKESIDE DR EAGLE MOUNTAIN UT 84005 Current Occupant 309 E 100 S SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 PRESTON ROBERT WILLIAMS; ASHLEY WILLIAMS (JT) LLIAMS (JT)310 W 73RD ST APT PHB NEW YORK NY 10023 Current Occupant 312 E SOUTH TEMPLE ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 1ST SOUTH HOLLYWOOD LLC LLYWOOD LLC 329 S LAKER CT SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102 BV LOTUS REPUBLIC II, LLC LIC II, LLC 338 E SOUTHTEMPLE ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 248 EAST 100 SOUTH, LLC SOUTH, LLC 351 W 400 S SALT LAKE CITY UT 84101 Current Occupant 44 S 300 E SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 Current Occupant 51 S 300 E SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 Current Occupant 53 S 300 E SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 KESTREL HOLDINGS, LLC LDINGS, LLC 5705 EMIGRATION CANYON RD EMIGRATN CYN UT 84108 PROVIDENCE PLACE HOLDINGS LP HOLDINGS LP 595 S RIVERWOODS PKWY LOGAN UT 84321 1 SLC, LLC 1 SLC, LLC 6170 N PARK LN # 26 PARK CITY UT 84098 234 EAST PROPERTY TRUST 12/13/2017 12/13/2017 620 E 2100 S SALT LAKE CITY UT 84106 LINCOLN ARMS, LLC N ARMS, LLC 650 S 500 W # 104 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84101 KENT DIEBOLT ENT DIEBOLT 70 JOHNES ST NEWBURGH NY 12550 CORPORATION OF THE EPISCOPAL CHURCH IN UTAH RCH IN UTAH 75 S 200 E SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111 HOLLY HUFF HOLLY HUFF 815 N LAFAYETTE DR SALT LAKE CITY UT 84116 BUNGALOW CONDOMINIUMS, INC INIUMS, INC 818 E SOUTHTEMPLE ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102 HOLLYWOOD CONDOMINIUMS COMMON AREA MASTER CARD MASTER CARD PO BOX 171014 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84117 RAVEN ONE LLC VEN ONE LLC PO BOX 4902 JACKSON WY 83001 BV LOTUS 300 EAST, LLC 0 EAST, LLC PO BOX 51298 IDAHO FALLS ID 83405 SEJ ASSET MANAGEMENT & INVESTMENT COMPANY ENT COMPANY PO BOX 711 DALLAS TX 75221 Sara Javoronok, Planning Division PO BOX 145480 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84114 Joe Brown, Silverado Development LLC 1510 E 840 N OREM UT 84097 1 SALT LAKE CITY ORDINANCE No. _____ of 202__ (An ordinance amending the zoning of property located at 265 East 100 South Street from MU-8 Mixed Use 8 District to D-1 Central Business District) An ordinance amending the zoning map pertaining to property located at 265 East 100 South Street (“Property”) from MU-8 (Mixed Use 8) District to D-1 (Central Business) District pursuant to Petition No. PLNPCM2024-01377. WHEREAS, the Salt Lake City Planning Commission (“Planning Commission”) held a public hearing on October 22, 2025 to consider a petition by Joe Brown and Dave Hunter of Silverado Development, LLC, representing the property owner, Raven One, LLC, to rezone the parcel located at 265 East 100 South (Tax ID No. 16-06-127-027-0000) from MU-8 (Mixed Use 8) District to D-1 (Central Business) District; and WHEREAS, at its October 22, 2025, meeting the Planning Commission voted in favor of transmitting a positive recommendation to the Salt Lake City Council (“City Council”) on said petition; and WHEREAS, after a public hearing on this matter the City Council has determined that adopting this ordinance is in the city’s best interests. NOW, THEREFORE, be it ordained by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah: SECTION 1. Amending the Zoning Map. The Salt Lake City zoning map, as adopted by the Salt Lake City Code, relating to the fixing of boundaries and zoning districts, shall be and hereby is amended to reflect that the Property, identified on Exhibit “A” attached hereto, shall be and hereby is rezoned from MU-8 (Mixed Use 8) District to D-1 (Central Business) District. SECTION 2. Condition. This map amendment is conditioned upon the owner of the Property entering into a development agreement with Salt Lake City that (1) will limit the height 2 of any building on the Property to 225’, and (2) will require the property owner to work with commercial tenants to mitigate displacement. SECTION 3. Effective Date. This Ordinance shall become effective on the date of its first publication. The Salt Lake City Recorder is instructed to not publish this ordinance until the condition set forth in Section 2 pertaining to entering into and recording a development agreement is satisfied as certified by the Salt Lake City Planning Director or his designee. SECTION 4. Time. If the condition set forth in Section 2 has not been met within one year after adoption, this ordinance shall become null and void. Prior to such one year period, the City Council may, for good cause shown, extend the time period for satisfying the above condition by resolution. Passed by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah, this ______ day of ______________, 202__. ______________________________ CHAIRPERSON ATTEST AND COUNTERSIGN: ______________________________ CITY RECORDER Transmitted to Mayor on _______________________. Mayor’s Action: _______Approved. _______Vetoed. ______________________________ MAYOR ______________________________ CITY RECORDER (SEAL) Bill No. ________ of 202__. Published: ______________. Ordinance rezoning 265 East 100 South to D-1 APPROVED AS TO FORM Salt Lake City Attorney’s Office Date:___11/21/2025_____________________ By: ___________________________________ Courtney Lords, Senior City Attorney 3 EXHIBIT “A” Legal Description of Property to be Rezoned: Beginning at the southeast corner of Lot 1, Block 73, Plat A, Salt Lake City Survey, and running thence South 89°58'28” West along the south line of said Lot 1 a distance of 285.38 feet; thence North 00°02'02" West 330.14 feet to the north line of Lot 8 of said Block 73; thence North 89°58'27" East along said north line 120.30 feet; thence North 00°02'10" West 8.25 feet; thence North 89°58'27" East 165.05 feet to east line of said Block 73; thence South 00°02'18" East along said east line 338.39 feet to the point of beginning. This page has intentionally been left blank Item B2 CITY COUNCIL OF SALT LAKE CITY 451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 304 P.O. BOX 145476, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5476 SLCCOUNCIL.COM TEL 801-535-7600 FAX 801-535-7651 MOTION SHEET CITY COUNCIL of SALT LAKE CITY TO:City Council Members FROM: Brian Fullmer Policy Analyst DATE:February 3, 2026 RE: Zoning Administration Text Amendment PLNPCM2025-00164 MOTION 1 (close and defer) I move that the Council close the public hearing and defer action to a future Council meeting. MOTION 2 (close and adopt (if the Council would like to adopt tonight)) I move that the Council close the public hearing and adopt the ordinance. MOTION 3 (continue hearing) I move that the Council continue the public hearing to a future Council meeting. CITY COUNCIL OF SALT LAKE CITY 451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 304 P.O. BOX 145476, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5476 SLCCOUNCIL.COM TEL 801-535-7600 FAX 801-535-7651 COUNCIL STAFF REPORT CITY COUNCIL of SALT LAKE CITY TO:City Council Members FROM:Brian Fullmer Policy Analyst DATE:February 3, 2026 RE: Zoning Administration Text Amendment PLNPCM2025-00164 BRIEFING UPDATE During a January 20, 2026 briefing the Council did not express any concerns with the proposed text amendment. The following information was provided for the January 20, 2026 briefing. It is included again for background purposes. The Council will be briefed about a text amendment requested by the Planning Division and initiated by Mayor Mendenhall to amend sections of the zoning code. The proposed amendments would align City code with current practices and processes, and changes to State code. Proposed changes are in the following three main categories: Updating the zoning review process to align with current practice. Clarifying provisions related to code interpretation. General code cleanup and updates. The changes are intended to strengthen legal standing, support City staff in their code implementation, and provide additional transparency. They would not change how Planning administers the zoning code. The Planning Commission reviewed the proposal at its May 28, 2025 meeting and held a public hearing at which no one spoke. The Commission forwarded a unanimous positive recommendation to the Council on the proposed amendments. Item Schedule: Page | 2 After the Planning Commission’s recommendation, Planning staff identified an error on the table of permitted and conditional uses for manufacturing districts. “Adaptive reuse of a landmark site” was intentionally deleted from the table as part of the building preservation incentives ordinance. The use was unintentionally added back to the table shortly after when the “distribution center” use was added. The change corrects the table. Goal of the briefing: Review the proposed text amendment and determine if the Council supports moving forward with the proposal. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION As noted above, the proposed amendments are primarily found in three main categories which are summarized below. Additional information can be found on pages 2-3 of the Planning Commission staff report. Update Zoning Review Process to Align with Current Practice Currently City code calls for procedures that are outdated and don’t reflect current processes. The proposed changes will align with how the City departments operate and they will meet State statutes. These include: Eliminating the zoning certificate process. Current simultaneous review processes and digital records render zoning certificates obsolete. Replace outdated site plan review process with current practice of zoning review during building permit, business license, or planning applications. Submittal requirements are updated to comply with state code. Remove Development Review Team as a decision-making body. The DRT serves an advisory role though it is referenced incorrectly in sections of City code. Proposed changes match current practices of an appropriate staff member or division as the decision maker. Clarification of zoning authority. The changes would update code language to match the existing practice of the Planning Director’s role in administrating the code. This includes delegating review and decision-making authority to the zoning administrator and Planning staff. Review of appeals chapter. This change would clarify what decisions are under the purview of the appeals hearing officer and the appeal periods. Clarify Provisions Related to Code Interpretation Proposed changes provide clarity for more consistent application of the code. Clarifying the administrative interpretation process to clarify who can apply, as well as the effects and limitations of a decision. Adding provisions for unlisted uses. State law requires adding references to the process of petitioning to approve unlisted uses. Clarifying the determination of nonconformity process. This is intended to determine whether uses, structures or lots that do not comply with current standards are legal. Clarifies application requirements and standards. Reorganizing standards related to abandonment of nonconformity. Clarifies that standards are allowed to apply to both use and structures so it is consistent with State code. Adjusting definitions and standards. Minor corrections to standards for noncomplying lots, uses and structures for consistency and alignment with intent. General Code Cleanup and Update Proposed changes include minor updates, corrections, and removes obsolete provisions. Page | 3 Replace outdated “lot and bulk” term with current “development standards” that includes all development standards for site or building development. List design standards as a type of zoning regulation. Will be included in the introductory portion of City code. Also clarifies that the Historic Landmark Commission has authority to modify design standards for properties in the historic preservation overlay. Update home occupation standards. A business license exemption for home occupations that do not create an impact was added to State law in 2017. The proposed change brings City code into compliance and has been the practice since State law was changed.  Adjust recently adopted language to clarify intent. Minor adjustments to provisions that allow rooftop amenities to exceed building height and to the definition of “attached garage.” Delete obsolete districts, land uses and provisions. o Deletes AG-20 zoning district because it is not a mapped or active zoning district. o Deletes Character Conservation District-none have been proposed or created since this was added in 2013. o Removes references to special exception process which no longer exists. o Lists seasonal farm stands as a temporary allowed use in non-residential zones. KEY CONSIDERATIONS Planning staff identified two key considerations related to the proposal, found on pages 3-4 of the Planning Commission staff report, and briefly summarized below. For the complete analysis, please see the Planning staff report. Consideration 1 – Compliance with State Law The Planning Commission has authority to make recommendations to the City Council on proposed changes to City code, and the Council has the authority to adopt, amend, or reject these recommendations. However, some of the proposed changes are mandated by State law as discussed above and are beyond the City’s authority to modify. Proposed updates are intended to help clarify processes for applicants and City staff and ensure compliance with State law. Consideration 2 – Changes to the Zoning Approval Process Proposed changes to the zoning review and approval process mirror what the City has done for several years. Planning noted that modifications to the proposed process would require coordination with various City departments and review to ensure that the changes comply with State law. City software limitations may also be constrained by City software systems. ANALYSIS OF STANDARDS Attachment B (page 53) of the Planning Commission staff report outlines zoning text amendment standards that should be considered as the Council reviews this proposal. The standards and findings are summarized below. Please see the Planning Commission staff report for additional information. Factor Finding Whether a proposed text amendment is consistent with the purposes, goals, objectives, and policies of the city as stated through its various adopted planning documents. Complies Whether a proposed text amendment furthers the specific purpose statements of the zoning ordinance. Complies Page | 4 Whether a proposed text amendment is consistent with the purposes and provisions of any applicable overlay zoning districts which may impose additional standards. Complies The extent to which a proposed text amendment implements best current, professional practices of urban planning and design. Complies PROJECT CHRONOLOGY • February 19, 2025 – Mayor Mendenhall initiated petition. • February 19, 2025 – Petition assigned to Mayara Lima, Zoning Administrator. • March 10, 2025 – Notice emailed to recognized organizations citywide. • March 11, 2025 – Proposed code changes posted to the Planning Division’s webpage as an online open house. • May 16, 2025 – Planning Commission public hearing notices posted on City and State websites and at the City library. • May 28, 2025 – Planning Commission meeting and public hearing. A unanimous positive recommendation was forwarded to the City Council. • June 12, 2025 – Ordinance requested from the Attorney’s Office. • December 10, 2025 – Ordinance received from the Attorney’s Office. • December 22, 2025 – Transmittal received in City Council Office. SALT LAKE CITY TRANSMITTAL To:  Salt Lake City Council Chair Submission Date: 12/15/2025 Date Sent to Council: 12/19/2025 From: Department * Community and Neighborhood Employee Name: Norris, Nick E-mail Nick.Norris@slc.gov Department Director Signature Director Signed Date 12/16/2025 Chief Administrator Officer's Signature Chief Administrator Officer's Signed Date 12/19/2025 Subject: Zoning Administration Text Amendment Additional Staff Contact:Presenters/Staff Table Document Type Ordinance Budget Impact? Yes No Recommendation: Adopt the ordinance as recommended by the Planning Commission. Background/Discussion See first attachment for Background/Discussion Public Hearing Is there a City or State statutory requirement to hold a public hearing for this item?* Yes No The City Council reserves the option to hold and notice for a public hearing pursuant to their practices for public engagement. Does the City have a general practice to hold a public hearing for this item?* Yes No Provide your perspective on the value of recommending a public hearing We have public hearings on these matters. Public Process (In memo) This page has intentionally been left blank ERIN MENDENHALL DEPARTMENT of COMMUNITY Mayor and NEIGHBORHOODS Tammy Hunsaker Director SALT LAKE CITY CORPORATION 451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 404 WWW.SLC.GOV P.O. BOX 145486, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5486 TEL 801.535.6230 FAX 801.535.6005 CITY COUNCIL TRANSMITTAL BACKGROUND/DISCUSSION: This petition, initiated by Mayor Erin Mendenhall at the request of the Planning Division, proposes amendments to multiple sections of Title 21A – Zoning. This text amendment focuses on updating the zoning ordinance to reflect current practices, fix inconsistencies, and incorporate changes required by state law. Many existing processes, such as the zoning certificate requirement and sequential departmental reviews, are outdated and no longer align with how zoning approvals are currently administered. The amendment eliminates obsolete steps, updates definitions, clarifies roles, and incorporates simultaneous, digital review processes that are already in practice. It also addresses legal requirements for reviewing unlisted uses, limits imposed on site plan requirements for residential projects, and clarifies appeals and interpretation procedures. The proposed changes generally fall into three main categories: (1) Updating the zoning review process to align with current practice, which includes modifying the zoning certificate process, clarification of zoning authority, and removal of the Development Review Team (DRT) as a decision-making body; a. A zoning certificate is issued when an application does not otherwise require another approval (such as a business license or building permit) as a method to document zoning approval. An approved building permit, business license, conditional use, design review, or planned development application carry the same legal weight as a zoning certificate, so a zoning certificate is unnecessary. It is necessary when there is no other application required, such as construction of a shed under 200 square feet, which does not require a building permit. b. The zoning code often uses the term “zoning administrator” as a decision-making body, but the definition of zoning administrator says that the administrator is the planning director. The code also uses both the planning director and zoning administrator interchangeably. This set of changes does not change who has authority, it simply makes the use of the term more consistent. c. The DRT is listed as an approval authority in the code but does not have any decision- making authority in administering the zoning code. That authority is designated to the Planning Director, or the director’s DRT. Chapter 21A.58 includes sections about what the DRT does. However, the DRT has functioned differently from what the code says for many years, primarily because zoning reviews and all other land use applications routed for review by other departments are done electronically. This set of changes removes the DRT from the code and recognizes the current practice of how applications are reviewed. The practive of applicants being able to schedule informational meetings to review developments remains, but it is not necessary to codify. (2) Clarifying provisions related to code interpretation, which includes updates to the administrative interpretation process, determination of nonconformity, and provisions for unlisted uses; a. This set of changes updates the code to better match current practices and matches state code regarding the process of administering Title 21A Zoning. b. The processes for administering the code as it applies to nonconforming uses and noncomplying buildings and lots are being updated to match existing practice for determining the legal status of both, clarifying when a nonconforming use or structure is considered abandoned, and updates the process for amortizing nonconforming uses to match state code references. The city has not amortized a nonconforming use in the past, which essentially means giving a nonconforming use a set amount of time before it must cease. This only applies to uses that are no longer allowed but is not applicable to uses that routinely create nuisances. Under state code, the city must adopt a formula for amortizing a nonconforming use and adopt it into code. Salt Lake City has not created a formula to accomplish this, so the existing process is proposed to be removed because it likely does not comply with Utah Code. (3) General code cleanup and updates to address ambiguities in definitions, standards, and procedures, such as replacing outdated terms like “lot and bulk,” deleting obsolete districts and land uses, and adjusting standards to ensure consistency with state code. a. This group of changes is mostly a clean up of the zoning code. It deletes the AG-20 zoning district and all references to this chapter, which is not mapped anywhere in the city and no longer necessary. It also removes the Character Conservation District chapter from the code, which has never been used and is not necessary to update zoning standards. b. This section clarifies how some standards are applied, such as in the Foothill Residential zoning districts where taller retaining walls may be needed to ensure access to legally existing lots. c. Multiple definitions are being updated to be more clear, and unnecessary definitions are being deleted. These updates improve transparency, ensure legal standing, and more clearly communicate when and how zoning approvals are granted. CONSIDERATIONS FOR CITY COUNCIL The Planning Commission held a public hearing for the proposed text amendment and unanimously forwarded a positive recommendation of approval to the City Council. After such recommendations, staff identified the following for council consideration: • Remove the land use “Adaptive reuse of a landmark site” from 21A.33.040 Table Of Permitted And Conditional Uses For Manufacturing Districts. The use was deleted by ordinance 56 of 2024, which adopted the building preservation incentives. The use was shortly after added back to the table due to an error by ordinance 60 of 2024, which was meant to only introduce the use “Distribution Center” to the table. The change would be merely a correction. PUBLIC PROCESS: Community Council Notice: A notice of application was sent to all recognized community organizations on March 10, 2025, per City Code Chapter 2.60 with a link to the online open house webpage. The recognized organizations were given 45 days to respond with any concerns or to request staff to meet with them and discuss the proposed zoning amendment. The 45-day public engagement period ended on April 25, 2025. Public Open House: An online open house is being held since March 11, 2025. No public comment was received. Planning Commission Meeting: The Planning Commission held a public hearing on May 28, 2025. The Planning Commission forwarded a positive recommendation to City Council on the proposed amendment. Planning Commission (PC) Records a) PC Agenda of May 28, 2025 b) PC Minutes of May 28, 2025 c) PC Staff Report of May 28, 2025 EXHIBITS: 1) Ordinance 2) Project Chronology 3) Notice of City Council Public Hearing 4) Original Petition This page has intentionally been left blank 1. ORDINANCE 1 Project Title: Zoning Administration Text Amendment Petition No.: PLNPCM2025-00164 Version: Transmitted Date Prepared: 5/9/2025 Planning Commission Action: Recommended 5/28/2025 This proposed ordinance makes the following amendments (for summary purposes only):  Makes changes to code references associated with the amended sections, including in Title 2, 18 and 21A.  Lists design standards as a type of regulation in the zoning code (21A.04.010).  Authorizes HLC to modify any design standards (21A.06.050)  Deletes obsolete special exception language in 21A.06.030.  Modifies Zoning Administrator authority to Planning Director and adds section about designees (21A.06.060).  Removes Development Review Team (DRT) as a decision-making body (21A.06.070) and amends several sections to give authority to more appropriate staff or division.  Deletes chapter 21A.08 - Zoning Certificate and moves relevant standards to 21A.58.  Clarifies the administrative interpretations process, including who can apply, the decision’s effect and its limitations (21A.12).  Amends 21A.12, 21A.16, 21A.33.010.C and 21A.50 to comply with state code regulations regarding use classification request.  Makes changes to appeals chapter title and authority (21A.16) to include all types of decisions under the appeals hearing officer purview and clarifies appeal periods.  Amends 21A.24.010.P.9 to allow modifications to grade changes when necessary to provide driveway access.  Deletes 21A.32.056 - AG-20 Agricultural District because district is not in the zoning map and thus regulations do not apply.  Deletes Chapter 21A.35 - Character Conservation Districts because no district has been created and thus regulations have not been used since chapter was added to the code in 2012.  Clarifies how development standards apply for new uses and buildings on noncomplying lots (21A.36.020.A).  Amends 21A.36.030.E to exempt from business license home occupations that do not create impacts, as required by state law.  Reorganizes standards related to abandonment of nonconformity as to apply to both use and structures (21A.38.020).  Amends 21A.38 to clarify noncomplying structure, noncomplying lots and the application requirements to determine nonconformity.  Clarifying seasonal farm stand is permitted as a temporary use in Chapter 21A.42 and increasing maximum period from 120 to 180 days. Maximum period for farmers’ market also increased to 180 days to match.  Updates chapter 21A.58 to replace obsolete site plan review process with current practice of zoning review and approval process during building permit and business license. APPROVED AS TO FORM Salt Lake City Attorney’s Office Date: ___________________________ By: ____________________________ Katherine D. Pasker, Senior City Attorney December 10, 2025 2  Makes technical changes to several sections in Title 21A that simplifies, clarifies or makes language more consistent.  Amends definitions in section 21A.62.040 associated with the other amended sections. Underlined text is new; text with strikethrough is proposed to be deleted. Modifications made as part of the Planning Commission recommendation are highlighted in yellow. All other text is existing with no proposed change. 1. Amends Subsection 2.58.037.A.5 as follows: 1 5. Site plans, as required pursuant to section Chapter 21A.58.060 of this Code; 2 2. Amends Subsection 18.12.050.A as follows: 3 A. Powers and Duties of Fines Hearing Officer: The fines hearing officer, appointed pursuant to 4 Section Chapter 21A.06.090, may hear and decide appeals of civil fines and abatement costs 5 imposed pursuant to this title. As set forth in this section, the fines hearing officer may affirm 6 civil fines, reduce civil fines, and approve civil fine payment schedules. The fines hearing officer 7 may affirm or reduce an abatement statement of costs and may approve abatement cost payment 8 schedules. 9 3. Amends Subsection 21A.04.010.C as follows: 10 C. Types Of Regulations In This Title: The following types of regulations are contained in this title: 11 1. Land Use Regulations: Land use regulations for each base zoning district specify land 12 uses permitted as of right, or allowed after obtaining conditional use approval. The 13 regulations include special requirements applicable to specific uses. Land use regulations for 14 all districts appear in part III of this title. Land use regulations may be modified by overlay 15 districts also found in part III of this title, or by procedures in part V, "Amendments And 16 Special Approvals", of this title. 17 2. Development Standards: Development standards for each zoning district include fixed 18 dimensional standards and performance standards. Fixed dimensional standards are numerical 19 maximum or minimum conditions which govern the development on a site. These standards 20 are intended to promote uniformity of development in terms of the dimensions being 21 controlled. Performance standards establish certain criteria which must be met on a site, but 22 allow flexibility as to how those criteria can be met. 23 Development standards control the height, size, location and other particular aspects of 24 structures and uses on sites intended for development. These standards also prescribe off-25 street parking, landscaping and buffering requirements between districts and between certain 26 potentially incompatible uses. Development standards for each zoning district appear in part 27 III of this title. Development standards for base zoning districts may be modified by overlay 28 districts which are found in part III of this title, or through procedures in part V, 29 "Amendments And Special Approvals", of this title. The development standards in part III of 30 this title are supplemented by additional development standards in part IV of this title. The 31 development standards in part IV of this title also include sign regulations applicable to the 32 zoning districts. 33 3 3. Design Standards: Design standards are dimensional and performance standards that 34 promote the district’s intended aesthetics and construction quality. These design standards are 35 located in part III and part IV of this title. The standards may be modified through procedures 36 in part V, "Amendments and Special Approvals", of this title. Part V of this title may also 37 require additional design standards to comply with the special approval goals and purposes. 38 3. 4. Administration: Administration includes creation of, and allocation of powers and 39 duties to, decision making bodies and officials, requirements for zoning certificates, general 40 application and public hearing procedures for administrative interpretations, appeals of 41 administrative decisions and variances. These administrative regulations appear in part II of 42 this title. 43 4. 5. Enforcement: Enforcement contains the remedies available to the City to enforce this 44 title. These regulations appear in part II of this title or may be included in other sections to 45 address violations of specific chapters. 46 4. Amends Section 21A.06.010 as follows: 47 21A.06.010: SUMMARY OF AUTHORITY 48 The City decision making bodies and officials described in this chapter, without limitation upon such 49 authority as each may possess by law, have responsibility for implementing and administering this title in 50 the manner described in sections 21A.06.020 through 21A.06.090 of this chapter. Other City departments 51 also have specific responsibilities related to this title and are identified in the appropriate sections. 52 5. Deletes Subsection 21A.06.030.C.8 as follows: 53 8. Authorize special exceptions to the terms of this title pursuant to the procedures and standards 54 set forth in chapter 21A.52, "Special Exceptions", of this title. 55 6. Amends Subsection 21A.06.040.B as follows: 56 B. Jurisdiction and Authority: The appeals hearing officer shall have the following powers and duties in 57 connection with the implementation of this title: 58 1. Hear and decide appeals from any administrative of decisions made by the zoning administrator in 59 the administration or the enforcement of this title pursuant to the procedures and standards set forth in 60 Chapter 21A.16, "Appeals of Administrative Decisions", of this title; 61 2. Authorize variances from the terms of this title pursuant to the procedures and standards set forth 62 in Chapter 21A.18, "Variances", of this title; 63 3. Hear and decide terminations of a nonconforming use by amortization pursuant to the procedures 64 and standards set forth in Chapter 21A.38; and appeals of any decision made by the historic landmark 65 commission, or the planning director in the case of administrative decisions, pursuant to the procedures 66 and standards set forth in Section 21A.34.020, "H Historic Preservation Overlay District", of this title; 67 4. Hear and decide any other matter involving application, administration or enforcement where 68 specifically authorized by a provision of this code. appeals from decisions made by the planning 69 commission concerning subdivisions or subdivision amendments pursuant to the procedures and 70 standards set forth in title 20, "Subdivisions and Condominiums", of this code; and 71 4 5. Hear and decide appeals from administrative decisions made by the planning commission pursuant 72 to the procedures and standards set forth in this title. 73 7. Amends Subsection 21A.06.050.C.6.f as follows: 74 f. Any mModifications to bulk and lot regulations development and design standards, except 75 density and off-street parking, of the underlying zoning district where it is found that the 76 proposal complies with the applicable standards identified in Section 21A.34.020 and is 77 compatible consistent with the surrounding historic structures purpose of the H Historic 78 Preservation Overlay District; 79 8. Amends Section 21A.06.060 as follows: 80 21A.06.060: ZONING ADMINISTRATOR: PLANNING DIRECTOR: 81 Primary responsibility for administering and enforcing this title shall be delegated to the planning official 82 director. The planning director has the responsibility to process any application required by this title and 83 make administrative decisions as authorized by this title. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this 84 title, the The Ddirector may designate a staff person or staff persons in the division to carry out these 85 responsibilities as follow: The staff person(s) to whom such administrative and enforcement functions are 86 assigned shall be referred to in this title as the "Zoning Administrator". 87 A. Zoning Administrator: The zoning administrator shall be responsible for interpreting the 88 provisions of this title and of any rule or regulation issued pursuant to it. The zoning 89 administrator shall be responsible for zoning reviews and approvals and for administrative 90 decisions as specifically authorized by this title. 91 B. Planning Staff: The planning director or zoning administrator may delegate to staff the processing 92 of applications and issuing of administrative decisions. 93 9. Deleting Sections 21A.06.070 and 080 and renumbering existing Section 21A.06.090 to 94 21A.06.070 with no other changes to the “Fines Hearing Officer” section. 95 21A.06.070: DEVELOPMENT REVIEW TEAM (DRT): 96 The development review team shall consist of a designated representative from all City departments 97 and/or divisions involved in the development review/approval process, including, but not limited to, the 98 Department of Community and Neighborhoods, the Department of Public Services, the Police 99 Department, the Fire Department and the Department of Public Utilities, and shall be responsible for 100 advising the Zoning Administrator in the Zoning Administrator's administration of the site plan review 101 process pursuant to the provisions of chapter 21A.58 of this title. 102 21A.06.080: RESERVED. 103 21A.06.090: FINES HEARING OFFICER: 104 10. Deleting Chapter 21A.08 and reserving as follows: 105 CHAPTER 21A.08 - ZONING CERTIFICATE RESERVED 106 SECTION: 107 21A.08.010: Purpose Statement Applicability 108 5 21A.08.020: Authority To Issue Zoning Certificate 109 21A.08.030: Zoning Certificate Requirement 110 21A.08.040: Application For Zoning Certificate 111 21A.08.050: Waiver Of Requirements 112 21A.08.060: Revocation Of Zoning Certificate 113 114 21A.08.010: PURPOSE STATEMENT: 115 The zoning certificate serves two (2) general purposes. First, it provides a means to document the review 116 of plans for conformance with this title. Second, because the certificate must be filed along with all other 117 applications submitted in connection with a specific development proposal, it provides an ongoing record 118 of actions taken with respect to the authorized use of a particular parcel or site. Because the certificate 119 serves as a vehicle for routine plan review by the zoning administrator prior to special reviews by other 120 decision making bodies, it avoids needless special reviews of incomplete plans. 121 21A.08.020: AUTHORITY TO ISSUE ZONING CERTIFICATE: 122 The zoning administrator shall have authority to issue zoning certificates, but only in accordance with the 123 provisions of this chapter. 124 21A.08.030: ZONING CERTIFICATE REQUIREMENT: 125 Except as otherwise expressly required herein upon April 12, 1995, a zoning certificate shall be required 126 for the following: 127 A. Building Permit: Any new principal building development activity requiring a building permit. 128 B. Change Of Land Use Type: Any change of land use type. 129 C. Increased Parking Or Landscaping Requirements: Any modification to a property or development 130 that requires an increase in parking or landscaping requirements. 131 21A.08.040: APPLICATION FOR ZONING CERTIFICATE: 132 Application for a zoning certificate may be made only by the owner of the property or building or the 133 property owner's authorized agent for which the zoning certificate is sought. The application shall be 134 made to the zoning administrator on a form or forms provided by the office of the zoning administrator. A 135 record of all zoning certificates issued shall be kept on file in the office of the zoning administrator. 136 A. Application Requirements For Building Permits Or Change In Land Use Type: Each application for 137 a zoning certificate for any new principal building permit, an increased parking requirement, an increased 138 landscaping requirement or change of land use type shall be accompanied by the following: 139 1. A statement describing: 140 a. The type of structure containing the use, if any, 141 b. The exact nature of the most recent use of such structure or lot, 142 c. The exact nature of the proposed use of the structure or lot, and 143 6 d. The number of off street parking and loading spaces currently provided on the zoning lot; 144 2. A site plan, drawn to scale and fully dimensioned, including: 145 a. The topography, actual shape and dimensions of the lots to be built upon or used, 146 b. The exact size and location on the lot of the existing and proposed buildings, structures, and 147 accessory buildings, 148 c. The existing and intended use of each building or part of a building, 149 d. The number of dwelling units the building is designed to accommodate, 150 e. The number and location of off street parking stalls to be provided, 151 f. The location and design of loading docks and facilities, and 152 g. Such other information with regard to the lot and neighboring lots as may be necessary for the 153 enforcement of this title. (Ord. 62-09 § 10, 2009) 154 21A.08.050: WAIVER OF REQUIREMENTS: 155 The zoning administrator shall waive any or all of the submittal requirements of section 21A.08.040 of 156 this chapter, if information necessary to create a zoning certificate exists in existing city records 157 including, but not limited to, building permit, business licensing, appeals hearing officer records, and 158 board of adjustment records. (Ord. 8-12, 2012) 159 21A.08.060: REVOCATION OF ZONING CERTIFICATE: 160 A. Authority: A zoning certificate may be revoked by the zoning administrator in accordance with the 161 provisions of this section, if the recipient of the certificate fails to develop or maintain the property in 162 accordance with the plans submitted, the requirements of this title, or any additional requirements 163 lawfully imposed in connection with the issuance of the zoning certificate. 164 B. Notice: Before a zoning certificate may be revoked, written notice of the decision to revoke shall be 165 given to the certificate holder. The notice shall inform the certificate holder of the grounds for the 166 revocation and advise the certificate holder that the revocation shall be effective thirty (30) days from the 167 date of the notice unless before the revocation date, the certificate holder either: 1) demonstrates to the 168 satisfaction of the zoning administrator compliance with the requirements of the zoning certificate; or 2) 169 files an appeal of the zoning administrator's decision to revoke pursuant to subsection D of this section. 170 C. Effect Of Revocation: No person may continue to make use of land or buildings in the manner 171 authorized by any zoning certificate after such certificate has been revoked in accordance with this 172 section. 173 D. Appeal: Any person adversely affected by a final decision of the zoning administrator to revoke a 174 zoning certificate may appeal to the appeals hearing officer in accordance with the provisions of chapter 175 21A.16 of this title. 176 11. Amends Section 21A.12.030 as follows: 177 21A.12.030: PERSONS ENTITLED TO SEEK INTERPRETATIONS: 178 7 Applications for interpretations may shall be filed only by a the property owner having need for an 179 interpretation or by the property owner's authorized agent. The request for interpretation shall be specific 180 to provisions of this title as it applies to the property. 181 12. Amends Section 21A.12.050 as follows: 182 21A.12.050: STANDARDS FOR USE INTERPRETATIONS: 183 A use interpretation determines whether a land use not listed in chapter 21A.33 is substantially similar to 184 a listed use and therefore subject to the same regulations. The following standards shall govern the zoning 185 administrator, and the appeals hearing officer on appeals from the zoning administrator, in issuing use 186 interpretations: 187 A. Any use defined in chapter 21A.62 of this title, shall be interpreted as defined; 188 B. Any use specifically listed without a "P" or "C" designated in the table of permitted and 189 conditional uses for a district shall not be allowed in that zoning district; 190 C. No use interpretation shall allow a proposed use in a district unless evidence is presented 191 demonstrating that tThe proposed use, if allowed, will shall comply with the development 192 standards established for that particular district; 193 D. No A use interpretation shall only allow any use in a particular district unless such a proposed use 194 is that is substantially similar to the uses allowed in that district and is more similar to such uses 195 than to uses allowed in a less restrictive prohibited in the district; 196 E. If the proposed use is most similar to a conditional use authorized in the district in which it is 197 proposed to be located, any use interpretation allowing such use shall require that it may be 198 approved only as a conditional use pursuant to chapter 21A.54 of this title; and 199 F. No use interpretation shall permit the establishment of any use that would be inconsistent with the 200 statement of purpose of that zoning district.; and 201 G. A proposed use that is not similar to a listed use may be approved only as a zoning amendment 202 pursuant to Chapter 21A.50 of this title. 203 13. Amends Section 21A.12.060 as follows: 204 21A.12.060: EFFECT OF USE INTERPRETATIONS: 205 A use An administrative interpretation finding a particular use to be a permitted use or a conditional use 206 shall not authorize the establishment of such a use nor the development, construction, reconstruction, 207 alteration or moving of any building or structure. It shall merely authorize the preparation, filing, and 208 processing of applications for any approvals and permits that may be required by the codes and 209 ordinances of the city including, but not limited to, a zoning certificate, a building permit, a certificate of 210 occupancy, subdivision approval, and site plan approval. respond to the specific interpretation request 211 submitted with respect to the application of this title to a particular property. An interpretation is not 212 binding absent the approval of separate land use application coupled with other detrimental reliance 213 associated therewith in a manner consistent with the terms of the interpretation. 214 14. Amends Section 21A.12.070 as follows: 215 21A.12.070: LIMITATIONS ON USE INTERPRETATIONS: 216 8 A use An administrative interpretation finding a particular use to be a permitted use or a conditional use 217 in a particular district shall be specific to the situation being interpreted and deemed to authorize only that 218 particular use in the district and such use interpretation shall not be deemed to authorize any other 219 allegedly similar use or situation for which a separate use interpretation has not been issued. 220 15. Amends the name of Chapter 21A.16 with no other revisions to the chapter (except as specifically 221 noted below): 222 CHAPTER 21A.16 223 APPEALS OF ADMINISTRATIVE DECISIONS 224 16. Amends Subsection 21A.16.010.A as follows: 225 A. Title 21A Appeals, Applications and Determinations: As described in section 21A.06.040 of this 226 title, tThe appeals hearing officer shall hear and decide or make determinations regarding appeals 227 of: 228 1. Appeals alleging an error in any aAdministrative decisions made by the zoning administrator, 229 the planning commission or the historic landmark commission involving the application, 230 administration, enforcement or compliance with Title 21A of this titlecode; 231 2. Appeals from dDecisions made by the planning commission concerning subdivisions or 232 subdivision amendments pursuant to the procedures and standards set forth in Title 20 of this 233 code; 234 3. Decisions made by the historic landmark commission pursuant to the procedures and standards 235 set forth in Section 21A.34.020; Applications for variances as per chapter 21A.18 of this title; 236 4. Decisions made by the planning commission pursuant to the procedures and standards set forth 237 in this title; The existence, expansion or modification of nonconforming uses and noncomplying 238 structures pursuant to the procedures and standards set forth in chapter 21A.38, "Nonconforming 239 Uses and Noncomplying Structures", of this title; and 240 5. Any other matter involving application, administration or enforcement of this code where 241 specifically authorized by a provision of this code. 242 17. Amends Subsection 21A.16.030.C as follows: 243 C. Time for Filing an Appeal: The deadlines for filing a complete application for appeal are: 244 1. Administrative decisions made by the zoning administrator or planning director: ten (10) 245 days; 246 2. Planning commission decisions: ten (10) days; 247 3. Historic landmark commission or administrative decisions authorized in 21A.34.020: thirty 248 (30) days for appeals filed by the applicant, ten (10) days for appeals filed by any other party 249 entitled to appeal.; 250 4. City council decisions regarding unlisted land uses: ten (10) days. 251 9 18. Adds Subsection 21A.16.030.I.3 as follows: 252 3. An appeal of a city council decision regarding an unlisted land use shall be based on the record 253 made below. 254 a. No new evidence shall be heard by the appeals hearing officer unless such evidence was 255 improperly excluded from consideration below. 256 b. The appeals hearing officer shall presume that the decision of the city council is valid, 257 provided the decision was made in compliance with the procedures set forth in 21A.50, 258 and shall uphold the decision of the city council if it is reasonably debatable that the city 259 council’s decision is consistent with the purpose and standards of this title. 260 19. Amends Section 21A.18.090 as follows: 261 21A.18.090: EFFECT OF GRANTING A VARIANCE: 262 The granting of a variance shall not authorize the establishment or extension of any use, nor the 263 development, construction, reconstruction, alteration or moving of any building or structure but shall 264 merely authorize the preparation, filing and processing of applications for any permits and approval that 265 may be required by the regulations of the city, including, but not limited to, a zoning certificate, a 266 building permit, a certificate of occupancy, subdivision approval, and site plan approval. 267 20. Amends Subsection 21A.20.080.A as follows: 268 A. Powers And Duties Of Fines Hearing Officer: The Fines Hearing Officer, appointed pursuant to 269 section 21A.06.09070 of this title, may hear and decide appeals of civil fines imposed pursuant to 270 this chapter. As set forth in this section, the Fines Hearing Officer may reduce civil fines and 271 approve civil fine payment schedules. 272 21. Deletes the following rows in Subsection 21A.22.010 as follows, with no other changes to the 273 table: 274 Section Reference District Name E. Special Purpose Districts: 21A.32.056 AG-20 Agricultural District G. Character Conservation Districts: 21A.35.010 Purpose 22. Deletes Subsection 21A.24.010.B and reserving, as follows: 275 B. Site Plan Review: In certain districts, permitted uses and conditional uses have the potential for 276 adverse impacts if located and laid out without careful planning. Such impacts may interfere with 277 the use and enjoyment of adjacent property and uses. Site plan review is a process designed to 278 address such adverse impacts and minimize them where possible. Site plan review is not required 279 for single-family, two-family and twin home dwellings unless they are approved as a conditional 280 use. All other uses shall be subject to the site plan review regulations contained in chapter 21A.58 281 of this title. Reserved 282 10 23. Amends Subsection 21A.24.010.J as follows: 283 J. Basement Structures: All dwellings must shall have at least one full story aboveground. 284 Residential structures built into a hillside with may have less than all elevations exposed when 285 constrained by the slope of the site may be approved through the site plan review process. 286 24. Amends Subsection 21A.24.010.P.9 as follows: 287 9. Roads And Driveways: To ensure that private roads and driveways minimize impact on the 288 natural landscape, plans for the design and improvement of roads and driveways shall be 289 subject to review and approval by the City Engineer and Fire Department as a condition of 290 building permit issuance. Design standards and guidelines for private roads and driveways 291 shall include the following: 292 a. Driveways which serve more than one parcel are encouraged as a method of reducing 293 unnecessary grading, paving, and site disturbance. The drive approach for driveways 294 which serve more than one parcel shall not exceed the standard widths for drive 295 approaches as specified by the Salt Lake City Transportation Division. 296 b. Driveway approaches shall not be located within six feet (6') of any side property line. 297 The zoning administrator Exceptions may be considered by the development review 298 team, approve exceptions based on the driveway slope and dimension, slope of the 299 roadway or lot, location of existing drive approaches serving abutting properties, and 300 proposed uses. 301 (1) Driveway approaches shall maintain a twelve foot (12') separation from another 302 drive approach. Drive approaches shall be located ten feet (10') from a corner 303 property line or five feet (5') from the termination of a corner curb radius, whichever 304 is greater. Drive approaches located along a designated right turn lane shall maintain 305 a fifty foot (50') setback from the termination of a corner curb radius. The zoning 306 administrator Exceptions to those requirements may be approved by the development 307 review team exceptions to this requirement. 308 c. A driveway shall not exceed sixteen percent (16%) average slope with standard vertical 309 curve transitions from the property line to a legal parking space. 310 (1) The cross slope of driveways should may not exceed four percent (4%). 311 d. Driveway approaches shall maintain a five foot (5') offset from power poles, fire 312 hydrants, trees or any other roadside hazards. The zoning administrator Exceptions to 313 those requirements may be approved by the development review team exceptions to this 314 requirement. 315 e. Sight obstructions along driveways shall maintain a ten foot (10') wide by ten foot (10') 316 deep sight distance triangle as noted in section 21A.62.050, figure 21A.62.050I of this 317 title. Obstructions in the required sight distance triangle shall generally not exceed thirty 318 inches (30") in height. The zoning administrator Exceptions may be approved by the 319 development review team exceptions based upon location and type of material. 320 f. The zoning administrator may approve grade changes that exceed the limitations in 321 21A.24.010.P.6 when necessary to accommodate a driveway that provides access to legal 322 parcels or legal parking areas. 323 11 25. Amends Subsection 21A.24.010.P.10.a as follows: 324 a. Site Plan Submittal: As a part of the site plan zoning review process, a fencing plan shall 325 be submitted which shall show: 326 (1) Any specific subdivision approval conditions regarding fencing; 327 (2) Material specifications and illustrations necessary to determine compliance with 328 specific subdivision approval limitations and the standards of this section. 329 26. Amends Subsection 21A.24.120.E.7 as follows: 330 7. Any density bonus granted will shall be documented through a zoning certificate in 331 accordance in Chapter 21A.08. The zoning certificate will be issued by the Building Services 332 Division once the bonus unit has passed its final building inspection. The certificate will 333 indicate that this unit was established through the preservation of the existing structure on the 334 site. restrictive covenant, the form of which shall be approved by the city attorney. The 335 restrictive covenant shall be recorded on the property with the Salt Lake County Recorder 336 prior to final inspection of the bonus units. The restrictive covenant shall run with the land 337 and shall provide for the following, without limitation: 338 a. Indicate that bonus dwelling units were established by retaining existing structures on a 339 site. 340 b. Guarantee that the building(s) containing the unit(s) used to qualify for the bonus units 341 shall not be demolished unless the associated bonus units are also demolished; and 342 c. Establish that the terms of the restrictive covenant are enforceable by the city or, pursuant 343 to Utah Code Section 10-9a-802 (or its successor), any adversely affected party, and that 344 in any such enforcement action the court shall award the prevailing party its attorneys' 345 fees. 346 27. Deletes Subsection 21A.25.010.J and reserving, as follows: 347 J. Site Plan Review: In certain districts, permitted uses and conditional uses have the potential for 348 adverse impacts if located and laid out without careful planning. Such impacts may interfere with 349 the use and enjoyment of adjacent property and uses. Site plan review is a process designed to 350 address such adverse impacts and minimize them where possible. Site plan review is required for 351 all conditional uses, and all permitted uses except single-family dwellings, two-family dwellings, 352 and twin homes. All uses in these districts shall be subject to the site plan review regulations 353 contained in chapter 21A.58 of this title. Reserved 354 28. Deletes Subsection 21A.32.010.B and reserving, as follows: 355 B. Site Plan Review: In certain districts, permitted uses and conditional uses have the potential for 356 adverse impacts if located and laid out without careful planning. Such impacts may interfere with 357 the use and enjoyment of adjacent property and uses. Site plan review is a process designed to 358 address such adverse impacts and minimize them where possible. Site plan review of 359 development proposals is required in the RP, BP, FP, PL, PL-2, I, UI, MH and MU districts. All 360 uses in these districts shall be subject to the site plan review regulations contained in chapter 361 21A.58 of this title. Reserved 362 12 29. Amends Subsection 21A.32.020.G as follows: 363 G. Attached Buildings On Separate Lots: Buildings on separate lots of record that are attached by a 364 common wall along the interior side lot line may be permitted, subject to the site plan review 365 approval pursuant to the provisions of chapter 21A.58 of this title when the lots are part of a 366 single development. Where such buildings are authorized, the requirement for interior side yards 367 in subsection F3 of this section shall be waived. 368 30. Amends Subsection 21A.32.020.H.3 as follows: 369 3. Interior Side Yard: Eight feet (8'). Where a common access drive serves two (2) adjacent lots 370 and extends along the side lot line to parking facilities in the rear of the lot, this landscape 371 yard may be reduced or eliminated if the reduction or elimination is compensated for by 372 increasing another landscape yard, subject to site plan review approval. 373 31. Amends Subsection 21A.32.030.I.2 as follows: 374 2. Outdoor Storage: Accessory outdoor storage shall be screened with a solid fence and 375 approved through the site plan review process. 376 32. Amends Subsection 21A.32.040.I.1 as follows: 377 1. Site Plan Submittal: As a part of the site plan zoning review process, a fencing plan shall be 378 submitted which shall show: 379 a. Any specific subdivision approval conditions regarding fencing; 380 b. Material specifications and illustrations necessary to determine compliance with specific 381 subdivision approval limitations and the standards of this section. 382 33. Amends Subsection 21A.32.080.I as follows: 383 I. Traffic And Parking Impact: The traffic and parking characteristics of institutional uses can have a 384 significant impact on the nearby residential neighborhoods. To ensure that these characteristics do 385 not impair the safety or enjoyment of property in nearby areas, a traffic and parking study shall be 386 submitted to the City in conjunction with the site plan review provisions of this title whenever a 387 new use, an expansion of an existing use, or an expansion of the mapped district is proposed. 388 New institutional uses or expansions/intensifications of existing institutional uses shall not be 389 permitted unless the traffic and parking study provides clear and convincing evidence that no 390 significant impacts will occur. The Zoning Administrator may, upon recommendation of the 391 Transportation Director development review team, waive the requirement for a traffic and 392 parking study if site conditions clearly indicate that no impact would result from the proposed 393 development. 394 34. Amends Subsection 21A.32.090.K as follows: 395 K. Traffic And Parking Impact: The traffic and parking characteristics of institutional uses can have 396 a significant impact on the nearby residential neighborhoods. To ensure that these characteristics 397 do not impair the safety or enjoyment of property in nearby areas, a traffic and parking study shall 398 be submitted to the City in conjunction with the site plan review provisions of this title whenever 399 a new use, any additional parking is provided or required for an expansion of an existing use, or 400 for any an expansion of a mapped district is proposed. Unless the traffic and parking study 401 13 provides clear and convincing evidence that no significant impacts will occur, the application 402 shall be denied. The Zoning Administrator may, upon recommendation of the Transportation 403 Director development review team, waive the requirement for a traffic and parking study if site 404 conditions clearly indicate that no impact would result from the proposed development. 405 35. Deletes Section 21A.32.056 as follows: 406 21A.32.056: AG-20 AGRICULTURAL DISTRICT: 407 A. Purpose Statement: The purpose of the AG-20 Agricultural District is to preserve and protect 408 agricultural uses, on lots not less than twenty (20) acres, in suitable portions of Salt Lake City. These 409 regulations are also designed to minimize conflicts between agricultural and nonagricultural uses. 410 This district is appropriate in areas of the City where the applicable master plans support this type of 411 land use. 412 B. Uses: Uses in the AG-20 Agricultural District as specified in section 21A.33.070, "Table Of 413 Permitted And Conditional Uses For Special Purpose Districts", of this title are permitted subject to 414 the general provisions set forth in section 21A.32.010 of this chapter and this section. 415 C. Minimum Lot Area And Lot Width: 416 Land Use Minimum Lot Area Minimum Lot Width Agricultural uses 20 acres 500 feet Kennels, public and private 5 acres 220 feet Natural open space and conservation areas, public and private No minimum No minimum Pet cemetery 2 acres 150 feet Public pedestrian pathways, trails and greenways No minimum No minimum Public/private utility wires, lines, pipes and poles No minimum No minimum Utility substations and buildings 5,000 square feet 50 feet Other permitted or conditional uses as listed in section 21A.33.070 of this title 20 acres 500 feet 417 D. Maximum Building Height: Building height shall be limited to forty five feet (45'). Building 418 heights in excess of forty five feet (45') but not more than sixty five feet (65') may be approved 419 through the design review process provided that the additional height is compatible with adjacent 420 properties and does not conflict with the Airport Flight Path Protection Overlay Zone. 421 E. Minimum Yard Requirements: 422 1. Front Yard: Fifty feet (50'). 423 2. Corner Side Yard: Fifty feet (50'). 424 14 3. Interior Side Yard: None required. 425 4. Rear Yard: None required. 426 5. Accessory Buildings And Structures In Yards: Accessory buildings and structures may be located 427 in required yard areas subject to section 21A.36.020, table 21A.36.020B of this title. 428 F. Required Landscape Yards: None required. 429 G. Restrictions On Agricultural Uses: In addition to the applicable foregoing regulations, agricultural 430 uses shall comply with the following requirements: 431 1. No feeding, grazing, or sheltering of livestock and poultry, whether within penned enclosures or 432 within enclosed buildings, shall be permitted within fifty feet (50') of an existing single- family 433 dwelling on an adjacent lot. 434 36. Amends Subsection 21A.32.110.K.2 as follows: 435 2. The configuration of the entrance road connecting the park to a public street shall be approved 436 by the Transportation Director subject to site plan review. 437 37. Amends Subsection 21A.32.140.E.4.c as follows: 438 b. Expansions of Existing Uses: No commercial or industrial land use shall expand to an 439 extent that increases its daily potable water consumption or use to exceed an annual 440 average of two hundred thousand (200,000) gallons of potable water per day. 441 Notwithstanding the provisions of Subsection 21A.38.040.HE, an existing land use 442 that exceeds the water use threshold may not expand if the expansion will result in a 443 net increase in water consumption or use. The use and consumption limit is based on 444 the total use from all water meters that serve the land use. 445 38. Adds Subsection 21A.33.010.C.1 as follows: 446 1. Unlisted uses: A land use not listed in this chapter may be found to be substantially similar to 447 a listed use and therefore subject to the same regulations through a use interpretation, 448 pursuant to the standards in 21A.12. 449 39. Deletes Subsection 21A.33.010.D.2 as follows: 450 2. Reserved. 451 40. Amends Subsection 21A.33.010.D.1.b as follows: 452 b. Expansions of Existing Uses: No commercial or industrial land use shall expand to an 453 extent that increases its daily potable water consumption or use to exceed an annual 454 average of two hundred thousand (200,000) gallons of potable water per day. 455 Notwithstanding the provisions of Subsection 21A.38.040.HE, an existing land use 456 that exceeds the water use threshold may not expand if the expansion will result in a 457 net increase in water consumption or use. The use and consumption limit is based on 458 the total use from all water meters that serve the land use. 459 15 41. Deletes the “AG-20” column in Section 21A.33.070 as follows, with no other changes to the 460 table: 461 Use Permitted And Conditional Uses By District AG-20 Accessory use, except those that are otherwise specifically regulated elsewhere in this title P Adaptive reuse for additional uses in eligible buildings Affordable housing incentives development Agricultural use P Air cargo terminals and package delivery facility Airport Alcohol: Brewpub (2,500 square feet or less in floor area) Brewpub (more than 2,500 square feet in floor area) Ambulance service (indoor) Ambulance service (outdoor) Amphitheater, informal Animal: Kennel on lots of 5 acres or lar e P8 Pet cemeter P4 Stable (private) P Stable (public) P Veterinary office Antenna, communication tower P Antenna, communication tower exceeding the 16 maximum building height in the zone Art gallery Artisan food production Bed and breakfast Bio-medical facility Botanical garden Brewery, small Cannabis production establishment P Cemetery Clinic (medical, dental) Commercial food preparation Community garden P Convent/monastery Data center Daycare center, adult Daycare center, child Dwelling: Accessory unit P Assisted living facility (large) Assisted living facility (limited capacity) Assisted living facility (small) Congregate care facility (large) Congregate care facility (small) Group home (small) Living quarters for caretaker or security guard Manufactured home Mobile home Multi-family Single-family (detached) Exhibition hall 17 Extractive industry Fairground Financial institution Financial institution with drive-through facility Gas station Golf course Heliport Home occupation P17 Hospital, including accessory lodging facility Hotel/motel Hunting club, duck Industrial assembly Jail Jewelry fabrication Laboratory, medical related Large wind energy system C Library Light manufacturing Manufacturing, concrete or asphalt Mixed use development Mobile food business (operation on private property) Municipal service uses, including City utility uses and police and fire stations P Museum Nursing care facility Office Open space P Park P Parking: Commercial Off site Off site (to support uses in an OS or NOS Zoning District) Park and ride lot 18 Park and ride lot shared with existing use Performing arts production facility Pharmacy Place of worship Radio, television station Reception center Recreation (indoor, outdoor) Research and development facility Restaurant Restaurant with drive- through facility Retail (goods or services) School: College or university K - 12 private K - 12 public Music conservatory Professional and vocational Seminary and religious institute Short term rental Solar array Stadium Storage, accessory (outdoor) Studio, art Technology facility Theater, live performance Theater, movie Transportation terminal, including bus, rail and trucking Urban farm P Utility, building or structure P1 19 Vehicle, automobile rental agency Vending cart, private property Vending cart, public property Warehouse Wholesale distribution Zoological park 42. Amends footnote 6 to the table in Section 21A.33.070 as follows: 462 6. Radio station equipment and antennas shall be required to go through the site plan review process to 463 ensure that the color, design and location of all proposed equipment and antennas are screened or 464 integrated into the architecture of the project and are compatible with surrounding uses. 465 43. Deletes Subsection 21A.34.010.B and reserving, as follows: 466 B. Site Plan Review: Permitted uses and conditional uses in the Overlay Districts have the potential 467 for adverse impacts if located and laid out on lots without careful planning. Such impacts may 468 interfere with the use and enjoyment of adjacent property and uses. Site plan review is a process 469 designed to address such adverse impacts and minimize them where possible. Site plan review of 470 development proposals is required in the T Transitional Overlay District, the LC Lowland 471 Conservancy Overlay District, and the LO Landfill Overlay District. All uses in these districts 472 shall be subject to the site plan review regulations contained in chapter 21A.58 of this title. 473 Reserved 474 44. Amends Subsection 21A.34.040.FF.7 as follows: 475 7. Plan Approval: All landscape plans shall be coordinated with the city's departments and 476 divisions development review team (DRT) and planning division, for review and comment on 477 compliance with city ordinances and these performance standards. The planning director and 478 director of airports shall jointly approve final landscaping plans for any airport parking lot. 479 45. Amends Subsection 21A.34.120.E.2 as follows: 480 2. Noncomplying Detached Garages: An existing noncomplying detached garage located in the 481 rear yard may be rebuilt or expanded at its existing location to a maximum size of four 482 hundred forty (440) square feet subject to the approval of the development review team 483 (DRT) zoning administrator. 484 46. Amends Subsection 21A.34.150.D.1 as follows: 485 1. Permitted Uses: Permitted uses located in the IP Inland Port Overlay District shall be subject 486 to the site plan review requirements found in chapter 21A.58 of this title. 487 47. Deletes Chapter 21A.35 as follows: 488 CHAPTER 21A.35 489 CHARACTER CONSERVATION DISTRICTS 490 20 SECTION: 491 21A.35.010: Purpose 492 21A.35.020: Applicability 493 21A.35.030: General Provisions 494 21A.35.040: Petition Initiation For A Character Conservation District 495 21A.35.050: Planning Director Report To The City Council 496 21A.35.060: District Plan And Design Standards Formulation And Review 497 21A.35.070: Character Conservation District Plan And Design Standards Ordinance Review 498 21A.35.080: Character Conservation District Standards 499 21A.35.090: Adjustment Or Repeal Of A Character Conservation District 500 501 21A.35.010: PURPOSE: 502 The city recognizes the substantial aesthetic, environmental and economic importance of its 503 neighborhoods and commercial districts. The purpose of this chapter is to establish policies, regulations 504 and standards to protect neighborhood character and to ensure that development in a character 505 conservation district is compatible and enhances the quality and character of Salt Lake City. The intent of 506 this chapter is to promote the general welfare of the public of the city through the protection, 507 conservation, preservation, enhancement, perpetuation and use of structures, sites and areas that are 508 characteristic to each of the unique areas of Salt Lake City. 509 A. Specific purposes of character conservation districts for residential neighborhoods and commercial 510 districts are as follows: 511 1. To protect and strengthen desirable and unique physical features, design characteristics, and 512 recognized identity and charm. 513 2. To promote and provide for economic revitalization. 514 3. To protect and enhance the livability of the city. 515 4. To reduce conflict and prevent blighting caused by incompatible and insensitive development and 516 to promote new compatible development. 517 5. To stabilize property values. 518 6. To provide residents and property owners with a planning tool for future development. 519 7. To promote and retain affordable housing. 520 8. To encourage and strengthen civic pride. 521 522 21A.35.020: APPLICABILITY: 523 The regulations set forth in this chapter shall apply to properties located within the boundaries designated 524 as a character conservation district on the Salt Lake City zoning map. In the case of conflict between the 525 21 character conservation district standards and other requirements contained in other chapters of the zoning 526 ordinance, the standards of the character conservation district shall prevail. 527 528 21A.35.030: GENERAL PROVISIONS: 529 A. Establishment By Ordinance: Each character conservation district must be established by a separate 530 character conservation district ordinance. The city council shall approve a character conservation district 531 ordinance in accordance with this chapter. 532 B. Special Review Procedure: If the planning director determines that, due to the sensitivity of the 533 area, or due to the nature of the proposed regulations for the area, a special administrative procedure 534 needs to be established for the review of proposed work in a character conservation district, such a 535 procedure may be incorporated into the character conservation district ordinance before it is approved by 536 the city council. 537 C. Administrative Review Of Projects Subject To Adopted Character Conservation District Standards: 538 Following administrative review of an application subject to the standards of an adopted character 539 conservation district, staff shall approve, conditionally approve or refer the application to the historic 540 landmark commission for consideration. 541 542 21A.35.040: PETITION INITIATION FOR A CHARACTER CONSERVATION DISTRICT: 543 A. An application for a character conservation district feasibility study may be filed with the planning 544 director on an application form furnished by the planning division. The following are those who are 545 authorized to submit an application: 546 1. The mayor; 547 2. A majority of the city council; or 548 3. Property owners with fifteen percent (15%) support of the property owners within the proposed 549 district. A property owner or owners would have six (6) months to collect signatures and submit an 550 application to the city. The six (6) month time period begins when the first signature is obtained. There is 551 no fee for the application. 552 B. An application for a character conservation district prepared by the proposed district area or their 553 authorized agent must include the following: 554 1. Property Owners: A list of the names, site address and mailing address of all property owners in 555 the area of request. 556 2. Organizations: A list of all neighborhood associations or other organizations representing the 557 interests of property owners in the area of request. This list should include information as to the number 558 of members and the officers' names, mailing addresses, and phone numbers. 559 3. Justification: A statement of justification. This statement should: 560 a. Identify the factors which make the area of request eligible for character conservation district 561 classification as per the determination of eligibility in this chapter; and 562 b. Explain in detail how and why such a classification would be in the best interest of the city as a 563 whole. 564 22 4. Character Defining Features: A written description of the character defining features of the area as 565 seen from the public right of way. Character defining features may include, but are not limited to, 566 architecture or architectural features, mass and scale of buildings, streetscape, building orientation, 567 landscaping, types of signs, sidewalk improvements, public art, or other items that contribute to the 568 overall character of the area. Photographs of the area to be considered as a character conservation district 569 should also be included for reference. 570 5. Fees: No application fee will be required for a petition initiated for the designation of a character 571 conservation district. 572 573 21A.35.050: PLANNING DIRECTOR REPORT TO THE CITY COUNCIL: 574 A. When a petition for the creation of a character conservation district is initiated in accordance with 575 this chapter, the planning director shall determine the eligibility of the area for character conservation 576 district classification in accordance with this section. 577 B. The planning director's determination of eligibility must be based on a consideration of the 578 standards in this subsection. The boundaries or designated area for a character conservation district shall 579 satisfy all of the following criteria: 580 1. The area must contain at least one "block face" (as defined in this title) for all character 581 conservation districts proposed in residential zoning districts. 582 2. Commercial areas should contain one block face when feasible and must contain all properties 583 located at the intersecting corners of streets that are proposed to be included in the character conservation 584 district boundary. 585 3. The area must be either "stable" or "stabilizing" as those terms are defined in this title. 586 4. The area must contain significant "character defining features" as defined in this title. 587 5. The area must have a distinctive atmosphere or character which can be identified and conserved 588 by protecting or enhancing its character defining features. 589 C. If the planning director upon the advice of the historic landmark commission determines that the 590 area is not eligible for character conservation district classification, the planning director shall notify the 591 applicant of this fact in writing. Notice shall be mailed to the address shown on the application. The 592 decision of the planning director that an area is not eligible for character conservation district 593 classification may be appealed in accordance with chapter 21A.16 of this title. 594 D. An appeal under this chapter is made in accordance with chapter 21A.16 of this title. The request 595 must be filed within ten (10) days of the date written notice is given to the applicant of the planning 596 director's decision. In considering the appeal, the sole issue shall be whether or not the planning director 597 erred in their determination of eligibility, and, in this connection, the commission shall consider the same 598 standards that were required to be considered by the planning director in making their determination. 599 E. If it is determined by the final appeal authority that the area is not eligible for character conservation 600 district classification, no further applications for character conservation district classification may be 601 considered for the area of request for one year from the date of its decision. 602 F. If the planning director determines that the area is eligible for character conservation district 603 classification, the planning director shall submit a report based on the following considerations to the city 604 council: 605 23 1. The estimated financial cost of creating the character conservation district standards; 606 2. Evaluation to determine if there is sufficient funding and staff resources available to allow the 607 planning division to develop standards, complete the public process and provide ongoing administration 608 of the new character conservation district if approved by the city council. If sufficient funding is not 609 available, the report shall include a proposed budget. 610 611 21A.35.060: DISTRICT PLAN AND DESIGN STANDARDS FORMULATION AND REVIEW: 612 A. If the area is determined to be eligible for character conservation district classification pursuant to 613 this chapter, the planning director shall schedule a public meeting for the purpose of informing property 614 owners in the proposed district of the nature of the pending request. The planning director shall send 615 mailed notice of the time and place of the meeting in accordance with chapter 21A.10 of this title. 616 B. The planning division shall prepare a draft district plan and design standards for the proposed 617 district based on the information and character defining features found in the feasibility study with input 618 from owners and residents of the proposed character conservation district. 619 C. The draft district plan and design standards must include at a minimum (or note the inapplicability), 620 the following elements governing the physical characteristics and features of all property (public or 621 private) within the proposed character conservation district: 622 1. Building height and number of stories. 623 2. Building size and massing. 624 3. Lot size and lot coverage. 625 4. Front and side yard setbacks. 626 5. Roof line and pitch. 627 6. Parking and hardscape covering. 628 D. In addition, the draft district plan and design standards may include, but are not limited to, the 629 following elements: 630 1. Building orientation. 631 2. General site planning (primary or accessory structures). 632 3. Density. 633 4. Demolition. 634 5. Floor area ratio. 635 6. Signage. 636 7. Garage (residential or commercial) entrance location. 637 8. Entrance and street lighting. 638 9. Driveway, curbs, curb cuts and sidewalks. 639 10. Utility boxes and trash receptacles. 640 11. Street furniture. 641 24 12. Building relocation. 642 13. Right of way designs that exceed current city standards. 643 E. Once the draft plan and design standards are developed, public hearings before the historic 644 landmark commission and the planning commission will be scheduled to receive public comment 645 regarding the plan. The planning director shall send written notice of the public hearing in accordance 646 with chapter 21A.10 of this title. 647 648 21A.35.070: CHARACTER CONSERVATION DISTRICT PLAN AND DESIGN STANDARDS 649 ORDINANCE REVIEW: 650 A. Staff Report: A staff report evaluating the application for establishment of the character 651 conservation district shall be prepared by the planning division. 652 B. Public Hearing By Historic Landmark Commission: The historic landmark commission shall 653 schedule and hold a public hearing on the application in accordance with the standards and procedures for 654 conduct of the public hearing set forth in chapter 21A.10 of this title. 655 C. Historic Landmark Commission Recommendation: Following the public hearing, the historic 656 landmark commission shall recommend approval or denial of the proposed amendment or the approval of 657 some modification of the amendment and shall then submit its recommendation to the planning 658 commission and city council. 659 D. Public Hearing By Planning Commission: The planning commission shall schedule and hold a 660 public hearing on the application in accordance with the standards and procedures for conduct of the 661 public hearing set forth in chapter 21A.10 of this title. 662 E. Planning Commission Recommendation: Following the public hearing, the planning commission 663 shall recommend approval or denial of the proposed amendment or the approval of some modification of 664 the amendment and shall then submit its recommendation to the city council. 665 F. Determination; Level Of Public Support: 666 1. Following the completion of the historic landmark commission and planning commission public 667 hearings, the planning division will deliver a public support ballot to all property owners of record within 668 the boundary of the proposed character conservation district. 669 2. Property owners of record will have thirty (30) days from the postmark date of the public support 670 ballot to submit a response to the planning division indicating the property owner's support or nonsupport 671 of the proposed character conservation district. 672 3. A certified letter shall be mailed to all property owners within the proposed character conservation 673 district whose public support ballot has not been received by the planning division within fifteen (15) 674 days from the original postmark date. This follow up letter will encourage the property owners to submit a 675 public support ballot prior to the thirty (30) day deadline date set by the mailing of the first public support 676 ballot. 677 4. There shall be one vote per property and the results of the vote shall be based on the number of 678 votes received. A vote to abstain shall not be counted as a vote received. 679 25 G. Notification Of Public Support: Following the determination of the level of support, the planning 680 division will send notice of the results to all property owners within the proposed character conservation 681 district. 682 H. Public Hearing By City Council: The city council shall schedule and hold a public hearing to 683 consider the proposed amendment in accordance with the standards and procedures for conduct of the 684 public hearing set forth in chapter 21A.10 of this title. 685 I. City Council Action: At the public hearing, the city council may adopt the proposed creation of a 686 character conservation district, adopt the proposed character conservation district with modifications, or 687 deny the proposed character conservation district. However, no additional land may be added to the 688 boundaries of the character conservation district, without new notice and hearing. 689 J. Designation Of Character Conservation District: 690 1. If the number of ballots received in support exceed the number of ballots in opposition, the city 691 council may designate a character conservation district by simply majority vote. 692 2. If the number of ballots received in support do not exceed the number of ballots received in 693 opposition, the city council may only designate a character conservation district by a super majority (2/3) 694 vote. 695 K. Amendments To District Boundaries Or Standards: Amendments to the character conservation 696 district boundaries or standards shall be processed in the same manner as a new application according to 697 the process in the chapter. 698 699 21A.35.080: CHARACTER CONSERVATION DISTRICT STANDARDS: 700 A decision to create a character conservation district is a matter committed to the legislative discretion of 701 the city council and is not controlled by any one standard. 702 A. In making its decision concerning creation of a character conservation district, the city council 703 should consider the following factors: 704 1. The proposed character conservation district is an established area with shared distinguishing 705 characteristics, which may include architecture, geography, development, services, and interests. 706 2. The proposed character conservation district is a logical neighborhood unit with a closely settled 707 development pattern on similar sized parcels. 708 709 21A.35.090: ADJUSTMENT OR REPEAL OF A CHARACTER CONSERVATION DISTRICT: 710 The procedure to repeal or adjust the boundaries of a character conservation district shall be the same as 711 that outlined for the designation of a character conservation district. 712 48. Amends Subsection 21A.36.010.B.2 as follows: 713 2. Lots in the RP, BP, M-1, M-2, M-1A, AG, AG-2, AG-5, AG-20, A, OS, NOS, and EI 714 Districts may have multiple buildings on a single lot regardless of street frontage and subject 715 to meeting all other zoning regulations. 716 26 49. Amends the name of Section 21A.36.020 with no other changes to the section except as 717 specifically noted below: 718 21A.36.020: CONFORMANCE WITH LOT AND BULK CONTROLS DEVELOPMENT 719 STANDARDS: 720 50. Amends Subsection 21A.36.020.A as follows: 721 A. Conformance With District Requirements: No structure or lot shall be developed, used or 722 occupied unless it meets the lot area, lot width, yards, building height, and other New 723 development shall comply with the requirements established in the applicable district regulations, 724 except where specifically established otherwise elsewhere in this title. The following exceptions 725 shall apply to noncomplying lots: 726 1. In residential districts: A single-family dwelling shall be permitted on noncomplying lots in all 727 residential districts. 728 In any residential district, on a lot legally established prior to April 12, 1995, a single-family 729 dwelling may be erected regardless of the size of the lot, subject to complying with all yard area 730 requirements of the R-1/5,000 District. 731 2. Legal conforming In nonresidential districts: Noncomplying lots in nonresidential districts 732 shall be approved for any permitted use or conditional use allowed in the zoning district. 733 51. Amends note 2 of table 21A.36.020C as follows: 734 2. Amenities shall be setback at least 5 feet from all property lines. Physical separation, such as a fence 735 or railing, shall be provided to delineate the rooftop amenity area, but the amenity may not enclosed with 736 walls or include a roof. 737 52. Amends Subsection 21A.36.030.E as follows: 738 E. License Required: It is unlawful for any person, firm, corporation, or association to engage in a 739 "home occupation" as defined in Chapter 21A.62 of this title without first obtaining a license 740 pursuant to the provisions of Title 5, Chapter 5.02 of this code. 741 1. Exception: A license is not required if the zoning administrator determines that the impact of 742 the home occupation does not exceed the impact of the primary residential use. The 743 determination shall be based on the information provided to satisfy the standards of this 744 section and compliance with the standards alone shall not be construed as not creating 745 impacts. 746 2. Compliance with Standards: Prior to issuance of said license, the standards set forth in this 747 section must be satisfied and all applicable fees shall be paid. 748 3. License Expiration: All home occupation business licenses shall be valid for one year, and 749 may be renewed annually. 750 53. Amends Subsection 21A.36.140.E as follows: 751 E. Application For Sexually Oriented Business Conditional Site Plan Review: Applications for 752 conditional site plan review may be obtained from the City license authority and should be 753 returned to the same when completed. The application for a conditional site plan review shall be 754 27 filed with the City license authority on the same day that the application for a sexually oriented 755 business license, if applicable, is filed with the license authority. The application for a conditional 756 site plan review shall include the items listed in section 21A.58.060 of this title. 757 54. Amends Subsection 21A.36.140.F.7 as follows: 758 7. Modifications May Be Required: The Planning Commission may require modifications to a 759 proposed sexually oriented business conditional site plan as it relates to traffic and parking, 760 site layout, environmental protection, landscaping, and signage in order to achieve the 761 objectives set forth in section 21A.58.040 of this title. 762 55. Amends Subsection 21A.36.190.B as follows: 763 B. Basement Structures: All dwellings must shall have at least one full story aboveground. 764 Residential structures built into a hillside with may have less than all elevations exposed when 765 constrained by the slope of the site may be approved through the site plan review process. 766 56. Amends Subsection 21A.36.250.J.1 as follows: 767 1. Landscaping and screening of rRecycling collection stations shall be screened from public 768 view by a fence or wall, unless when exempt by other provisions of this title. provided in a 769 manner that improves their appearance without obscuring their visibility. Landscaping and 770 screening requirements shall be established on a case by case basis as part of the site plan 771 review process pursuant to chapter 21A.58 of this title. In districts where site plan review is 772 not required, no landscaping or screening will be required. 773 57. Amends Subsection 21A.36.360.A as follows: 774 A. The shared housing use shall be subject to the same lot and bulk requirements development 775 standards as the multi-family dwelling use, but not the density requirements of the underlying 776 zone. 777 58. Deletes Section 21A.37.030 and reserving, as follows: 778 21A.37.030: SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS: Reserved 779 All applications that are subject to site plan review as indicated in chapter 21A.58 of this title shall 780 address as part of their submittal drawings all applicable design standards identified in this chapter, in 781 addition to all other applicable regulations. 782 59. Amends Subsection 21A.38.010.A.2 as follows: 783 2. Noncomplying structures and improvements include legally constructed principal and 784 accessory buildings, structures and property improvements, that do not comply with the 785 applicable bulk and/or yard area regulations development and design standards of this title 786 such as setbacks and parking in the zoning districts in which the buildings or structures are 787 located. 788 60. Amends Section 21A.38.020 as follows: 789 21A.38.020: AUTHORITY TO CONTINUE: 790 28 Except as provided in this chapter, a A nonconforming use, noncomplying structure, noncomplying lot or 791 legal conforming dwelling may continue unaffected by any change in ownership, except when the 792 nonconformity is determined to have been abandoned. 793 A. Abandonment of nonconforming use or noncomplying structure: 794 1. Abandonment of a nonconforming use of land may be presumed when: 795 (a) The primary structure associated with the nonconforming use has been voluntarily 796 demolished without prior written agreement with the municipality regarding an extension of the 797 nonconforming use; 798 (b) The use has been discontinued for a minimum of one year; or 799 (c) The primary structure associated with the nonconforming use remains vacant for a period of 800 one year. 801 2. Abandonment of a noncomplying structure may be presumed when: 802 (a) A noncomplying structure is allowed to deteriorate to a condition that the structure is 803 rendered uninhabitable as determined by the building official and is not repaired or restored within one 804 year after written notice to the property owner that the structure is uninhabitable; or 805 (b) A property owner or authorized representative voluntarily demolishes the noncomplying 806 structure. 807 b. Calculation of Period of Discontinuance: Any period of discontinuance caused by government 808 actions, without any contributing fault by the nonconforming user, shall not be considered in calculating 809 the length of discontinuance. 810 c. Termination Of Legal Nonconforming Status: A nonconforming use or noncomplying structure 811 that has been abandoned shall be terminated and will have lost legal nonconforming status. 812 3. Presumption Of Abandonment: Any party claiming that a nonconforming use has been abandoned 813 shall have the burden of establishing the abandonment. An abandonment claim shall be made as an appeal 814 to a decision, pursuant to chapter 21A.16, unless requested by the planning director, in which case shall 815 be processed as an administrative determination. 816 4. Rebuttal of Presumption of Abandonment: A property owner may rebut the presumption of 817 abandonment, and shall have the burden of establishing that the claimed abandonment has not in fact 818 occurred. 819 B. Termination Of A Nonconforming Use By Amortization: A nonconforming use may be terminated 820 by amortization in accordance with the municipal land use, development, and management act, title 10, 821 chapter 20, or its successor. 822 61. Amends Section 21A.38.025 as follows: 823 21A.38.025: PROCEDURES ADMINISTRATIVE DETERMINATION: 824 A. Persons Entitled to Seek Determinations: An application shall only be filed by the property owner or 825 by the property owner's authorized agent. The planning director may also request a determination of 826 abandonment for any property within the city as part of the duties of administering this title. 827 29 B. Application: An application for an administrative interpretation determination relating to a 828 noncomplying lot, or noncomplying structure or an application for determination of a nonconforming use 829 of this title shall be filed on a form provided by the zoning administrator and shall contain at least the 830 following information: 831 1. Provisions: The specific provision or provisions of this title for which an interpretation or a 832 determination is sought; 833 2. Facts: The facts of the specific situation giving rise to the request for an interpretation or a 834 determination; 835 3. Interpretation Determination: The precise interpretation or determination claimed by the applicant 836 to be correct; 837 4. Fees: The application shall be accompanied by the applicable fees shown on the Salt Lake City 838 consolidated fee schedule. The applicant shall also be responsible for payment of all fees established for 839 providing the public notice required by chapter 21A.10 of this title. 840 5. Notification To Recognized Organizations: The city shall send notice by e-mail or other form 841 chosen by the planning director to any recognized community organization in which the subject property 842 is located notifying the recognized community organization that an administrative interpretation or 843 determination of nonconforming use has been made. 844 C. Burden Of Proof: The applicant has the burden of proving that the determination claimed is 845 correct. Building permits, business licenses, historical photographs and similar documentation 846 may be considered as evidence establishing the status. 847 D. Notification to property owner: The zoning administrator shall send notice to the property owner 848 when a claim of abandonment is made by the planning director while administering this title. 849 E. Determination: The Zoning Administrator shall determine the legal status of properties based 850 upon the evidence submitted and information available pursuant to the provisions of this chapter. 851 B. F. Action On Application: The Zoning Administrator shall send the Zoning Administrator's written 852 interpretation or determination to the applicant stating any specific precedent or other reasons, or analysis 853 upon which the interpretation or determination is based. The zoning administrator shall also send a copy 854 of the determination to the property owner for abandonment determinations filed by planning director. 855 C. Records: A record of decisions on all applications for interpretations or determinations of this title 856 shall be kept on file in the Office of the Zoning Administrator. 857 D. G. Appeal: Any person adversely affected by a final decision made by the Zoning Administrator 858 interpreting or making a determination regarding a provision of this title may appeal to the Appeals 859 Hearing Officer in accordance with the provisions of chapter 21A.16 of this title. 860 62. Deletes Subsections 21A.38.040.E, F, G and renumbering (no changes made to language in 861 subsection H other than numbering): 862 E. Determination Of Nonconforming Use Status: 863 1. Burden Of Owner To Establish Legality Of Nonconforming Use: The burden of establishing that 864 any nonconforming use lawfully exists under the provisions of this title shall, in all cases, be the owner's 865 30 burden and not the City's. Building permits, business licenses and similar documentation may be 866 considered as evidence establishing the legality of use. 867 2. Determination Of Nonconforming Status: The Zoning Administrator shall determine the 868 nonconforming use status of properties based upon the evidence submitted and information available 869 pursuant to the provisions of this chapter. 870 F. Abandonment Of Nonconforming Use: 871 1. Termination Of Nonconforming Use: A nonconforming use of land or of a structure that is 872 abandoned shall not thereafter be reestablished or resumed. Any subsequent use or occupancy of the 873 structure or site must conform with the regulations for the district in which it is located. 874 a. Presumption Of Abandonment: Abandonment may be presumed to have occurred if: 875 (1) A majority of the primary structure associated with the nonconforming use has been 876 voluntarily demolished without prior written agreement with the municipality regarding an extension of 877 the nonconforming use; 878 (2) The use has been discontinued for a minimum of one year; or 879 (3) The primary structure associated with the nonconforming use remains vacant for a period of 880 one year. 881 b. Calculation Of Period Of Discontinuance: Any period of such discontinuance caused by 882 government actions, without any contributing fault by the nonconforming user, shall not be considered in 883 calculating the length of discontinuance pursuant to this subsection F1. 884 c. Termination Of Legal Nonconforming Status: A nonconforming use that has been abandoned 885 shall be terminated and will have lost legal nonconforming status. 886 2. Presumption Of Abandonment: Any party claiming that a nonconforming use has been abandoned 887 shall have the burden of establishing the abandonment. 888 3. Rebuttal Of Presumption Of Abandonment: A property owner may rebut the presumption of 889 abandonment under subsection F1a of this section, and shall have the burden of establishing that any 890 claimed abandonment under subsection F1a of this section has not in fact occurred. 891 G. Termination Of A Nonconforming Use By Amortization: The appeals hearing officer may require 892 the termination of a nonconforming use, except billboards, under any plan providing a formula 893 establishing a reasonable time period during which the owner can recover or amortize the amount of the 894 owner's investment in the nonconforming use, if any, as determined by the zoning administrator. The 895 appeals hearing officer may initiate a review for amortization of nonconforming uses upon a petition filed 896 by the mayor or city council, in accordance with the following standards and procedures and consistent 897 with the municipal land use, development, and management act, title 10, chapter 9a, of the Utah code and 898 shall mail written notice to the owner and occupant of the property: 899 1. Initiation Of Termination Procedure: Appeals hearing officer review of a use determined to be 900 nonconforming pursuant to the provisions of this section, for the purpose of establishing an amortization 901 plan for termination of the use, shall first require a report from the zoning administrator to the appeals 902 hearing officer. The zoning administrator's report shall determine the legality of the nonconforming use, 903 provide a history of the site and outline the standards for determining an amortization period. 904 31 2. Notice To Nonconforming User: Upon receipt of the report of the zoning administrator 905 recommending the establishment of an amortization plan for a nonconforming use, the appeals hearing 906 officer shall mail the report and plan to the owner and occupant(s) of the nonconforming use, giving 907 notice of the appeals hearing officer's intent to hold a hearing to consider the request in accordance with 908 the standards and procedures set forth in chapter 21A.10 of this title. 909 3. Appeals Hearing Officer Review: The appeals hearing officer shall hold a noticed hearing within a 910 reasonable time, following the procedures established in chapter 21A.10 of this title, on the request for 911 amortization of the nonconforming use. Upon the conclusion of the hearing, the appeals hearing officer 912 shall determine whether the nonconforming use should be amortized within a definite period of time. 913 4. Standards For Determining Amortization Period: The appeals hearing officer shall determine the 914 appropriate amortization period upon the consideration of evidence presented by the zoning administrator 915 and the owner of the nonconformingly used property that is sufficient to make findings regarding the 916 following factors: 917 a. The general character of the area surrounding the nonconforming use; 918 b. The zoning classification and use(s) of nearby property; 919 c. The extent to which property values are adversely affected by the nonconforming use; 920 d. The owner's actual amount of investment in the property on the effective date of 921 nonconformance, less any investment required by other applicable laws and regulations; 922 e. The amount of financial loss, if any, that would be suffered by the owner upon termination of the 923 use; and 924 f. The extent to which the amortization period will further the public health, safety and welfare. 925 5. Appeal: Any person adversely affected by a final decision of the appeals hearing officer may file a 926 petition for review of the decision with the district court within thirty (30) days after the decision is 927 rendered. 928 H. Modifications to Nonconforming Uses: 929 63. Amends Subsection 21A.38.050.B.1.c(1) as follows: 930 (1) Single story additions are permitted to follow the existing setback line provided the 931 following standards are complied with: 932 i. The addition does not further reduce the existing side yard setback and complies 933 with all other applicable requirements of Title 21A. 934 i.ii The exterior wall height of the addition is equal to or less than the exterior wall 935 height of the existing building. When a cross slope exists along the exterior wall, 936 the interior floor to ceiling height of the addition shall match the interior floor to 937 ceiling height of the existing building. 938 ii.iii. The addition may extend the noncomplying exterior wall of the building up to 939 twenty percent (20%) of the length of the existing wall. This shall be a one-time 940 addition and no further additions are permitted. 941 32 64. Amends Subsection 21A.38.050.B.1.d as follows: 942 d. Rear Yards: A principal building noncomplying to rear yard setbacks may be expanded 943 provided the addition does not further reduce expansion follows an existing 944 noncomplying building wall and does not result in a decrease of the existing rear yard 945 setback and complies with all other applicable requirements of Title 21A. side and corner 946 side yard setbacks of the underlying zoning district. If the building does not comply with 947 the existing side or corner side yard setback, the expansion shall be permitted to extend to 948 the side or corner side yard setback of the underlying zone. 949 65. Amends Section 21A.38.060 as follows: 950 21A.38.060: NONCOMPLYING LOTS: 951 A. Legally established lots: A lot that was legally established but no longer complies with the lot 952 regulations of this title due to a subsequent amendment shall be considered a noncomplying lot. 953 B. Lots not approved by the city: 954 1. An existing lot that does not comply with the standards of this title and that was not approved 955 by the city may be considered a noncomplying lot if: 956 a. The lot was created before April 12, 1995, and it is determined that the lot complied with 957 the minimum zoning requirements at the time it was created; or 958 b. The lot was created by court order; 959 2 Lots not recognized as noncomplying lots may only be developed or gain legal status if 960 returned to a configuration previously authorized by the city, combined with other lots to 961 create a conforming lot or approved as part of a Planned Development. 962 C. Modifications to noncomplying lots: Noncomplying lots may be modified or combined with other 963 lots when the resulting lot maintains or reduces its degree of noncompliance. 964 D. Creation of Noncomplying Lots: 965 1. Noncomplying lots may be created when expressly authorized by other sections of this title. 966 2. The Planning Director may approve through a subdivision the creation of a noncomplying lot 967 to Subdividing Lots Containing Two or More Separate Principal Buildings: Lots that contain 968 two or more separate two or more principal buildings on a single parcel may be subdivided 969 and to place each structure on a separate lot. Said subdivision is subject to the following 970 provisions: 971 A. a. The properties shall be subdivided by recording of a plat. 972 B. b. The proposed lots are exempt from the minimum lot area, lot width, lot coverage, 973 and street frontage requirements of the underlying zoning district; 974 C. c. The proposed setbacks shall be reviewed and approved by the planning director after 975 consultation with applicable city departments; 976 D. d. The proposed subdivision plat shall identify the front, corner side, interior side, and 977 rear yards for the purpose of future development. 978 33 E. e. Parking may be located anywhere within the proposed subdivision except front yards 979 (unless already existing) and shall not be reduced below the existing off-street parking 980 F. f. All lots that are part of the subdivision must include adequate access to a public 981 street. Adequate access shall include pedestrian walkways and when off-street parking is 982 required, vehicle access and parking. 983 G. g. All necessary easements for access and utilities are shown on the plat. A note shall 984 be added to indicate responsibility for maintenance of shared access and utilities. 985 H. h. All other applicable regulations of the Salt Lake City Code shall apply. 986 A lot that is noncomplying as to lot area or lot frontage that was in legal existence on the effective date of 987 any amendment to this title that makes the existing lot noncomplying shall be considered a legal 988 complying lot and is subject to the regulations of this title. Any noncomplying lot not approved by the 989 city that was created prior to January 13, 1950, may be approved as a legal noncomplying lot subject to 990 the lot meeting minimum zoning requirements at the time the lot was created and documented through an 991 updated zoning certificate for the property. 992 Any noncomplying lot not approved by the city that was created on or between January 13, 1950 to April 993 12, 1995, may be approved as a legal noncomplying lot subject to the lot meeting minimum zoning and 994 subdivision requirements at the time the lot was created and documented through an updated zoning 995 certificate for the property. 996 Noncomplying lots may be combined to create a conforming lot or more conforming lot subject to any 997 maximum lot size standards of the zoning district in which the lot is located. 998 66. Amends Subsection 21A.40.120.E.5.d as follows: 999 d. Alternative Design Solutions. To provide adequate line of sight for driveways and alleys, 1000 the zoning administrator, in consulting with the Transportation director development 1001 review team, may require alternative design solutions, including, but not restricted to, 1002 requiring increased fence setback and/or lower fence height, to mitigate safety concerns 1003 created by the location of buildings, grade change or other preexisting conditions. 1004 67. Amends Subsection 21A.42.060.F as follows: 1005 F. Revocation Of Permit: A temporary use permit may be revoked by the Zoning Administrator 1006 pursuant to the procedures of section 21A.08.060 of this title, if any of the standards and 1007 conditions imposed pursuant to such permit, are violated. 1008 68. Amends Subsection 21A.42.070.B as follows: 1009 B. Bulk And Yard Regulations Development standards: Except as expressly provided otherwise in 1010 sections 21A.42.080 and 21A.42.090 of this chapter, every temporary use shall comply with the 1011 bulk and yard requirements development standards of the district in which the temporary use is 1012 located with the exception of landscaping requirements. Bulk and yard regulations can be 1013 adjusted by the The Zoning Administrator may allow modifications based on the nature of the 1014 temporary use and the character of the adjacent and surrounding area. 1015 34 69. Amends Subsection 21A.42.080.D as follows: 1016 D. Seasonal Farm Stands, Temporary Food Service And or Other Small Scale Temporary Uses: 1017 Temporary food service and other small scale temporary Such uses are permitted for a maximum 1018 of one hundred twenty (120) 180 days each calendar year. Such facilities shall be less than two 1019 hundred (200) square feet and shall not interfere with pedestrian access to other businesses on the 1020 site. Food trucks and trailers are subject to chapter 21A.36 of this title if on private property or 1021 title 5, chapter 5.69 of this Code if on public property. 1022 70. Amends Subsection 21A.42.080.E as follows: 1023 E. Farmers' Markets: Farmers' markets shall be limited to a maximum of one hundred twenty (120) 1024 180 days each calendar year. 1025 71. Amends Subsection 21A.46.120.C as follows (with no revisions to the table in said subsection 1026 aside from the title thereof): 1027 C. Sign Regulations For The AG, AG-2, and AG-5, And AG-20 Districts: 1028 1. Purpose: Signage in the AG, AG-2, and AG-5 and AG-20 districts should be limited to 1029 signage appropriate for single-family residential and agricultural uses. 1030 2. Applicability: Regulations in subsection C3 of this section shall apply to all lots within the 1031 AG, AG-2, and AG-5 and AG-20 districts. 1032 3. Sign Type, Size And Height Standards: 1033 1034 STANDARDS FOR THE AG, AG-2, AND AG-5 AND AG-20 DISTRICTS 1035 72. Amends Subsection 21A.46.125.B.1 as follows: 1036 1. An application for designation of vintage sign status as well as for the reinstatement of, 1037 modifications to, or relocation of a vintage sign shall be processed in accordance with the 1038 procedures set forth in chapter 21A.058 and section 21A.46.030 as well as the following: 1039 73. Adds Subsection 21A.50.040.I.1 as follows: 1040 1. Decision regarding a new land use: A zoning amendment proposing to allow an unlisted use 1041 shall be decided within 12 months from filing of a complete application. In the case of denial, 1042 the decision shall include a written description of the reasons for denial. 1043 74. Amends Section 21A.50.070 as follows: 1044 Any party adversely affected by the decision of the City Council may, within thirty (30) days after such 1045 decision, file an appeal to the District Court pursuant to the Municipal Land Use Development and 1046 Management Act, section 10-9a-801, of the Utah Code Annotated., except that: 1047 A. For decisions regarding an unlisted land use, the applicant of the amendment request may appeal 1048 to the appeals hearing officer in accordance with the provisions of chapter 21A.16 of this title. 1049 75. Amends Subsection 21A.51.030.B.1.a as follows: 1050 a. Parties Entitled to Submit Application: Any owner of property proposed for a landmark 1051 site, the mayor or the city council, by majority vote, may initiate a petition to consider the 1052 designation of a landmark site. When initiated by an owner, the application shall be 1053 approved by all property owners representing interest in the lot or parcel. 1054 35 76. Amends Subsection 21A.52.040.A.5 as follows: 1055 5. The location of all existing and proposed buildings and structures, accessory and principal, 1056 showing the number of stories and height, dwelling type, if applicable, major elevations and 1057 the total square footage of the floor area by proposed use and any additional information 1058 required for site plan review set forth in Chapter 21A.58; 1059 77. Amends Subsection 21A.54.060.A.6 as follows: 1060 6. Site plans, as required pursuant to section 21A.58.060 of this title; 1061 78. Amends Subsection 21A.55.040.A.4 as follows: 1062 4. Plans, as required pursuant to section 21A.58.060 of this title, with the exception of the 1063 number of copies required; 1064 79. Deletes the following row in Table 21A.55.060 as follows with no other revisions to the table: 1065 District Minimum Planned Development Area Special purpose districts: AG-20 Agricultural District 40 acres 80. Amends Subsection 21A.55.100.B as follows: 1066 B. Minor Modifications: The Planning Director may authorize minor modifications to the approved 1067 development plan pursuant to the provisions for modifications to an approved site plan as set 1068 forth in chapter 21A.58 of this title, when such modifications appear necessary in light of 1069 technical or engineering considerations. Such mMinor modifications shall be limited to the 1070 following elements necessary in light of technical or engineering considerations or those that 1071 comply with the standards of the underlying zone, including: 1072 1. Adjusting the distance as shown on the approved development plan between any one structure 1073 or group of structures, and any other structure or group of structures, or any vehicular 1074 circulation element or any boundary of the site; 1075 2. Adjusting the location of any open space; 1076 3. Adjusting any final grade; 1077 4. Altering the types of landscaping elements and their arrangement within the required 1078 landscaping buffer area; 1079 5. Signs; 1080 6. Relocation or construction of accessory structures; or 1081 7. Additions and modifications which comply with the lot and bulk requirements standards of 1082 the underlying zone and do not affect the planned development approval. 1083 81. Amends Chapter 21A.58 as follows: 1084 CHAPTER 21A.58 ZONING SITE PLAN REVIEW AND APPROVAL 1085 36 SECTION: 1086 21A.58.010: Purpose Statement 1087 21A.58.020: Authority Applicability 1088 21A.58.030: Scope Of Application Authority 1089 21A.58.040: Scope Of Modifications Authorized Zoning Approval 1090 21A.58.050: Development Review Team (DRT) Zoning Verification 1091 21A.58.060: Application Zoning Review Submittal Requirements 1092 21A.58.070: Standards For Site Plan Review Appeal 1093 21A.58.080: Procedures For Site Plan Review 1094 21A.58.090: Sketch Plan Review 1095 1096 21A.58.010: PURPOSE STATEMENT: 1097 The purpose of this chapter is to establish when zoning review and approval is required. Zoning review is 1098 intended to ensure a proposed development complies with the standards of this Title. Zoning approval 1099 documents the review and authorizes development pursuant to following all other permits or approvals 1100 required by the city. 1101 The intent of these site plan review regulations is to promote the safe and efficient use of land, to 1102 contribute to an orderly and harmonious appearance in the City and to further enhance the value of 1103 property. This process is intended to supplement the review and administrative procedures which are 1104 carried out under this title or other City ordinances and regulations. The site plan review process is 1105 intended to help ensure that newly developed properties and redeveloped properties are compatible with 1106 adjacent development and that traffic, public safety, overcrowding, and environmental problems are 1107 minimized to the greatest extent possible. More specifically, the purpose of the site plan review process is 1108 to provide for a review of: 1109 A. A project's compatibility with its environment and with other land uses and buildings existing in the 1110 surrounding area; 1111 B. The quantity, quality, utility, size and type of a project's required open space area and proposed 1112 landscaping improvements; 1113 C. The ability of a project's traffic circulation system to provide for the convenient and safe internal 1114 and external movement of vehicles and pedestrians; 1115 D. The quantity, quality, utility and type of a project's required community facilities; and 1116 E. The location and adequacy of a project's provision for drainage and utilities. 1117 21A.58.020: AUTHORITY: APPLICABILITY: 1118 A. Zoning review and approval is required prior to: 1119 1. final approval of any application required by this title; 1120 37 2. modifications that affect a previously approved development plan; 1121 3. approval of a permit for a change of land use type or a development, as defined in 21A.62.040, 1122 that requires compliance with the provisions of this title; or 1123 4. issuance of a business license involving a change of land use type or requiring site 1124 modifications to comply with this title. 1125 B. Notwithstanding the provisions of this chapter, all land and structures shall be used, built and 1126 operated in conformity with this title. 1127 Site plan review shall be required pursuant to the provisions of this chapter for uses as specified in section 1128 21A.58.030 of this chapter before zoning certificates, building permits or certificates of occupancy may 1129 be issued. 1130 A. The Zoning Administrator shall approve site plans upon consideration of all comments received 1131 from City departments. The Zoning Administrator shall be assisted in administering the site plan 1132 review process by the development review team (DRT). 1133 B. The Zoning Administrator may waive the requirements for site plan review for additions to 1134 existing buildings, structures, or uses if, in the Zoning Administrator's opinion, such additions do 1135 not substantially impact adjacent properties. 1136 21A.58.030: SCOPE OF APPLICATION: AUTHORITY: 1137 A. The Zoning Administrator shall perform the zoning review and issue zoning approvals. The 1138 Zoning Administrator may request or consider comments received from City departments in the 1139 review process. 1140 B. The Zoning Administrator may waive the requirements for zoning review and approval for 1141 changes that do not substantially affect a site or development plan do not substantially impact 1142 adjacent properties. 1143 A. Permitted Uses: Site plan review approval shall be required for approval of all permitted uses other 1144 than detached single- family and two-family/twin home dwellings as a condition to receiving a zoning 1145 certificate if that permitted use involves the following: 1146 1. Development of a new principal building; 1147 2. Change of land use type; 1148 3. An increased parking requirement; 1149 4. An increased landscaping requirement; or 1150 5. Development activities identified in various sections of this title that are specifically subject to site 1151 plan review. 1152 B. Conditional Uses: Site plan review shall be required for all conditional uses in all zoning districts. 1153 C. Accessory Uses: Site plan review shall not be required for accessory uses and structures (as defined 1154 in chapter 21A.40, "Accessory Uses, Buildings And Structures", of this title). Such uses shall be reviewed 1155 38 in conjunction with the review of principal buildings when such accessory structures are proposed to be 1156 approved at the same time as the principal building. 1157 21A.58.040: SCOPE OF MODIFICATIONS AUTHORIZED: ZONING APPROVAL: 1158 A. Zoning approval shall be granted as follows: 1159 1. Permit or business license: The zoning administrator shall perform zoning review of all 1160 permits or business licenses listed in 21A.58.010. The permit or license shall only be issued 1161 after receiving zoning approval. 1162 2. Certificate of appropriateness or record of decision: A certificate of appropriateness or record 1163 of decision shall also document a zoning approval whenever a building permit or business 1164 license is not required. 1165 3. Zoning certificate: The zoning administrator may issue a zoning certificate to document an 1166 approval whenever a building permit or business license is not required, or when the 1167 certificate will facilitate the record of actions taken with respect to the authorized use of a 1168 particular parcel or site. 1169 4. Zoning Verification: An applicant may request zoning approval through a zoning verification, 1170 as authorized by this chapter. 1171 B. An exemption from a building permit, business license or certificate shall not be construed as an 1172 exemption to the standards of this title. 1173 The authority of the zoning administrator through the site plan review process to require modification of a 1174 proposed site plan shall be limited to the following elements in order to achieve the objectives set forth 1175 below: 1176 A. Traffic And Parking: 1177 1. Minimizing dangerous traffic movements. 1178 2. Promoting the smooth and efficient flow of traffic in accordance with standards in the "Institute 1179 Of Traffic Engineers' Transportation And Traffic Engineering Handbook", and other local sources of 1180 authority as adopted by resolution. 1181 3. Optimizing the efficient use of parking facilities through provisions for adequate interior 1182 circulation, parking stalls and travel aisles. 1183 B. Site Layout: 1184 1. Promoting compatibility with adjacent and nearby properties. 1185 2. Preserving and protecting valuable natural features and amenities to the greatest extent practical. 1186 3. Promoting the efficient provision of public services. 1187 C. Environmental Protection: 1188 1. Preserving existing healthy and long lived trees wherever economically feasible. 1189 39 2. Designing drainage facilities to promote the use and preservation of natural watercourse and 1190 patterns of drainage. 1191 3. Minimizing alterations to existing topography. 1192 4. Protecting important views and vistas as identified in adopted plans. 1193 D. Landscaping: 1194 1. Promoting the use of plant material compatible with the climate of the region and microclimate 1195 conditions on the site. 1196 2. Ensuring that plant material can be maintained for long term health and continued growth. 1197 3. Maximizing water and energy conservation through the appropriate use of plant materials. 1198 4. Ensuring that the arrangement of required landscaping produces the optimal visual effect. 1199 E. Signage: 1200 1. Ensuring that the location, size and orientation of signage do not impair the visibility of or distract 1201 motorists. 1202 2. Ensuring that the location, size and orientation of signage minimize obstructions and hazards to 1203 pedestrians. 1204 21A.58.050: DEVELOPMENT REVIEW TEAM (DRT): ZONING VERIFICATION 1205 A. A zoning verification is a type of administrative interpretation that confirms the zoning 1206 designation of a specific property. It also informs an applicant of the present use of a property and 1207 if the use and structures on site conform with zoning standards. 1208 B. An applicant may request a zoning verification to document the present condition of a specific 1209 property or to obtain zoning review and approval whenever a zoning review is not required. 1210 C. Application: 1211 1. Parties Entitled to Submit Application: An application for a zoning verification shall be made 1212 by the owner of the property or the property owner's authorized agent. 1213 2. Submittal Requirements: The application shall contain all the applicable items for review in 1214 accordance with this chapter. 1215 3. Fees: The application shall be accompanied by the applicable fees for an administrative 1216 interpretation shown on the Salt Lake City consolidated fee schedule. 1217 The zoning administrator shall be assisted in conducting site plan review by the development review team 1218 (DRT). 1219 A. Membership: The development review team shall consist of a designated representative from each 1220 of the city departments or department divisions, as necessary, including, but not limited to, the following: 1221 1. Department of community and neighborhoods; 1222 2. Department of public services; 1223 40 3. Police department; 1224 4. Fire department; 1225 5. Department of public utilities. 1226 B. Coordination Of Review: The zoning administrator, or the zoning administrator's designee, shall 1227 serve as the chair of the development review team and shall coordinate its review of proposals. 1228 21A.58.060: APPLICATION ZONING REVIEW SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS: 1229 A. Plans submitted for zoning review and approval shall contain enough information to demonstrate 1230 compliance with the requirements of this title. All plans shall indicate the street address and tax 1231 parcel number of the property associated with the proposal. 1232 B. Upon receipt of a zoning review request, the Zoning Administrator shall make a determination of 1233 the necessary documentation. The list of missing documentation shall be submitted to the 1234 applicant in writing. 1235 C. A site plan is required for any development proposing or requiring changes to the site. All site 1236 plans submitted for review shall be drawn to scale, include a north arrow and legend, and contain 1237 the minimum information outlined below. 1238 1. Residential development: A site plan for the review of a development that is exclusively 1239 residential shall contain: 1240 a. Lot size and dimensions; 1241 b. Setbacks and overhangs for setbacks; 1242 c. Easements; 1243 d. Property lines; 1244 e. Topographical details, if the slope of the lot is greater than 10%; 1245 f. Retaining walls; 1246 g. Hard surface areas; 1247 h. Curb and gutter elevations as indicated in the subdivision documents; 1248 i. Existing and proposed utilities, including water meter and sewer lateral location, sewer, and 1249 subsurface drainage facilities; 1250 j. Street names; 1251 k. Driveway locations; 1252 l. Defensible space provisions and elevations, if required by the Utah Wildland Urban 1253 Interface Code adopted under Section 15A-2-103; 1254 m. The location of the nearest hydrant; 1255 n. A tabulation of the total number of dwelling units in the project and the overall project 1256 density in dwelling units per gross acre; and 1257 41 o. Any other items specifically listed for an application authorized by this title. 1258 2. Nonresidential or mixed use development: A site plan for the review of a nonresidential or 1259 mixed use development shall contain: 1260 a. The street address and tax parcel number; 1261 b. Indication of the present use of the subject property; 1262 c. A vicinity map with north arrow and scale; 1263 d. The boundaries of the subject property, all existing property lines, setback lines, existing 1264 streets, buildings, watercourses, waterways or lakes, wetlands, and other existing physical 1265 features in or adjoining the project; 1266 e. Topographic survey, showing the elevation of streets, alleys, buildings, structures, 1267 watercourses and their names. The topography shall be shown by adequate spot 1268 elevations. Elevations of the top of bank and toe of slope, slope ratio of fill, and limits of 1269 fill, including access, shall be indicated; 1270 f. Significant topographical or physical features of the site, including existing trees; 1271 g. The location and dimensions of existing and proposed streets, alleys, parking and loading 1272 areas, outdoor lighting systems, sidewalks, curbs and gutters and all curb cuts; 1273 h. The location and dimensions of existing and proposed buildings and structures, accessory 1274 and principal. The number of stories and height, use and the total square footage of the 1275 floor area by proposed use shall be indicated for all buildings; 1276 i. The location, height, type and material of all fences and walls; 1277 j. The proposed nature and manner of grading of the site, including proposed treatment of 1278 slopes in excess of ten percent (10%) to prevent soil erosion and excessive runoff; 1279 k. The location of dumpsters or other outdoor trash receptacles; 1280 l. The location and dimensions of proposed recreation areas, open spaces and other required 1281 amenities and improvements; 1282 m. A tabulation of the total number of acres in the project and the percentage and acreage 1283 thereof proposed to be allocated to off street parking, open space, parks and other 1284 reservations; 1285 n. A tabulation of the total number of dwelling units in the project and the overall project 1286 density in dwelling units per gross acre, if project contains a residential component; 1287 o. The proposed and required off street parking and loading areas, including parking and 1288 access for persons with disabilities; 1289 p. Proposed landscaping; and 1290 q. Any other items specifically listed for an application authorized by this title. 1291 42 D. The zoning administrator may require additional plans necessary to show compliance with 1292 standards. Required plans may include other architectural drawings, such as floor and roof plans, 1293 elevations, sections, or details. 1294 E. Plans shall identify that the proposed development complies with the subdivision standards found 1295 in Chapter 20.26 of the city code, unless otherwise exempt by other titles of this code. 1296 F. The Zoning Administrator may waive any of the above listed requirements upon making a 1297 determination that such requirements are unnecessary due to the scope and nature of the proposed 1298 development. 1299 Each application for site plan review shall include six (6) copies of a site plan, drawn to a scale of twenty 1300 feet (20') to the inch or such other scale as the zoning administrator shall deem appropriate. Plans shall be 1301 submitted with every application for site plan approval and shall contain the following information: 1302 A. The applicant's name, address, telephone number and interest in the property; 1303 B. The owner's name, address and telephone number, if different than the applicant, and the owner's 1304 signed consent to the filing of the application; 1305 C. The street address, tax parcel number and legal description of the subject property; 1306 D. The zoning classification, zoning district boundaries and present use of the subject property; 1307 E. A vicinity map with north arrow, scale and date, indicating the zoning classifications and current 1308 uses of properties within eighty five feet (85') of the subject property (exclusive of intervening streets and 1309 alleys); 1310 F. The proposed title of the project and the names, addresses and telephone numbers of the architect, 1311 landscape architect, planner or engineer on the project, and a signature panel for zoning administrator 1312 approval; 1313 G. The boundaries of the subject property, all existing property lines, setback lines, existing streets, 1314 buildings, watercourses, waterways or lakes, wetlands, and other existing physical features in or adjoining 1315 the project; 1316 H. Topographic survey, showing the elevation of streets, alleys, buildings, structures, watercourses and 1317 their names. The topography shall be shown by adequate spot elevations. The finished grade for the entire 1318 site shall be shown as well as the first floor elevation of all buildings. Additionally, on all site plans the 1319 following information must be provided: 1320 1. Significant topographical or physical features of the site, including existing trees; 1321 2. The elevation of the curb (if existing or proposed) in front of each lot shall be indicated; and 1322 3. Elevations of the top of bank and toe of slope, slope ratio of fill, and limits of fill, including 1323 access, shall be indicated; 1324 I. The location and size of sanitary and storm sewers, water, gas, telephone, electric and other utility 1325 lines, culverts and other underground structures in or affecting the project, including existing and 1326 proposed facilities and easements for these facilities. In the case of city owned utilities, such information 1327 shall be provided to the applicant by the department of community and neighborhoods and/or department 1328 of public utilities; 1329 43 J. The location, dimensions and character of construction of proposed streets, alleys, loading areas 1330 (including numbers of parking and loading spaces), outdoor lighting systems, storm drainage and sanitary 1331 facilities, sidewalks, curbs and gutters and all curb cuts. Where necessary to meet the purposes and intent 1332 of this chapter, such information shall be provided for the site. Additional area may also be required to be 1333 shown to indicate connections or proposed connections to major utilities; 1334 K. The location of all proposed buildings and structures, accessory and principal, showing the number 1335 of stories and height, dwelling type, if applicable, major elevations and the total square footage of the 1336 floor area by proposed use; 1337 L. The location, height, type and material of all fences and walls; 1338 M. The location, character, size, height and orientation of proposed signs, as proposed to be erected in 1339 accordance with chapter 21A.46 of this title, and elevations of buildings showing signs to be placed on 1340 exterior walls. Signs which are approved in accordance with this chapter shall be considered a part of the 1341 approved site plan; 1342 N. The proposed nature and manner of grading of the site, including proposed treatment of slopes in 1343 excess of ten percent (10%) to prevent soil erosion and excessive runoff; 1344 O. The location of dumpsters or other outdoor trash receptacles; 1345 P. The location and dimensions of proposed recreation areas, open spaces and other required amenities 1346 and improvements; 1347 Q. A tabulation of the total number of acres in the project and the percentage and acreage thereof 1348 proposed to be allocated to off street parking, open space, parks and other reservations; 1349 R. A tabulation of the total number of dwelling units in the project and the overall project density in 1350 dwelling units per gross acre (for residential projects); 1351 S. The proposed and required off street parking and loading areas, including parking and access for 1352 persons with disabilities, as specified in the Utah Adopted Building Code; and 1353 T. Landscape plans subject to the standards contained in chapter 21A.48 of this title. 1354 The Zoning Administrator may waive any of the above listed requirements upon making a determination 1355 that such requirements are unnecessary due to the scope and nature of the proposed development. 1356 21A.58.070: STANDARDS FOR SITE PLAN REVIEW: APPEAL: 1357 Any person adversely affected by a final decision of the zoning administrator may appeal to the appeals 1358 hearing officer in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 21A.16 of this title. 1359 In addition to standards provided in other sections of this title for specific types of approval, the following 1360 standards shall be applied to all applications for site plan review: 1361 A. Lighting: All developments shall provide adequate lighting so as to assure safety and security. 1362 Lighting installations shall not have an adverse impact on traffic safety or on the surrounding area. Light 1363 sources shall be shielded, and shall not shine onto adjacent properties. 1364 B. Stormwater Drainage: Provisions for storm surface drainage shall be in accordance with the design 1365 standards of the Department of Public Utilities indicating location, size, types and grades of sewers, 1366 drainage structures, ditches, and connection to existing drainage system. Disposition of storm or natural 1367 44 waters both on and off the site shall be provided in such a manner as not to have a detrimental effect on 1368 the property of others or the public right-of-way. 1369 C. Utilities: Provision of hookups to public utilities shall be the responsibility of the applicant and 1370 connections shall be installed in accordance with the standards of the Department of Public Utilities. All 1371 connections shall be shown on the site plan. 1372 D. Public Safety: The Salt Lake Valley Health Department shall be invited to review all site plans for 1373 treatment of bulk trash disposal. The Police Department and the Fire Department shall review all site 1374 plans to determine adequacy of access and other aspects of public safety. 1375 E. General Plan Conformity: The Planning Division shall review site plans for all applications for 1376 conditional uses (including planned developments) and design reviews with reference to adopted plans 1377 and the conformity of the site plans with the objectives and policies of the adopted plans. 1378 21A.58.080: PROCEDURES FOR SITE PLAN REVIEW: 1379 A. Preapplication Conference: Before filing an application for approval of a site plan, landscape plan 1380 and other applicable plans, the applicant is encouraged to confer with the DRT regarding the general 1381 proposal. Such action does not require formal application fees, or filing of a site plan, or landscape plan 1382 and is not to be construed as an application for formal approval. No representation made by the Zoning 1383 Administrator, the DRT or other City departments during such conference shall be binding upon the City 1384 with respect to an application subsequently submitted. 1385 B. Fees: Every site plan application shall be accompanied by the fee shown on the Salt Lake City 1386 consolidated fee schedule. 1387 C. Submission Of Final Site Plan, Landscape Plan And Other Plans; Review And Approval: 1388 1. DRT Review: After the site plan, landscape plan, other applicable plans and related materials and 1389 fees have been submitted pursuant to section 21A.58.060 of this chapter, and the application has been 1390 determined by the Zoning Administrator to be complete pursuant to section 21A.10.010 of this title, the 1391 application shall be reviewed and processed through the development review team (DRT) in coordination 1392 with the appropriate city departments. If the plan is approved, the zoning administrator shall certify 1393 approval on the site plan and state the conditions of such approval, if any. If the plan is disapproved, the 1394 zoning administrator shall indicate reasons in writing to the applicant. 1395 2. Appeal Of Zoning Administrator Decision: Any person adversely affected by a final decision of 1396 the zoning administrator on a site plan may appeal to the appeals hearing officer in accordance with the 1397 provisions of chapter 21A.16 of this title. 1398 3. Certification By Zoning Administrator: The decisions of the zoning administrator approving the 1399 application shall be noted on all copies of the site plan, landscape plan and other applicable plans to be 1400 retained in the record, including any changes or conditions required as part of the site plan approval. One 1401 such copy shall be returned to the applicant, and others retained as required for records or further action 1402 by the zoning administrator or other affected agencies of the city. 1403 4. Building Permits: Building permits shall be issued in accordance with approved plans. A copy of 1404 the approved site plan shall be retained in the records of the office of the division of building services and 1405 licensing and all building and occupancy permits shall conform to the provisions of the approved site 1406 plans. 1407 45 5. Amendments Or Modifications To Approved Site Plans: Amendments or modifications to 1408 approved site plans and/or landscape plans must be submitted to the zoning administrator. Such 1409 modifications shall be submitted in accordance with the procedures and requirements of this chapter and 1410 shall be distributed to the appropriate departments for review. The zoning administrator may waive this 1411 requirement if the zoning administrator determines that such modification of the original site plan and/or 1412 landscape plan has no significant impact upon the original proposal and still remains in conformance with 1413 zoning standards and regulations. 1414 6. Time Limit On Approval: Approval of the site plan, landscape plan and other applicable plans 1415 shall be void unless a building permit has been issued or complete building plans have been submitted to 1416 the division of building services and licensing one year from the date of approval. The planning director 1417 may grant an extension of a site plan approval for up to one additional year when the applicant is able to 1418 demonstrate no change in circumstance that would result in an unmitigated impact. Extension requests 1419 must be submitted to the planning director in writing prior to the expiration of the site plan approval. 1420 7. Stop Work Order: A stop work order may be put on the project if any improvements required are 1421 not consistent with the approved site plan, landscape plan or other applicable plans. 1422 8. Maintenance Guarantee: When any improvement is to be accepted for dedication, maintenance or 1423 operation by the city, the applicant shall be required to provide financial security (acceptable to the city 1424 attorney) in the amount of ten percent (10%) of the total construction costs of the project to cover the 1425 costs of any defects which may occur in such improvements within two (2) years after the date of 1426 acceptance by the city. The director of community and neighborhoods or director of public utilities or 1427 other city official shall be responsible for determining when such financial security shall be required. 1428 21A.58.090: SKETCH PLAN REVIEW: 1429 The development review administrator or designee may accept a sketch plan and other documentation 1430 prior to the formal submittal of plans for building permit review to determine the required standard for 1431 front or corner side yard; building height and wall height for a principal structure, width and placement of 1432 attached garages; and the location, building height and footprint of accessory structures. The sketch plan 1433 review process may be utilized for properties located in the FR, R-1, R-2 and SR districts. The submittal 1434 shall incorporate sufficient documentation for the development review administrator or designee to 1435 determine the zoning standards that will be applicable to developing the specific site. This preliminary 1436 zoning review intends to provide information and guidance to the project designer and is not to be 1437 construed as an application or approval of site or building plans. Subsequent building permit applications 1438 must comply with all applicable Salt Lake City development requirements. 1439 82. Amends Subsection 21A.59.030.B.1 as follows: 1440 1. All of the application information required for site plan review as identified in Chapter 1441 21A.58 of this title. 1442 83. Amends the following definitions in Section 21A.62.040 as follows: 1443 a. CHARACTER CONSERVATION DISTRICT FEASIBILITY STUDY: A study conducted by 1444 the proposed district area or their authorized agent to determine whether or not a particular area of the 1445 City is eligible for Character Conservation District classification. The study is typically a summary report 1446 or white paper developed for the proposed Character Conservation District and there is no specific format. 1447 46 b. DEVELOPMENT: The carrying out of any building activity, the making of any material change 1448 in the use or appearance of any structure or land, or the dividing of land into parcels by any person. The 1449 following activities or uses shall also be taken for the purposes of these regulations to involve 1450 "development": 1451 A. The construction of any principal building or structure; A new or modified landscape plan; 1452 B. Increase in the intensity of use of land, such as an increase in the number of dwelling units or an 1453 increase in nonresidential use intensity that requires additional parking; 1454 C. Alteration of a shore or bank of a pond, river, stream, lake or other waterway; 1455 D. Commencement of drilling (except to obtain soil samples), the driving of piles, or excavation on a 1456 parcel of land; 1457 E. Demolition or relocation of a structure; 1458 F. Clearing of land as an adjunct of construction, including clearing or removal of vegetation and 1459 including any significant disturbance of vegetation or soil manipulation; and 1460 G. Deposit of refuse, solid or liquid waste, or fill on a parcel of land. 1461 The following operations or uses shall not be taken for the purpose of these regulations to involve 1462 "development": 1463 A. Work by a highway or road agency or railroad company for the maintenance of a road or railroad 1464 track, if the work is carried out on land within the boundaries of the right-of-way; 1465 B. Utility installations as stated in Subsection 21A.02.050B of this title; 1466 C. Landscaping for residential uses; Minor repairs or maintenance of existing structures which do not 1467 alter approved plans; and 1468 D. Work involving the maintenance of existing landscaped areas and existing rights-of-way such as 1469 setbacks and other planting areas. 1470 c. DISTRICT PLAN AND DESIGN STANDARDS: Proposed design standards and provides for 1471 review of site plans in Character Conservation Districts, to ensure that the character and distinctive 1472 features of these districts are maintained and reinforced by new construction. 1473 d. GARAGE, ATTACHED: A garage that is attached to the principal building by a common wall or 1474 is connected to the principal building by a roof that has a width of more than five feet (5') or more. An 1475 attached garage shall be considered part of the principal building. 1476 e. NONCOMPLYING LOT: A parcel of land which was legally established on the effective date of 1477 any amendment to this title that made the lot noncomplying that has less lot area, frontage or dimensions 1478 than required in the district in which it is located. that does not conform to the regulations of this title but 1479 was legally established prior to an amendment of this title or is recognized to be in legal existence 1480 according to the provisions of Chapter 21A.38. 1481 f. NONCOMPLYING STRUCTURE: Buildings, and structures or property improvements that 1482 serve complying land uses which were legally established on the effective date of any amendment to this 1483 title that makes the structure not comply with the applicable yard area, height and/or bulk regulations of 1484 this title or is recognized to be in legal existence according to the provisions of Chapter 21A.38. 1485 47 g. SKETCH PLAN REVIEW: A preliminary review process administered by the development 1486 review administrator or designee for the purpose of determining the required standard for front or corner 1487 side yard; building height and wall height, width and placement of attached garages; and the location, 1488 building height and footprint of accessory structures prior to the formal submittal of plans to obtain a 1489 building permit. 1490 h. STABILIZING: The area is expected to become stable through continued reinvestment, 1491 maintenance, or remodeling. 1492 i. STABLE: The area is expected to remain substantially the same with continued maintenance of 1493 the property. While some changes in structures, land uses, and densities may occur, all such changes are 1494 expected to be compatible with surrounding development and in accordance with the adopted master plan 1495 policies and adopted zoning regulations. Other items that can determine the stability of an area include, 1496 but are not limited to, the following: property values, number of demolition or building permits issued. 1497 84. Effective Date. This ordinance, if passed, shall be effective on the date of its first publication. 1498 1499 [end] 1500 2. CHRONOLOGY PROJECT CHRONOLOGY Petition: PLNPCM2025-00164 processing and research. an online open house. at city library. to City Council. Planning Division. 3. NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING The Salt Lake City Council is considering Petition PLNPCM2025-00164 – Zoning Administration Text Amendment – Mayor Erin Mendenhall has initiated a petition for a zoning text amendment to clarify and update provisions related to the administration of the zoning code. These changes are primarily a cleanup to align the code with established processes, current practices, and recently adopted state laws. The proposal does not modify how the planning division administers the zoning code. It is intended to strengthen legal standing, support staff in code implementation, and enhance transparency. As part of their study, the City Council is holding an advertised public hearing to receive comments regarding the petition. During the hearing, anyone desiring to address the City Council concerning this issue will be given an opportunity to speak. The Council may consider adopting the ordinance the same night of the public hearing. DATE: TIME: 7:00 pm PLACE: Electronic and in-person options. 451 South State Street, Room 326, Salt Lake City, Utah ** This meeting will be held via electronic means, while also providing an in-person opportunity to attend or participate in the hearing at the City and County Building, located at 451 South State Street, Room 326, Salt Lake City, Utah. For more information, including Zoom connection information, please visit www.slc.gov/council/virtual-meetings. Comments may also be provided by calling the 24-hour comment line at (801) 535-7654 or sending an email to council.comments@slcgov.com. All comments received through any source are shared with the Council and added to the public record. If you have any questions relating to this proposal or would like to review the file, please call Nicholas Norris at 801-535-6173 between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, or via e- mail at nick.norris@slc.gov. The application details can be accessed at https://citizenportal.slcgov.com/, by selecting the “planning” tab and entering the petition number PLNPCM2025-00164. The City & County Building is an accessible facility. People with disabilities may make requests for reasonable accommodation, which may include alternate formats, interpreters, and other auxiliary aids and services. Please make requests at least two business days in advance. To make a request, please contact the City Council Office at council.comments@slcgov.com, 801-535-7600, or relay service 711. This page has intentionally been left blank Item B3 CITY COUNCIL OF SALT LAKE CITY 451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 304 P.O. BOX 145476, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5476 WWW.SLC.GOV/COUNCIL TEL 801-535-7600 FAX 801-535-7651 PUBLIC HEARING MOTION SHEET CITY COUNCIL of SALT LAKE CITY TO:City Council Members FROM: Jennifer Bruno, Lehua Weaver, Austin Kimmel, Kira Luke, Allison Rowland, Sylvia Richards, Michael Sanders, and Kate Werrett DATE:February 3, 2026 RE: FY2026 BUDGET AMENDMENT No.4 MOTION 1 – CLOSE & PARTIAL ADOPTION I move that the Council close the public hearing and adopt the following items, A-6: Pedestrian Bridge Over the Surplus Canal at Glendale Golf Course. A-10: Backhoe for Public Services Streets Division & Tractor for Public Lands Parks Division A-14: Police Overtime Funding in FY2026 A-17: Council support to proceed with the appointment process for a sixth Justice Court Judge D-5: Streets GO Bonds Interest Reallocation for FY 2025-26 Council-Added Item: One-time $50,000 to match what the mayor’s office provides for legal support to our community from the General Fund. And defer action on the remaining items. MOTION 2 – CLOSE & DEFER ACTION I move that the Council close the public hearing and defer action to a future meeting. MOTION 3 – CONTINUE HEARING I move that the Council continue the public hearing to a future Council meeting. CITY COUNCIL OF SALT LAKE CITY 451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 304 P.O. BOX 145476, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5476 SLCCOUNCIL.COM TEL 801-535-7600 FAX 801-535-7651 COUNCIL STAFF REPORT CITY COUNCIL of SALT LAKE CITY TO:City Council Members FROM: Jennifer Bruno, Lehua Weaver, Austin Kimmel, Kira Luke, Allison Rowland, Sylvia Richards, Michael Sanders, and Kate Werrett DATE: February 3, 2026 RE: FY2026 Budget Amendment 4 PROJECT TIMELINE: Briefing: January 13, 2026 Set Date: January 13, 2026 2nd Briefing: January 20, 2026 3rd Briefing: February 3, 2026 Public Hearing: February 3, 2026 Potential Action: February 17, 2026 NEW INFORMATION At the January 20 briefing, the Council was also briefed on, but did not take action on the following items: A-1: Vehicle Replacement for Urban Services Division A-2: Trailer for Facilities Division A-3: Wildland Firefighting Expansion Funding A-4: Public Lands One-time Personal Services Budget Rescope for Equipment Purchases A-5: Park Land Acquisition A-6: Pedestrian Bridge Over the Surplus Canal at Glendale Golf Course A-9: Public Services Facilities Division: Old Library Immediate Facility Needs A-11: Old Library, Plaza 349 and Justice Courts Capital Improvements A-12: Trailer for Public Services Streets Division A-13: Funding for Gap in Homeless Resource Center Grant Funding for Salaries A-18: Parking Wayfinding Signage The Council took an affirmative straw poll on the following Council-added item: Council-Added Item: One-time $50,000 to match what the mayor’s office provides for legal support to our community from the General Fund. At the February 3 briefing, the Council may consider a straw poll on the following item: A-6: Pedestrian Bridge Over the Surplus Canal at Glendale Golf Course. Page | 2 At the February 3 briefing, the Council will be briefed on the following items: A-20: Funding for Fisher Mansion D-2: Engineering Planning and Design Housekeeping and Expansion D-3: Refuse Fund Carry Revenue Budget for Lease Agreement D-4: Community Events – Rescope D-6: California Avenue Safety Improvements Rescope D-7: CPTED Streetlighting– GF to CIP Transfer E-1: Trail Maintenance for Salt Lake City Portion of the Jordan River Trail The following information was provided for the January 20, 2026 council meeting. It is provided again for background purposes. NEW INFORMATION A-10: Backhoe for Public Services Streets Division & Tractor for Public Lands Parks Division A-17: Council support to proceed with the appointment process for a sixth Justice Court Judge D-5: Streets GO Bonds Interest Reallocation for FY 2025-26 A-14: Police Overtime Funding in FY2026 A-15: Police Retirements Cost A-16: Police Mobile Command Center D-1: Legislative Affairs Operations Funding ISSUE AT-A-GLANCE STRAW POLL REQUESTS Page | 2 Page | 3 UPDATED FUND BALANCE CHART The Administration provided the following fund balance and revenue chart reflecting the proposed changes included in Budget Amendment 4. If the proposed budget amendment items are approved, the fund balance is projected to be 16.91%, which is 3.91% - or $20,026,782- above the target fund balance of 13% of projected General Fund revenue. Page | 3 Page | 4 IMPACT FEE UNALLOCATED “AVAILABLE TO SPEND” BALANCES AND REFUND TRACKING The table below is current as of June 30, 2025. Impact fees must be encumbered or spent within six years of the City receiving them. Expired impact fees must be returned to the entity that paid them with interest over the intervening six years. Note: Encumbrances are an administrative function when impact fees are held under a contract The Administration provided the table below with updated revenue details. ADDITIONAL & BACKGROUND INFORMATION Section A: New Items The Administration is requesting $37,000 to replace an Urban Services compliance vehicle that was totaled in April 2025. In June 2025, the totaled vehicle was auctioned for $142.50, and those funds were placed in the Fleet Replacement Fund. To offset the loss of the vehicle, the division has been using Fleet loaner vehicles and a bicycle; however, a designated vehicle is essential to Urban Services’ operations. The division has proposed transferring $37,000 from its operational budget to Fleet for the replacement electric vehicle. Page | 5 A-2: Trailer for Facilities Division. (General Fund: One-time - $30,000) The Administration is requesting $30,000 to purchase a drop-down trailer to support Clean City Team work. The trailer will primarily be used to carry sidewalk scrubbing equipment. The Clean City Team has been borrowing a Facilities trailer, however, the use for both functions has grown such that it is impractical for the teams to split trailer usage. The formation of Clean City has generated efficiencies that have reduced the need for contract labor; supporting them with the requested trailer will continue to increase call response capacity. A-3: Wildland Firefighting Expansion Funding. (General Fund: One-time - $13,000 & General Fund: Ongoing - $75,000) The Fire Department is requesting $88,000 in General Fund funding to strengthen wildland fire preparedness and response capabilities. This funding request will include $75,000 ongoing in the FY2027 budget. This funding will support: Increased staffing during red flag days Expanded wildland fire training opportunities Acquisition of wildland personal protective equipment (PPE) and tools Replacement of aging wildland operation radios Below is a line-item budget summary of the request. Category FY2026 Request Ongoing Request Personnel $25,000 $40,000 PPE & Equipment $28,000 $25,000 Radios $35,000 $10,000 Total $88,000 $75,000 Increasing Wildfire Risk Wildfire risk is increasing both statewide and within the City, particularly in the wildland-urban interface (WUI). In 2025, approximately 160,000 acres burned statewide, nearly double the acreage burned in 2024. This growing risk underscores the importance of preparedness and rapid response. Goal 1 of the Fire Department’s Strategic Plan “provide unparalleled public safety service” calls for expanding WUI capabilities. Increased Staffing During Red Flag Days The requested funding will support increased staffing during periods of elevated fire risk. On red flag days, additional personnel will patrol the WUI and wildland areas to conduct prevention, detection, and initial suppression activities, to improve the City’s ability to respond quickly before fires escalate. Wildland PPE and Tools The department is requesting funding for wildland PPE and tools, including hoses, nozzles, and hand tools. Currently, this equipment is primarily housed at stations closest to the WUI. This proposal would make wildland PPE and tools available at all fire stations, for potential “all-hands-on-deck” wildfire events. Wildland Operation Radios The department is also proposing to replace its existing 10-year-old Bendix King radios, which are no longer manufactured. These radios are critical for wildland firefighting operations and are the standard radios used by state and regional partners. Replacing them will ensure reliable communication and interoperability during multi-agency wildfire incidents. The Council may wish to ask the Administration if this request could be delayed to the FY2027 annual budget. Page | 6 A-4: Public Lands One-time Personal Services Budget Rescope for Equipment Purchases. (General Fund: One-time - $163,900) One-time transfer from GF to Fleet, $163,900. To fund new capital equipment purchases, the Department of Public Lands (DPL) proposes to use $163,900 in FY2026 personnel funding from attrition and vacancy savings in the past six months. The equipment includes: One Kubota RTV Utility Vehicle ($50,300) to water newly planted trees in maintenance district 2, freeing up a one-ton dump truck to be used by the Restrooms and Garbage crew, which provides daily restroom cleaning, pulls trash cans to the curb and back into the parks, and picks up trash in parks. One Toro Dingo trencher ($47,500) to replace a unit that was stolen sometime in Fall 2024. The theft was reported to the Police Department as soon as it was discovered missing, but it has not been recovered. The City’s insurance does not cover the theft or damage of non-real estate assets worth less than $100,000; therefore, the Department must pay for the replacement. Aerator ($15,600) for use exclusively at the Regional Athletic Complex rather than borrowing the Parks Division’s existing unit. Caterpillar model 302 C3 small excavator ($50,500) to allow the new, highly experienced machine operator on the Trails Team to perform in-house trail construction and maintenance. This would save $4,000 per month on rentals and provide improved consistency and results. In addition, the excavator would be used for restoration projects, fire mitigation efforts, and vegetation management on other Department properties. Policy Question: The Council may wish to ask whether this excavator will be used on Foothills Trails construction, and if so, what the planned timeline is for this work. A-5: Park Land Acquisition. (Parks Impact Fees: One-time - $405,000) The Department of Public Lands (DPL) would use this amount to purchase 1.09 acres of open space land. Note: the December 23, 2025, transmittal erroneously lists CIP as the funding source, it is instead Parks Impact Fees. A-6: Pedestrian Bridge Over the Surplus Canal at Glendale Golf Course. (General Fund: One- time - $250,000) This amount would cover construction costs associated with SLC Engineering installing improvements under an existing pedestrian bridge, which spans the Surplus Levee, at the Glendale Golf Course. This structure was flagged by the United States Army Corps of Engineers several years ago as an unpermitted encroachment and the Corps recently issued approvals for City permitting and erosion control at this site. The improvements would treat existing erosion and prevent further erosion around the pedestrian bridge piles that support the structure, as well as protect the structural integrity of the Surplus Canal banks. Project bidding and construction is considered urgent, so the Administration prefers funding this in a budget amendment rather than waiting for the next Capital Asset Planning process. The Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) updates their Flood Insurance Rate Maps based on levee conditions reported by the Corps, so levee deficiencies—like the ones that will be rectified by the proposed project—can lead to increased flood insurance rates for homes and businesses protected by the levee. A-9: Public Services Facilities Division: Old Library Immediate Facility Needs (General Fund: One-time - $195,000) The Administration is requesting $195,000 for several maintenance and security items associated with the Old Library, the former location of the Leonardo. $130,000 will be used to replace the defunct access control system and install security cameras. $65,000 will be used for: Grounds maintenance Security Repairs to doors, plumbing, electrical and mechanical systems Page | 7 Janitorial Services Moving services Funding will come from the General Fund. Grounds maintenance, security, and janitorial services will be incorporated into the FY2027 budget as ongoing expenses. A-10: Backhoe for Public Services Streets Division & Tractor for Public Lands Parks Division. (General Fund: One-time - $292,819) The Administration is requesting $292,819 to replace a Streets Division backhoe and a Parks Division tractor. Both pieces of equipment have suffered catastrophic failures, and the estimated repair costs significantly exceed their remaining value. These assets were originally scheduled for replacement in FY2027. Upon replacement, both assets will be auctioned, with estimated sale proceeds ranging from $9,700 to $17,900 per unit. The proceeds will be deposited into the Fleet Replacement Fund and used toward future vehicle replacements in accordance with the annual budget process. The FY2026 Fleet Replacement Fund has been fully allocated to other purchases and is not available to offset the cost of these replacements. Additionally, neither division has sufficient funding within their current budgets to absorb the replacement costs; therefore, a transfer from the General Fund is requested. The Administration is requesting a straw poll which, if affirmative, would authorize staff to proceed with ordering the replacement equipment in order to receive it in time to support late spring and summer projects. The Council may wish to consider straw polling this item. Sample language: "I propose a straw poll to allocate funds from the General Fund in the amount of $292,819, for the purchase of replacement equipment for the Streets and Parks Divisions." A-11: Old Library, Plaza 349 and Justice Courts Capital Improvements. (CIP: One-time - $5,498,741 & General Fund: One-time $889,800) To address personnel space constraints, the Administration is proposing capital improvements at the Old Library, and Plaza 349 to support the Justice Courts and other city staff. These improvements are intended to meet the space needs of the Justice Court and certain General Fund departments for several years. The requested funding will support the following projects: Old Library Improvements: Infrastructure upgrades, including elevators, HVAC, and related systems Conversion of existing galleries and classrooms into mixed-use space, including offices and meeting rooms Plaza 349 Improvements: Upgrades to aging building systems Relocation of a portion of Justice Court staff Capital construction costs will be funded using accrued interest from tax-exempt bonds. Because furniture, fixtures, and equipment (FF&E) are not an eligible use of this bond interest, $889,800 from the General Fund Balance is requested to cover FF&E expenses. A-12: Trailer for Public Services Streets Division. (General Fund: One-time - $58,000) The Administration is requesting $58,000 to replace a Streets Division trailer that has experienced a permanent failure. This trailer is used by the asphalt crew to transport equipment for overlay work and larger pothole repair Page | 8 projects. Although the trailer was originally scheduled for replacement in FY2027, heavy utilization and higher- than-anticipated wear and tear have necessitated an earlier replacement. A-13: Funding for Gap in Homeless Resource Center Grant Funding for Salaries. (General Fund: Ongoing - $292,833) , consisting of three squads and a supervising Lieutenant. What if future State funding continues to be reduced? A-14: Police Overtime Funding in FY2026. (General Fund: Onetime - $3,810,941) Maintain minimum shift coverage, particularly during high-demand summer months Support mitigation and proactive enforcement efforts Staff special events and large-scale community activities Budget assumptions and vacancy savings Overtime trends and workload In FY2025, the Department incurred $8,244,009 in overtime costs, representing approximately 115,593 overtime hours. For FY2026, overtime is estimated at approximately 109,600 hours, a reduction in total hours compared to FY2025. While fewer hours are predicted, overall overtime costs are projected to increase due to higher overtime pay rates in FY2026. Page | 9 The Department reported it is reviewing mitigation staffing logistics and evaluating potential reductions in shifts and shift durations as part of its effort to manage overtime usage. Organizational restructuring and long-term strategy The Department has undergone recent changes to its organizational structure, staffing levels, and deployment models and is actively working to rightsize operations and implement longer-term strategies to reduce reliance on overtime. The department’s stated goal regarding overtime is to reduce the number of overtime shifts while maintaining the ability to respond to emergencies and other operational demands. A-15: Police Retirements Cost. (General Fund: One-time - $977,286) Category Amount Total One-Time Request $977,286 Historical context and budget timing Current budget impacts Anticipated retirements and funding strategy Longer-term structural considerations Page | 10 to consider either the creation of a dedicated departmental budget line for retirement and severance payouts or an increase to the City’s centralized non-departmental reserve. A-16: Police Mobile Command Center. (General Fund – one-time - $1,000,000) Operational Need Natural disasters (earthquakes, wildfires, floods, severe weather) Mass casualty events Large public gatherings and/or civil disturbances Planned events with worldwide participation Infrastructure failures and emerging cybersecurity-related incidents Enhanced on-scene coordination and faster decision-making Improved situational awareness during critical incidents A secure, centralized location for command-and-control operations Improved interagency coordination during multi-jurisdictional responses Increased public confidence in emergency preparedness during major events Additional Context and Notes Page | 11 The Department is in the process of applying for grants which if awarded may be able to reimburse some of the cost to the General Fund. A-17: Justice Court, City Prosecutor's Office and Legal Defenders Association (LDA) Staffing Increases. (General Fund: Ongoing - $189,749 for FY2026 & IMS Fund: One-time - $9,000) Fiscal Impact Summary FY2026 Budget Amendment $189,749 ongoing General Fund (personnel and operations) $9,000 one-time IMS Fund (computers) FY2027 Ongoing Impact $1,554,826 General Fund for fully loaded annual costs Includes staffing across all three offices and a sixth Justice Court judge Positions Included in the Proposal Justice Court Justice Court Judge (Appointment process approval only; funding deferred until FY2027) Clerk of Court Judicial Assistant (2) City Prosecutor’s Office Associate Prosecutor (3) Paralegal (1) Legal Defenders Association Attorney (2) Case Manager (1) Straw Poll for sixth Justice Court Judge The Council may wish to consider straw polling this item. "I propose a straw poll to indicate Council support for the Administration to proceed with the appointment process for a sixth Justice Court Judge.” Justice Court Staffing and Operations Clerk of Court (new supervisory position) o $50,891 ongoing (4 months) Page | 12 o $3,000 one-time (computer) o Fully loaded annual cost: $152,672 o For more information on this position, see Attachment 2 of this staff report Two Judicial Assistants (Level 2) o $46,294 ongoing (3 months) o $6,000 one-time (computers) o Fully loaded annual cost: $185,177 total o These positions would directly support the sixth judge once appointed. Operating Costs o $6,529 ongoing (3 months) o Primarily for interpreter services and minor operational expenses If all Justice Court positions (including the sixth judge) are approved, the FY2027 annual budget need would be $630,411, and total staffing would increase to 48 FTEs (approximately a 9% increase). City Prosecutor’s Office Staffing The City Prosecutor’s Office is requesting $43,920 of General Fund ongoing funding to add four FTEs to reduce attorney caseloads and improve case processing. Additions include: Three Associate Prosecutors o $33,699 ongoing (1 month) o Fully loaded annual cost: $404,383 total One Paralegal o $10,221 ongoing (1 month) o Fully loaded annual cost: $122,657 If approved, the FY2027 annual budget impact would be $527,041, increasing office staffing to 36 FTEs (a 13% increase). Legal Defenders Association The Administration is proposing $33,115 of General Fund Funding to fund to increase the City’s contract with the LDA, which provides legal defense services at the Justice Court but whose employees are not City staff. The contract increases will include: Two Attorneys o $25,467 ongoing (1 month) o Fully loaded annual cost: $305,607 total One Case Manager o $7,647 ongoing (1 month) o Fully loaded annual cost: $91,767 o Would support the Familiar Faces Court, diversion programs, and Project Rio. If approved, the FY2027 annual contract amount would increase to $2,191,184 (a 22% increase), requiring $397,374 annually for the added positions. A-18: Parking Wayfinding Signage. (General Fund: One-time, $584,495) The Administration proposes to repair or replace a total of 54 way-finding signs that were once located downtown. Of these, only 17 remain in service. Because the City does not have the equipment needed to produce these large signs, the Administration proposes the Council consider two potential options for repair or refurbishment: 1. Using a vinyl overlay to repair the 17 existing signs, at $3,100 each, totaling $52,700; or 2. Refurbish the 17 signs, at $4,900 each, totaling $83,300. This method is considered more attractive. The Administration also notes that some of the foundations of the 17 existing signs also may need refurbishment, at $1,700 each, which would cost a maximum of $28,900. Page | 13 The remainder of the total $584,495 requested for this item would then be used to pay for new signs to replace the 37 signs that no longer exist, at $12,400 each. Policy Questions: If the Council agrees to fund this item, which of the two options listed above is preferred? The Council may wish to ask whether all of the original 54 signs are needed, given the ubiquitousness of electronic way-finding methods used today. A-20: Funding for Fisher Mansion. (CIP: One-time - $500,000) Section B: Grants for Existing Staff Resources None Section C: Grants for New Staff Resources Section D: Housekeeping D-1: Legislative Affairs Operations Funding. (General Fund: Ongoing - $80,000) Access and parking at the State Capitol Travel associated with legislative coordination and advocacy Professional development and training Support for legislative and intergovernmental events D-2: Engineering Planning and Design Housekeeping and Expansion. (General Fund: Ongoing - $350,000) D-3: Refuse Fund Carry Revenue Budget for Lease Agreement. (Refuse: One-Time - $8,918,482) Page | 14 D-4: Community Events - Rescope. (General Fund: One-time - $400,000) The Administration is requesting a rescope of the $400,000 FY2026 Open Streets funding. Council Members will recall this funding is in the City’s Non-Departmental budget and was shifted to ongoing funding in FY2026. The Administration states the funding would be used for the following community events: $100,000 for the DTA Blocks program; $200,000 for a watch party; and $100,000 for America 250 events, which celebrate the 250th anniversary of the United States of America’s founding. Any unused funds will drop to fund balance. According to the Administrative Transmittal, money is being raised to support these events. Council staff has inquired about the Administration’s plans for future Open Streets events and how much it hopes to raise through fundraising. Answers have not been provided at the time this report was published, and staff will follow up with more information as it becomes available. In Budget Amendment 2 of FY2026, over $6 million in interest from unspent proceeds of multiple bonds, including the 2018 Street Reconstruction General Obligation Bonds (2018 GO Bonds), was accounted for and added to the CIP budget. For General Obligation bonds, the interest revenue may only be spent on the project types the voters approved – in this case, street reconstruction. Accordingly, in the present budget amendment, the Administration is proposing to spend the $1,735,515.83 interest from the 2018 GO bonds on street reconstruction projects, including a long-planned segment on 1700 East from 1700 to 2100 South. According to the Administration, "When the City borrows at a low tax-exempt interest rate and does not spend the bond proceeds within three years, any interest earned at a rate higher than the bond’s issuance rate is considered 'excess' and must be repaid to the U.S. Treasury to preserve the bond’s tax-exempt status." Because of this time sensitivity, the Administration has requested a straw poll for this item. Projects using the 2018 GO bonds are chosen according to the values reflected in Engineering's 2022 Six-Year Plan, which prioritizes streets with the worst pavement condition (the "worst-first" approach) for reconstruction. The proposed segment of 1700 East is currently shown in "poor" condition on the City's pavement condition map. The administrative description notes that the project will be coordinated with other agencies, like Public Utilities, to upgrade infrastructure and minimize disruptions in the near future. Note: the budget request anticipates additional interest accruing in FY2026 from the same bonds, which could generate approximately $560,000, to be accounted for in a future budget amendment. If funding permits, the Administration proposes adding 2100 to 2700 South to the reconstruction on 1700 East, which was in the original project plan. The Council may wish to consider straw polling this item. Sample language: "I propose a straw poll to allocate the interest from FY2025 BA#2 for Streets GO bonds in the amount of $1,735,515.83, for rebuilds of city streets as determined by the Engineering Division's Six Year Pavement Plan and the Roadway Selection Committee." The Transportation Division proposes to rescope this funding, which was initially a constituent request funded by the Council in Fall 2024. The rescope would use existing funds to provide additional improvements and expand the project area to include two nearby schools. Potential improvements include landscaping, lighting, traffic calming, pedestrian safety improvements and/or school crosswalks. Page | 14 Page | 15 D-7: CPTED Streetlighting– GF to CIP Transfer. (CIP: One-time - $300,000) As part of the FY2026 budget, the Mayor’s Recommended Budget included a proposed $300,000 transfer to the Capital Improvement Program (CIP) within the Non-Departmental section to fund CPTED lighting along the Jordan River Trail. This transfer was not reflected in the Key Changes document or the CIP Funding Log. To allow the Administration to proceed with the project, the City Council approved the $300,000 CPTED funding request at its July 8, 2025 meeting and agreed to update the Key Changes document through a future budget amendment. This item recognizes the City's funding availability grant award in the amount of $57,600 for the purpose of removing dead and dying trees and other woody vegetation to improve navigability, safety and beautification of the Jordan River between 1700 South and 900 South. The Public Hearing for this grant was held November 21, 2025. None None None New Ongoing Costs to the General Fund Clerk of Court Job Description ACFR – Annual Comprehensive Financial Report BEMS – Bureau of Emergency Service CIP – Capital Improvement Program FTE – Full-time Employee / Equivalent FY – Fiscal Year GF – General Fund IMS – Information Management Services MCC – Mobile Command Center Page | 15 Page | 16 Attachment 1: New Ongoing Costs to the General Fund Council staff has provided the following list of potential new ongoing costs to the General Fund. Many of these are new FTE’s approved during this fiscal year’s budget amendments, noting that each new FTE increases the City’s annual budget costs if positions are added to the staffing document. Note that some items in the table below are partially or fully funded by grants. If a grant continues to be awarded to the City in future years, then there may not be a cost to the General Fund but grant funding is not guaranteed year-over-year. BAM#2 D-3 IMS Fund Budget Carry Forward $159,414 Ongoing -0- CCAC recommended funding for multiple departments to address compensation for positions lagging behind market rate. Changes & funding weren’t included in annual budget. BAM#2 D-4 Language Access Transfer from Mayor’s Office $50,000 Ongoing -0- Contract language access services funding was inadvertently left out of IMS budget when it was transferred from Mayor’s to IMS during the annual budget. BAM#3 None. BAM#4 A-3: Wildland Firefighting Expansion Funding $88,000 One-Time, $75,000 Ongoing -0- Reflects additional resources needed for red flag days. A-13: Funding for Gap in Homeless Resource Center Grant Funding for Salaries $292,833 Ongoing -0- The State HRC grant funding was reduced by $292,833. Funding to maintain the HRC functionality levels matches the reduction. A-17: Justice Court, City Prosecutor's Office and Legal Defenders Association (LDA) Staffing Increases $1,554,826 Ongoing 8 Annualized, the additional FY2027 staffing costs are $1,554,826. NOTE: Council staff is working with the Administration on clarifications. Page | 16 Page | 17 Attachment 2: Clerk of Court Job Description Page | 18 CITY COUNCIL OF SALT LAKE CITY 451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 304 P.O. BOX 145476, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5476 SLCCOUNCIL.COM TEL 801-535-7600 FAX 801-535-7651 Straw Poll Request CITY COUNCIL of SALT LAKE CITY TO:City Council Members FROM: Jennifer Bruno, Lehua Weaver, Austin Kimmel, Kira Luke, Allison Rowland, Sylvia Richards, Michael Sanders, and Kate Werrett DATE:February 3, 2026 RE: Budget Amendment #4 Straw Poll: A-6: Pedestrian Bridge Over the Surplus Canal at Glendale Golf Course STRAW POLL REQUESTS The Administration has requested a February 3 straw poll for the following item: 1. A-6: Pedestrian Bridge Over the Surplus Canal at Glendale Golf Course Sample language for the straw poll: 1. A-6: Pedestrian Bridge Over the Surplus Canal at Glendale Golf Course "I propose a straw poll to immediately allocate funds from the General Fund in the amount of $250,000 for construction costs associated with the Glendale Golf Course Surplus Levee Canal Pedestrian Bridge.” SALT LAKE CITY TRANSMITTAL To:  Salt Lake City Council Chair Submission Date: 01/08/2026 Date Sent to Council: 01/08/2026 From: Department * Finance Employee Name: Hillier, Randy E-mail Randy.Hillier@slc.gov Department Director Signature Director Signed Date 01/08/2026 Chief Administrator Officer's Signature Chief Administrator Officer's Signed Date 01/08/2026 Subject: FY26 Budget Amendment #4 Retransmittal New transmittal or Revision New transmittal Revision Revision Updates: This is a retransmittal of Budget Amendment #4. There were changes it items A-17 and A-18, item A-19 was withdrawn and item A-20 was added. This transmittal also includes an updated version of the Impact Fee report and Fund Balance. Additional Staff Contact: Greg Cleary, Mary Beth Thompson Presenters/Staff Table Greg Cleary: greg.cleary@slc.gov and Mary Beth Thompson: marybeth.thompson@slc.gov Document Type Ordinance Recommendation: The Administration recommends that subsequent to a public hearing, the City Council adopt the following amendments to the FY 2026 adopted budget Background/Discussion The Administration is requesting a budget amendment totaling $8,650,923 in expenses in the general fund. The amendment proposes changes in seven (7) funds, with a total revenue increase of $16,614,942 and a corresponding expenditure increase of $16,847,383. The proposal includes the addition of eight (8) general fund-funded positions. A summary spreadsheet outlining proposed budget changes is attached. The Administration requests this document be modified based on the decisions of the Council. Public Hearing Is there a City or State statutory requirement to hold a public hearing for this item?* Yes No The City Council reserves the option to hold and notice for a public hearing pursuant to their practices for public engagement. Does the City have a general practice to hold a public hearing for this item?* Yes No Provide your perspective on the value of recommending a public hearing NA Public Process Public Hearing This page has intentionally been left blank DEPARTMENT OF FINANCE POLICY AND BUDGET DIVISION 451 SOUTH STATE STREET PO BOX 145467, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5455 ERIN MENDENHALL Mayor MARY BETH THOMPSON Chief Financial Officer CITY COUNCIL TRANSMITTAL ___________________________________ Date Received: _______________ Jill Love, Chief Administrative Officer Date sent to Council: __________ ______________________________________________________________________________ TO: Salt Lake City Council DATE: January 8, 2025 Chris Wharton, Chair FROM: Mary Beth Thompson, Chief Financial Officer SUBJECT: FY26 Budget Amendment #4 - Retransmittal SPONSOR: NA STAFF CONTACT: Mary Beth Thompson, Greg Cleary DOCUMENT TYPE: Budget Amendment Ordinance RECOMMENDATION: The Administration recommends that subsequent to a public hearing, the City Council adopt the following amendments to the Fiscal Year 2026 adopted budget. BUDGET IMPACT: REVENUE EXPENSE GENERAL FUND $0.00 $8,650,923.00 FLEET FUND 1,581,719.00 1,581,719.00 CIP FUND 5,798,741.00 6,298,741.00 REFUSE FUND 8,918,482.00 0.00 GOLF FUND 250,000.00 250,000.00 IMS FUND 9,000.00 9,000.00 MISC GRANTS FUND 57,000.00 57,000.00 TOTAL $16,614,942.00 $16,847,383.00 BACKGROUND/DISCUSSION: Revenue for FY 2026 Budget Adjustments The chart below presents General Fund Projected Revenues for FY 2026. Based on revenue data across the first part of the fiscal year, it is projected that revenues will be realized at approximately $368,733 beyond the FY 2026 Adopted Budget. Revenue FY26 Annual Budget FY26 Amended Budget Projection Amended Variance Favorable/(Unfavorable) Property Taxes 148,580,334 148,580,334 148,580,334 - Sales, Use & Excise Taxes 126,026,000 126,026,000 126,000,000 (26,000) Franchise Taxes 17,220,000 17,220,000 17,339,305 119,305 Total Taxes 291,826,334 291,826,334 291,919,639 93,305 Charges For Services 6,821,820 6,821,820 5,056,754 (1,765,066) Fines & Forfeitures 3,085,827 3,085,827 3,074,937 (10,890) Interest Income 9,000,000 9,000,000 9,000,000 - Interfund Service Charges 34,569,169 34,569,169 34,574,395 5,226 Intergovernmental Revenue 6,205,000 6,205,000 6,073,983 (131,017) Licenses 21,847,694 21,847,694 22,024,495 176,801 Miscellaneous Revenue 3,838,663 3,838,663 3,808,672 (29,991) Parking Meter Revenue 3,273,255 3,273,255 3,956,050 682,795 Parking Tickets 2,200,000 2,200,000 2,200,000 - Permits 18,981,859 18,981,859 20,235,322 1,253,463 Property Sale Proceeds - - 24,741 24,741 Gain on Property Dispositions - - 272 272 Rental & Other Income 1,201,460 1,201,460 1,270,554 69,094 Operating Transfers In 24,780,192 24,780,192 24,780,192 - Total W/O Special Tax 135,804,939 135,804,939 136,080,367 275,428 Sales Tax Addition 1/2%58,000,000 58,000,000 58,000,000 - Total General Fund 485,631,273 485,631,273 486,000,006 368,733 The table below presents updated Fund Balance numbers and percentages, based on the proposed changes included in Budget Amendment #4. With the complete adoption of Budget Amendment #4, the available fund balance will remain at 16.91 percent of the FY 2026 Adopted Budget. For context, at budget adoption fund balance was at 12.91 percent. FOF GF Only TOTAL FOF GF Only TOTAL Beginning Fund Balance 27,841,978 146,448,554 174,290,532 22,746,360 120,121,319 142,867,679 Prior Year Encumbrances (3,547,119) (18,657,815) (22,204,934) - - (18,919,920) Estimated Beginning Fund Balance 24,294,859$ 127,790,739$ 152,085,598$ 22,746,360$ 120,121,319$ 123,947,759$ Beginning Fund Balance Percent 39.57%30.50%31.66%38.72%26.47%24.19% Year End ACFR Adjustments Revenue Changes Expense Changes (Prepaids, Receivable, Etc.) (3,188,435) (3,188,435) 15,024 15,024 Fund Balance w/ ACFR Changes 24,294,859 124,602,304 148,897,163 22,746,360 120,136,343 123,962,783 Final Fund Balance Percent 39.57%29.74%30.99%38.72%26.48%24.19% Budgeted Change in Fund Balance (4,162,906) (36,664,442) (40,827,348) - (27,392,780) (27,392,780) Budget Amendment Use of Fund Balance BA#1 Revenue Adjustment 469,408 469,408 BA#1 Expense Adjustment (2,468,933) (2,468,933) (358,000) (358,000) BA#2 Revenue Adjustment 102,000 102,000 BA#2 Expense Adjustment (3,407,524) (3,407,524) (913,000) (913,000) BA#3 Revenue Adjustment 3,904,861 3,904,861 BA#3 Expense Adjustment (3,959,861) (3,959,861) - BA#4 Revenue Adjustment - - BA#4 Expense Adjustment - - (8,650,923) (8,650,923) BA#5 Revenue Adjustment 1,013,067 1,013,067 BA#5 Expense Adjustment (5,200,000) (4,736,688) (9,936,688) BA#6 Revenue Adjustment - BA#6 Expense Adjustment Change in Revenue Change in Expense Fund Balance Budgeted Increase Adjusted Fund Balance 22,746,360 120,121,319 142,867,679 22,746,360 82,821,640 86,648,080 Adjusted Fund Balance Percent 37.05%28.67%29.74%38.72%18.25%16.91% Projected Revenue 61,397,384 419,006,975 480,404,359 58,749,999 453,721,525 512,471,524 Salt Lake City General Fund TOTAL Fund Balance Projections FY2026 BudgetFY2025 Budget The Administration is requesting a budget amendment totaling $8,650,923 in expenses in the general fund. The amendment proposes changes in seven (7) funds, with a total revenue increase of $16,614,942 and a corresponding expenditure increase of $16,847,383. The proposal includes the addition of eight (8) general fund-funded positions. A summary spreadsheet outlining proposed budget changes is attached. The Administration requests this document be modified based on the decisions of the Council. The budget amendment is separated in eight different categories: A. New Budget Items B. Grants for Existing Staff Resources C. Grants for New Staff Resources D. Housekeeping Items E. Grants Requiring No New Staff Resources F. Donations G. Council Consent Agenda Grant Awards I. Council Added Items PUBLIC PROCESS: Public Hearing This page has intentionally been left blank SALT LAKE CITY ORDINANCE No. _____ of 2026 (Fourth amendment to the Final Budget of Salt Lake City, including the employment staffing document, for Fiscal Year 2025-2026) An Ordinance Amending Salt Lake City Ordinance No. 32 of 2025, which adopted the Final Budget of Salt Lake City, Utah, for the Fiscal Year Beginning July 1, 2025, and Ending June 30, 2026. In June of 2025, the Salt Lake City Council adopted the final budget of Salt Lake City, Utah, including the employment staffing document, effective for the fiscal year beginning July 1, 2025, and ending June 30, 2026, pursuant to the requirements of Utah Code section 10-6-118. The City’s Budget Director, acting as the City’s Budget Officer, prepared and filed with the City Recorder proposed amendments to said duly adopted budget, including the amendments to the employment staffing document necessary to effectuate the staffing changes specifically stated herein, copies of which are attached hereto, for consideration by the City Council and inspection by the public. All conditions precedent to amend said budget, including the employment staffing document as provided above, have been accomplished. Be it ordained by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah: SECTION 1. Purpose. The purpose of this Ordinance is to amend the final budget of Salt Lake City, including the employment staffing document, as approved, ratified and finalized by Salt Lake City Ordinance No. 32 of 2025. SECTION 2. Adoption of Amendments. The budget amendments, including amendments to the employment staffing document necessary to effectuate the staffing changes specifically stated herein, attached hereto and made a part of this Ordinance shall be, and the same hereby are adopted and incorporated into the budget of Salt Lake City, Utah, including the amendments to the employment staffing document described above, for the fiscal year beginning July 1, 2025, and ending June 30, 2026, in accordance with the requirements of Section 10-6-128 of the Utah Code. SECTION 3. Filing of copies of the Budget Amendments. The said Budget Officer is authorized and directed to certify and file a copy of said budget amendments, including amendments to the employment staffing document, in the office of said Budget Officer and in the office of the City Recorder which amendments shall be available for public inspection. SECTION 4. Effective Date. This Ordinance shall take effect upon adoption. Passed by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah, this ____ day of _____, 2026. Chris Wharton, Council Chair ATTEST: Keith Reynolds, City Recorder Transmitted to the Mayor on Mayor’s Action: Approved Vetoed Mayor Erin Mendenhall ATTEST: Keith Reynolds, City Recorder (SEAL) Bill No. ____ of 2026. Published Salt Lake City Attorney’s Office Approved As To Form Jaysen Oldroyd Jaysen Oldroyd This page has intentionally been left blank Initiative Number/Name Fund Revenue Amount Expenditure Amount Revenue Amount Expenditure Amount Ongoing or One- time FTEs 1 Vehicle Replacement for Urban Services Division GF 0.00 (37,000.00)One-time - 1 Vehicle Replacement for Urban Services Division GF 0.00 37,000.00 One-time - 1 Vehicle Replacement for Urban Services Division Fleet 37,000.00 37,000.00 One-time - 2 Trailer for Facilities Division GF 0.00 (30,000.00)One-time - 2 Trailer for Facilities Division GF 0.00 30,000.00 One-time - 2 Trailer for Facilities Division Fleet 30,000.00 30,000.00 One-time - 3 Wildland Firefighting Expansion Funding GF 0.00 88,000.00 One-time/Ongoing - 4 Public Lands One-time Personal Services Budget Rescope for Equipment Purchases GF 0.00 (163,900.00)One-time - 4 Public Lands One-time Personal Services Budget Rescope for Equipment Purchases GF 0.00 163,900.00 One-time - 4 Public Lands One-time Personal Services Budget Rescope for Equipment Purchases Fleet 163,900.00 163,900.00 One-time - 5 Park Land Acquisition CIP 0.00 (405,000.00)One-time - 5 Park Land Acquisition CIP 0.00 405,000.00 6 Pedestrian Bridge Over the Surplus Canal at Glendale Golf Course GF 0.00 250,000.00 One-time - 6 Pedestrian Bridge Over the Surplus Canal at Glendale Golf Course Golf 250,000.00 250,000.00 One-time - 7 Moved to Housekeeping 8 Withdrawn Prior to Transmittal 9 Public Services Facilities Division: Old Library Immediate Facility Needs GF 0.00 195,000.00 One-time - 10 Backhoe for Public Services Streets Division & Tractor for Public Lands Parks Division GF 0.00 292,819.00 One-time - 10 Backhoe for Public Services Streets Division & Tractor for Public Lands Parks Division Fleet 292,819.00 292,819.00 One-time - 11 Old Library, Plaza 349 and Justice Courts Capital Improvements CIP 5,498,741.00 5,498,741.00 One-time - 11 Old Library, Plaza 349 and Justice Courts Capital Improvements GF 0.00 889,800.00 One-time - 12 Trailer for Public Services Streets Division GF 0.00 (58,000.00)One-time - 12 Trailer for Public Services Streets Division GF 0.00 58,000.00 One-time - 12 Trailer for Public Services Streets Division Fleet 58,000.00 58,000.00 One-time - 13 Funding for Gap in Homeless Resource Center Grant Funding for Salaries GF 0.00 292,833.00 Ongoing - 14 Police Overtime Funding in FY 2026 GF 0.00 3,810,941.00 One-time - 15 Police Retirements Cost GF 0.00 977,286.00 One-time - 16 Police Mobile Command Center GF 0.00 1,000,000.00 One-time - 16 Police Mobile Command Center Fleet 1,000,000.00 1,000,000.00 One-time - 17 Justice Court, City Prosecutor's Office and Legal Defenders Association (LDA) Staffing Increases GF 0.00 189,749.00 Ongoing 8.00 17 Justice Court, City Prosecutor's Office and Legal Defenders Association (LDA) Staffing Increases IMS 9,000.00 9,000.00 One-time - 18 Parking Way-finding Signage GF 0.00 584,495.00 One-time - 19 Withdrawn Prior to Transmittal 20 Funding for Fisher Mansion CIP 0.00 500,000.00 One-time - 1 Legislative Affairs Operations Funding GF 0.00 80,000.00 Ongoing - 2 Engineering Planning and Design Housekeeping and Rescope GF 0.00 (350,000.00)One-time - 2 Engineering Planning and Design Housekeeping and Rescope GF 0.00 350,000.00 One-time - 3 Refuse Fund Revenue Budget for Lease Agreement Refuse 8,918,482.00 0.00 One-time - 4 Community Events - Rescope GF 0.00 0.00 One-time - Fiscal Year 2025-26 Budget Amendment #4 Council ApprovedAdministration Proposed Section A: New Items Section D: Housekeeping Section C: Grants for New Staff Resources Section B: Grants for Existing Staff Resources 1 Fiscal Year 2025-26 Budget Amendment #4 5 Streets GO Bonds Interest Reallocation for FY 2025-26 CIP 0.00 (1,735,515.83)One-time - 5 Streets GO Bonds Interest Reallocation for FY 2025-27 CIP 0.00 1,735,515.83 One-time - 6 California Avenue Safety Improvements Rescope CIP 0.00 0.00 One-time - 7 CPTED Streetlight – GF to CIP Transfer CIP 300,000.00 300,000.00 One-time Section E: Grants Requiring No New Staff Resources 1 Trail Maintenance for Salt Lake City Portion of the Jordan River Trail Misc Grants 57,000.00 57,000.00 One-time - Consent Agenda Total of Budget Amendment Items 16,614,942.00 16,847,383.00 0.00 0.00 8.00 Initiative Number/Name Fund Revenue Amount Expenditure Amount Revenue Amount Expenditure Amount Ongoing or One- time FTEs Total by Fund, Budget Amendment #4: General Fund GF 0.00 8,650,923.00 0.00 0.00 8.00 Fleet Fund Fleet 1,581,719.00 1,581,719.00 0.00 0.00 CIP Fund CIP 5,798,741.00 6,298,741.00 0.00 0.00 Refuse Collection Fund Refuse 8,918,482.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Golf Fund Golf 250,000.00 250,000.00 0.00 0.00 IMS Fund IMS 9,000.00 9,000.00 0.00 0.00 Misc Grants Fund Misc Grants 57,000.00 57,000.00 0.00 0.00 - Total of Budget Amendment Items 16,614,942.00 16,847,383.00 0.00 0.00 8.00 Administration Proposed Council Approved Section I: Council Added Items Section F: Donations Section G: Council Consent Agenda -- Grant Awards 2 Fiscal Year 2025-26 Budget Amendment #4 Current Year Budget Summary, provided for information only FY 2025-26 Budget, Including Budget Amendments FY 2025-26 Adopted Budget BA #1 Total BA #2 Total BA #3 Total BA #4 Total BA #5 Total Total Revenue General Fund (FC 100)453,721,525 0.00 - - 453,721,525.09 Debt Service Fund (FC 101)30,514,822 30,514,822.00 Other Improvement Fund (FC 150)3,000 3,000.00 Capital Improvement Fund (FC 300)41,675,084 12,206,670.04 5,798,741.00 59,680,495.04 Water Utility Fund (FC 400)192,010,432 51,079,400.00 243,089,832.00 Sewer Utility Fund (FC 410)357,160,859 357,160,859.00 Stormwater Utility Fund (FC 420)25,327,969 2,000,000.00 27,327,969.00 Street Lighting Utility Fund (FC 430)5,874,881 5,874,881.00 Department of Airports Fund (FC 540)606,598,500 - 606,598,500.00 Fleet Management Fund (FC 610)23,925,700 - 1,581,719.00 25,507,419.00 Risk Management Fund (FC 620)69,846,524 69,846,524.37 Governmental Immunity Fund (FC 630)4,529,865 4,529,865.00 Information Mgt Serv Fund (FC 650)43,052,934 50,000.00 9,000.00 43,111,934.00 Local Building Authority Fund (FC 660)1,172,525 1,172,525.00 Refuse Collection Fund (FC670)25,469,123 8,918,482.00 34,387,605.00 Golf Fund (FC 680)14,156,634 250,000.00 14,406,634.00 Housing and Loan Fund (FC 690)14,082,500 14,082,500.00 CDBG Fund (FC 710)4,885,779 4,885,779.00 Miscellaneous Grants Fund (FC 720)12,714,477 3,490,212.72 4,139,704.89 57,000.00 20,401,394.61 Demolition Weed and Forfeiture (FC 730)4,365,000 4,365,000.00 Emergency 911 Dispatch (FC 750)4,295,000 4,295,000.00 Downtown Alliance Fund (FC 760)1,700,000 2,500,000.00 4,200,000.00 Donations Fund (FC 770)500,000 500,000.00 Funding Our Future Fund (FC 780)58,749,999 58,749,999.00 Transportation Fund (FC 785)14,332,500 14,332,500.00 DEA Taskforce (FC 901)1,159,208 1,159,207.61 Community Reinvestment Agency Fund (FC 920)86,036,232 86,036,232.00 Sports Arena Fund (FC 740)79,512,660 79,512,660.00 Emergency Loan Program Fund - 273,000.00 Total of Budget Amendment Items 2,177,373,732 273,000.00 71,326,282.76 4,139,704.89 16,614,942.00 - 2,269,454,661.72 3 Fiscal Year 2025-26 Budget Amendment #4 Total Expense BA #1 Total BA #2 Total BA #3 Total BA #4 Total BA #5 Total Total Expense General Fund (FC 100)464,359,952 353,000.00 913,000.00 8,650,923.00 474,276,875.26 Debt Service Fund (FC 101)36,589,783 36,589,783.00 Other Improvement Fund (FC 150)3,000 3,000.00 Capital Improvement Fund (FC 300)48,175,084 16,339,140.04 6,298,741.00 70,812,965.04 Water Utility Fund (FC 400)216,611,815 66,849,851.00 283,461,666.00 Sewer Utility Fund (FC 410)159,022,034 12,083,142.00 171,105,176.00 Stormwater Utility Fund (FC 420)26,465,800 7,349,551.00 33,815,351.30 Street Lighting Utility Fund (FC 430)8,418,357 1,327,234.00 9,745,591.00 Department of Airports Fund (FC 540)476,954,577 100,000.00 477,054,577.00 Fleet Management Fund (FC 610)23,735,252 13,202,498.00 1,581,719.00 38,519,469.00 Risk Management Fund (FC 620)69,846,524 69,846,524.37 Governmental Immunity Fund (FC 630)4,302,013 94,791.00 4,396,804.00 Information Mgt Serv Fund (FC 650)43,052,934 2,451,295.18 9,000.00 45,513,229.18 Local Building Authority Fund (FC 660)1,172,525 1,172,525.00 Refuse Collection Fund (FC670)29,357,332 9,350,559.00 - 38,707,891.00 Golf Fund (FC 680)26,570,200 957,404.00 250,000.00 27,777,604.00 Housing and Loan Fund (FC 690)14,082,500 14,082,500.00 CDBG Fund (FC 710)4,885,779 4,885,779.00 Miscellaneous Grants Fund (FC 720)12,714,477 3,490,212.72 4,139,704.89 57,000.00 20,401,394.61 Demolition Weed and Forfeiture (FC 730)4,365,000 4,365,000.00 Emergency 911 Dispatch (FC 750)9,646,688 9,646,688.00 Downtown Alliance Fund (FC 760)1,700,000 2,500,000.00 4,200,000.00 Donations Fund (FC 770)500,000 500,000.00 Funding Our Future Fund (FC 780)48,111,572 48,111,571.83 Transportation Fund (FC 785)15,106,833 15,106,833.00 DEA Taskforce (FC 901)1,159,208 1,159,207.61 Community Reinvestment Agency Fund (FC 920)86,036,232 86,036,232.00 Sports Arena Fund (FC 740)79,512,660 79,512,660.00 - Total of Budget Amendment Items 1,912,458,131 353,000.00 137,008,677.94 4,139,704.89 16,847,383.00 - 2,070,806,897.20 4 Fiscal Year 2025-26 Budget Amendment #4 Finance Department City Council Office Contingent Appropriation / Notes 5 This page has intentionally been left blank Salt Lake City FY 2025-26 Budget Amendment #4 Initiative Number/Name Fund One-time or Ongoing Amount 1 Section A: New Items A-1: Vehicle Replacement for Urban Services Division GF One-time ($37,000.00) GF One-time $37,000.00 Fleet One-time $37,000.00 Department: Public Services Prepared By: JP Goates, Julie Crookston, Kimberley Schmeling For questions, please include Jorge Chamorro, JP Goates, Julie Crookston and Kimberley Schmeling In April 2025, a compliance enforcement officer was involved in an accident that led to the total loss of one of the division's Chevy Bolt vehicles. There were no other vehicles involved; the officers swerved to avoid hitting an animal in the roadway. Since the City is self-insured, Urban Services is fully responsible for the replacement cost of the vehicle. Since the accident, the division has been using bikes in warmer weather but will need to use a loaner vehicle from the Fleet Division once bike season ends. However, this is a temporary fix. To regain full operational capacity, the Urban Services Division is proposing transferring $37,000 from its operational budget to the Fleet Division to purchase a new Chevy Bolt. This new vehicle is essential for th e division's operations, as it will replace the lost asset and help maintain enforcement efficiency and revenue generation. A-2: Trailer for Facilities Division GF One-time ($30,000.00) GF One-time $30,000.00 Fleet One-time $30,000.00 Department: Public Services Prepared By: JP Goates, Riley Bird, Kimberley Schmeling For questions, please include Jorge Chamorro, JP Goates, Riley Bird and Kimberley Schmeling When the division of Urban Services was created in FY 2026, personnel and equipment were moved from the Facilities division to Urban Services division. A drop-down trailer, previously an asset of the Facilities team used to move large equipment, including two scissor lifts, was no longer available for maintena nce and repair work completed by the staff in that division. An increase in workload related to the Clean City initiative at Urban Services means the trailer is in use full-time by that team. A drop-down trailer is the safest and most efficient way to move critical large equipment. Without it, operations are delayed and safety risks increase. Leasing a trailer is not a practical alternative as equipment is moved daily and is an ongoing need. The Division of Facilities Services is seeking to transfer funds from their operating budget to Fleet to purchase the trailer needed. No new funds are being requested. A-3: Wildland Firefighting Expansion Funding GF One-time/ Ongoing $88,000.00 Department: Fire Prepared By: Chief Lieb, Brittany Blair For questions, please include Chief Lieb and Brittany Blair The Fire Department is requesting funding to support the expanding needs of our wildland firefighting program, as wildfire risk increases and conditions continue to change in the region. According to the National Interagency Fire Center based in Boise, ID, the total number of wildfires nationwide have increased significantly over the last five years. These fires range from human caused, to natural caused, to cause undetermined. The contributing factors for wildland fires are the increase in urban centers pushing up against wildland urban interface areas, such as the east and north benches in SLC, water content in the fuels, environmental temperatures, humidity, and wind speed. The current request totals $88,000 for the remainder of this fiscal year, $75,000 of which will be ongoing costs (see the table below). These funds will cover the days of increased staffing during 2025 for periods of extreme fire weather during July through October, increased wildland training requirements, additional personal protective equipment (PPE), tools, such as hoses, nozzles and hand tools, and the replacement of aging Bendix King radios, which are over ten years old and no longer manufactured. The Bendix King radios are the standard radio used in wildland operations and are essential for the firefighting teams to communicate and coordinate on-scene with our state and regional partners during an event. Salt Lake City FY 2025-26 Budget Amendment #4 Initiative Number/Name Fund One-time or Ongoing Amount 2 The ongoing request also supports anticipated annual upstaffing needs driven by increasing red flag days, recurring PPE purchases, further equipment replacement due to loss or damage, expanded wildland training, and ongoing radio maintenance and replacement. Category Personnel FY26 Request $25,000 Ongoing Request $40,000 PPE Equipment $28,000 $25,000 Radios $35,000 $10,000 Total $88,000 $75,000 A-4: Public Lands One-time Personal Services Budget Rescope for Equipment Purchases GF One-time ($163,900.00) GF One-time $163,000.00 Fleet One-time $163,900.00 Department: Public Lands Prepared By: Gregg Evans For questions, please include Gregg Evans The Public Lands Department is requesting to rescope $163,900 in existing FY 2026 personnel budget which, if approved, will be transferred to the Fleet Fund as one-time funding for the purchase of capital equipment. The funds being requested for this transfer to Fleet were generated from attrition and vacancy savings from the first half of th is fiscal year. Savings are generated throughout the fiscal year from positions remaining vacant during the typical hiring process, especially when there is difficulty in hiring some positions. The Department continually tracks the duration of all vacancies to calculate the estimated savings. The Department is proposing to use the one-time funds to purchase the equipment detailed below. • $50,300 - Kubota RTV Utility Vehicle, this new unit will support the ongoing watering of newly planted trees throughout the maintenance district 2 area. Currently, staff are using a 1 -ton dump truck for tree watering, adding this vehicle will free up a 1-ton truck in District 2 used for watering trees to be repurposed to the detail (rag) crew in District 2. • $47,500 - Toro Dingo to replace stolen trencher (Unit # 81510) with a new trencher. • $15,600 – Aerator, the new aerator requested will help prevent soil compaction in high-use common and spectator areas at the Regional Athletic Complex (RAC). Currently, the RAC does not own an aerator and has relied on borrowing the Parks Department’s unit for more than five years. The current unit will be repurposed to perform turf aeration on park properties throughout the City. • $50,500 - Caterpillar model 302 C3 small excavator for trail repairs and maintenance. The primary purpose of this new machine will be in-house trail construction and maintenance performed by the Trails Team. Currently, all machine work on trails is either contracted out with variable results or completed using rented equipment at a cost of approximately $4,000 per month. The Trails Team now has an experienced machine operator on staff with six years of trail construction and maintenance experience, allowing this work to be completed internally with greater consistency and higher quality results. In addition, this excavator would also support restoration projects, fire mitigation efforts, and vegetation management across Natural Lands properties. Salt Lake City FY 2025-26 Budget Amendment #4 Initiative Number/Name Fund One-time or Ongoing Amount 3 A-5: Park Land Acquisition CIP One-time ($405,000.00) CIP One-time $405,000.00 Department: Public Lands Prepared By: Gregg Evans For questions, please include Gregg Evans The Public Lands Department in coordination with Real Estate Services is requesting a budget amendment in the amount of $405,000 that will utilize Parks Impact Fees to fund the acquisition of 1.09 acres of open space. A-6: Pedestrian Bridge Over the Surplus Canal at Glendale Golf Course GF One-time $250,000.00 Golf One-time $250,000.00 Department: CAN Prepared By: Mark Stephens, Dawn Valente For questions, please include Mark Stephens, Dawn Valente and Tammy Hunsaker The United States Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) and Salt Lake County Flood Control (SLCoFC) identified multiple unpermitted encroachment violations along the Surplus Canal located within the geographic boundaries of Salt Lake City. Resolution of these encroachment violations were shared between SLC Public Utilities, SLC Engineering and the SLC Airport. One of the major encroachment violations assigned to SLC Engineering was the permitting and erosion control of an existing, previously constructed pedestrian bridge at the Glendale Golf Course spanning the Surplus Levee Canal. The above-mentioned USACE design review process and approvals have taken years, and until recently Engineering did not know when the final USACE would be approved. Now that the USACE has provided approval, project bidding and construction is considered urgent, and as such, obtaining funding through a budget amendment process has been deemed the best approach in lieu of waiting for the next Capital Asset Planning process. The $250,000 requested in this amendment is to cover construction costs associated with installing the erosion control rip-rap revetment under the existing bridge surrounding the piles driven into the canal that support the bridge structure above. USACE requires the placement of this revetment t o treat existing erosion and to prevent further erosion around the pedestrian bridge piles that support the structure. This will also ensure and protect the structural integrity of the Surplus Canal banks. Increases to flood insurance costs could be incurred by surrounding residents and businesses if the City does not address this violation. Part of the reason for the emergency is that as the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) updates their Flood Insurance Rate Maps (FIRM) based on levee conditions reported by USACE, any lacking levee deficiency , such as the one to be rectified by the proposed project, poses the risk for flood insurance rates to be increased for those properties, homes and businesses protected by the levee. A-7: Moved to Housekeeping as D-6 A-8: Withdrawn Salt Lake City FY 2025-26 Budget Amendment #4 Initiative Number/Name Fund One-time or Ongoing Amount 4 A-9: Public Services Facilities Division: Old Library Immediate Facility Needs GF One-time $195,000.00 Department: Public Services Prepared By: JP Goates, Josh Lander, Kimberley Schmeling For questions, please include Jorge Chamorro, JP Goates, Josh Lander and Kimberley Schmeling Maintenance activities began in September of this year with miscellaneous repairs for The Leonardo, but when the building was vacated by the tenant and turned over to the City, activities have ramped up and have included but have not been limited to: - grounds maintenance, - repairs to doors, plumbing, electrical and mechanical systems, - janitorial and moving services, and - security. Work on these items needs to continue at a minimum to keep the building functional and secure. Public Services is requesting $195,000 to continue maintenance and security efforts. The largest of these expenses will be $130,000 for security access and camera installations; the remaining funding will be for the maintenance expenses listed above. Security updates have been deemed necessary because the building’s existing access control system is outdated and in need of repair. In addition, the city no longer has licensing for Mellennium, which means City badges cannot be programmed to work with the existing system. Also, since this is a City building, the City’s Security Director has requested that cameras be installed to monitor the site. A-10: Backhoe for Public Services Streets Division & Tractor for Public Lands Parks Division GF One-time $292,819.00 Fleet One-time $292,819.00 Department: Public Services Prepared By: Julie Crookston, Kimberley Schmeling For questions, please include Jorge Chamorro, Julie Crookston and Kimberley Schmeling Two assets -- one in Public Lands and one in Streets -- have recently experienced severe and unrepairable breaks. Public Lands Tractor – This asset had a catastrophic break occur recently. It will cost about $7,000 to repair. However, prior to the break the estimated value of the asset was no more than $1,000 due to its age and continued heavy use. The tractor was originally purchased in 2008 and has been eligible for replacement since August 2023. Due to volume of assets needing replaced, both in Public Lands and throughout the City, replacement of other older or more critical assets have taken priority. Of the 52 assets Public Lands needed replaced, this tractor was originally 37 th on the list in order of seniority. Fleet and Public Lands have now determined this tractor needs to be replaced as soon as possible, rather than waiting for the FY 2027 replacement cycle. Parks District 1 (serving Pioneer Park, Riverside Park, Cottonwood Park, etc.) uses this asset heavily since it has many different attachments which allow it to be used for a variety of tasks. For example, it is used in the spring as a seed spreader and fertilizer. In the fall, it is used as a leaf collector, leaf blower, and a sweeper. In the summer it functions as a backup mower. There are no rental options available for this type of tractor. It is imperative this asset is replaced with one that is compatible with all the attachments we already own. Fleet has committed all of the FY 2026 replacement funding and is unable to cover the cost of replacing this asset. Likewise, Public Lands does not have enough projected end-of-year savings to cover the cost. The cost of replacing the tractor is $55,819. The lead time for this asset is a minimum of three months . Streets Backhoe – This asset also suffered a catastrophic break. The current estimated value of the backhoe prior to the break was about $27,000. The repairs needed are estimated to cost over $40,000, and due to the nature of the required repairs, it is likely there will continue to be repair issues with this asset even after the repairs. As such, it is not economical to repair the backhoe. Salt Lake City FY 2025-26 Budget Amendment #4 Initiative Number/Name Fund One-time or Ongoing Amount 5 This asset was not projected to be eligible for replacement until 2027. After review, it was determined there was no abuse by the users, and the asset was being used appropriately and for its intended purpose. This asset is heavily utilized, creating a large amount of wear and tear. It has been operated by the concrete crews as they repair concrete throughout the City and is vital to their work excavating damaged concrete prior to pouring new concrete. Th is asset needs to be replaced as soon as possible rather than waiting for the FY 2027 replacement cycle. There are no rental options available for this exact size, and a smaller backhoe would greatly decrease efficiency of the team, creating a reduction of service. Fleet has committed all FY 2026 replacement funding and is unable to cover the cost of replacing this asset. Likewise, Streets does not have enough projected end-of-year savings to cover the cost. The cost of replacing the backhoe is $237,000. In the backup documentation quotes for both assets are provided. Public Services is also requesting a straw poll for this BA, to allow the orders to be placed as soon as possible, and thus delivered as quickly as possible. A-11: Old Library, Plaza 349 and Justice Courts Capital Improvements CIP One-time $5,498,741.00 GF One-Time 889,800.00 Department: Public Services Prepared By: Jorge Chamorro, JP Goates, Kimberley Schmeling For questions, please include Jorge Chamorro, JP Goates and Kimberley Schmeling To support internal growth, with the most pressing one being the addition of a new judge and their supportive staff at the Justice Courts building, and to address space constraints in several City offices, the City plans to reinvest in three key facilities: the Old Library, Plaza 349 and Justice Courts. This initiative may include completing essential infrastructure upgrades (elevators, HVAC, etc.) at the Old Library (former Leonardo museum), converting into a mixed-use space including City offices on the third floor and classrooms, meeting, and gallery space on the second floor, and additional administrative offices on the first floor. It also includes addressing aging systems at Plaza 349 and supporting the relocation of certain Justice Courts staff. This will allow time for the City to explore alternatives to adequately house the Justice Courts. The Department intends to utilize the interest accrued from the tax-exempt bond. Upon review, it has been determined that the above-mentioned project costs are eligible to be covered by bond interest proceeds. The Architectural team has prepared a high-level estimate of $5,498,741. The project includes interior renovations to accommodate the Justice Courts ($300,000), critical repairs to the elevators ($250,000), storm dr ainage ($36,000), and tech ($75,000). Permits will cost $45,000. Design, engineering and project management ($822,941), and construction/general contracting, and contingencies ($3,080,000) make up the bulk of the expense. F urniture, fixtures and equipment (FF+E) expenses ($889,800) round out the budget. The FF+E will not be included in bond interest financing and will be supported by General Fund Fund Balance. A-12: Trailer for Public Services Streets Division GF One-time ($58,000.00) GF One-time $58,000.00 Fleet One-time $58,000.00 Department: Public Services Prepared By: Julie Crookston, James Aguilar, Kimberley Schmeling For questions, please include Jorge Chamorro, Julie Crookston, James Aguilar and Kimberley Schmeling A trailer used by the Streets division in Public Services has suffered a permanent break. The metal frame has cracked and is unrepairable. This trailer is a critical piece of equipment used by Streets' asphalt crews to haul equipment to roadways when they are performing more robust asphalt repairs, such as repairing larger than normal potholes and doing inlays. This asset was not projected to be eligible for replacement until 2027. After a review it was determined there was no abuse by the users, and the asset was being used appropriately and for its intended purpose. This asset is heavily utilized, Salt Lake City FY 2025-26 Budget Amendment #4 Initiative Number/Name Fund One-time or Ongoing Amount 6 thus creating a large amount of wear and tear. Fleet has committed all the FY 2026 replacement funding and is unable to cover the cost of replacing this asset this year. Streets is currently projected to have enough end -of-year savings to cover the cost of replacing this trailer. This amendment is to transfer $58,000 from Streets to Fleet cover the cost of replacing the asset. A-13: Funding for Gap in Homeless Resource Center Grant Funding for Salaries GF Ongoing $292,833.00 Department: Police Prepared By: David Pond, Shellie Dietrich For questions, please include Chief Redd, Shellie Dietrich and David Pond Budget for HRC mitigation officer salary portion not covered by the State HRC grant $292,833. The amount of funding awarded for the FY 2026 HRC mitigation grant to cover the 19.0 employees is $2,735,048 which was a reduction of $210,909 from FY 2025 funded at $2,945,957. The total estimated personnel cost is $3,027,881 requiring a budget of $292,833 for FY 2026 general fund. The existing funding provides for 19 FTE's, which is three squads and a supervising Lieutenant. To maintain functionality at the Homeless Resource Center, Police needs to keep staffing at this level. A-14: Police Overtime Funding in FY 2026 GF Ongoing $3,810,941.00 Department: Police Prepared By: David Pond, Shellie Dietrich For questions, please include Chief Redd, Shellie Dietrich and David Pond The police department is requesting additional funding to cover overtime expense. This cost is currently budgeted at $3,993,611 and the department does not have anticipated vacancy savings to cover overtime. The total overtime in FY 2026 is not expected to reach the FY 2025 total cost of $8,244,009 but is trending at the FY 2024 actuals of $7,804,990. The police department utilizes overtime to manage shift coverage in the heavy summer months, provide mitigation, proactive enforcement, and staff special events. In FY 2025, the department had an overtime budget of $6 ,886,430 and utilized vacancy savings to cover the additional costs above budget. This year the department does not anticipate vacancy savings and is requesting additional budget of $3,810,941. With the changes in the department organization structure, staff, and staffing levels; the department is working to make long-term improvements to reduce the need for overtime at this level. This will take time, and this budget item is a one- time request with the intention to support the remainder of FY 2026. The police department is requesting additional funds to cover overtime. Ongoing: $2,493,611 Funded in MRB: $1,500,000 FY 26 Budget $3,993,611 FY 26 Expense to date: $3,301,926 FY 26 Trending $7,804,553 FY 26 additional funds needed $3,810,941 Salt Lake City FY 2025-26 Budget Amendment #4 Initiative Number/Name Fund One-time or Ongoing Amount 7 A-15: Police Retirements Cost GF One-time $977,286.00 Department: Police Prepared By: David Pond, Shellie Dietrich For questions, please include Chief Redd, Shellie Dietrich and David Pond The police department is requesting additional funding to cover retirement payouts. This cost is not currently budgeted, and the department does not have anticipated vacancy savings to cover this cost. Personnel costs for Retirement and severance: Retirement and Severance Payout Amount through 10/31 $805,286 Known Pending Retirements through 1/31/2026 $172,000 Total $977,286 A-16: Police Mobile Command Center GF One-time $1,000,000 Fleet One-time $1,000,000 Department: Police Prepared By: David Pond, Shellie Dietrich For questions, please include Chief Redd, Shellie Dietrich and David Pond A mobile command center is needed by the police department to manage on scene response and presence at natural disasters, large scale events, events with long durations, special events and protests. A lead time of 1 year requires budget in FY 2026 to facilitate delivery and availability for large events scheduled for Early 2027. Mobile Command Center (MCC) - The police department is requesting one-time funding to acquire a mobile command center. The estimated cost is $1,000,000. This funding request seeks support for the acquisition of a Mobile Command Center (MCC) to significantly improve the operational capabilities the Police Department. The MCC will serve as a critical asset in managing emergencies, coordinating multi-agency responses, and ensuring public safety during high-risk incidents and large-scale events. The investment aligns with city and state priorities for public safety, emergency preparedness, community resilience and the Public Safety Plan. Our jurisdiction faces a growing number of complex public safety challenges, including: • Natural disasters (earthquakes, wildfires, floods, severe weather) • Mass casualty incidents and active shooter events • Large public gatherings and civil disturbances • Infrastructure failures and cybersecurity threats Having a MCC will provide the tools necessary to meet those challenges and: • Enhance emergency response times and coordination. • Improve situational awareness and decision-making during critical incidents. • Provide a secure and centralized location for command operations. • Increase community engagement and visibility during public events. • Increase public confidence in law enforcement preparedness. Currently, Salt Lake City Police lacks a mobile, self-sufficient platform to coordinate field operations during such events. The police department had a motorhome which was recently disposed of by fleet that was purchased used in 2001 that hasn’t been functional or operable for a year. As a result, the department relies on neighboring local or state agencies for use of a command center during critical incidents. While the fire department has a mobile command center, in a major response to a disaster, critical incident or major event, both departments will need on-scene command capabilities to Salt Lake City FY 2025-26 Budget Amendment #4 Initiative Number/Name Fund One-time or Ongoing Amount 8 manage resources and response. This request ensures both departments can operate independently and effectively during major incidents. This gap limits our ability to respond swiftly, communicate effectively, and manage resources efficiently in dynamic environments. The Mobile Command Center represents a strategic investment in public safety infrastructure. With support for funding, the Police Department will be better equipped to protect lives, property, and critical infrastructure during emergencies and high-risk events. The Police Department respectfully requests consideration for funding to support this vital initiative. A-17: Justice Court, City Prosecutor's Office and Legal Defenders Association (LDA) Staffing Increases GF Ongoing $189,749.00 IMS One-time $9,000.00 Department: Justice Court / Attorney’s Office Prepared By: Ben Luedtke For questions, please include Ben Luedtke, Cindy Lou Trishman, Mark Kittrell, Kathryn Fairchild Justice Court, City Prosecutor's Office, and Legal Defenders Association (LDA) Staffing Increases ($189,749 from General Fund Balance of which $174,220 is ongoing for personnel, $6,529 is ongoing for Justice Court operations, and $9,000 is one-time to the IMS Fund for computers) The Administration is proposing funding to add a total of 11 FTEs across the three offices including four FTEs at the Justice Court, four FTEs at the City Prosecutor’s Office, and funding for three FTEs at the LDA (who are not City employees). If this item is approved as proposed plus a sixth judge, then the FY2027 annual budget would need $1,554,826 to cover the fully loaded annual costs. Details of the proposed positions and costs are provided below and grouped by each of the three offices. Simultaneously adding staff capacity in all three offices to address increasing workload is the recommended approach because there are multiple interdependencies between the offices. Since annual budget deliberations in the spring, case filings continued to grow especially for criminal cases and criminal hearings which have exceeded pre-pandemic levels. The additional staff proposed would reduce workload per employee to support service levels. Sixth Justice Court Judge It’s important to note that funding for a sixth judge is not included in this budget amendment because the appointment process is estimated to take six months and would exceed the current fiscal year period. The Administration is requesting the Council’s approval for a sixth judge, FTE to begin the hiring and appointment process. Funding for a sixth judge would be included in the FY2027 annual budget and has a fully loaded estimated cost of $266,447. Earlier this year, in August the Administration recommended and in October the Council adopted an ordinance amendment to City Code Chapter 2.84 to allow future expansion of judgeships at the Justice Court including a sixth judge. The State Judicial Council also authorized a sixth judge at the City’s Justice Court. Per City Code, the Mayor appoints a Justice Court judge, and they are then confirmed by the City Council. Per Utah Code, justice court judges serve for a six-year term. A total of $112,714 to the Justice Court The Justice Court is proposed to receive $97,185 for three new FTEs, $9,000 for three computers, and $6,529 for increased operating costs to mostly cover more interpreters and several smaller expenses. The total number of FTEs in the Justice Court would increase to 48 FTEs (9% increase including the sixth judge). If all the positions and operational costs are approved including a sixth judge, then the FY2027 annual budget would need $630,411. - $50,891 ongoing to cover four months of a new Clerk of Court which is a new position at the Justice Court (see the attached HR approved job description), and $3,000 one-time for a computer. The fully loaded annual cost of the position is estimated at $152,672. This position would function like a department deputy director which the Justice Court does not currently have. Salt Lake City FY 2025-26 Budget Amendment #4 Initiative Number/Name Fund One-time or Ongoing Amount 9 - $46,294 ongoing to cover three months for two direct support Judicial Assistants Level 2 ($23,147 each), and $6,000 one-time for three computers. The fully loaded annual cost of the positions is estimated at $185,177 ($92,589 each). These judicial assistants would work directly with the sixth Justice Court judge providing administrative support. The funding is proposed for three months to allow time for the new supervisor position (Clerk of Court) to be hired one month earlier and to allow six-months training before the sixth judge is appointed. - $6,529 ongoing to cover three months of increased operational costs which would mostly be used for interpreter services. The funds may also be used for several other expenses such as jury fees, equipment maintenance, printing and postage among others. The FY2027 annual budget would need $26,115 to cover a full year of the increased operational costs. A total of $43,920 to the City Prosecutor’s Office The City Prosecutor’s Office is proposed to receive $43,920 for four new FTEs. Funding for computers is included in the operations fee paid by the City under the interlocal agreement with the County to manage the City Prosecutor’s Office. The total number of FTEs in the office would increase to 36 FTEs (13% increase). If all the positions are approved, then the FY2027 annual budget would need $527,041 to fully cover the annual cost. - $33,699 ongoing to cover one month for three Associate Prosecutors ($11,233 each). The fully loaded annual cost of the positions is estimated at $404,383 ($134,794 each). These positions would help reduce the per attorney caseload. - $10,221 ongoing to cover one month for a Paralegal. The fully loaded annual cost of the position is estimated at $122,657. Attorneys have absorbed some paralegal work to fit within staffing limits so adding this position would free up time for attorneys to work on other matters. This position would support discovery, screenings, and diversion efforts. A total of $33,115 to the Legal Defenders Association (LDA) The LDA is proposed to receive $33,115 for three new positions which are not City employees; this additional funding would be added to the annual Nondepartmental line-item for the LDA contract with the City. If all the positions are approved, then the FY2027 annual budget would need $397,374 to fully cover the annual cost. This would increase the total contract amount to $2,191,184 (22% increase). - $25,467 ongoing to cover one month for two Attorneys ($12,734 each). The fully loaded annual cost of the positions is estimated at $305,607 ($152,804 each). These positions would help reduce the per attorney caseload. Legal defenders are not involved in every case; the LDA doesn’t get involved in cases that are resolved before appointment and are not usually appointed on cases that involve only infraction level charges . - $7,647 ongoing to cover one month for a Case Manager. The fully loaded annual cost of the position is estimated at $91,767. The case manager would support the Familiar Faces Court and diversion efforts including Project Rio. - Salt Lake City FY 2025-26 Budget Amendment #4 Initiative Number/Name Fund One-time or Ongoing Amount 10 A-18: Parking Way-finding Signage GF One-time $584,495.00 Department: CAN Prepared By: Mary Beth Thompson For questions, please include Kyle Cook, Jorge Chamorro, James Aguilar, Orion Goff and Tammy Hunsaker Design options have been developed for parking wayfinding signage where it needs replacement or has been deemed necessary. There were originally 54 way-finding signs downtown. Of the original 54 signs, only 17 are still in service. Public Services/Streets do not have the equipment necessary to produce these large signs. As such, Transportation/Engineering must find a third party to refurbish or produce and place the signs. A vinyl overlay can be used on the 17 existing signs for a cost of $3,100 per sign amounting to a total of $52,700, although that isn’t considered the most attractive option. The preferred option would be to refurbish the 17 signs at a cost of $4,900 per sign, for a total of $83,300. This option would be a full refurbishment of the signs that would leave no evidence of the previous sign graphics. Additionally, there may also be a need to refurbish some of the foundations of the 17 existing signs at a cost of $1700 each. Once the preferred approach to refurbish the signs is determined by the Council, the balance of $584,495 can be used toward new signs at a cost of $12,400 each. A-19: Withdrawn Prior to Transmittal A-20: Funding for Fisher Mansion CIP One-time $500,000.00 Department: Mayor’s Office Prepared By: Mary Beth Thompson For questions, please include Mary Beth Thompson, Jill Love and Jorge Chamorro CIP funding is being requested for the Fisher Mansion to be used for projects that include replacing the exterior skylight, repairing interior plaster cracks, refinishing soffits and fascia, and restoring deteriorated sandstone porch elements. It would also include installing new wood floors over a new subfloor that is already under contract. A lternatively, the budget could be focused solely on restoring as many doors and windows as possible. Full restoration of doors and windows is estimated to exceed the available budget. Section B: Grants for Existing Staff Resources Section C: Grants for New Staff Resources Section D: Housekeeping D-1: Legislative Affairs Operations Funding GF Ongoing $80,000.00 Department: Attorney Prepared By: Cindy Lou Trishman For questions, please include Cindy Lou Trishman Amending the budget to include the previously provided $80,000 to Legislative Affairs for operating costs. Costs include state capital access, parking needs, travel, professional development, and event support. D-2: Engineering Planning and Design Housekeeping and Expansion GF Ongoing ($350,000.00) GF Ongoing $350,000.00 Department: CAN Prepared By: Mark Stephens, Julianne Sabula Salt Lake City FY 2025-26 Budget Amendment #4 Initiative Number/Name Fund One-time or Ongoing Amount 11 For questions, please include Tammy Hunsaker, Mark Stephens and Julianne Sabula In the annual budget, as part of the Ongoing Commitments a transfer of $350,000 was set up to be made from General Fund to the CIP fund. It was determined for FY 2026 that it would be better housed in the Non -Departmental cost center within the general fund, however the accounting for the transfer did not get corrected. This budget amendment first needs to correct the "transfer to CIP fund" to an operational expense in the Non-Departmental cost center. This portion of the BA request is simply housekeeping. In addition to the housekeeping request, the Administration is requesting clarification on the types of projects that these funds can be used for. In the current budget, these funds are called, “Planning and Design” and have been intended to facilitate the planning and design of CIP projects prior to construction. For purposes of clarity, the Administration is requesting that these funds be used not only to develop design documents and cost estimates but expanded to include creating and updating master plans and other plans that are required by federal or state requirements. D-3: Refuse Fund Carry Revenue Budget for Lease Agreement Refuse One-time $0.00 Department: Sustainability Prepared By: Debbie Lyons For questions, please include Debbie Lyons, Chris Bell and Ammon Jacobsmeyer The Sustainability Department is requesting $8,918,482 in revenue for the Refuse Fund. As part of BA#1, the revenues to offset expenses were not accounted for. Budget is required in order to realize financing revenue to enter lease agreements for the new Waste & Recycling collection vehicles we expect to receive in FY 2026. D-4: Community Events - Rescope GF One-Time $0.00 Department: Administration Prepared By: Mary Beth Thompson For questions, please include Mary Beth Thompson This item is to rescope $400,000 budgeted in NonDepartmental from Open Streets as follows: $100,000 for the DTA Blocks program; $200,000 for the watch party; and $100,000 for America 250 events. Unused funds will drop to fund balance. Money is being raising to support these events. D-5: Streets GO Bonds Interest Reallocation for FY 2025-26 CIP One-time ($1,735,515.83) CIP One-time $1,735,515.83 Department: CAN Prepared By: Dawn Valente, Dustin Petersen For questions, please include Dawn Valente, Dustin Petersen and Brent Beck This budget amendment is requesting to allocate the interest from FY 2025 BA#2 for Streets GO bonds in the amount of $1,735,515.83, in addition to any interest which will accrue while processing the invoice reallocations and bond draws from July 1, 2025 through the remainder of the fiscal year June 30, 2026, to be used to fund additional rebuilds of city streets as determined by the Engineering Division's Six Year Pavement Plan and deliberations of the Roadway Selection Committee. Engineering would like to request a straw poll for this housekeeping reallocation. Once approved, Engineering will need to do journal entries to reallocate costs for Treasury to do the bond draws for the bonds that have expired. Then if there is residual interest, another budget amendment will be needed for the remaining unallocated interest, along with additional invoices to be reallocated so the totality of these bonds can be spent. Waiting for the bond draws will incur additional earned interest which may be subject to arbitrage and the potential loss of funding for more roadway rebuilds. Salt Lake City FY 2025-26 Budget Amendment #4 Initiative Number/Name Fund One-time or Ongoing Amount 12 One project that Engineering is looking to fund after the reallocation funding is complete is the 1700 East reconstruction from 1700 South to 2100 South which was on the original reconstruction list but had to be pulled due to funding shortage in the 2018 GO Bond series. Engineering and Transportation are working alongside Public Utilities to coordinate their storm drainage project along 1700 East within and ahead of our road construction project limits, as well as the Highland High Reconstruction that the school board will be doing over the next few years. This should be another success story like 2100 South reconstruction where Engineering is able to install all the upgraded sewer and water lines for Public Utilities as part of the roadway construction project to accommodate forthcoming private development capacity needs without having to tear up new pavement within a few years. This collaboration with the City’s internal Departments/Divisions and external entities is saving taxpayer dollars. D-6: California Avenue Safety Improvements Rescope CIP One-time $0.00 Department: CAN Prepared By: Julianne Sabula For questions, please include Julianne Sabula, Jon Larsen and Tammy Hunsaker City Council funded a constituent requested project in the fall of 2024 to improve pedestrian safety in the Glendale neighborhood. The project proposed to relocate curb and gutter to widen sidewalks and reduce the pedestrian crossing distance on California Avenue, between Glendale Drive and Concord St, along with other safety improvements. During the civil design work, it was discovered that relocating the curb and gutter would be more expensive than anticipated to allow proper drainage of the relatively flat elevation. Transportation is requesting to rescope funding to allow other improvements, as well as to expand the project area to include two nearby schools. Potential improvements could include landscaping, lighting, traffic calming, pedestrian safety i mprovements and/or school crosswalk. Adequate funds are available to address these items, but the Council needs to approve the budget rescope. D-7: CPTED Streetlighting– GF to CIP Transfer CIP One-Time $300,000 Department: Finance Prepared By: Mike Atkinson As part of the annual budget, the $300,000 was not recognized in key chances with the adoption of the CIP Budget. This action is to recognize this item. Section E: Grants Requiring No New Staff Resources E-1: Trail Maintenance for Salt Lake City Portion of the Jordan River Trail Misc Grants One-time $57,000.00 Department: Finance Prepared By: Amy Dorsey, Julianne Sabula For questions, please include Amy Dorsey and Julianne Sabula This budget amendment is to recognize the City's funding availability grant award in the amount of $57,600 for the purpose of removing dead and dying trees and other woody vegetation to improve navigability, safety and beautification of the Jordan River between 1700 South and 900 South. Section F: Donations Section G: Consent Agenda Consent Agenda # Salt Lake City FY 2025-26 Budget Amendment #4 Initiative Number/Name Fund One-time or Ongoing Amount 13 Section I: Council Added Items This page has intentionally been left blank Impact Fees - Summary Data pulled 06/30/2025 Unallocated Budget Amounts: by Major Area Area Cost Center Notes: 8484001 1,697,464$ 8484002 685,449$ B 8484003 12,723,823$ C Impact fee - Streets 8484005 1,615,373$ D 16,722,109$ Expiring Amounts: by Major Area, by Month 202407 (Jul2024)2025Q1 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 202408 (Aug2024)2025Q1 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 202409 (Sep2024)2025Q1 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 202410 (Oct2024)2025Q2 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 202411 (Nov2024)2025Q2 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 202412 (Dec2024)2025Q2 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 202501 (Jan2025)2025Q3 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 202502 (Feb2025)2025Q3 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 202503 (Mar2025)2025Q3 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 202504 (Apr2025)2025Q4 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 202505 (May2025)2025Q4 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 202506 (Jun2025)2025Q4 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Current Month 202507 (Jul2025)2026Q1 202508 (Aug2025)2026Q1 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 202509 (Sep2025)2026Q1 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 202510 (Oct2025)2026Q2 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 202511 (Nov2025)2026Q2 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 202512 (Dec2025)2026Q2 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 202601 (Jan2026)2026Q3 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 202602 (Feb2026)2026Q3 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 202603 (Mar2026)2026Q3 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 202604 (Apr2026)2026Q4 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 202605 (May2026)2026Q4 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 202606 (Jun2026)2026Q4 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 202607 (Jul2026)2027Q1 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 202608 (Aug2026)2027Q1 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 202609 (Sep2026)2027Q1 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 202610 (Oct2026)2027Q2 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 202611 (Nov2026)2027Q2 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 202612 (Dec2026)2027Q2 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 202701 (Jan2027)2027Q3 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 202702 (Feb2027)2027Q3 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 202703 (Mar2027)2027Q3 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 202704 (Apr2027)2027Q4 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 202705 (May2027)2027Q4 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 202706 (Jun2027)2027Q4 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 202707 (Jul2027)2028Q1 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 202708 (Aug2027)2028Q1 16,511$ -$ -$ -$ 16,511$ 202709 (Sep2027)2028Q1 43,763$ -$ -$ -$ 43,763$ 202710 (Oct2027)2028Q2 52,548$ -$ 1,089,717$ -$ 1,142,265$ 202711 (Nov2027)2028Q2 9,554$ -$ 923,400$ -$ 932,954$ 202712 (Dec2027)2028Q2 65,118$ -$ 2,931,110$ -$ 2,996,228$ 202801 (Jan2028)2028Q3 2,736$ -$ 91,357$ -$ 94,093$ 202802 (Feb2028)2028Q3 15,159$ -$ 189,853$ -$ 205,012$ 202803 (Mar2028)2028Q3 14,776$ -$ 466,744$ -$ 481,520$ 202804 (Apr2028)2028Q4 34,298$ -$ 1,383,521$ -$ 1,417,819$ 202805 (May2028)2028Q4 22,990$ -$ 881,420$ -$ 904,410$ 202806 (Jun2028)2028Q4 20,966$ -$ 124,361$ -$ 145,327$ Total, Currently Expiring through Jun 2028 298,418$ -$ 8,081,483$ -$ 8,379,901$ FY 2 0 2 5 Calendar Month FY 2 0 2 6 FY 2 0 2 7 FY 2 0 2 8 Fiscal Quarter E = A + B + C + D Total Impact Fees (Page 1) Data pulled 06/30/2025 AAA BBB CCC DDD = AAA - BBB - CCC Fire Allocation Budget Amended Allocation Encumbrances YTD Expenditures Allocation Remaining Appropriation Budget Amount Values Description Cost Center FY24B4A6-3036-Fire Station 1 Fencing 130,275$ -$ -$ 130,275$ 8419202 3,079$ -$ 3,021$ 58$ 8423004 29,000$ -$ 1,540$ 27,460$ Grand Total Parks Allocation Budget Allocation Encumbrances YTD Expenditures Remaining Description Cost Center Allocation Budget Allocation Allocation YTD Sum of Parks Allocation Remaining Appropriation FY24CIP-3037-337 Park Development 550,000$ -$ -$ 550,000$ FY25B1D15-3037-Folsom Trail Landscapin 1,000,000$ -$ -$ 1,000,000$ FY25B1D15-3037-Glendale Park Phase 2 11,350,000$ 848,724$ 1,585,115$ 8,916,161$ FY25B1D15-3037-Liberty Park All Abilities 2,000,000$ -$ -$ 2,000,000$ FY25B1D15-3037-Warm Springs & North G 1,000,000$ -$ -$ 1,000,000$ 8416005 1,733$ 855$ 1,733$ (855)$ 8423406 287,848$ -$ 8,420$ 279,428$ 8420136 149,953$ (124,185)$ 151,104$ 123,034$ FY25CIP-3037-Amplifying Our Jordan Rive 1,300,000$ -$ -$ 1,300,000$ 8418005 262,043$ -$ 82,796$ 179,248$ FY24CIP-3037-Cottonwood Park Trailhead 648,000$ -$ -$ 648,000$ 8420424 240,239$ -$ 143,325$ 96,914$ 8418002 23,262$ -$ 19,638$ 3,624$ FY25CIP-3037-Equal Grounds Project (Cali 86,200$ -$ -$ 86,200$ FY FY25CIP-3037-Fairmont Park Basketball C 678,600$ -$ -$ 678,600$ FY24CIP-3037-Fire Station No. 7 Tennis an 416,150$ -$ -$ 416,150$ 8421401 132,208$ -$ 123,813$ 8,396$ 8420430 125,740$ -$ 125,495$ 245$ 8423408 499,457$ -$ 5,511$ 493,946$ 8423450 4,350,000$ 542,000$ 3,788,200$ 19,800$ 8422406 2,246,982$ (8,929)$ 1,850,202$ 405,709$ C 8422408 513,788$ -$ 513,788$ 0$ 8422410 315,770$ -$ 156,146$ 159,624$ 8420406 54,808$ -$ -$ 54,808$ 8423005 29,000$ -$ 1,540$ 27,460$ 8419103 6,398$ -$ -$ 6,398$ FY24CIP-3037-Jefferson Park Improvemen 530,000$ -$ -$ 530,000$ 8420134 404,139$ -$ 15,108$ 389,031$ 8422414 475,079$ -$ 14,844$ 460,235$ 8417018 1,570$ -$ -$ 1,570$ 8417017 2,946$ -$ -$ 2,946$ 8423409 299,269$ -$ 220,000$ 79,269$ 8417011 60,928$ -$ 60,928$ -$ 8423451 996,905$ 84,133$ 432,000$ 480,772$ 8423407 864,449$ -$ -$ 864,449$ 8423452 450,000$ -$ 33,140$ 416,860$ 8423453 300,000$ -$ -$ 300,000$ Parks Bilingual Signage Installation FY24CIP-3037-Parks Bilingual Signage Ins 331,200$ -$ -$ 331,200$ Park's Consultant's Contract 8419204 2,638$ -$ 2,596$ 42$ Parley's Trail Design & Constr 8417012 327,678$ -$ -$ 327,678$ Pioneer Park 8419150 3,052,938$ 574,411$ 1,128,751$ 1,349,776$ Playground Shade FY25CIP-3037-Playground Shade 500,000$ -$ -$ 500,000$ Pocket Park Community Space - Jake Garn FY25CIP-3037-Pocket Park Community Sp 330,000$ -$ -$ 330,000$ Poplar Grove Park Full Court Basketball FY24CIP-3037-Poplar Grove Park Full Cour 253,500$ -$ 8,182$ 245,319$ RAC Playground Phase II 8423405 521,564$ -$ -$ 521,564$ RAC Playground with Shade Sail 8422415 178,298$ -$ 63,456$ 114,842$ Redwood Meadows Park Dev 8417014 9,350$ -$ -$ 9,350$ Rich Park Comm Garden 8420138 12,431$ -$ -$ 12,431$ Riverside Park Pathway Loop FY25CIP-3037-Riverside Park Pathway Loo 530,000$ -$ -$ 530,000$ Rose Park Neighborhood Center 8423403 157,280$ -$ 157,280$ -$ Rosewood Dog Park 8417013 1,056$ -$ -$ 1,056$ SLC Foothills Land Acquisition 8422413 319,139$ -$ 14,175$ 304,964$ SLC Foothills Trailhead Develo 8422412 1,241,318$ -$ 112,726$ 1,128,592$ Street Futsal Courts 1:1 Match FY25CIP-3037-Street Futsal Courts 1:1 Ma 350,000$ -$ -$ 350,000$ Three Creeks West Bank New Par 8422403 150,736$ -$ -$ 150,736$ Trailhead Prop Acquisition 8421403 21,830$ -$ -$ 21,830$ UTGov Ph2 Foothill Trails 8420420 120,893$ -$ -$ 120,893$ Wasatch Hollow Improvements 8420142 431,860$ -$ 11,481$ 420,378$ Waterpark Redevelopment Plan 8421402 1,705$ 1,705$ -$ -$ Grand Total $685,449 8484002 12,723,823$ 8484003 Impact Fees (Page 2)CONTINUED from PG1 Data pulled 06/30/2025 AAA BBB CCC DDD = AAA - BBB - CCC Police Allocation Allocation YTD Remaining Values Description Cost Center 8423003 29,000$ -$ 1,540$ 27,460$ FY24B5A6-3035-Police Impact Fee Refunds 47,592$ -$ 801$ 46,791$ Grand Total 76,592$ -$ 2,341$ 74,251$ Streets Allocation Allocation Encumbrances YTD Expenditures Remaining Description Cost Center 8422622 35,300$ -$ -$ 35,300$ 8423602 252,000$ -$ 252,000$ -$ 8422602 37,422$ -$ 37,422$ -$ 8423606 40,000$ 40,000$ -$ -$ 8422611 90,000$ 22,576$ 2,424$ 65,000$ 8418016 22,744$ -$ -$ 22,744$ 8412001 11,703$ 5,546$ 6,157$ -$ D FY25CIP-3037-5th West Commons Conversation Center(s)50,000$ -$ -$ 50,000$ FY24B3A6-3038-600/700 North Reconstruction 3,204,371$ 3,204,371$ -$ -$ FY24CIP-3038-75-Year-Old Traffic Signal Replacement 40,000$ -$ -$ 40,000$ 8422604 28,000$ -$ 28,000$ -$ 8418003 181,303$ -$ 136,936$ 44,367$ 8420120 18,699$ -$ -$ 18,699$ 8422608 25,398$ -$ 25,398$ -$ FY24B5D9-3038-FY24 Street IF Refunds 75,000$ -$ -$ 75,000$ 8406001 15,169$ 12,674$ 836$ 1,659$ FY25B5A12-3038-2025 IFFP Amendment - Streets 20,000$ -$ -$ 20,000$ 8412002 124,593$ -$ -$ 124,593$ 8422614 104,500$ -$ -$ 104,500$ FY24CIP-3038-Safer Crossings: Main St., Glendale Park, and Citywide 90,000$ -$ 1,418$ 88,582$ 8421501 340,236$ -$ 53,109$ 287,127$ 8423608 110,000$ -$ 10,000$ 100,000$ FY24CIP-3038-Transit Capital for Frequent Transit Routes / Operational Investments-FY24 110,000$ -$ 513$ 109,488$ 8420110 46,883$ -$ (1,117)$ 48,000$ 8421500 241,135$ -$ 124,786$ 116,349$ 8422620 6,316$ -$ -$ 6,316$ FY24B5A7-3038-Update of the Streets IFFP - Unappropriated Transportation Impact Fees 30,183$ -$ -$ 30,183$ FY24B5A7-3038-Update of the Streets IFFP (Rescope 8419203)29,817$ -$ -$ 29,817$ 8422619 6,500$ -$ -$ 6,500$ Grand Total Values Sum of Budget-Amended Sum of Encum- brances Sum of YTD Expenditures E = A + B + C + D $16,722,109 UnAllocated Budget Amount 1,697,464$ 8484001 1,615,373$ 8484005 This page has intentionally been left blank ATTACHMENT #1 Job Title: Clerk of Court Job Code: FLSA: Exempt Pay Rate Type: Exempt Comp Grade: Management Level: Manager Classification: EEO Code: OFFICIALS_AND_ADMINISTRATORS - (EEO-4 Job Classification) Workers Comp Code: Job Family: Job Profile Summary Under the general direction of the Court Administrator, the Clerk of Court provides high-level administrative and operational leadership for the Salt Lake City Justice Court. This position oversees daily court functions, supervises staff, ensures procedural compliance, and assists with implementing strategic and policy initiatives established by the Court Administrator and the Bench. The Clerk of Court acts as a key member of court leadership, supporting judges, staff, and partners in advancing court operations, staff development, and access to justice initiatives. Job Description TYPICAL DUTIES: • Provides direct administrative support to the Bench and Court Administrator in achieving court wide goals and implementing policies and procedures. • Oversees daily operations across all court departments, ensuring compliance with state law, Judicial Council rules, and administrative standards. • Coordinates with judges, judicial assistants, clerks, bailiffs, and other staff to maintain consistent procedures and efficient case flow management. • Disseminates up to date information to staff regarding policy and procedure changes. • Supervises assigned personnel, including hiring, onboarding, training, establishing performance expectations, providing feedback, and addressing performance issues as needed. • Conducts performance management and training needs assessments; monitors and tracks training completion and effectiveness. • Schedules and monitors workloads to assure effective staff utilization and maximum output. • Represents the interests of the court with local community leaders including representatives of various state and local government agencies. • Serves as the primary administrator for internal learning and development systems, including the city’s performance management and learning management systems • Assists in developing and implementing administrative policies, operational procedures, and long-range strategic plans in collaboration with the Court Administrator. • Prepares reports, operational analyses, and data summaries for use in management decision- making and reporting. • Participates in planning and policy discussions with judicial leadership and represents the court in committees, task forces, and external collaborations. • Oversees or coordinates internal communication, employee recognition, service awards, and other engagement or staff development programs. • Ensures effective coordination of courtroom coverage and clerical support for all proceedings. • Maintains familiarity with and ensures compliance with the Utah Code of Judicial Administration, local ordinances, and applicable state and federal regulations. • Monitors and tracks relevant legislative changes and updates, providing guidance to judges and staff on impacts to court operations and procedures. • Performs other duties as assigned. MINIMUM QUALIFICATIONS: • Graduation from an accredited college or university with a bachelor’s degree in public administration, business administration, or a closely related field. Six (6) years of directly related experience, including supervisory and management experience, or any equivalent combination of education and experience. • Knowledge of court operations, personnel management, policy implementation, and administrative coordination. • Skill in leadership, supervision, and employee development. • Ability to plan, organize, and prioritize multiple tasks under tight deadlines. • Excellent written and verbal communication skills. • Strong analytical and critical thinking abilities for evaluating workflow and implementing process improvements. • Ability to establish and maintain cooperative working relationships with judges, staff, city departments, allied agencies, and the public. • Proficiency with technology, including Google Workspace, Microsoft Office Suite, and virtual collaboration platforms (e.g., Webex). • Commitment to professionalism, confidentiality, and ethical standards in all court operations. WORKING CONDITIONS: • Work performed in an office and courtroom setting under normal conditions of light, temperature, and sound. • Exposure to stress due to multiple projects, deadlines, and interactions with individuals in emotionally charged situations. • Requires occasional travel to meetings, training, or outreach sites. The above statements are intended to describe the general nature and level of work being performed by persons assigned to this job. They are not intended to be an exhaustive list of all duties, responsibilities and skills required of personnel so classified. All requirements are subject to possible modification to reasonably accommodate individuals with disabilities. • Additional Job Description POSITION TYPE Full-Time / Part-Time / Seasonal POSITION SALARY RANGE $ - $ DEPARTMENT XX This page has intentionally been left blank SALT LAKE CITY TRANSMITTAL To:  Salt Lake City Council Chair Submission Date: 12/23/2025 Date Sent to Council: 12/24/2025 From: Department * Finance Employee Name: Hillier, Randy E-mail Randy.Hillier@slc.gov Department Director Signature Director Signed Date 12/23/2025 Chief Administrator Officer's Signature Chief Administrator Officer's Signed Date 12/24/2025 Subject: FY25 Budget Amendment #4 Additional Staff Contact: Greg Cleary, Mary Beth Thompson Presenters/Staff Table Greg Cleary: greg.cleary@slc.gov and Mary Beth Thompson: marybeth.thompson@slc.gov Document Type Ordinance Recommendation: The Administration recommends that subsequent to a public hearing, the City Council adopt the following amendments to the FY 2025 adopted budget Background/Discussion The Administration is requesting a budget amendment totaling $8,273,526 in expenses in the general fund. The amendment proposes changes in seven (7) funds, with a total revenue increase of $16,629,942 and a corresponding expenditure increase of $16,834,986. The proposal includes the addition of nine (9) general fund-funded positions. A summary spreadsheet outlining proposed budget changes is attached. The Administration requests this document be modified based on the decisions of the Council. Public Hearing Is there a City or State statutory requirement to hold a public hearing for this item?* Yes No The City Council reserves the option to hold and notice for a public hearing pursuant to their practices for public engagement. Does the City have a general practice to hold a public hearing for this item?* Yes No Public Process Public Hearing This page has intentionally been left blank SALT LAKE CITY ORDINANCE No. _____ of 2026 (Fourth amendment to the Final Budget of Salt Lake City, including the employment staffing document, for Fiscal Year 2025-2026) An Ordinance Amending Salt Lake City Ordinance No. 32 of 2025, which adopted the Final Budget of Salt Lake City, Utah, for the Fiscal Year Beginning July 1, 2025, and Ending June 30, 2026. In June of 2025, the Salt Lake City Council adopted the final budget of Salt Lake City, Utah, including the employment staffing document, effective for the fiscal year beginning July 1, 2025, and ending June 30, 2026, pursuant to the requirements of Utah Code section 10-6-118. The City’s Budget Director, acting as the City’s Budget Officer, prepared and filed with the City Recorder proposed amendments to said duly adopted budget, including the amendments to the employment staffing document necessary to effectuate the staffing changes specifically stated herein, copies of which are attached hereto, for consideration by the City Council and inspection by the public. All conditions precedent to amend said budget, including the employment staffing document as provided above, have been accomplished. Be it ordained by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah: SECTION 1. Purpose. The purpose of this Ordinance is to amend the final budget of Salt Lake City, including the employment staffing document, as approved, ratified and finalized by Salt Lake City Ordinance No. 32 of 2025. SECTION 2. Adoption of Amendments. The budget amendments, including amendments to the employment staffing document necessary to effectuate the staffing changes specifically stated herein, attached hereto and made a part of this Ordinance shall be, and the same hereby are adopted and incorporated into the budget of Salt Lake City, Utah, including the amendments to the employment staffing document described above, for the fiscal year beginning July 1, 2025, and ending June 30, 2026, in accordance with the requirements of Section 10-6-128 of the Utah Code. SECTION 3. Filing of copies of the Budget Amendments. The said Budget Officer is authorized and directed to certify and file a copy of said budget amendments, including amendments to the employment staffing document, in the office of said Budget Officer and in the office of the City Recorder which amendments shall be available for public inspection. SECTION 4. Effective Date. This Ordinance shall take effect upon adoption. Passed by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah, this ____ day of _____, 2026. Chris Wharton, Council Chair ATTEST: Keith Reynolds, City Recorder Transmitted to the Mayor on Mayor’s Action: Approved Vetoed Mayor Erin Mendenhall ATTEST: Keith Reynolds, City Recorder (SEAL) Bill No. ____ of 2026. Published Salt Lake City Attorney’s Office Approved As To Form Jaysen Oldroyd Jaysen Oldroyd This page has intentionally been left blank ATTACHMENT #1 Job Title: Clerk of Court Job Code: FLSA: Exempt Pay Rate Type: Exempt Comp Grade: Management Level: Manager Classification: EEO Code: OFFICIALS_AND_ADMINISTRATORS - (EEO-4 Job Classification) Workers Comp Code: Job Family: Job Profile Summary Under the general direction of the Court Administrator, the Clerk of Court provides high-level administrative and operational leadership for the Salt Lake City Justice Court. This position oversees daily court functions, supervises staff, ensures procedural compliance, and assists with implementing strategic and policy initiatives established by the Court Administrator and the Bench. The Clerk of Court acts as a key member of court leadership, supporting judges, staff, and partners in advancing court operations, staff development, and access to justice initiatives. Job Description TYPICAL DUTIES: • Provides direct administrative support to the Bench and Court Administrator in achieving court wide goals and implementing policies and procedures. • Oversees daily operations across all court departments, ensuring compliance with state law, Judicial Council rules, and administrative standards. • Coordinates with judges, judicial assistants, clerks, bailiffs, and other staff to maintain consistent procedures and efficient case flow management. • Disseminates up to date information to staff regarding policy and procedure changes. • Supervises assigned personnel, including hiring, onboarding, training, establishing performance expectations, providing feedback, and addressing performance issues as needed. • Conducts performance management and training needs assessments; monitors and tracks training completion and effectiveness. • Schedules and monitors workloads to assure effective staff utilization and maximum output. • Represents the interests of the court with local community leaders including representatives of various state and local government agencies. • Serves as the primary administrator for internal learning and development systems, including the city’s performance management and learning management systems • Assists in developing and implementing administrative policies, operational procedures, and long-range strategic plans in collaboration with the Court Administrator. • Prepares reports, operational analyses, and data summaries for use in management decision- making and reporting. • Participates in planning and policy discussions with judicial leadership and represents the court in committees, task forces, and external collaborations. • Oversees or coordinates internal communication, employee recognition, service awards, and other engagement or staff development programs. • Ensures effective coordination of courtroom coverage and clerical support for all proceedings. • Maintains familiarity with and ensures compliance with the Utah Code of Judicial Administration, local ordinances, and applicable state and federal regulations. • Monitors and tracks relevant legislative changes and updates, providing guidance to judges and staff on impacts to court operations and procedures. • Performs other duties as assigned. MINIMUM QUALIFICATIONS: • Graduation from an accredited college or university with a bachelor’s degree in public administration, business administration, or a closely related field. Six (6) years of directly related experience, including supervisory and management experience, or any equivalent combination of education and experience. • Knowledge of court operations, personnel management, policy implementation, and administrative coordination. • Skill in leadership, supervision, and employee development. • Ability to plan, organize, and prioritize multiple tasks under tight deadlines. • Excellent written and verbal communication skills. • Strong analytical and critical thinking abilities for evaluating workflow and implementing process improvements. • Ability to establish and maintain cooperative working relationships with judges, staff, city departments, allied agencies, and the public. • Proficiency with technology, including Google Workspace, Microsoft Office Suite, and virtual collaboration platforms (e.g., Webex). • Commitment to professionalism, confidentiality, and ethical standards in all court operations. WORKING CONDITIONS: • Work performed in an office and courtroom setting under normal conditions of light, temperature, and sound. • Exposure to stress due to multiple projects, deadlines, and interactions with individuals in emotionally charged situations. • Requires occasional travel to meetings, training, or outreach sites. The above statements are intended to describe the general nature and level of work being performed by persons assigned to this job. They are not intended to be an exhaustive list of all duties, responsibilities and skills required of personnel so classified. All requirements are subject to possible modification to reasonably accommodate individuals with disabilities. • Additional Job Description POSITION TYPE Full-Time / Part-Time / Seasonal POSITION SALARY RANGE $ - $ DEPARTMENT XX This page has intentionally been left blank Impact Fees (Page 1) Data pulled 04/30/2025 AAA BBB CCC DDD = AAA - BBB - CCC Fire Allocation Budget Amended Allocation Encumbrances YTD Expenditures Allocation Remaining Appropriation Budget Amount Values Description Cost Center 8484002 -$ -$ -$ -$ 8419202 3,079$ 3,021$ 3,021$ (2,963)$ 8423004 9,000$ -$ 1,540$ 7,460$ FY24B4A6-3036-Fire Station 1 Fencing 130,275$ -$ -$ 130,275$ B Grand Total Parks Allocation Budget Allocation Encumbrances YTD Expenditures Remaining Description Cost Center FY24CIP-3037-337 Park Development 550,000$ -$ -$ 550,000$ FY25CIP-3037-5th West Commons Conversation Center(s)50,000$ -$ -$ 50,000$ 8416005 1,733$ 855$ 1,733$ (855)$ 8423406 287,848$ 130$ 8,420$ 279,298$ 8420136 149,953$ -$ 162,067$ (12,114)$ FY25CIP-3037-Amplifying Our Jordan River Revitalization 1,300,000$ -$ -$ 1,300,000$ 8418005 262,043$ 262,043$ -$ -$ FY24CIP-3037-Cottonwood Park Trailhead and Parklet 648,000$ -$ -$ 648,000$ 8420424 240,239$ -$ 143,325$ 96,914$ 8418002 23,262$ -$ 19,638$ 3,624$ FY25CIP-3037-Equal Grounds Project (Calisthenics-Fitness Area)86,200$ -$ -$ 86,200$ FY25CIP-3037-Fairmont Park Basketball Court 678,600$ -$ -$ 678,600$ FY24CIP-3037-Fire Station No. 7 Tennis and Pickleball Court Restoration and Amenities 416,150$ -$ -$ 416,150$ 8421401 132,208$ 1,400$ 123,813$ 6,996$ FY FY25B1D15-3037-Folsom Trail Landscaping, Irrigation & Completing the Trail 1,000,000$ -$ -$ 1,000,000$ 8420430 125,740$ 66,901$ 58,839$ -$ 8423408 499,457$ -$ 5,511$ 493,946$ FY25B1D15-3037-Glendale Park Phase 2 Design & Construction 11,350,000$ 5,609,300$ 273,777$ 5,466,922$ 8423450 4,350,000$ 1,561,800$ 2,788,200$ -$ 8422406 2,246,982$ 1,228,956$ 1,018,027$ -$ 8422408 513,788$ 24,243$ 489,546$ 0$ C 8422410 315,770$ -$ 156,146$ 159,624$ 8420406 54,808$ -$ -$ 54,808$ 8423005 9,000$ -$ 1,540$ 7,460$ 8419103 6,398$ -$ -$ 6,398$ FY24CIP-3037-Jefferson Park Improvements 530,000$ -$ -$ 530,000$ 8420134 404,139$ 1,649$ 14,304$ 388,186$ 8422414 475,079$ 6,361$ 13,693$ 455,024$ 8417018 1,570$ -$ -$ 1,570$ 8417017 2,946$ -$ -$ 2,946$ FY25B1D15-3037-Liberty Park All Abilities Play Park & Playground 2,000,000$ -$ -$ 2,000,000$ 8423409 299,269$ -$ 220,000$ 79,269$ 8417011 60,928$ -$ 60,821$ 107$ 8423451 996,905$ -$ 429,207$ 567,698$ 8423407 864,449$ -$ -$ 864,449$ 8423452 450,000$ -$ 33,140$ 416,860$ 8423453 300,000$ -$ -$ 300,000$ Parks Bilingual Signage Installation FY24CIP-3037-Parks Bilingual Signage Installation 331,200$ -$ -$ 331,200$ Park's Consultant's Contract 8419204 2,638$ 2,596$ 2,596$ (2,554)$ Parley's Trail Design & Constr 8417012 327,678$ -$ -$ 327,678$ Pioneer Park 8419150 3,052,938$ 1,050,562$ 830,103$ 1,172,273$ Playground Shade FY25CIP-3037-Playground Shade 500,000$ -$ -$ 500,000$ Pocket Park Community Space - Jake Garn WFY25CIP-3037-Pocket Park Community Space - Jake Garn Way 330,000$ -$ -$ 330,000$ Poplar Grove Park Full Court Basketball Exp FY24CIP-3037-Poplar Grove Park Full Court Basketball Expansion 253,500$ -$ 8,182$ 245,319$ RAC Playground Phase II 8423405 521,564$ -$ -$ 521,564$ RAC Playground with Shade Sails 8422415 178,298$ 11,542$ 63,456$ 103,300$ Redwood Meadows Park Dev 8417014 9,350$ -$ -$ 9,350$ Rich Park Comm Garden 8420138 12,431$ -$ -$ 12,431$ Riverside Park Pathway Loop FY25CIP-3037-Riverside Park Pathway Loop 530,000$ -$ -$ 530,000$ Rose Park Neighborhood Center 8423403 157,280$ -$ 157,280$ -$ Rosewood Dog Park 8417013 1,056$ -$ -$ 1,056$ SLC Foothills Land Acquisition 8422413 319,139$ -$ 14,175$ 304,964$ SLC Foothills Trailhead Development 8422412 1,241,318$ 127,040$ 103,060$ 1,011,218$ Street Futsal Courts 1:1 Match FY25CIP-3037-Street Futsal Courts 1:1 Match 350,000$ -$ -$ 350,000$ Three Creeks West Bank New Park 8422403 150,736$ -$ -$ 150,736$ Trailhead Prop Acquisition 8421403 21,830$ -$ -$ 21,830$ UTGov Ph2 Foothill Trails 8420420 120,893$ -$ -$ 120,893$ Warm Springs & North Gateway Park FY25B1D15-3037-Warm Springs & North Gateway Park 1,000,000$ -$ -$ 1,000,000$ Wasatch Hollow Improvements 8420142 431,860$ 22,382$ 11,481$ 397,996$ Waterpark Redevelopment Plan 8421402 1,705$ 1,705$ -$ -$ Grand Total 9,160,648$ 8484003 $777,182 8484002 Impact Fees (Page 2)CONTINUED from PG1 Data pulled 04/30/2025 AAA BBB CCC DDD = AAA - BBB - CCC Police Allocation Allocation Encumbrances YTD Expenditures Allocation Remaining Appropriation Description Cost Center 8423003 9,000$ -$ 1,540$ 7,460$ FY24B5A6-3035-Police Impact Fee Refunds 47,592$ -$ -$ 47,592$ Grand Total Streets Allocation Budget Amended Allocation Encumbrances YTD Expenditures Allocation Remaining Appropriation Values Description Cost Center 8422622 35,300$ -$ -$ 35,300$ 8423602 252,000$ -$ 252,000$ -$ 8422602 37,422$ -$ 37,422$ -$ FY24B3A5-3038-2100 South Reconstruction (131,247)$ -$ (131,247)$ -$ 8423606 40,000$ 40,000$ -$ -$ 8422611 90,000$ 25,000$ -$ 65,000$ 8418016 22,744$ -$ -$ 22,744$ 8412001 11,703$ 5,685$ 6,018$ -$ D FY24B3A6-3038-600/700 North Reconstruction 3,204,371$ -$ -$ 3,204,371$ 8423305 (166)$ -$ (166)$ -$ FY24CIP-3038-75-Year-Old Traffic Signal Replacement 40,000$ -$ -$ 40,000$ 8422604 28,000$ -$ 28,000$ -$ 8418003 181,303$ -$ 136,936$ 44,367$ 8420120 18,699$ -$ -$ 18,699$ 8422608 25,398$ -$ 25,398$ -$ 8423625 (224,557)$ -$ (224,557)$ -$ 8406001 15,169$ 12,925$ 585$ 1,659$ 8412002 124,593$ -$ -$ 124,593$ 8422614 104,500$ -$ -$ 104,500$ FY24CIP-3038-Safer Crossings: Main St., Glendale Park, an 90,000$ -$ 1,418$ 88,582$ 8420125 (1,359,910)$ -$ (1,359,910)$ -$ 8421501 340,236$ -$ 53,109$ 287,127$ 8419008 (108,000)$ -$ (108,000)$ -$ 8420105 (200,000)$ -$ (200,000)$ -$ 8423608 110,000$ -$ 5,205$ 100,000$ FY24CIP-3038-Transit Capital for Frequent Transit Routes / 110,000$ -$ 513$ 109,488$ 8420110 46,883$ 11,820$ 5,480$ 29,583$ 8422620 6,316$ -$ -$ 6,316$ 8421500 241,135$ 2,558$ 118,188$ 120,388$ FY24B5A7-3038-Update of the Streets IFFP - Unappropriate 30,183$ -$ -$ 30,183$ FY24B5A7-3038-Update of the Streets IFFP (Rescope 8419 29,817$ 17,442$ -$ 12,374$ 8422619 6,500$ -$ -$ 6,500$ Grand Total Total E = A + B + C + D 15,372,660$ 3,799,855$ 8484005 UnAllocated Budget Amount 1,634,974$ 8484001 This page has intentionally been left blank DEPARTMENT OF FINANCE POLICY AND BUDGET DIVISION 451 SOUTH STATE STREET PO BOX 145467, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5455 ERIN MENDENHALL Mayor MARY BETH THOMPSON Chief Financial Officer CITY COUNCIL TRANSMITTAL ___________________________________ Date Received: _______________ Jill Love, Chief Administrative Officer Date sent to Council: __________ ______________________________________________________________________________ TO: Salt Lake City Council DATE: December 23, 2025 Chris Wharton, Chair FROM: Mary Beth Thompson, Chief Financial Officer SUBJECT: FY26 Budget Amendment #4 SPONSOR: NA STAFF CONTACT: Mary Beth Thompson, Greg Cleary DOCUMENT TYPE: Budget Amendment Ordinance RECOMMENDATION: The Administration recommends that subsequent to a public hearing, the City Council adopt the following amendments to the Fiscal Year 2026 adopted budget. BUDGET IMPACT: REVENUE EXPENSE GENERAL FUND $0.00 $8,245,928.00 FLEET FUND 1,581,719.00 1,581,719.00 CIP FUND 5,798,741.00 6,298,741.00 REFUSE FUND 8,918,482.00 0.00 GOLF FUND 250,000.00 250,000.00 IMS FUND 21,000.00 21,000.00 MISC GRANTS FUND 57,000.00 57,000.00 TOTAL $16,626,942.00 $16,454,388.00 BACKGROUND/DISCUSSION: Revenue for FY 2026 Budget Adjustments The chart below presents General Fund Projected Revenues for FY 2026. Based on revenue data across the first part of the fiscal year, it is projected that revenues will be realized at approximately $368,733 beyond the FY 2026 Adopted Budget. Revenue FY26 Annual Budget FY26 Amended Budget Projection Amended Variance Favorable/(Unfavorable) Property Taxes 148,580,334 148,580,334 148,580,334 - Sales, Use & Excise Taxes 126,026,000 126,026,000 126,000,000 (26,000) Franchise Taxes 17,220,000 17,220,000 17,339,305 119,305 Total Taxes 291,826,334 291,826,334 291,919,639 93,305 Charges For Services 6,821,820 6,821,820 5,056,754 (1,765,066) Fines & Forfeitures 3,085,827 3,085,827 3,074,937 (10,890) Interest Income 9,000,000 9,000,000 9,000,000 - Interfund Service Charges 34,569,169 34,569,169 34,574,395 5,226 Intergovernmental Revenue 6,205,000 6,205,000 6,073,983 (131,017) Licenses 21,847,694 21,847,694 22,024,495 176,801 Miscellaneous Revenue 3,838,663 3,838,663 3,808,672 (29,991) Parking Meter Revenue 3,273,255 3,273,255 3,956,050 682,795 Parking Tickets 2,200,000 2,200,000 2,200,000 - Permits 18,981,859 18,981,859 20,235,322 1,253,463 Property Sale Proceeds - - 24,741 24,741 Gain on Property Dispositions - - 272 272 Rental & Other Income 1,201,460 1,201,460 1,270,554 69,094 Operating Transfers In 24,780,192 24,780,192 24,780,192 - Total W/O Special Tax 135,804,939 135,804,939 136,080,367 275,428 Sales Tax Addition 1/2%58,000,000 58,000,000 58,000,000 - Total General Fund 485,631,273 485,631,273 486,000,006 368,733 The table below presents updated Fund Balance numbers and percentages, based on the proposed changes included in Budget Amendment #4. With the complete adoption of Budget Amendment #4, the available fund balance will remain at 11.10 percent of the FY 2026 Adopted Budget. For context, at budget adoption fund balance was at 12.93 percent. FOF GF Only TOTAL FOF GF Only TOTAL Beginning Fund Balance 27,841,978 146,448,554 174,290,532 14,931,953 78,854,192 93,786,145 Prior Year Encumbrances (3,547,119) (18,657,815) (22,204,934) - - - Estimated Beginning Fund Balance 24,294,859$ 127,790,739$ 152,085,598$ 14,931,953$ 78,854,192$ 93,786,145$ Beginning Fund Balance Percent 39.57%30.50%31.66%25.42%17.38%18.30% Year End ACFR Adjustments Revenue Changes Expense Changes (Prepaids, Receivable, Etc.) (3,188,435) (3,188,435) Fund Balance w/ ACFR Changes 24,294,859 124,602,304 148,897,163 14,931,953 78,854,192 93,786,145 Final Fund Balance Percent 39.57%29.74%30.99%25.42%17.38%18.30% Budgeted Change in Fund Balance (4,162,906) (36,664,442) (40,827,348) - (27,392,780) (27,392,780) Budget Amendment Use of Fund Balance BA#1 Revenue Adjustment 469,408 469,408 BA#1 Expense Adjustment (2,468,933) (2,468,933) (353,000) BA#2 Revenue Adjustment 102,000 102,000 BA#2 Expense Adjustment (3,407,524) (3,407,524) (913,000) (913,000) BA#3 Revenue Adjustment 3,904,861 3,904,861 BA#3 Expense Adjustment (3,959,861) (3,959,861) BA#4 Revenue Adjustment - - BA#4 Expense Adjustment - - (8,245,928) (8,245,928) BA#5 Revenue Adjustment 1,013,067 1,013,067 BA#5 Expense Adjustment (5,200,000) (4,736,688) (9,936,688) BA#6 Revenue Adjustment - BA#6 Expense Adjustment Change in Revenue Change in Expense Fund Balance Budgeted Increase Adjusted Fund Balance 14,931,953 78,854,192 93,786,145 14,931,953 42,302,484 56,881,437 Adjusted Fund Balance Percent 24.32%18.82%19.52%25.42%9.32%11.10% Projected Revenue 61,397,384 419,006,975 480,404,359 58,749,999 453,721,525 512,471,524 Salt Lake City General Fund TOTAL Fund Balance Projections FY2026 BudgetFY2025 Budget The Administration is requesting a budget amendment totaling $8,245,928 in expenses in the general fund. The amendment proposes changes in seven (7) funds, with a total revenue increase of $16,626,942 and a corresponding expenditure increase of $16,454,388. The proposal includes the addition of eight (8) general fund-funded positions. A summary spreadsheet outlining proposed budget changes is attached. The Administration requests this document be modified based on the decisions of the Council. The budget amendment is separated in eight different categories: A. New Budget Items B. Grants for Existing Staff Resources C. Grants for New Staff Resources D. Housekeeping Items E. Grants Requiring No New Staff Resources F. Donations G. Council Consent Agenda Grant Awards I. Council Added Items PUBLIC PROCESS: Public Hearing This page has intentionally been left blank Initiative Number/Name Fund Revenue Amount Expenditure Amount Revenue Amount Expenditure Amount Ongoing or One- time FTEs 1 Vehicle Replacement for Urban Services Division GF 0.00 (37,000.00)One-time - 1 Vehicle Replacement for Urban Services Division GF 0.00 37,000.00 One-time - 1 Vehicle Replacement for Urban Services Division Fleet 37,000.00 37,000.00 One-time - 2 Trailer for Facilities Division GF 0.00 (30,000.00)One-time - 2 Trailer for Facilities Division GF 0.00 30,000.00 One-time - 2 Trailer for Facilities Division Fleet 30,000.00 30,000.00 One-time - 3 Wildland Firefighting Expansion Funding GF 0.00 88,000.00 One-time/Ongoing - 4 Public Lands One-time Personal Services Budget Rescope for Equipment Purchases GF 0.00 (163,900.00)One-time - 4 Public Lands One-time Personal Services Budget Rescope for Equipment Purchases GF 0.00 163,900.00 One-time - 4 Public Lands One-time Personal Services Budget Rescope for Equipment Purchases Fleet 163,900.00 163,900.00 One-time - 5 Park Land Acquisition CIP 0.00 (405,000.00)One-time - 5 Park Land Acquisition CIP 0.00 405,000.00 6 Pedestrian Bridge Over the Surplus Canal at Glendale Golf Course GF 0.00 250,000.00 One-time - 6 Pedestrian Bridge Over the Surplus Canal at Glendale Golf Course Golf 250,000.00 250,000.00 One-time - 7 Moved to Housekeeping 8 Withdrawn Prior to Transmittal 9 Public Services Facilities Division: Old Library Immediate Facility Needs GF 0.00 195,000.00 One-time - 10 Backhoe for Public Services Streets Division & Tractor for Public Lands Parks Division GF 0.00 292,819.00 One-time - 10 Backhoe for Public Services Streets Division & Tractor for Public Lands Parks Division Fleet 292,819.00 292,819.00 One-time - 11 Old Library, Plaza 349 and Justice Courts Capital Improvements CIP 5,498,741.00 5,498,741.00 One-time - 11 Old Library, Plaza 349 and Justice Courts Capital Improvements GF 0.00 889,800.00 One-time - 12 Trailer for Public Services Streets Division GF 0.00 (58,000.00)One-time - 12 Trailer for Public Services Streets Division GF 0.00 58,000.00 One-time - 12 Trailer for Public Services Streets Division Fleet 58,000.00 58,000.00 One-time - 13 Funding for Gap in Homeless Resource Center Grant Funding for Salaries GF 0.00 292,833.00 Ongoing - 14 Police Overtime Funding in FY 2026 GF 0.00 3,810,941.00 One-time - 15 Police Retirements Cost GF 0.00 977,286.00 One-time - 16 Police Mobile Command Center GF 0.00 1,000,000.00 One-time - 16 Police Mobile Command Center Fleet 1,000,000.00 1,000,000.00 One-time - 17 Justice Court, City Prosecutor's Office and Legal Defenders Association (LDA) Staffing Increases GF 0.00 201,749.00 Ongoing 8.00 17 Justice Court, City Prosecutor's Office and Legal Defenders Association (LDA) Staffing Increases IMS 21,000.00 21,000.00 One-time - 18 Parking Wayfinding Signage GF 0.00 167,500.00 One-time - 19 Exhibit Space at the City County Building CIP 0.00 500,000.00 One-time - 1 Legislative Affairs Operations Funding GF 0.00 80,000.00 Ongoing - 2 Engineering Planning and Design Housekeeping and Rescope GF 0.00 (350,000.00)One-time - 2 Engineering Planning and Design Housekeeping and Rescope GF 0.00 350,000.00 One-time - 3 Refuse Fund Revenue Budget for Lease Agreement Refuse 8,918,482.00 0.00 One-time - 4 Community Events - Rescope GF 0.00 0.00 One-time - 5 Streets GO Bonds Interest Reallocation for FY 2025-26 CIP 0.00 (1,735,515.83)One-time - 5 Streets GO Bonds Interest Reallocation for FY 2025-27 CIP 0.00 1,735,515.83 One-time - Fiscal Year 2025-26 Budget Amendment #4 Council ApprovedAdministration Proposed Section A: New Items Section D: Housekeeping Section C: Grants for New Staff Resources Section B: Grants for Existing Staff Resources 1 Fiscal Year 2025-26 Budget Amendment #4 6 California Avenue Safety Improvements Rescope CIP 0.00 0.00 One-time - 7 CPTED Streetlight – GF to CIP Transfer CIP 300,000.00 300,000.00 One-time Section E: Grants Requiring No New Staff Resources 1 Trail Maintenance for Salt Lake City Portion of the Jordan River Trail Misc Grants 57,000.00 57,000.00 One-time - Consent Agenda Total of Budget Amendment Items 16,626,942.00 16,454,388.00 0.00 0.00 8.00 Initiative Number/Name Fund Revenue Amount Expenditure Amount Revenue Amount Expenditure Amount Ongoing or One- time FTEs Total by Fund, Budget Amendment #4: General Fund GF 0.00 8,245,928.00 0.00 0.00 8.00 Fleet Fund Fleet 1,581,719.00 1,581,719.00 0.00 0.00 CIP Fund CIP 5,798,741.00 6,298,741.00 0.00 0.00 Refuse Collection Fund Refuse 8,918,482.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Golf Fund Golf 250,000.00 250,000.00 0.00 0.00 IMS Fund IMS 21,000.00 21,000.00 0.00 0.00 Misc Grants Fund Misc Grants 57,000.00 57,000.00 0.00 0.00 - Total of Budget Amendment Items 16,626,942.00 16,454,388.00 0.00 0.00 8.00 Administration Proposed Council Approved Section I: Council Added Items Section F: Donations Section G: Council Consent Agenda -- Grant Awards 2 Fiscal Year 2025-26 Budget Amendment #4 Current Year Budget Summary, provided for information only FY 2025-26 Budget, Including Budget Amendments FY 2025-26 Adopted Budget BA #1 Total BA #2 Total BA #3 Total BA #4 Total BA #5 Total Total Revenue General Fund (FC 100)453,721,525 0.00 - - 453,721,525.09 Debt Service Fund (FC 101)30,514,822 30,514,822.00 Other Improvement Fund (FC 150)3,000 3,000.00 Capital Improvement Fund (FC 300)41,675,084 12,206,670.04 5,798,741.00 59,680,495.04 Water Utility Fund (FC 400)192,010,432 51,079,400.00 243,089,832.00 Sewer Utility Fund (FC 410)357,160,859 357,160,859.00 Stormwater Utility Fund (FC 420)25,327,969 2,000,000.00 27,327,969.00 Street Lighting Utility Fund (FC 430)5,874,881 5,874,881.00 Department of Airports Fund (FC 540)606,598,500 - 606,598,500.00 Fleet Management Fund (FC 610)23,925,700 - 1,581,719.00 25,507,419.00 Risk Management Fund (FC 620)69,846,524 69,846,524.37 Governmental Immunity Fund (FC 630)4,529,865 4,529,865.00 Information Mgt Serv Fund (FC 650)43,052,934 50,000.00 21,000.00 43,123,934.00 Local Building Authority Fund (FC 660)1,172,525 1,172,525.00 Refuse Collection Fund (FC670)25,469,123 8,918,482.00 34,387,605.00 Golf Fund (FC 680)14,156,634 250,000.00 14,406,634.00 Housing and Loan Fund (FC 690)14,082,500 14,082,500.00 CDBG Fund (FC 710)4,885,779 4,885,779.00 Miscellaneous Grants Fund (FC 720)12,714,477 3,490,212.72 4,139,704.89 57,000.00 20,401,394.61 Demolition Weed and Forfeiture (FC 730)4,365,000 4,365,000.00 Emergency 911 Dispatch (FC 750)4,295,000 4,295,000.00 Downtown Alliance Fund (FC 760)1,700,000 2,500,000.00 4,200,000.00 Donations Fund (FC 770)500,000 500,000.00 Funding Our Future Fund (FC 780)58,749,999 58,749,999.00 Transportation Fund (FC 785)14,332,500 14,332,500.00 DEA Taskforce (FC 901)1,159,208 1,159,207.61 Community Reinvestment Agency Fund (FC 920)86,036,232 86,036,232.00 Sports Arena Fund (FC 740)79,512,660 79,512,660.00 Emergency Loan Program Fund - 273,000.00 Total of Budget Amendment Items 2,177,373,732 273,000.00 71,326,282.76 4,139,704.89 16,626,942.00 - 2,269,466,661.72 3 Fiscal Year 2025-26 Budget Amendment #4 Total Expense BA #1 Total BA #2 Total BA #3 Total BA #4 Total BA #5 Total Total Expense General Fund (FC 100)464,359,952 353,000.00 913,000.00 8,245,928.00 473,871,880.26 Debt Service Fund (FC 101)36,589,783 36,589,783.00 Other Improvement Fund (FC 150)3,000 3,000.00 Capital Improvement Fund (FC 300)48,175,084 16,339,140.04 6,298,741.00 70,812,965.04 Water Utility Fund (FC 400)216,611,815 66,849,851.00 283,461,666.00 Sewer Utility Fund (FC 410)159,022,034 12,083,142.00 171,105,176.00 Stormwater Utility Fund (FC 420)26,465,800 7,349,551.00 33,815,351.30 Street Lighting Utility Fund (FC 430)8,418,357 1,327,234.00 9,745,591.00 Department of Airports Fund (FC 540)476,954,577 100,000.00 477,054,577.00 Fleet Management Fund (FC 610)23,735,252 13,202,498.00 1,581,719.00 38,519,469.00 Risk Management Fund (FC 620)69,846,524 69,846,524.37 Governmental Immunity Fund (FC 630)4,302,013 94,791.00 4,396,804.00 Information Mgt Serv Fund (FC 650)43,052,934 2,451,295.18 21,000.00 45,525,229.18 Local Building Authority Fund (FC 660)1,172,525 1,172,525.00 Refuse Collection Fund (FC670)29,357,332 9,350,559.00 - 38,707,891.00 Golf Fund (FC 680)26,570,200 957,404.00 250,000.00 27,777,604.00 Housing and Loan Fund (FC 690)14,082,500 14,082,500.00 CDBG Fund (FC 710)4,885,779 4,885,779.00 Miscellaneous Grants Fund (FC 720)12,714,477 3,490,212.72 4,139,704.89 57,000.00 20,401,394.61 Demolition Weed and Forfeiture (FC 730)4,365,000 4,365,000.00 Emergency 911 Dispatch (FC 750)9,646,688 9,646,688.00 Downtown Alliance Fund (FC 760)1,700,000 2,500,000.00 4,200,000.00 Donations Fund (FC 770)500,000 500,000.00 Funding Our Future Fund (FC 780)48,111,572 48,111,571.83 Transportation Fund (FC 785)15,106,833 15,106,833.00 DEA Taskforce (FC 901)1,159,208 1,159,207.61 Community Reinvestment Agency Fund (FC 920)86,036,232 86,036,232.00 Sports Arena Fund (FC 740)79,512,660 79,512,660.00 - Total of Budget Amendment Items 1,912,458,131 353,000.00 137,008,677.94 4,139,704.89 16,454,388.00 - 2,070,413,902.20 4 Fiscal Year 2025-26 Budget Amendment #4 Finance Department City Council Office Contingent Appropriation / Notes 5 This page has intentionally been left blank Salt Lake City FY 2025-26 Budget Amendment #4 Initiative Number/Name Fund One-time or Ongoing Amount 1 Section A: New Items A-1: Vehicle Replacement for Urban Services Division GF One-time ($37,000.00) GF One-time $37,000.00 Fleet One-time $37,000.00 Department: Public Services Prepared By: JP Goates, Julie Crookston, Kimberley Schmeling For questions, please include Jorge Chamorro, JP Goates, Julie Crookston and Kimberley Schmeling In April 2025, a compliance enforcement officer was involved in an accident that led to the total loss of one of the division's Chevy Bolt vehicles. There were no other vehicles involved; the officers swerved to avoid hitting an animal in the roadway. Since the City is self-insured, Urban Services is fully responsible for the replacement cost of the vehicle. Since the accident, the division has been using bikes in warmer weather but will need to use a loaner vehicle from the Fleet Division once bike season ends. However, this is a temporary fix. To re gain full operational capacity, the Urban Services Division is proposing transferring $37,000 from its operational budget to the Fleet Division to purchase a new Chevy Bolt. This new vehicle is essential for the division's operations, as it will replace th e lost asset and help maintain enforcement efficiency and revenue generation. A-2: Trailer for Facilities Division GF One-time ($30,000.00) GF One-time $30,000.00 Fleet One-time $30,000.00 Department: Public Services Prepared By: JP Goates, Riley Bird, Kimberley Schmeling For questions, please include Jorge Chamorro, JP Goates, Riley Bird and Kimberley Schmeling When the division of Urban Services was created in FY 2026, personnel and equipment were moved from the Facilities division to Urban Services division. A drop-down trailer, previously an asset of the Facilities team used to move large equipment, including two scissor lifts, was no longer available for maintena nce and repair work completed by the staff in that division. An increase in workload related to the Clean City initiative at Urban Services means the trailer is in use full-time by that team. A drop-down trailer is the safest and most efficient way to move critical large equipment. Without it, operations are delayed and safety risks increase. Leasing a trailer is not a practical alternative as equipment is moved daily and is an ongoing need. The Division of Facilities Services is seeking to transfer funds from their operating budget to Fleet to purchase the trailer needed. No new funds are being requested. A-3: Wildland Firefighting Expansion Funding GF One-time/ Ongoing $88,000.00 Department: Fire Prepared By: Chief Lieb, Brittany Blair For questions, please include Chief Lieb and Brittany Blair The Fire Department is requesting funding to support the expanding needs of our wildland firefighting program, as wildfire risk increases and conditions continue to change in the region. According to the National Interagency Fire Center based in Boise, ID, the total number of wildfires nationwide have increased significantly over the last five years. These fires range from human caused, to natural caused, to cause undetermined. The contributing factors for wildland fires are the increase in urban centers pushing up against wildland urban interface areas, such as the east and north benches in SLC, water content in the fuels, environmental temperatures, humidity, and wind speed. The current request totals $88,000 for the remainder of this fiscal year, $75,000 of which will be ongoing costs (see the table below). These funds will cover the days of increased staffing during 2025 for periods of extreme fire weather during July through October, increased wildland training requirements, additional personal protective equipment (PPE), tools, such as hoses, nozzles and hand tools, and the replacement of aging Bendix King radios, which are over ten years old and no longer manufactured. The Bendix King radios are the standard radio used in wildland operations and are essential for the firefighting teams to communicate and coordinate on-scene with our state and regional partners during an event. Salt Lake City FY 2025-26 Budget Amendment #4 Initiative Number/Name Fund One-time or Ongoing Amount 2 The ongoing request also supports anticipated annual upstaffing needs driven by increasing red flag days, recurring PPE purchases, further equipment replacement due to loss or damage, expanded wildland training, and ongoing radio maintenance and replacement. Category Personnel FY26 Request $25,000 Ongoing Request $40,000 PPE Equipment $28,000 $25,000 Radios $35,000 $10,000 Total $88,000 $75,000 A-4: Public Lands One-time Personal Services Budget Rescope for Equipment Purchases GF One-time ($163,900.00) GF One-time $163,000.00 Fleet One-time $163,900.00 Department: Public Lands Prepared By: Gregg Evans For questions, please include Gregg Evans The Public Lands Department is requesting to rescope $163,900 in existing FY 2026 personnel budget which, if approved, will be transferred to the Fleet Fund as one-time funding for the purchase of capital equipment. The funds being requested for this transfer to Fleet were generated from attrition and vacancy savings from the first half of this fiscal year. Savings are generated throughout the fiscal year from positions remaining vacant during the typical hiring process, especially when there is difficulty in hiring some positions. The Department continually tracks the duration of all vacancies to calculate the estimated savings. The Department is proposing to use the one-time funds to purchase the equipment detailed below. • $50,300 - Kubota RTV Utility Vehicle, this new unit will support the ongoing watering of newly planted trees throughout the maintenance district 2 area. Currently, staff are using a 1 -ton dump truck for tree watering, adding this vehicle will free up a 1-ton truck in District 2 used for watering trees to be repurposed to the detail (rag) crew in District 2. • $47,500 - Toro Dingo to replace stolen trencher (Unit # 81510) with a new trencher. • $15,600 – Aerator, the new aerator requested will help prevent soil compaction in high-use common and spectator areas at the Regional Athletic Complex (RAC). Currently, the RAC does not own an aerator and has relied on borrowing the Parks Department’s unit for more than five years. The current unit will be repurposed to perform turf aeration on park properties throughout the City. • $50,500 - Caterpillar model 302 C3 small excavator for trail repairs and maintenance. The primary purpose of this new machine will be in-house trail construction and maintenance performed by the Trails Team. Currently, all machine work on trails is either contracted out with variable results or completed using rented equipment at a cost of approximately $4,000 per month. The Trails Team now has an experienced machine operator on staff with six years of trail construction and maintenance experience, allowing this work to be completed internally with greater consistency and higher quality results. In addition, this excavator would also support restoration projects, fire mitigation efforts, and vegetation management across Natural Lands properties. Salt Lake City FY 2025-26 Budget Amendment #4 Initiative Number/Name Fund One-time or Ongoing Amount 3 A-5: Park Land Acquisition CIP One-time ($405,000.00) CIP One-time $405,000.00 Department: Public Lands Prepared By: Gregg Evans For questions, please include Gregg Evans The Public Lands Department in coordination with Real Estate Services is requesting a budget amendment in the amount of $405,000 that will utilize Parks Impact Fees to fund the acquisition of 1.09 acres of open space. ***This item will require a closed session to discuss th is confidential land acquisition*** A-6: Pedestrian Bridge Over the Surplus Canal at Glendale Golf Course GF One-time $250,000.00 Golf One-time $250,000.00 Department: CAN Prepared By: Mark Stephens, Dawn Valente For questions, please include Mark Stephens, Dawn Valente and Tammy Hunsaker The United States Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) and Salt Lake County Flood Control (SLCoFC) identified multiple unpermitted encroachment violations along the Surplus Canal located within the geographic boundaries of Salt Lake City. Resolution of these encroachment violations were shared between SLC Public Utilities, SLC Engineering and the SLC Airport. One of the major encroachment violations assigned to SLC Engineering was the permitting and erosion control of an existing, previously constructed pedestrian bridge at the Glendale Golf Course spanning the Surplus Levee Canal. The above-mentioned USACE design review process and approvals have taken years, and until recently Engineering did not know when the final USACE would be approved. Now that the USACE has provided approval, project bidding and construction is considered urgent, and as such, obtaining funding through a budget amendment process has been deemed the best approach in lieu of waiting for the next Capital Asset Planning process. The $250,000 requested in this amendment is to cover construction costs associated with installing the erosion control rip-rap revetment under the existing bridge surrounding the piles driven into the canal that support the bridge structure above. USACE requires the placement of this revetment t o treat existing erosion and to prevent further erosion around the pedestrian bridge piles that support the structure. This will also ensure and protect the structural integrity of the Surplus Canal banks. Increases to flood insurance costs could be incurred by surrounding residents and businesses if the City does not address this violation. Part of the reason for the emergency is that as the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) updates their Flood Insurance Rate Maps (FIRM) based on levee conditions reported by USACE, any lacking levee deficiency , such as the one to be rectified by the proposed project, poses the risk for flood insurance rates to be increased for those properties, homes and businesses protected by the levee. A-7: Moved to Housekeeping as D-6 A-8: Withdrawn Salt Lake City FY 2025-26 Budget Amendment #4 Initiative Number/Name Fund One-time or Ongoing Amount 4 A-9: Public Services Facilities Division: Old Library Immediate Facility Needs GF One-time $195,000.00 Department: Public Services Prepared By: JP Goates, Josh Lander, Kimberley Schmeling For questions, please include Jorge Chamorro, JP Goates, Josh Lander and Kimberley Schmeling Maintenance activities began in September of this year with miscellaneous repairs for The Leonardo, but when the building was vacated by the tenant and turned over to the City, activities have ramped up and have included but have not been limited to: - grounds maintenance, - repairs to doors, plumbing, electrical and mechanical systems, - janitorial and moving services, and - security. Work on these items needs to continue at a minimum to keep the building functional and secure. Public Services is requesting $195,000 to continue maintenance and security efforts. The largest of these expenses will be $130,000 for security access and camera installations; the remaining funding will be for the maintenance expenses listed above. Security updates have been deemed necessary because the building’s existing access control system is outdated and in need of repair. In addition, the city no longer has licensing for Mellennium, which means City badges cannot be programmed to work with the existing system. Also, since this is a City building, the City’s Security Director has requested that cameras be installed to monitor the site. A-10: Backhoe for Public Services Streets Division & Tractor for Public Lands Parks Division GF One-time $292,819.00 Fleet One-time $292,819.00 Department: Public Services Prepared By: Julie Crookston, Kimberley Schmeling For questions, please include Jorge Chamorro, Julie Crookston and Kimberley Schmeling Two assets -- one in Public Lands and one in Streets -- have recently experienced severe and unrepairable breaks. Public Lands Tractor – This asset had a catastrophic break occur recently. It will cost about $7,000 to repair. However, prior to the break the estimated value of the asset was no more than $1,000 due to its age and continued heavy use. The tractor was originally purchased in 2008 and has been eligible for replacement since August 2023. Due to volume of assets needing replaced, both in Public Lands and throughout the City, replacement of other older or more critical assets have taken priority. Of the 52 assets Public Lands needed replaced, this tractor was originally 37 th on the list in order of seniority. Fleet and Public Lands have now determined this tractor needs to be replaced as soon as possible, rather than waiting for the FY 2027 replacement cycle. Parks District 1 (serving Pioneer Park, Riverside Park, Cottonwood Park, etc.) uses this asset heavily since it has many different attachments which allow it to be used for a variety of tasks. For example, it is used in the spring as a seed spreader and fertilizer. In the fall, it is used as a leaf collector, leaf blower, and a sweeper. In the summer it functions as a backup mower. There are no rental options available for this type of tractor. It is imperative this asset is replaced with one that is compatible with all the attachments we already own. Fleet has committed all of the FY 2026 replacement funding and is unable to cover the cost of replacing this asset. Likewise, Public Lands does not have enough projected end-of-year savings to cover the cost. The cost of replacing the tractor is $55,819. The lead time for this asset is a minimum of three months . Streets Backhoe – This asset also suffered a catastrophic break. The current estimated value of the backhoe prior to the break was about $27,000. The repairs needed are estimated to cost over $40,000, and due to the nature of the required repairs, it is likely there will continue to be repair issues with this asset even after the repairs. As such, it is not economical to repair the backhoe. Salt Lake City FY 2025-26 Budget Amendment #4 Initiative Number/Name Fund One-time or Ongoing Amount 5 This asset was not projected to be eligible for replacement until 2027. After review, it was determined there was no abuse by the users, and the asset was being used appropriately and for its intended purpose. This asset is heavily utilized, creating a large amount of wear and tear. It has been operated by the concrete crews as they repair concrete throughout the City and is vital to their work excavating damaged concrete prior to pouring new concrete. This asset needs to be replaced as soon as possible rather than waiting for the FY 2027 replacement cycle. There are no rental options available for this exact size, and a smaller backhoe would greatly decrease efficiency of the team, creating a reduction of service. Fleet has committed all FY 2026 replacement funding and is unable to cover the cost of replacing this asset. Likewise, Streets does not have enough projected end-of-year savings to cover the cost. The cost of replacing the backhoe is $237,000. In the backup documentation quotes for both assets are provided. Public Services is also requesting a straw poll for this BA, to allow the orders to be placed as soon as possible, and thus delivered as quickly as possible. A-11: Old Library, Plaza 349 and Justice Courts Capital Improvements CIP One-time $5,498,741.00 GF One-Time 889,800.00 Department: Public Services Prepared By: Jorge Chamorro, JP Goates, Kimberley Schmeling For questions, please include Jorge Chamorro, JP Goates and Kimberley Schmeling To support internal growth, with the most pressing one being the addition of a new judge and their supportive staff at the Justice Courts building, and to address space constraints in several City offices, the City plans to reinvest in three key facilities: the Old Library, Plaza 349 and Justice Courts. This initiative may include completing essential infrastructure upgrades (elevators, HVAC, etc.) at the Old Library (former Leonardo museum), converting into a mixed-use space including City offices on the third floor and classrooms, meeting, and gallery space on the second floor, and additional administrative offices on the first floor. It also includes addressing aging systems at Plaza 349 and supporting the relocation of certain Justice Courts staff. This will allow time for the City to explore alternatives to adequately house the Justice Courts. The Department intends to utilize the interest accrued from the tax-exempt bond. Upon review, it has been determined that the above-mentioned project costs are eligible to be covered by bond interest proceeds. The Architectural team has prepared a high-level estimate of $5,498,741. The project includes interior renovations to accommodate the Justice Courts ($300,000), critical repairs to the elevators ($250,000), storm dr ainage ($36,000), and tech ($75,000). Permits will cost $45,000. Design, engineering and project management ($822,941), and construction/general contracting, and contingencies ($3,080,000) make up the bulk of the expense. Furniture, fixtures and equipment (FF+E) expenses ($889,800) round out the budget. The FF+E will not be included in bond interest financing and will be supported by General Fund Fund Balance. A-12: Trailer for Public Services Streets Division GF One-time ($58,000.00) GF One-time $58,000.00 Fleet One-time $58,000.00 Department: Public Services Prepared By: Julie Crookston, James Aguilar, Kimberley Schmeling For questions, please include Jorge Chamorro, Julie Crookston, James Aguilar and Kimberley Schmeling A trailer used by the Streets division in Public Services has suffered a permanent break. The metal frame has cracked and is unrepairable. This trailer is a critical piece of equipment used by Streets' asphalt crews to haul equipment to roadways when they are performing more robust asphalt repairs, such as repairing larger than normal potholes and doing inlays. This asset was not projected to be eligible for replacement until 2027. After a review it was determined there was no abuse by the users, and the asset was being used appropriately and for its intended purpose. This asset is heavily utilized, Salt Lake City FY 2025-26 Budget Amendment #4 Initiative Number/Name Fund One-time or Ongoing Amount 6 thus creating a large amount of wear and tear. Fleet has committed all the FY 2026 replacement funding and is unable to cover the cost of replacing this asset this year. Streets is currently projected to have enough end -of-year savings to cover the cost of replacing this trailer. This amendment is to transfer $58,000 from Streets to Fleet cover the cost of replacing the asset. A-13: Funding for Gap in Homeless Resource Center Grant Funding for Salaries GF Ongoing $292,833.00 Department: Police Prepared By: David Pond, Shellie Dietrich For questions, please include Chief Redd, Shellie Dietrich and David Pond Budget for HRC mitigation officer salary portion not covered by the State HRC grant $292,833. The amount of funding awarded for the FY 2026 HRC mitigation grant to cover the 19.0 employees is $2,735,048 which was a reduction of $210,909 from FY 2025 funded at $2,945,957. The total estimated personnel cost is $3,027,881 requiring a budget of $292,833 for FY 2026 general fund. The existing funding provides for 19 FTE's, which is three squads and a supervising Lieutenant. To maintain functionality at the Homeless Resource Center, Police needs to keep staffing at this level. A-14: Police Overtime Funding in FY 2026 GF Ongoing $3,810,941.00 Department: Police Prepared By: David Pond, Shellie Dietrich For questions, please include Chief Redd, Shellie Dietrich and David Pond The police department is requesting additional funding to cover overtime expense. This cost is currently budgeted at $3,993,611 and the department does not have anticipated vacancy savings to cover overtime. The total overtime in FY 2026 is not expected to reach the FY 2025 total cost of $8,244,009 but is trending at the FY 2024 actuals of $7,804,990. The police department utilizes overtime to manage shift coverage in the heavy summer months, provide mitigation, proactive enforcement, and staff special events. In FY 2025, the department had an overtime budget of $6 ,886,430 and utilized vacancy savings to cover the additional costs above budget. This year the department does not anticipate vacancy savings and is requesting additional budget of $3,810,941. With the changes in the department organization structure, staff, and staffing levels; the department is working to make long-term improvements to reduce the need for overtime at this level. This will take time, and this budget item is a one- time request with the intention to support the remainder of FY 2026. The police department is requesting additional funds to cover overtime. Ongoing: $2,493,611 Funded in MRB: $1,500,000 FY 26 Budget $3,993,611 FY 26 Expense to date: $3,301,926 FY 26 Trending $7,804,553 FY 26 additional funds needed $3,810,941 Salt Lake City FY 2025-26 Budget Amendment #4 Initiative Number/Name Fund One-time or Ongoing Amount 7 A-15: Police Retirements Cost GF One-time $977,286.00 Department: Police Prepared By: David Pond, Shellie Dietrich For questions, please include Chief Redd, Shellie Dietrich and David Pond The police department is requesting additional funding to cover retirement payouts. This cost is not currently budgeted, and the department does not have anticipated vacancy savings to cover this cost. Personnel costs for Retirement and severance: Retirement and Severance Payout Amount through 10/31 $805,286 Known Pending Retirements through 1/31/2026 $172,000 Total $977,286 A-16: Police Mobile Command Center GF One-time $1,000,000 Fleet One-time $1,000,000 Department: Police Prepared By: David Pond, Shellie Dietrich For questions, please include Chief Redd, Shellie Dietrich and David Pond A mobile command center is needed by the police department to manage on scene response and presence at natural disasters, large scale events, events with long durations, special events and protests. A lead time of 1 year requires budget in FY 2026 to facilitate delivery and availability for large events scheduled for Early 2027. Mobile Command Center (MCC) - The police department is requesting one-time funding to acquire a mobile command center. The estimated cost is $1,000,000. This funding request seeks support for the acquisition of a Mobile Command Center (MCC) to significantly improve the operational capabilities the Police Department. The MCC will serve as a critical asset in managing emergencies, coordinating multi-agency responses, and ensuring public safety during high-risk incidents and large-scale events. The investment aligns with city and state priorities for public safety, emergency preparedness, community resilience and the Public Safety Plan. Our jurisdiction faces a growing number of complex public safety challenges, including: • Natural disasters (earthquakes, wildfires, floods, severe weather) • Mass casualty incidents and active shooter events • Large public gatherings and civil disturbances • Infrastructure failures and cybersecurity threats Having a MCC will provide the tools necessary to meet those challenges and: • Enhance emergency response times and coordination. • Improve situational awareness and decision-making during critical incidents. • Provide a secure and centralized location for command operations. • Increase community engagement and visibility during public events. • Increase public confidence in law enforcement preparedness. Currently, Salt Lake City Police lacks a mobile, self-sufficient platform to coordinate field operations during such events. The police department had a motorhome which was recently disposed of by fleet that was purchased used in 2001 that hasn’t been functional or operable for a year. As a result, the department relies on neighboring local or state agencies for use of a command center during critical incidents. While the fire department has a mobile command center, in a major response to a disaster, critical incident or major event, both departments will need on-scene command capabilities to Salt Lake City FY 2025-26 Budget Amendment #4 Initiative Number/Name Fund One-time or Ongoing Amount 8 manage resources and response. This request ensures both departments can operate independently and effectively during major incidents. This gap limits our ability to respond swiftly, communicate effectively, and manage resources efficiently in dynamic environments. The Mobile Command Center represents a strategic investment in public safety infrastructure. With support for funding, the Police Department will be better equipped to protect lives, property, and critical infrastructure during emergencies and high-risk events. The Police Department respectfully requests consideration for funding to support this vital initiative. A-17: Justice Court, City Prosecutor's Office and Legal Defenders Association (LDA) Staffing Increases GF Ongoing $201,749.00 IMS One-time $21,000.00 Department: Justice Court / Attorney’s Office Prepared By: Ben Luedtke For questions, please include Ben Luedtke, Cindy Lou Trishman, Mark Kittrell, Kathryn Fairchild Justice Court, City Prosecutor's Office, and Legal Defenders Association (LDA) Staffing Increases ($201,749 from General Fund Balance of which $174,220 is ongoing for personnel, $6,529 is ongoing for Justice Court operations, and $21,000 is one-time to the IMS Fund for computers) The Administration is proposing funding to add a total of 11 FTEs across the three offices including four FTEs at the Justice Court, four FTEs at the City Prosecutor’s Office, and funding for three FTEs at the LDA (who are not City employees). If this item is approved as proposed plus a sixth judge, then the FY2027 annual budget would need $1,554,826 to cover the fully loaded annual costs. Details of the proposed positions and costs are provided below and grouped by each of the three offices. Simultaneously adding staff capacity in all three offices to address increasing workload is the recommended approach because there are multiple interdependencies between the offices. Since annual budget deliberations in the spring, case filings continued to grow especially for criminal cases and criminal hearings which have exceeded pre-pandemic levels. The additional staff proposed would reduce workload per employee to support service levels. Sixth Justice Court Judge It’s important to note that funding for a sixth judge is not included in this budget amendment because the appointment process is estimated to take six months and would exceed the current fiscal year period. The Administration is requesting the Council’s approval for a sixth judge, FTE to begin the hiring and appointment process. Funding for a sixth judge would be included in the FY2027 annual budget and has a fully loaded estimated cost of $266,447. Earlier this year, in August the Administration recommended and in October the Council adopted an ordinance amendment to City Code Chapter 2.84 to allow future expansion of judgeships at the Justice Court including a sixth judge. The State Judicial Council also authorized a sixth judge at the City’s Justice Court. Per City Code, the Mayor appoints a Justice Court judge, and they are then confirmed by the City Council. Per Utah Code, justice court judges serve for a six-year term. A total of $112,714 to the Justice Court The Justice Court is proposed to receive $97,185 for three new FTEs, $9,000 for three computers, and $6,529 for increased operating costs to mostly cover more interpreters and several smaller expenses. The total number of FTEs in the Justice Court would increase to 48 FTEs (9% increase including the sixth judge). If all the positions and operational costs are approved including a sixth judge, then the FY2027 annual budget would need $630,411. - $50,891 ongoing to cover four months of a new Clerk of Court which is a new position at the Justice Court (see the attached HR approved job description), and $3,000 one-time for a computer. The fully loaded annual cost of the position is estimated at $152,672. This position would function like a department deputy director which the Justice Court does not currently have. Salt Lake City FY 2025-26 Budget Amendment #4 Initiative Number/Name Fund One-time or Ongoing Amount 9 - $46,294 ongoing to cover three months for two direct support Judicial Assistants Level 2 ($23,147 each), and $6,000 one-time for three computers. The fully loaded annual cost of the positions is estimated at $185,177 ($92,589 each). These judicial assistants would work directly with the sixth Justice Court judge providing administrative support. The funding is proposed for three months to allow time for the new supervisor position (Clerk of Court) to be hired one month earlier and to allow six-months training before the sixth judge is appointed. - $6,529 ongoing to cover three months of increased operational costs which would mostly be used for interpreter services. The funds may also be used for several other expenses such as jury fees, equipment maintenance, printing and postage among others. The FY2027 annual budget would need $26,115 to cover a full year of the increased operational costs. A total of $55,920 to the City Prosecutor’s Office The City Prosecutor’s Office is proposed to receive $43,920 for four new FTEs, and $12,000 for four computers. The total number of FTEs in the office would increase to 36 FTEs (13% increase). If all the positions are approved, then the FY2027 annual budget would need $527,041 to fully cover the annual cost. - $33,699 ongoing to cover one month for three Associate Prosecutors ($11,233 each), and $9,000 one-time for three computers. The fully loaded annual cost of the positions is estimated at $404,383 ($134,794 each). These positions would help reduce the per attorney caseload. - $10,221 ongoing to cover one month for a Paralegal, and $3,000 one-time for a computer. The fully loaded annual cost of the position is estimated at $ $122,657. Attorneys have absorbed some paralegal work to fit within staffing limits so adding this position would free up time for attorneys to work on other matters. This position would support discovery, screenings, and diversion efforts. A total of $33,115 to the Legal Defenders Association (LDA) The LDA is proposed to receive $33,115 for three new positions which are not City employees; this additional funding would be added to the annual Nondepartmental line-item for the LDA contract with the City. If all the positions are approved, then the FY2027 annual budget would need $397,374 to fully cover the annual cost. This would increase the total contract amount to $2,191,184 (22% increase). - $25,467 ongoing to cover one month for two Attorneys ($12,734 each). The fully loaded annual cost of the positions is estimated at $305,607 ($152,804 each). These positions would help reduce the per attorney caseload. Legal defenders are not involved in every case; the LDA doesn’t get involved in cases that are resolved before appointment and are not usually appointed on cases that involve only infraction level charges . - $7,647 ongoing to cover one month for a Case Manager. The fully loaded annual cost of the position is estimated at $91,767. The case manager would support the Familiar Faces Court and diversion efforts including Project Rio. Salt Lake City FY 2025-26 Budget Amendment #4 Initiative Number/Name Fund One-time or Ongoing Amount 10 A-18: Parking Wayfinding Signage GF One-time $167,500.00 Department: CAN Prepared By: Mary Beth Thompson For questions, please include Kyle Cook, Jorge Chamorro, James Aguilar, Orion Goff and Tammy Hunsaker Design options have been developed for parking wayfinding signage where signage needs replacement or has been deemed necessary. The cost estimate of $167,500 is broken out in the table below and is estimated to cover the cost of 65 signs. Cost per sign Total Cost 45 Updated Signs $1,500 $67,500 20 New Signs $5,000 $100,000 Subtotal $167,500 A-19: Exhibit Space at the City County Building CIP One-time $500,000.00 Department: Mayor’s Office Prepared By: Mary Beth Thompson For questions, please include Jill Love, Alejandro Sanchez and Mary Beth Thompson Funding for design and fabrication of display cases on the third floor of the City County Building. These costs will cover design work and also fabrication costs. Exhibits created will be consistent with the architecture of the building. This will be funding by Bond Interest Income. Section B: Grants for Existing Staff Resources Section C: Grants for New Staff Resources Section D: Housekeeping D-1: Legislative Affairs Operations Funding GF Ongoing $80,000.00 Department: Attorney Prepared By: Cindy Lou Trishman For questions, please include Cindy Lou Trishman Amending the budget to include the previously provided $80,000 to Legislative Affairs for operating costs. Costs include state capital access, parking needs, travel, professional development, and event support. D-2: Engineering Planning and Design Housekeeping and Expansion GF Ongoing ($350,000.00) GF Ongoing $350,000.00 Department: CAN Prepared By: Mark Stephens, Julianne Sabula For questions, please include Tammy Hunsaker, Mark Stephens and Julianne Sabula In the annual budget, as part of the Ongoing Commitments a transfer of $350,000 was set up to be made from General Fund to the CIP fund. It was determined for FY 2026 that it would be better housed in the Non -Departmental cost center within the general fund, however the accounting for the transfer did not get corrected. This budget amendment first needs to correct the "transfer to CIP fund" to an operational expense in the Non-Departmental cost center. This portion of the BA request is simply housekeeping. Salt Lake City FY 2025-26 Budget Amendment #4 Initiative Number/Name Fund One-time or Ongoing Amount 11 In addition to the housekeeping request, the Administration is requesting clarification on the types of projects that these funds can be used for. In the current budget, these funds are called, “Planning and Design” and have been intended to facilitate the planning and design of CIP projects prior to construction. For purposes of clarity, the Administration is requesting that these funds be used not only to develop design documents and cost estimates but expanded to include creating and updating master plans and other plans that are required by federal or state requirements. D-3: Refuse Fund Carry Revenue Budget for Lease Agreement Refuse One-time $0.00 Department: Sustainability Prepared By: Debbie Lyons For questions, please include Debbie Lyons, Chris Bell and Ammon Jacobsmeyer The Sustainability Department is requesting $8,918,482 in revenue for the Refuse Fund. As part of BA#1, the revenues to offset expenses were not accounted for. Budget is required in order to realize financing revenue to enter lease agreements for the new Waste & Recycling collection vehicles we expect to receive in FY 2026. D-4: Community Events - Rescope GF One-Time $0.00 Department: Administration Prepared By: Mary Beth Thompson For questions, please include Mary Beth Thompson This item is to rescope $400,000 budgeted in NonDepartmental from Open Streets as follows: $100,000 for the DTA Blocks program; $200,000 for the watch party; and $100,000 for America 250 events. Unused funds will drop to fund balance. Money is being raising to support these events. D-5: Streets GO Bonds Interest Reallocation for FY 2025-26 CIP One-time ($1,735,515.83) CIP One-time $1,735,515.83 Department: CAN Prepared By: Dawn Valente, Dustin Petersen For questions, please include Dawn Valente, Dustin Petersen and Brent Beck This budget amendment is requesting to allocate the interest from FY 2025 BA#2 for Streets GO bonds in the amount of $1,735,515.83, in addition to any interest which will accrue while processing the invoice reallocations and bond draws from July 1, 2025 through the remainder of the fiscal year June 30, 2026, to be used to fund additional rebuilds of city streets as determined by the Engineering Division's Six Year Pavement Plan and deliberations of the Roadway Selection Committee. Engineering would like to request a straw poll for this housekeeping reallocation. Once approved, Engineering will need to do journal entries to reallocate costs for Treasury to do the bond draws for the bonds that have expired. Then if there is residual interest, another budget amendment will be needed for the remaining unallocated interest, along with additional invoices to be reallocated so the totality of these bonds can be spent. Waiting for the bond draws will incur additional earned interest which may be subject to arbitrage and the potential loss of funding for more roadway rebuilds. One project that Engineering is looking to fund after the reallocation funding is complete is the 1700 East reconstruction from 1700 South to 2100 South which was on the original reconstruction list but had to be pulled due to funding shortage in the 2018 GO Bond series. Engineering and Transportation are working alongside Public Utilities to coordinate their storm drainage project along 1700 East within and ahead of our road construction project limits, as well as the Highland High Reconstruction that the school board will be doing over the next few years. This should be another success story like 2100 South reconstruction where Engineering is able to install all the upgraded sewer and water lines for Public Utilities as part of the roadway construction project to accommodate forthcoming private development Salt Lake City FY 2025-26 Budget Amendment #4 Initiative Number/Name Fund One-time or Ongoing Amount 12 capacity needs without having to tear up new pavement within a few years. This collaboration with the City’s internal Departments/Divisions and external entities is saving taxpayer dollars. D-6: California Avenue Safety Improvements Rescope CIP One-time $0.00 Department: CAN Prepared By: Julianne Sabula For questions, please include Julianne Sabula, Jon Larsen and Tammy Hunsaker City Council funded a constituent requested project in the fall of 2024 to improve pedestrian safety in the Glendale neighborhood. The project proposed to relocate curb and gutter to widen sidewalks and reduce the pedestrian crossing distance on California Avenue, between Glendale Drive and Concord St, along with other safety improvements. During the civil design work, it was discovered that relocating the curb and gutter would be more expensive than anticipated to allow proper drainage of the relatively flat elevation. Transportation is requesting to rescope funding to allow other improvements, as well as to expand the project area to include two nearby schools. Potential improvements could include landscaping, lighting, traffic calming, pedestrian safety i mprovements and/or school crosswalk. Adequate funds are available to address these items, but the Council needs to approve the budget rescope. D-7: CPTED Streetlighting– GF to CIP Transfer CIP One-Time $300,000 Department: Finance Prepared By: Mike Atkinson As part of the annual budget, the $300,000 was not recognized in key chances with the adoption of the CIP Budget. This action is to recognize this item. Section E: Grants Requiring No New Staff Resources E-1: Trail Maintenance for Salt Lake City Portion of the Jordan River Trail Misc Grants One-time $57,000.00 Department: Finance Prepared By: Amy Dorsey, Julianne Sabula For questions, please include Amy Dorsey and Julianne Sabula This budget amendment is to recognize the City's funding availability grant award in the amount of $57,600 for the purpose of removing dead and dying trees and other woody vegetation to improve navigability, safety and beautification of the Jordan River between 1700 South and 900 South. Section F: Donations Section G: Consent Agenda Consent Agenda # Section I: Council Added Items This page has intentionally been left blank Item E1 CITY COUNCIL OF SALT LAKE CITY 451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 304 P.O. BOX 145476, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5476 SLCCOUNCIL.COM TEL 801-535-7600 FAX 801-535-7651 MOTION SHEET CITY COUNCIL of SALT LAKE CITY TO:City Council Members FROM: Council Staff DATE:February 3, 2026 RE: Advice and Consent: Salt Lake City Chief Information Officer – Zach Posner MOTION 1 – APPROVE I move that the Council approve the appointment of Zach Posner as the Salt Lake City Chief Information Officer. SALT LAKE CITY TRANSMITTAL To:  Salt Lake City Council Chair Submission Date: 01/16/2026 Date Sent to Council: 01/20/2026 From: Department * Mayor Employee Name: Sanchez, Alejandro E-mail alejandro.sanchez@slc.gov Department Director Signature Director Signed Date 01/16/2026 Chief Administrator Officer's Signature Chief Administrator Officer's Signed Date 01/20/2026 Subject: Appointment Recommendation - Zach Posner as the Chief Information Officer. Additional Staff Contact: Jill LoveMegan Yuill Presenters/Staff Table Jill.love@slc.govMegan.yuill@slc.gov Document Type Information Item Budget Impact? Yes No Recommendation: Mayor Mendenhall recommends the appointment of Zach Posner as the Chief Information Officer for the Information Management Services Department for the council consideration in the advice and consent legislative process. Background/Discussion Brief Biography: Zach Posner brings over 25 years of technology experience, with nearly a decade dedicated to public service. Most recently, he served as CIO for Salt Lake County. During his eight years with the County, Zach oversaw critical infrastructure modernization, cloud transformation initiatives, Cybersecurity and the implementation of innovative programs including countywide AI governance frameworks. Prior to his work in local government, Zach spent 12 years at NPR HQ in Washington DC, advancing from Systems Administrator to Director of IT Operations for the public media organization. His career reflects a consistent commitment to mission-driven organizations, including experience running global technology services in the outdoor industry at Black Diamond Equipment. As CIO, Zach brings a collaborative leadership approach focused on aligning technology strategy with organizational mission, building high-performing teams, and delivering digital services that meaningfully serve the community. He believes in the application of technology to deliver great services that improve our work and better the lives of our residents. We are pleased to present Zach's resume, redacted for privacy, for your consideration in appointing him as the Chief Information O fficer. Public Hearing Is there a City or State statutory requirement to hold a public hearing for this item?* Yes No The City Council reserves the option to hold and notice for a public hearing pursuant to their practices for public engagement. Does the City have a general practice to hold a public hearing for this item?* Yes No Public Process This page has intentionally been left blank ZACH POSNER Chief Information Officer PROFILE Technology executive with 20+ years leading digital transformation, IT operations, and strategic initiatives across government, media, and consumer products. Proven ability to build high-performing teams, drive organizational change, and deliver measurable business results. Deep experience in AI policy development, enterprise modernization, cybersecurity, and cross-sector partnerships. Committed to customer service excellence as the foundation for IT credibility and strategic influence. EXPERIENCE Salt Lake County 2017 – Present Chief Information Officer Lead 114-person IT organization serving 42 county agencies with $11.6M+ in strategic priorities spanning cloud infrastructure, legacy modernization, security, and digital services. •Digital Transformation: Leading multi-year initiative to migrate 40+ year-old mainframe tax systems to modern Azure-based infrastructure, transitioning payroll, addressing, audit, assessment, and taxation applications to a hybrid cloud architecture. •AI Policy & Governance: Developed countywide AI governance framework and policy. Building public-private partnerships to advance responsible AI adoption in government. Championing AI literacy and democratization across county operations. •Digital Engagement: Transformed citizen-facing digital services through design thinking and constituent engagement. Delivered comprehensive website redesign focused on accessibility, usability, and modern user experience. •Strategic Partnerships: Forging collaborations with peer governments and private sector organizations to share best practices, accelerate innovation, and expand cybersecurity capabilities across the region. •IT Governance: Convened first successful cross-agency IT governance group, uniting agencies and independent elected officials across political boundaries to align on IT spending, projects, and enterprise standards. •Cybersecurity Leadership: Appointed to Governor's Cybersecurity Commission for statewide public/private partnerships and cyber response planning. Revamped security systems, policies, and training, avoiding 100% cyber insurance increase. •Crisis Response: Enabled rapid COVID remote work transition from near-zero to full knowledge worker adoption. Led Vaccinate Utah implementation delivering 350,000+ vaccinations in first three months. •Customer Service Excellence: Rebuilt IT reputation across county government, earning first-ever Platinum Customer Service Award from Salt Lake County Mayor. Black Diamond Equipment 2011 – 2017 Vice President, Information Technology •Growth Strategy: Led technical implementation of Direct-to-Consumer ecommerce platform (Demandware/Salesforce Commerce Cloud), completing Black Diamond brand on budget in under 12 months and Gregory brand in under 4 months. Enabled 20%+ direct sales growth year-over-year for four consecutive years. •SOX Compliance: Designed and implemented streamlined SOX controls framework, achieving compliance, control, and efficiency with no notable deficiencies across six-year audit period. Balanced rigorous compliance requirements with operational agility. •Business Intelligence: Built internal BI, Master Data, and EDI capabilities enabling global synchronization of 3,500+ items across three continents. Developed Control Tower inventory system, reallocating ~3 FTE from supply chain to sales while reducing days inventory outstanding by 19%. •M&A Integration: Planned and executed technology components of two acquisitions and two divestitures, including complete systems integration across ERP, network, and warehouse platforms. Vice President, Ecommerce (Interim) •Managed $19M revenue operation consistently growing over 20% annually. Exceeded prior year revenue by 20-40% for four consecutive quarters. • Launched European Direct ecommerce business. Implemented EU-oriented payment processor (Adyen) to drive flexible, customer-focused payment options globally. • Led expansion of digital marketing programs around email, retargeting, and personalization. Maintained zero staff turnover during leadership transition (6 direct reports, 18 total). NPR (National Public Radio) 2001 – 2011 Director, IT Operations (2007 – 2011) • Led three-year strategic planning for IT operations focused on service, reliability, and agility. Integrated IT and Broadcast Engineering—two previously antagonistic groups—into unified, high-functioning team. • Implemented change management process increasing tracked changes by 300% while reducing customer outages. Achieved 22+ consecutive months without broadcast incident after eliminating frequent outages. • Managed team through financial crisis and 22% IS staff reduction without service degradation. Increased surveyed customer satisfaction from 71% to record 87%. • Negotiated and implemented shared services strategy to support acquisition and integration of National Public Media. Business Applications Delivery Manager (2006 – 2007) • Eliminated frequent unplanned outages in ERP and HR systems. Implemented traffic management (advertising inventory) system with three-month ROI. Built freelancer contracting system reducing onboarding from months to minutes. Support Services Manager (2003 – 2006) | Systems Administrator (2001 – 2003) Progressive advancement through technical and management roles, building foundation in enterprise systems, customer support, and team leadership. EDUCATION MS, IT Management — American University, Kogod School of Business, Washington DC BS, History & South Asian Studies — University of Wisconsin-Madison This page has intentionally been left blank CITY COUNCIL OF SALT LAKE CITY 451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 304 P.O. BOX 145476, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5476 SLCCOUNCIL.COM TEL 801-535-7600 FAX 801-535-7651 COUNCIL STAFF REPORT CITY COUNCIL of SALT LAKE CITY TO:City Council Members FROM: Austin Kimmel DATE:January 20, 2026 RE: RESOLUTION: SLCPL AND AFSCME COLLECTIVE BARGAINING AGREEMENT NEW INFORMATION ISSUE AT-A-GLANCE Item Schedule: Page | 2 Goal of the briefing: To review the collective bargaining agreement negotiated between the Salt Lake City Public Library and AFSCME Local #1004, and to understand the Council's role in approving the agreement. POLICY QUESTIONS 1. Implementation and Budget Impact: a. The Council may wish to ask the Library which CBA provisions take effect immediately upon Council approval versus July 1, 2026, and whether enacting those immediate provisions will have budget implications or require budget amendments. b. The Council may also wish to ask the Finance Department if conversations with the State and County on taxing authority, tax rate limits, and other factors may affect negotiated elements of the CBA. 2. Compensation and Benefits: a. The Council may wish to ask the Library how pay scales and benefits in the CBA were determined, including whether the City’s compensation and benefits were considered during negotiations. b. The CBA specifies cost of living adjustments occur at the first pay period of August each year through the term of the agreement. The Council may wish to ask the Library to explain how August was determined and not the beginning of the fiscal year in July. The Council could also ask if some employees might receive a pay adjustment on July 1, 2026, when transitioned to the new scale, followed by an additional 3% increase in August 2026. 3. Staffing Levels: The Council may wish to ask the Library about its anticipated staffing needs for the upcoming fiscal year and future fiscal years. The Council may also want to know if the Library’s proposed General Obligation bond would require additional staffing to meet operational demands. KEY POINTS The following points highlight provisions of the CBA and other supporting information that may be most relevant to the Council's role in approving the agreement and appropriating funds to implement its terms. For additional details on matters such as leave accruals, disciplinary procedures, grievance processes, and other employment terms, please refer to the complete CBA included in the Library's transmittal. I. Council Role and Process The Salt Lake City Library is considered a separate legal entity from Salt Lake City. The City Council's role in the Library budget process is unique to other City enterprise funds. The Library Board sets the policy for Library operations. The Council is tasked with reviewing and approving the overall budget and setting the Library's tax rate. On February 4, 2025, the Council approved a labor resolution that established the framework for collective bargaining with eligible Library employees. The CBA under consideration today was the result of negotiations conducted pursuant to that resolution. Paragraph 8 of the labor resolution states that the collective bargaining memorandum of understanding will not be binding until the Council votes to ratify it and appropriates the funds needed for its implementation in the Library’s budget. The Attorney’s Office has prepared a resolution to accompany the CBA, which would allow the Council to act within its authority. The resolution provided by the Attorneys Office refers to the agreement as a Memorandum of Understanding (MOU), terminology consistent with Salt Lake City agreements with employee unions. For purposes of this process, "CBA" and "MOU" are interchangeable. Page | 3 II. Library Employee Representation While AFSCME also represents employees in other Salt Lake City departments, AFSCME would represent Library employees as a separate because the Library is structured as separate from General Fund departments and enterprise funds. The Library's compensation and benefits are also separate from the City's. Under this agreement, part-time employees would be eligible for union representation. This is unique compared to the City's labor resolutions because nearly half of Library employees are part-time. As outlined in the labor resolution detailing the CBA process, the October 2024 vote on union formation was limited to employees who had maintained continuous employment with the Library for six months or more, regardless of their full-time or part-time status. Like the City's labor agreements, Library employees holding supervisory and management positions are ineligible to be represented by the union. Base wage increases: The entire Library employee wage schedule is set to receive cost-of-living adjustments every year over the term of the agreement: Effective July 1, 2026 (beginning of FY27): employees will be paid according to the hourly wage scale found in Appendix A, with steps that are 2.5% apart. Effective the first full pay period of August 2026, 2027, and 2028, the entire wage scale will increase by 3% annually. Additional compensation: Individual employees may receive wage adjustments based on specific qualifications or scenarios: Higher classification incentive: Employees assigned in writing to perform the duties of a manager or supervisor for five or more consecutive days receive a 5% incentive, or 3% if the classification is within the bargaining unit. Bilingual premium: Employees who demonstrate proficiency in a recognized language receive an additional $0.50/hour; those proficient in Spanish receive $1.00/hour. On-call pay: Maintenance technicians assigned to "on-call" duties receive $50 for each day assigned. Call-back pay: Employees called back to a worksite outside regular hours receive a minimum of two hours pay at their regular rate, or overtime if applicable. Tuition reimbursement: The CBA provides up to $5,250 per year for both full-time and part-time eligible Library employees. By comparison, this tuition reimbursement program contrasts with: The City's program: $4,000 per year for full-time employees who have completed probation. Salt Lake County's program: $5,250 for full-time employees, prorated for part-time employees. Page | 4 In separate correspondence with City staff, increasing the reimbursable tuition amount for City employees is under consideration, but a final determination has not been made. Health benefits: Full-time employees are eligible for various health insurance programs, including dental and vision insurance, as well as other insurance policies such as life, accidental death, and dismemberment insurance. Library part-time employees will be eligible for a telehealth program (already available to full- time employees), with the Library paying the monthly premium for those who enroll. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Failed Appropriation Contingency Section 8.G, of the labor resolution, which the Council approved on February 4, 2025, addresses a scenario in which the City Council does not appropriate funding to implement the CBA: (g) If the City Council fails to appropriate the funds required to implement a proposed collective bargaining agreement or wage schedule, the Library Board shall, following good faith negotiations with the Certified Employee Organization, adopt a one-year compensation plan or wage schedule for the affected employees and/or adopt a one-year extension of the existing collective bargaining agreement, and shall present the same to the City Council pursuant to the City Council budget process. After good faith negotiations, the Library shall retain final authority regarding the terms and content of any one-year compensation plan or wage schedule adopted under this paragraph for presentation to the City Council. BACKGROUND On February 4, 2025, the Council approved a labor resolution establishing the structure and process for the Library to begin collective bargaining with eligible Library employees. The CBA under consideration is the result of negotiations conducted pursuant to that resolution. The consideration of the CBA is the Council’s final step in the collective bargaining process before it considers the Library’s Fiscal Year 2026-27 (FY27) budget, which would include funding to meet the terms of the agreement. If the CBA is approved by the Council, many provisions outlined in the agreement will take effect. Provisions determining vacation tier accruals, an increased compensation wage schedule, bilingual premium, and other benefits, are stated to take effect July 1, 2026, the beginning of the FY27 fiscal year. Page | 4 Page | 5 Hourly Rate of Pay (Appendix A) The following tables, copied from pages 43-44 of the Library’s transmittal, are included here for convenience. Page | 6 SALT LAKE CITY TRANSMITTAL To:  Salt Lake City Council Chair Submission Date: 01/12/2026 Date Sent to Council: 01/15/2026 From: Department * Library Employee Name: Heidi Voss E-mail hvoss@slcpl.org Department Director Signature Director Signed Date 01/13/2026 Chief Administrator Officer's Signature Chief Administrator Officer's Signed Date 01/14/2026 Subject: SLCPL and AFSCME Collective Bargaining Agreement - Board Approved New transmittal or Revision New transmittal Revision Revision Updates: For the Library's 2025 MOU (background document): Correction to signature date of January 29, 2025 not 2024.For the collective bargaining agreement: Correction to Article 19 effective date - July 1, 2026 not 2025.Addition of Resolution for Council to take Action document Additional Staff Contact: Noah Baskett - nbaskett@slcpl.org Presenters/Staff Table Sariah Toronto - storonto@slcpl.orgNoah Baskett - nbaskett@slcpl.org Document Type Resolution Budget Impact? Yes No Recommendation: We recommend adopting the CBA as written. Background/Discussion See first attachment for Background/Discussion Public Hearing Is there a City or State statutory requirement to hold a public hearing for this item?* Yes No The City Council reserves the option to hold and notice for a public hearing pursuant to their practices for public engagement. Does the City have a general practice to hold a public hearing for this item?* Yes No Public Process This collective bargaining agreement is the result of the resolution passed by both the City Library Board of Directors and City Council in 2025.Library employees also voted to unionize. The attached agreement is the result of the collective bargaining process and has been approved bythe City Library Board of Directors. This page has intentionally been left blank WHEREAS the Salt Lake City Code, Chapter 2.28, establishes the Salt Lake City Library Board (the “Library Board”) as the governing body for the Salt Lake City Library (the “Library”), pursuant to Utah Code Annotated § 9-7-402 through 9-7-410; WHEREAS state law gives the Library Board jurisdiction over the hiring of Library personnel and policies for Library operations, as well as other powers subject to city approval; WHEREAS the residents of Salt Lake City are entitled to the orderly and uninterrupted operations of their Library; WHEREAS the Library strives to engage employees in training and career development; engage employees in organizational improvements; provide a fair, respectful, cooperative, and safe work environment; ensure accountability of employees, supervisors, and managers; celebrate success and achievement with Library employees; and support employees’ work/life balance; WHEREAS discussions with Library employees related to the terms and conditions of their employment will enable the Library to increase productivity, efficiency, and quality of service, promote fiscal stability, and ensure a high level of employee morale; and WHEREAS the Library wishes to ascertain the extent to which its employees desire to be represented through collective bargaining; NOW, THEREFORE, be it resolved by the Library Board, as follows: 1. DEFINITIONS. As used in this Resolution: (a) “BARGAINING UNIT” means a group of Eligible Employees that share an internal community of interest; are readily identifiable as a group based on job classifications, departments, functions, work locations, skills, or similar factors; and are sufficiently distinct from other groups of Eligible Employees. (b) “CITY” means Salt Lake City, a Utah municipal corporation. (c) “ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE” means any person who is employed by the Library, on a full- time or part-time basis, except for: (1) Any employee who primarily performs the duties of an administrator, manager, or supervisor with the authority to hire, fire, transfer, suspend, lay off, recall, promote, discharge, assign, reward, or discipline other employees, or responsibly to direct them, or to adjust their grievances, if in connection with the foregoing the exercise of such authority is not of a merely routine or clerical nature, but requires the use of independent judgment. (2) Any employee who assists and acts in a confidential capacity to persons who formulate, determine, and effectuate management policies or regularly has access to confidential information concerning the formation, execution, administration, or review of the Library’s bargaining position or any collective bargaining agreement. (3) Any employee employed by the Library as a “substitute.” (d) “ELIGIBLE VOTER” means any Eligible Employee who has been continuously employed by the Library for six (6) or more months. (e) “EMPLOYEE ORGANIZATION” means any bona fide organization that does not discriminate in its membership against any protected category of person under Utah or federal law and exists for the purposes of representing employees in negotiations with employers. (f) “EMPLOYER” means the Library. (g) “CERTIFIED EMPLOYEE ORGANIZATION” means any Employee Organization certified as representative of Library employees pursuant to this Resolution (individually “union” and collectively “unions”). (h) “IMPASSE” means a deadlock in negotiation between a union and the Library over any matters required to be negotiated in this Resolution, or over the scope of the subject matter of negotiations. (i) “LEGISLATIVE BODY” means the Salt Lake City Council. (j) “LIBRARY” means the Salt Lake City Library, a City Library organized under the Utah Code. (k) “LIBRARY BOARD” means the board of the Library. (l) “NEGOTIATION” means the good faith process by which the Library and a certified employee organization meet to confer regarding wages, hours and other terms and conditions of employment, and includes the obligation to sign a document outlining the parties’ agreement. (m) “STRIKE” means: (1) The concerted failure to report for duty; (2) The concerted absence of employees from their positions; (3) The concerted stoppage of work; (4) The concerted submission of resignations; The concerted abstinence, in whole or in part, by any group of employees from the full, faithful and proper performance of the duties of employment for the Library for the purpose of inducing, influencing, condoning or coercing a change in the terms and conditions of employment, including sick calls, sick-outs, or any other concerted interference with services provided by the Library; or (1) The collective concerted withholding of services or the performance of duties by any person or persons pending the signing of contracts, including those persons who are customarily employed on a yearly contract basis. (n) “TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF EMPLOYMENT” means wages, salaries, working conditions, and hours and benefits, except as specifically modified in this Resolution. 2. EMPLOYER RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS. (a) The Library has the exclusive right to determine the role of each of its branches, departments, and divisions, consistent with Utah statutes, City ordinances and the provisions of this Resolution; to set standards of service to be offered to the public; and to exercise control and discretion over its organization and operation. (b) It is the exclusive right of the Library, subject to the Library Board and City budgeting processes, to: (1) Hire and direct its employees; (2) Classify its employees for compensation purposes; (3) Take disciplinary action for proper cause; (4) Relieve its employees from duty because of lack of work, lack of funds, as a result of a reorganization, or any other legitimate reason; (5) Maintain the efficiency of its operations; (6) Determine the method, means and personnel by which the Library's operations are to be conducted; and (7) Take whatever actions the Library deems necessary to carry out its responsibilities in emergency situations. Emergency situations include, but are not limited to, public emergencies (i.e. storm, fire, or security threats), threats to safety of employees or patrons, operational emergencies (i.e. lack of product or financial credit), and other major unforeseen events affecting the Library requiring immediate action. (c) The Library, with the approval of the City where required by law, shall: (1) Negotiate in good faith over terms and conditions of employment with any Certified Employee Organization that has been recognized pursuant to the procedures provided for in this Resolution; (2) Compensate its employees in a fiscally responsible manner; (3) Meet and confer with a Certified Employee Organization prior to making a decision to amend this Resolution or privatize or contract out any Library function which would result in an Eligible Employee losing her or his current position with the Library; (4) Meet and confer with a Certified Employee Organization prior to designating an employee as ineligible for union representation; (5) Notify the appropriate Certified Employee Organization prior to reclassifying an employee’s position in a manner which makes the employee ineligible for further union representation; and (6) Meet and confer in good faith with a Certified Employee Organization that has been recognized pursuant to the procedures provided for in this Resolution regarding paid time for the Certified Employee Organization’s officers, board members and stewards to conduct appropriate Labor/Management related business in order to affect the purposes of this ordinance and any MOU reached between the Library and the Certified Employee Organization. 3. EMPLOYEE RIGHTS. (a) Eligible Employees have the right to form, join and participate in union activities for the purpose of representation on all matters of employee relations described in this Resolution, except that only Eligible Voters may vote to determine whether to certify an Employee Organization as a Certified Employee Organization or to decertify a Certified Employee Organization. (b) Eligible Employees have the right to refuse to join or participate in any union activity and have the right to represent themselves individually in their employment relations with the Library. (c) No union shall coerce an Eligible Employee into joining, participating, assisting, supporting or in any other way contributing to the success or operation of a union. No Eligible Employee shall be interfered with, intimidated, restrained, coerced or discriminated against because of the exercise, or refusal to exercise, any of the rights contained in this Resolution. (d) This Resolution shall not prevent any employee: (1) From bringing personal concerns to the attention of the Library administration; (2) From acting in their own behalf or choosing their own representative in a grievance or judicial action; or (3) From enjoying without discrimination, all employment rights and benefits granted by the Library. 4. PETITIONS (a) Any Eligible Employee may file a petition with the Library’s Executive Director to recognize an Employee Organization as the exclusive representative of a group of Eligible Employees. The petition must contain: (1) a statement outlining the basis for the petition; (2) a declaration by the Eligible Employee filing the petition that the petition’s contents are true and correct; (3) a description of the group or group of Eligible Employees that will be represented by the Employee Organization, including a clear and reasonable justification as to why those Eligible Employees constitute an appropriate Bargaining Unit; (4) written proof (through petition, union authorization card, or similar method) that at least 30% of the relevant employees have indicated their desire to designate the Employee Organization as their sole representative for the purposes of collective bargaining; and (5) the signature of the Eligible Employee filing the petition. (b) Any Eligible Employee represented by a Certified Employee Organization, or the Library Executive Director with approval from a majority of the Library Board, may file a petition alleging that the applicable Certified Employee Organization no longer represents the interests of a majority of the Eligible Employees within the Bargaining Unit. The petition must be filed between September 15 and October 15 of any calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year during which any collective bargaining agreement expires, and must contain: (1) a statement outlining the basis for the petition; (2) a declaration by the person signing the petition that the petition’s contents are true and correct; (3) the name of the group or groups of employees the petition seeks to remove from representation by the Certified Employee Organization; and (4) the signature of the person or persons filing the petition, as well as from thirty-three (33) percent of the employees in the Bargaining Unit. (c) A petition under Section 4(a) will be deemed filed under this Resolution upon actual delivery to the Library Executive Director. A petition under Section 4(b) will be deemed filed under this Resolution upon actual delivery to the Library Executive Director and president of the applicable Certified Employee Organization. 5. PETITION MEET AND CONFER AND ELECTIONS (a) No later than thirty (30) calendar days after a petition is filed pursuant to Section 4(c), the Library Executive Director and any affected Employee Organization or Certified Employee Organization shall meet and confer regarding the petition, including any disputes regarding the petition’s compliance with Section 4. (b) If, after meeting and conferring under Section 5(a), the Library Executive Director and any affected Employee Organization or Certified Employee Organization agree that the petition complies with Section 4, then the parties shall proceed to an election under Section 5(d). (c) If, after meeting and conferring under Section 5(a), the Library Executive Director and any affected Employee Organization or Certified Employee Organization are at an impasse as to the petition’s compliance with Section 4, then the impasse will be submitted to the Mayor or the Mayor’s designee, and the City Council, who will have authority to resolve any such impasse and, if appropriate, order an election under Section 5(d). (1) The Mayor or the Mayor’s designee and the City Council may conduct a conference with the Library’s Executive Director and any affected Employee Organization or Certified Employee Organization in order to clarify the nature of the impasse prior to ruling on the impasse. (d) Following submission of a petition pursuant to Section 4, and subject to the processes identified by Section 5(a)-(c), a secret ballot vote of the Eligible Voters in the Bargaining Unit as defined by the petition will be held to determine whether to certify an Employee Organization as a Certified Employee Organization or to decertify a Certified Employee Organization, depending on the relief sought by the petition. The election will be administered using an electronic voting system, and the costs of the election will be divided equally between the Library and the Employee Organization. The Library shall provide the Employee Organization with a full and complete list of all Eligible Voters, including their personal contact information, no later than thirty (30) calendar days prior to the election. An individual agreed upon by the Library and the Employee Organization, or in the absence of agreement, two individuals, one appointed by the Library and one appointed by the Employee Organization, will schedule and administer the election, count the votes, and certify the results of the election. If a majority of votes cast by Eligible Voters in the applicable group (defined as 50% plus one) vote in favor of a petition under Section 4(a) above, the Employee Organization shall be certified as a Certified Employee Organization. If a majority of votes cast by Eligible Voters in the applicable group (defined as 50% plus one) vote in favor of a petition under Section 4(b) above, the Certified Employee Organization shall be decertified. (e) In the event an election to certify an Employee Organization fails to obtain majority support of the applicable Eligible Voters, no new petition under Section 4(a) shall be filed for a period of twelve (12) months from that election. (f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon a substantial demonstration of interest by Eligible Voters, the Library may voluntarily certify an Employee Organization as bargaining agent without an election. The Library shall consider such voluntary certification in good faith and not unreasonably withhold voluntary certification. 6. LIST OF ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES. Upon request by an Employee Organization which may seek to become a Certified Employee Organization hereunder, but no more frequent than twice annually, the Library shall provide a list of Eligible Employees as defined herein. Upon recognition, the Library shall provide each Certified Employee Organization a list of Eligible Employees at a frequency and in a manner to be negotiated in good faith with the Certified Employee Organization. The Library will not enter into a collective bargaining agreement with any union which represents or bargains for an individual who is not on the list of Eligible Employees other than a Certified Employee Organization. 7. LIBRARY BARGAINING TEAM; DISCUSSIONS THROUGH NEGOTIATIONS. (a) The Library’s Executive Director will provide any Certified Employee Organization the name of the Library’s chief negotiator at least five (5) months prior to the expiration of any agreement with the union, or within five (5) months of the date of official recognition of the union, in the case of a first contract. The chief negotiator will represent the Library in all bargaining and labor negotiations pursuant to the terms of this Resolution. All proposals and negotiations with and by the unions shall be handled by the chief negotiator who shall report and be directly responsible to the Library’s Executive Director. (b) A certified employee organization will provide the Library the name of the union’s chief negotiator at least five (5) months prior to the expiration of any agreement with the union, or within five (5) months of the date of official recognition of the union, in the case of a first contract. 8. GOOD FAITH NEGOTIATIONS; COLLECTIVE BARGAINING AGREEMENT. (a) The Library’s chief negotiator and the Certified Employee Organization’s chief negotiator will meet to negotiate in good faith issues related to wages, hours and other terms and conditions of employment. The Library’s chief negotiator and the Certified Employee Organization’s chief negotiator will fully consider any proposals presented during negotiations. (b) The scope of bargaining shall be restricted and shall not include those subjects which the Library has no authority to change and shall not infringe on the Employer’s Rights outlined in Paragraph 2 of this Resolution. Negotiations will not include any issues already required by Utah law or City Ordinance, however the parties shall be permitted to bargain over subjects addressed by Utah law or City Ordinance provided that no direct conflict results. (c) Each collective bargaining agreement must contain a provision prohibiting strikes and lock-outs. (d) Each collective bargaining agreement shall have a term of at least one year. (e) If the Library’s chief negotiator and a union reach an agreement, they will jointly prepare a written collective bargaining agreement containing the terms of their agreement and shall recommend the collective bargaining agreement to the Library’s Executive Director no later than December 15, or at a later date in the event negotiations are reopened. (f) The collective bargaining agreement will not be binding upon the parties, either in whole or in part, until: (1) A majority of the members of the applicable Certified Employee Organization have ratified the collective bargaining agreement by a majority vote of members within a given Bargaining Unit; (2) The Library Board approves the collective bargaining agreement by majority vote and enacts a resolution to implement the collective bargaining agreement; (3) The City Council by majority vote ratifies the collective bargaining agreement; and (4) As to economic terms, the City Council appropriates the funds required to implement the collective bargaining agreement, which requires funding for each year of its existence. (g) If the City Council fails to appropriate the funds required to implement a proposed collective bargaining agreement or wage schedule, the Library Board shall, following good faith negotiations with the Certified Employee Organization, adopt a one-year compensation plan or wage schedule for the affected employees and/or adopt a one-year extension of the existing collective bargaining agreement, and shall present the same to the City Council pursuant to the City Council budget process. After good faith negotiations, the Library shall retain final authority regarding the terms and content of any one-year compensation plan or wage schedule adopted under this paragraph for presentation to the City Council. (h) While a collective bargaining agreement is pending before the Library Board or City Council for action, neither the Certified Employee Organization nor their individual members, nor the Library’s Executive Director, shall appear before the Library Board or the City Council, or their individual members, to advocate for any amendment, addition or deletion to the terms and conditions of the collective bargaining agreement's agreed-upon language. (i) A collective bargaining agreement will be enforceable when entered into in accordance with the provisions of this Resolution. No publication of it shall be required to make it effective. (j) Nothing in a collective bargaining agreement shall prevent the Library and a Certified Employee Organization from identifying and discussing issues related to the terms and conditions of Eligible Employees’ employment during the term of an existing collective bargaining agreement. 9. CLOSED DOOR NEGOTIATIONS Collective bargaining meetings and negotiations between the Library and unions and any deliberations of mediators shall be considered private, and may be conducted in closed door or executive sessions, with only the Library’s representatives and the Certified Employee Organization’s representatives having a right to be present, and without the right of the public to be present, if the parties to the negotiations so decide. 10. RESOLUTION OF IMPASSES (a) Beginning five (5) months after the date of official recognition of the union, the parties shall have 180 days to reach a collective bargaining agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing time periods, if no collective bargaining agreement is reached by December 15, then negotiations will be directed toward reaching a collective bargaining agreement for the next fiscal year. (b) The Library Executive Director and the Certified Employee Organization may jointly request the services of an outside mediator. The costs associated with any outside mediator shall be equally borne by the Library and the Certified Employee Organization. (c) Should the parties fail to reach an agreement within this time frame, any unresolved mandatory subjects of bargaining shall be submitted to the Mayor and City Council for resolution. Nothing in this provision shall alter the process for adopting a collective bargaining agreement as provided for in Section 8. 11. PROCEDURAL RIGHTS The Library shall have the right to promulgate rules and regulations governing activities by Employee Organizations or Certified Employee Organizations, including procedures for meeting with management, use of bulletin boards and other publicly owned facilities, and the solicitation of membership during business hours. 12. SEVERABILITY (a) Nothing herein shall be construed to alter the Library’s rights and obligations under existing or future state laws, city regulations, and Library Board resolutions. (b) Should any court declare any provision of this Resolution void, invalid, illegal or unconstitutional, only the relevant part of the Resolution shall be deemed rescinded, repealed and of no effect. 13. UNFAIR LABOR PRACTICES. (a) The Library as well as its representatives and agents, shall be prohibited from: (1) Restraining or coercing or interfering with any employee in the exercise of rights guaranteed under this Resolution; (2) Discharging or otherwise discriminating against any employee with reference to terms and conditions of employment for the purpose of encouraging or discouraging membership, support or participation in any labor organization or because the employee has signed or filed an affidavit, petition or complaint, or given any information or testimony under this Resolution; (3) Refusing to negotiate in good faith with an Employee Organization designated as the exclusive representative of employees in an appropriate unit; or (4) Locking out employees. (b) Unions, as well as their representatives and agents, shall be prohibited from: (1) Restraining or coercing or interfering with employees in the exercise of the rights guaranteed under this Resolution, including but not limited to, attempting to cause the Library to discriminate against an employee in violation of such employee’s rights under this Resolution or other applicable law; (2) Restraining or coercing the Library in the selection of a representative for purposes of collective bargaining or the adjustment of grievances; (3) Refusing to negotiate in good faith with the Library, if the organization has been designated the exclusive representative of a group of employees; (4) Engaging in a strike, or encouraging, aiding or abetting any Library employee to engage in any strike, which are in addition to being prohibited, are declared to be illegal. (5) Every union and its officers and agents shall have an affirmative duty to take immediate, appropriate, and effective affirmative action to end an employee strike or work stoppage. Adopted by the Library Board of Directors on January 29, 2025 Sariah Toronto, President Noah Baskett, Library CEO This page has intentionally been left blank SALT LAKE CITY RESOLUTION No. ______ of 2026 (Approving a Memorandum of Understanding between the Salt Lake City Library Board and the American Federation of State, County, and Municipal Employees Local 1004, representing eligible employees, pursuant to the resolution governing collective bargaining and employee representation adopted by the Salt Lake City Library Board on January 29, 2025) A resolution approving a Memorandum of Understanding between the Salt Lake City Library Board and the American Federation of State, County, and Municipal Employees Local 1004, representing eligible employees, pursuant to the resolution governing collective bargaining and employee representation adopted by the Salt Lake City Library Board on January 29, 2025, which Memorandum of Understanding shall become effective upon proper ratification and signature. PREAMBLE The Salt Lake City Library Board and the American Federation of State, County, and Municipal Employees Local 1004, representing eligible employees, have agreed to a Memorandum of Understanding (the “MOU” attached hereto as Exhibit “A”) pursuant to the resolution governing collective bargaining and employee representation adopted by the Salt Lake City Library Board on January 29, 2025 (the “Collective Bargaining Resolution) - which MOU shall become effective upon proper ratification and signature. Section 8 of the Collective Bargaining Resolution provides that a memorandum of understanding will not be binding upon the parties until the City Council by majority vote ratifies such memorandum of understanding. Section 8 of the Collective Bargaining Resolution also provides that the economic terms of such memorandum of understanding will not be binding upon the parties until the City Council appropriates the funds required to implement that memorandum of understanding. 2 The attached Memorandum of Understanding is a three-year agreement effective for fiscal years 2027-2029. The Memorandum of Understanding is subject to appropriation of funds by the City Council, and the City Council hereby reserves the right to consider the appropriation of such funds as are necessary to implement the provisions of this Memorandum of Understanding, as part of the municipal budget proceedings that correspond to each of the fiscal years at issue. Be it ordained by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah: SECTION 1. PURPOSE. The purpose of this resolution is to approve and ratify the Memorandum of Understanding between the Salt Lake City Library Board and the American Federation of State, County, and Municipal Employees Local 1004, representing eligible employees, that is attached hereto as Exhibit “A”. SECTION 2. The attached Memorandum of Understanding is hereby approved and ratified. However, the City Council does not address the appropriation of funds at this time and instead reserves the right to consider the appropriation of such funds as are necessary to implement the provisions of this Memorandum of Understanding as part of the pertinent municipal budget proceedings that correspond to the fiscal years at issue. SECTION 3. AUTHORIZATION. The Library Board of Salt Lake City is hereby authorized to act in accordance with the terms and conditions of the attached Memorandum of Understanding between the Salt Lake City Library Board and the American Federation of State, County, and Municipal Employees Local 1004, assuming that the Memorandum of Understanding is properly ratified and signed and that all such actions take place within the pertinent time periods specified in such Memorandum of Understanding. 3 SECTION 4. EFFECTIVE DATE. This Resolution shall be deemed effective on the date of publication Passed by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah, this ____ day of January, 2026. CHAIRPERSON ATTEST: CITY RECORDER Transmitted to the Mayor on __________________________. Mayor’s Action: _____Approved. _____Vetoed. ______________________________ MAYOR ATTEST: _______________________________ CITY RECORDER (SEAL) Bill No. _______ of 2026. Published: ____________________ (2025.12.30.Library.Collective Bargaining MOU) Salt Lake City Attorney’s Office Approved as to Form Date:_December 30, 2025_ By: /s/Jaysen Oldroyd Senior City Attorney 4 EXHIBIT A COLLECTIVE BARGAINING AGREEMENT Salt Lake City Public Library & American Federation of State, County, and Municipal Employees Local #1004 Upon Execution to June 30, 2029 TABLE OF CONTENTS Scope of Agreement........................................................................................................................ 1 Article 1: Recognition..................................................................................................................... 1 Article 2: Union Membership and Dues.........................................................................................2 Section 1: Eligible Employees' Rights........................................................................................2 Section 2: Union Business and Membership Dues.....................................................................2 Section 3: Association Rights and Obligations/Union Stewards...............................................3 Article 3: Management Rights.........................................................................................................5 Section 1: Management Rights...................................................................................................5 Section 2: Limitations of this Agreement...................................................................................5 Article 4: Strikes and Work Stoppages............................................................................................5 Article 5: Hours of Work................................................................................................................. 6 Section 1:.....................................................................................................................................6 Section 2: Overtime..................................................................................................................... 6 Section 3: Rest Periods...............................................................................................................7 Section 4: Meal Periods...............................................................................................................7 Section 5: Work Schedules......................................................................................................... 7 Section 6: Minimum Hours on a Workday................................................................................. 7 Section 7: Remote Work.............................................................................................................7 Section 8: On-Call Assignment...................................................................................................8 Section 9: Call Back....................................................................................................................8 Article 6: Sick Leave....................................................................................................................... 8 Section 1: Sick Leave Accrual.....................................................................................................8 Section 2: Use of Accrued Sick Leave....................................................................................... 8 Section 3: Bereavement Leave................................................................................................... 9 Section 4: Sick Leave Conversion..............................................................................................9 Section 5: Payment upon Separation........................................................................................ 10 Article 7: Vacation......................................................................................................................... 10 Section 1....................................................................................................................................10 Section 2: Use of Accrued Vacation......................................................................................... 11 Section 3: Vacation Accrual Maximum....................................................................................11 Section 4: Accruals Upon Separation....................................................................................... 11 Article 8: Holidays.........................................................................................................................11 Article 9: Leaves of Absence.........................................................................................................12 Section 1: Leave Without Pay................................................................................................... 12 Section 2: Jury Duty..................................................................................................................12 Section 3: Military Leave.......................................................................................................... 12 Article 10: Compensation..............................................................................................................12 Section 1: Wage Schedule......................................................................................................... 12 Section 2: Pay Periods..............................................................................................................13 Section 3: Assignment to Work in a Higher Classification...................................................... 13 Section 4: Bilingual Premium....................................................................................................13 Section 5: Parental Leave Pay.................................................................................................. 13 Article 11: Health and Life Insurance/Workers Compensation....................................................14 Section 1: Life, Accidental Death and Dismemberment, Dental, and Health Insurance...........14 Section 2: Long and Short Term Disability............................................................................... 14 Section 3: Workers’ Compensation........................................................................................... 14 Article 12: Retirement.................................................................................................................. 15 Section 1: Utah Retirement System (URS).............................................................................. 15 Section 2: Deferred Compensation...........................................................................................15 Article 13: Corrective Action and Discipline............................................................................... 15 Section 1:...................................................................................................................................15 Section 2: Notice of Investigatory Interview............................................................................16 Section 3: Pre-Disciplinary and Name-Clearing Meeting........................................................16 Section 4: Imposition of Formal Disciplinary Action.............................................................. 16 Section 5: Timing.....................................................................................................................16 Article 14: Grievances................................................................................................................... 17 Section 1: Contractual Grievance.............................................................................................. 17 Section 2: Discipline Grievance Process................................................................................... 18 Section 3: Timelines.................................................................................................................. 18 Article 15: Probationary Periods................................................................................................... 18 Section 1: New Hires.................................................................................................................18 Section 2: Employees promoted within the Bargaining Unit.................................................... 19 Section 3: Employees promoted to a higher classification not within the Bargaining Unit......19 Article 16: General Provisions..................................................................................................... 19 Section 1: Personnel Records....................................................................................................19 Section 2: Tuition Reimbursement............................................................................................ 19 Section 3: Travel and Mileage..................................................................................................19 Section 4: Training....................................................................................................................20 Section 5: Miscellaneous.......................................................................................................... 20 Section 6: Labor Management Meetings..................................................................................20 Section 7: Safety Training........................................................................................................ 20 Section 8: Critical Incident........................................................................................................ 20 Section 9: Transfers and Job Postings...................................................................................... 21 Article 17: Seniority and Layoffs................................................................................................. 21 Section 1: Definition.................................................................................................................21 Section 2: Layoffs.....................................................................................................................21 Section 3: Recall.......................................................................................................................22 Section 4: Loss of Seniority......................................................................................................22 Article 18: Limitation of Provisions.............................................................................................22 Article 19: Term of Agreement.....................................................................................................23 Appendix A – Hourly Rate of Pay.................................................................................................24 Scope of Agreement THIS AGREEMENT is entered into by and between the Salt Lake City Public Library (Library) and AFSCME Local #1004 (Union) setting forth the full and complete agreement between the Library and the Union for eligible employees. This Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Resolution (January 29, 2025), unless otherwise negotiated in this agreement. Labor matters specifically addressed by this agreement supersede the employee handbook, however, the handbook may clarify additional details of a contractual provision. Matters of employment not addressed by this agreement are controlled by the Employee Handbook at the discretion of the Library. Article 1: Recognition The Salt Lake City Library (Library) as a public employer recognizes AFSCME Local 1004 as the exclusive representative (Union) for negotiation of hours, wages and other conditions of employment for eligible Library employees (Employee/s) as recognized by resolution dated January 29, 2025. Eligible Employees represented by the Union are those employees who are regularly scheduled as a full-time or part-time classification/position, including if serving a probation period, that is not management, executive, supervisory or confidential employee all as defined by the Resolution Section 1(c), or a substitute employee. For the purposes of this agreement, reference to employee means "Eligible Employee" as defined in this paragraph. Full-time employees are those employees who are scheduled to work 40 hours per week. Part-time employees are those employees who are scheduled to work less than 40 hours per week. A “substitute" employee is any employee whose employment does not offer or imply an expectation of continued employment, including substitute, temporary, seasonal, or casual employee. For the purposes of this agreement: ● A temporary employee is a position that does not exceed 1040 hours worked in a one year period. ● A seasonal employee is a position that does not exceed 1040 hours worked in a 6 month period. ● A paid intern, who is limited to 30 hours per week not to exceed 11 consecutive months. ● A substitute employee is a non-regularly scheduled employee wherein the employee may be contacted to work on an ad-hoc basis and who can deny a request to report to work. Substitute positions must work at least 18 hours in the previous three (3) calendar months to be considered eligible for additional substitute, with the occasional exception for taking approved leave without pay. Employees who do not meet this minimum are released from employment with loss of seniority and are no longer eligible for substitute call work without reapplication for employment. Part-time employees accrue leave benefits based on the number of regularly scheduled work hours per week divided by forty (40) hours. For example, for holiday time accrual an employee who is regularly scheduled to work 15 hours per week, Monday through Friday, is prorated at 15/40, which is then multiplied by the respective accrual rate for sick and vacation leave. Sick and vacation accruals are calculated to the hundredth (.00). For the purposes of this agreement, all part-employee benefits are pro-rated unless otherwise specified as not pro-rated. Article 2: Union Membership and Dues Section 1: Eligible Employees' Rights Eligible employees have the right to join and participate in AFSCME’s activities subject to the Resolution for representation on all matters of employee relations or to refuse to join or participate in AFSCME activities. Eligible employees also have the right to represent themselves individually in their employment relations with the Library. AFSCME agrees that it will not restrain or coerce any eligible employee in the exercise of their rights and will not discriminate against any eligible employee because of membership or non-membership or activity or non-activity with AFSCME. Regardless of membership or non-membership in the Union, nothing in this agreement precludes a Library employees covered by this agreement from bringing matters of personal concern to the attention of the appropriate officials in accordance with applicable law, regulations, or established policy; or from having and enjoying all employment rights and benefits granted by the Library whether or not they are members of the Association. Section 2: Union Business and Membership Dues 1. Union business, such as soliciting membership, electing officers, membership meetings, and posting and distributing literature will be conducted on an Eligible Employee's personal time and will not interfere with Library operations. 2. Authorization of Payroll Deduction. Effective the month following execution of this agreement, the Library agrees to honor all lawful authorizations for payroll deduction of payments (twice per month) to the union and to remit such payments promptly to the Union pursuant to receipt of written authorization (form as provided by the Union) from the employee submitted to payroll through the Library's HRIS system. An employee’s authorization for payroll deduction of union dues will be implemented in the pay period following the written submission. Upon written revocation by an employee to discontinue dues payments, as submitted to payroll, the Library will discontinue dues payments in the pay period following the written submission. With each payment of dues to the Union, the Library will provide a list of all bargaining unit members, including new hires, wage rate, and job title. The Union agrees to indemnify, defend and hold the Library harmless against any claims made or suits against the Library as a result of dues payments and payroll deductions. Union acknowledges that dues payments are not for political purposes consistent with Utah law. Section 3: Association Rights and Obligations/Union Stewards 1. The Union agrees to represent the interests of all eligible employees in good faith. 2. The Union agrees it will provide the same representation to all eligible employees without discrimination and without regard to whether the eligible employee is a Union member. 3. The Union has the right to present its views to the Library either orally or in writing by means of communication with the CEO or management designee. 4. The Library agrees to recognize up to ten (10) Library employee Union representatives (Stewards) as the designated representatives of the Union, not including AFSCME Union representatives that are not Library employees. The Union will provide the Director of Employee Relations, or designee, the names of its designated Stewards in writing quarterly. The names of the Stewards will be posted by the Union on appropriate bulletin boards in the work location. 5. Employees shall not be represented in their employment relations under this agreement with the Library by an agent or representative of any employee organization other than the recognized Union. 6. Time spent representing Library employees by Stewards during attendance as Stewards to meetings with the Library management personnel for investigative interviews, grievance meetings, Labor Management Meetings, new employee orientation, disciplinary interviews and pre-disciplinary meetings, or related disciplinary matters is not working time and shall not be compensated, unless such representation takes place during the Steward's regularly scheduled working hours, subject to applicable law. Excluding labor management meetings, attendance for meetings noted in this section is limited to two (2) AFSCME Stewards. Stewards will provide advanced notice and secure permission from their Supervisor for attending the meetings noted in this section. Such permission will not be unreasonably denied. Upon conclusion of attending these meetings, the Steward will report their return to work to their supervisor. 7. Successor Contract Collective Bargaining Sessions. The Union may have up to four (4) bargaining unit members in attendance for bargaining sessions in successor contract bargaining. Union employee bargaining team members will be considered on paid time if regularly scheduled to work during the scheduled session for the first ten (10) bargaining sessions. If not regularly scheduled to work, employees will not be compensated by the Library. Bargaining attendance will not result in the payment of overtime to any bargaining team member. 8. Union Leave. Upon written request from the Union, and subject to operational needs, the Library may grant up to two (2) employees the use of accrued vacation, or if exhausted, unpaid leave for Union members to attend conventions, training, or other official Union functions. Requests must be submitted at least thirty (30) calendar days in advance and will not be unreasonably denied. 9. Bulletin Board. The Library will provide the Union with designated space on an existing bulletin board, or a mutually agreed-upon location, for posting official Union notices. The size and placement of such space will be determined by mutual agreement between the Library and the Union, taking into account operational and considerations. All materials posted must be limited to official Union business and shall not contain defamatory, discriminatory, or political content, or anything inconsistent with Library policies. The Library reserves the right to remove any material it deems inconsistent with these standards. Posting of materials shall occur during non-work time, such as before or after shifts, during breaks, or meal periods. 10. Bargaining Unit Information. Monthly, the Library will provide the Union, in Excel or similar format, a list of employees in the bargaining unit that includes the following information, consistent with the Utah Government Records Access and Management Act (GRAMA): ● Employee name ● Job title / classification ● Department or work location ● Hire date ● Hourly rate or annual salary ● Library-issued work email address ● Union dues payments The Library may require up to ten (10) business days to compile such data. 11. New Employee Orientation. The Library generally conducts one new employee orientation monthly. The Library will provide the Union with the opportunity to meet with new employees who are part of the bargaining unit at the conclusion of their new employee orientation. The purpose of this meeting is for the Union to introduce itself and provide information about Union membership and representation. The Union’s participation shall be limited to thirty (30) minutes and will take place at the end of the Library’s orientation program. The 30 minutes period for the new employee will be on paid time, subject to applicable law. During this time, two (2) Union representatives may address new bargaining unit employees. The Library will provide the Union with reasonable advance notice of orientation sessions that include bargaining unit employees to allow for planning and attendance. The specific time and format of the Union’s participation shall be scheduled by the Director of Employee Relations to ensure the session proceeds smoothly and without disruption to the orientation schedule. Article 3: Management Rights Section 1: Management Rights Except as specifically changed by the terms of this agreement, the Library retains the exclusive right to decide how to manage its employees and to direct its operations, the Library has the exclusive right to determine the role of each of its branches, departments, and divisions, consistent with Utah statutes and regulations and the provisions of this Resolution; to set standards of service to be offered to the public; and to exercise control and discretion over its organization and operation. It is the exclusive right of the Library, subject to the Library Board and Salt Lake City budgeting processes, to: 1. Hire, direct, assign, and schedule the work of its employees; 2. Establish job positions and classify its employees for compensation purposes; 3. Evaluate employees, use corrective actions, and impose disciplinary action for proper cause; 4. Relieve, reassign, or reclassify its employees from duty because of lack of work, lack of funds, as a result of a reorganization, or any other legitimate reason; 5. Determine staffing levels and budget positions including full or part time, temporary, on-call, casual, including demotion and reassignment of classification; 6. Maintain the efficiency of its operations; 7. Determine the method, means and personnel by which the Library's operations are to be conducted; and 8. Take whatever actions the Library deems necessary to carry out its responsibilities in emergency situations. Emergency situations include, but are not limited to, public emergencies (i.e. storm, fire, or security threats), threats to safety of employees or patrons, operational emergencies (i.e. lack of product or financial credit), and other major unforeseen events affecting the Library requiring immediate action. Section 2: Limitations of this Agreement. These terms and provisions of this agreement are subject to the limitations, terms, and conditions of the Resolution and any applicable federal or state law. Negotiations will not include any issues already required by Utah law; however the parties shall be permitted to bargain over subjects addressed by Utah law provided that no direct conflict results. Article 4: Strikes and Work Stoppages AFSCME agrees that continuous and uninterrupted service by the Library and its employees to the public are the essential considerations for this agreement. AFSCME agrees that it will not engage in, or encourage, strike activities. “STRIKE” means: ● The concerted failure to report for duty ● The concerted absence of employees from their positions ● The concerted stoppage of work ● The concerted submission of resignations The concerted abstinence, in whole or in part, by any group of employees from the full, faithful and proper performance of the duties of employment for the Library for the purpose of inducing, influencing, condoning or coercing a change in the terms and conditions of employment, including sick calls, sick-outs, or any other concerted interference with services provided by the Library, or the collective concerted withholding of services or the performance of duties by any person or persons pending the signing of contracts, including those persons who are customarily employed on a yearly contract basis. If an eligible employee violates this Article, the Library may, in addition to any other lawful remedies, discipline the eligible employee involved in the violation. AFSCME acknowledges the affirmative duty to take immediate, appropriate, and effective affirmation action to end an employee strike, work stoppage, or alike as described in this Article, to the extent reasonably possible. AFSCME acknowledges that this discipline could include termination of the eligible employee’s employment. Furthermore, no eligible employee will receive any benefits or wages while they are engaged in a strike, work stoppage, or other interruption of work. Article 5: Hours of Work Section 1: Full-time eligible employees are those non-probationary employees regularly scheduled to work 40 hours per seven (7) day work week. Part-time eligible employees are those non-probationary employees regularly scheduled to work less than 40 hours per week. This section does not limit or prevent the Library from changing or establishing work schedules based on operational need. The work week is considered from Sunday morning (00:00) to Saturday 11:59 pm. Eligible full-time employees may be assigned a regular work week schedule including a 5/8 or 4/10 schedule or be assigned a flexible schedule as determined by the Library. Section 2: Overtime FLSA non-exempt full-time and part-time employees who are assigned and who work more than 40 hours in a work week will be paid overtime at time and one-half of the employee's regular rate of pay for all hours worked over 40 hours in the work week. Overtime is paid by to the nearest next quarter hour. Employees must be authorized by a supervisor before working overtime. Use of any paid accrued leaves, including but not limited to sick, vacation, bereavement, paid parental, and holiday time do not count as hours worked. Overtime is not paid for using any accrued leaves or for any hours not worked. Overtime will not be paid twice for the same hours worked (aka: no pyramiding). Employees should have no expectation of continued overtime opportunities. The Library reserves the right to assign work performed by classifications within this agreement to supervisory and management personnel when needed and subject to operational need. Overtime is not paid for classifications designated as FLSA exempt. Section 3: Rest Periods An eligible employee will receive a fifteen-minute rest period during each four (4) hour work period. The rest period will be included within the work shift unless there are extraordinary circumstances preventing a break. Operational needs will determine when an eligible employee receives a break. An eligible employee’s rest periods will be counted as time worked when calculating overtime. The Library will make a reasonable effort to provide breaks near the middle of each four (4) hour work period. An eligible employee may not combine rest periods and/or meal periods. An eligible employee who chooses not to take a break or is required by unforeseen circumstances to work during a break will not receive additional compensation. Section 4: Meal Periods An eligible employee will have a 30 minute unpaid meal period during each work shift in excess of six (6) hours. Library departments will schedule the lunch period based on operational needs. An eligible employee will only be paid for the lunch period if required to be on the work site or to perform any work during the lunch period as assigned by a supervisor. In such cases, instead of being paid for working during a lunch period, as assigned, an eligible employee may request to end the work shift early by the same number of minutes worked during the lunch period. Section 5: Work Schedules Department managers will post schedules by the 15th of the prior month. Employees are encouraged to provide department managers advance notice of scheduling concerns that affect the employee's ability to report to work. Department managers will make best efforts to schedule employees in consideration of employee requests, seniority in classification, and subject to operational need. Scheduling is determined at the discretion of the Department manager or designee. Due to operations, parties acknowledge that scheduling includes weekend and evening hours. Section 6: Minimum Hours on a Workday Any employee who reports for work at their regularly scheduled time and for whom no work is provided shall be compensated for not less than three (3) hours pay at their regular rate. This provision does not apply if an employee reports to work and then subsequently leaves work for illness or related reasons. Section 7: Remote Work The Library acknowledges that particular work duties for some classifications permit remote work opportunities. The Library and Union agree that some classifications are not eligible for remote work. The Library will review requests for remote work opportunities on a case by case basis in consideration of the work duties performed and operational needs of the Library. Employees may request for remote work opportunities in writing to their Department manager. The Library will review requests and provide written responses consistent with Library policy. Section 8: On-Call Assignment Due to various operational needs, employees within the classification of Maintenance Technician may be assigned to be "on-call" for the purpose of reporting to work when not regularly scheduled. Employees assigned on-call must be readily available to promptly report to work within 45 minutes, subject to a reasonable time period dependent on commute conditions. Employees are expected to answer an on-call notice promptly, generally within 5-10 minutes of notification. On-call assignments will be based on a rotation of eligible employees assigned. Employees assigned on-call status will be compensated at the rate of fifty dollars ($50) for each day assigned. A daily assignment is for up to a 24-hour period. This provision does not preclude management members covering on-call conditions and responding to calls for service. Section 9: Call Back Due to various operational needs, employees within the classification of Maintenance Technician may be called-back to report to work outside their regular work hours. When called back to work, an employee is expected to make reasonable efforts to perform the tasks associated with a call-back, however, in the event an employee does not feel capable of performing the task, the employee will contact the appropriate available supervisor. When called back to work to respond to a worksite facility, an employee will be compensated a minimum of 2 hours pay, at the employee's regular rate, or overtime if applicable. A call-back begins from the moment the employee begins their commute to respond to the work call location and ends upon conclusion of the work duty. A return commute is not compensated. Except in an emergency, an employee shall be released from duty upon cessation of the event that required the call back. Employees responding to a work-initiated phone call or virtual meetings for more than 5 minutes when off duty will be compensated in a minimum increment of 15 minutes overtime. Calls or virtual meetings of 5 minutes or less are considered insubstantial. Employees performing call-back duty will log their time and the duties performed. This provision does not preclude management members covering on-call conditions and responding to calls for service. Article 6: Sick Leave Section 1: Sick Leave Accrual Full-time employees accrue sick leave at the rate of 3.70 hours per pay period (bi-monthly) upon date of hire. Part-time employees accrue pro-rated sick leave as defined in Article 1. Effective July 1, 2026, the sick leave maximum accrual for full time employees will be 640 hours. Upon reaching the maximum accrual, employees will no longer accrue leave until the accrual is below the maximum. For those employees hired before July 1, 2026, they may maintain their current balance over 640 hours, however, no additional sick leave will be accrued until the balance falls below the 640 maximum value. Section 2: Use of Accrued Sick Leave Sick leave is offered to prevent a loss of income should an employee be unable to perform their work because of physical or mental health, injury, pregnancy, childbirth or adoption, or for emergency care of ill or injured immediate family members (as defined by the handbook for sick leave), including medical appointments. (For example: Father, mother, grandparents, sister, brother, husband, wife, children, or grandchildren. It also includes step relations, and in-laws, and domestic partners to the same degree of relationship - 2014 Library Handbook) Employees may use sick leave for qualifying events under FMLA. Employees who are not FMLA eligible may use sick leave as accrued. When taking leave under this Article, employees are required to use accrued sick leave prior to using other accrued leaves, and employees are required to exhaust all accrued leaves prior to any leave of absence without pay. Employees are expected to notify their supervisor/manager with reasonable advance notice and prior to their work shift if seeking the use of accrued sick leave. If extraordinary circumstances prevent the eligible employee from notifying their supervisor, the eligible employee will contact the supervisor as soon as reasonably possible. When an employee uses sick or other accrued leave during a workweek, the employee's combined work hours and accrued leave hours used may not exceed their regular assigned hours, unless otherwise assigned in writing to additional work hours. A medical release to return to work may be required to return to work. The Library will follow all applicable law in designating leaves under the FMLA or other. A note from a medical provider may be required to support extended, frequent, unusual, or patterned use of sick leave usage. Excessive use or abuse of sick leave may result in disciplinary action. Employees are encouraged to contact People and Culture for assistance for eligibility questions regarding the use of sick leave. Section 3: Bereavement Leave In the event of the death of an immediate family or household member, an employee may be excused for up to five (5) regularly scheduled workdays in full day increments per event. In the event of the death of an extended family member, an employee may be excused for one (1) scheduled workday. Subject to manager approval, an employee may use accrued sick leave for an absence longer than provided in this section. The use of paid bereavement leave under this section must be used within 60 days of the passing, or as approved in writing in advance by a supervisor. Section 4: Sick Leave Conversion Consistent with the Library handbook, an employee who has accrued 55 days (440 hours) of sick leave accruals and who has at least 60 months on continuous employment with the Library, is eligible to convert a portion of their accrued sick leave. Part-time employees receive a prorated conversion value once reaching 440 hours of accrued sick leave. If the employee has used four (4) or less sick days leave during the previous fiscal year (ie: July 1 to June 30th the next year), the employee may elect accrued sick days to vacation as follows: Number of Sick Days Used Conversion to Vacation No sick days used Five (5) days One (1) sick days used Four (4) days Two (2) sick days used Three (3) days Three (3) sick days used Two (2) days Four (4) sick days used One (1) day Five (5) or more sick days used No conversion For conversion purposes, a day is the equivalent payment of 8 hours pay and a fraction of a day of sick leave used will be counted as a full day of sick leave when totaling the use of accrued sick leave for the fiscal year. Part-time employees are prorated as noted in Article 1. Employees must submit a request to People and Culture for conversion during June. If approved, conversion will be applied in July. Current year conversion to July will be included in the vacation maximum balance. Section 5: Payment upon Separation Employees are not eligible for payment of accrued sick leave upon separation of employment, unless the employee has completed 15 years (180 months) of continuous employment with the Library prior to July 1, 2013, and the employee retires under URS or is laid off consistent with policy. This payment is limited to 25% of the employees accrued sick leave up to 1080 hours. This provision expires July 1, 2028. Article 7: Vacation Section 1 Full-time employees earn accrued vacation based on the employee's most recent benefit-eligible hire date as follows: Years of Service Accrual Rate Date of hire - 12 months completed 13 days per year 13 months - 60 months completed 19 days per year 61 months - 144 months completed 23 days per year 145 months- 240 months completed 26 days per year A day is considered 8 hours of accrual Part-time employees accrue pro-rated sick leave as defined in Article 1. New and rehired employees will be placed at the vacation tier including prior years of service in a similar job classification as determined by the Library. Section 2: Use of Accrued Vacation Employees may request the use of accrued leave by submitting their written request to their supervisor or manager. Employees are encouraged to request use of accrued leave with as much advanced notice as possible. If an employee provides at least 28 days prior notice for a vacation request, the Library will provide a written response to the employee within 10 days. Approval is at the discretion of the Library based on operational need and requests are granted on a first come first served basis. Employees may not request vacation time in excess of earned accruals at the time of the request or for time off more than 18 months in advance, unless granted by a Department Head under special circumstances. Denials of vacation request will be in writing with explanation. Section 3: Vacation Accrual Maximum Vacation accruals are limited to a maximum of one and one-half year of annual vacation accrual. When the maximum accrual is reached, an employee no longer accrues vacation until the accrued time is less than the maximum. Any sick leave conversion to vacation counts towards this maximum. Section 4: Accruals Upon Separation Upon separation of employment, employees will be compensated for any unused vacation accruals not exceeding the maximum. The payment will be in the employee's final paycheck. Article 8: Holidays The Library recognizes 12 paid holidays per calendar year as identified by policy. When a holiday day falls on an employee's day off, the employee will be allowed to schedule an alternative day off as agreed upon by their supervisor. For reference, by policy the 12 paid holidays are: ● New Years Day (January 1) ● Martin Luther King, Jr. Day (Third Monday in January) ● President's Day (Third Monday in February) ● Memorial Day (Last Monday in May) ● Juneteenth National Independence Day (observed on June 19) ● Independence Day (July 4) ● Pioneer Day (July 24) ● Labor Day (First Monday in September) ● Thanksgiving Day (Fourth Thursday of November) ● Day after Thanksgiving (Fourth Friday of November) ● Christmas Eve (December 24) ● Christmas Day (December 25) Part-time employees accrue pro-rated leaves as defined in Article 1. For full time employees scheduled to work Easter Day, for which the Library is closed, the employee will receive 8 hours pay for that date pro-rated for part-time employees. At the discretion of the Library, the Library may close on any given other holiday not listed above. In such event, an employee may either work an additional day in the work week as approved by a supervisor or elect to use vacation leave. Article 9: Leaves of Absence Section 1: Leave Without Pay A leave of absence without pay may be granted for a full-time employee not to exceed 180 days. Requests for a leave of absence without pay should be submitted to the employee's supervisor. Approval is at the discretion of the CEO. A leave of absence without pay for a full-time employee may require the employee to have exhausted all eligible accrued leaves. Employees must use unpaid leave to fulfill political offices. Section 2: Jury Duty Employees summoned to appear for jury duty or subpoenaed to appear as a witness on behalf of the Library will be paid their normal working hours while serving. Employees may keep court or witness fees received. Employees are expected to provide notice to the Library upon receipt of the summons or subpoena. If released from jury duty or as a witness during their normal working hours, the employee is expected to promptly return to work or arrange for leave time for the balance of their normal working hours. Section 3: Military Leave The Library will provide military leave in accordance with USERRA and applicable law. Article 10: Compensation Section 1: Wage Schedule ● Effective July 1, 2026, employees will be paid the hourly rate for their classification based on Appendix A, Hourly Rate of Pay. Steps are 2.5% apart. ● Effective the first full pay period in August 2026, Step 1 of Appendix A will be increased by 3%. Steps are 2.5%. ● Effective the first full pay period in August 2027, Step 1 of Appendix A will be increased by 3%. Steps are 2.5%. ● Effective the first full pay period in August 2028, Step 1 of Appendix A will be increased by 3%. Steps are 2.5%. New employees will be placed on the step commensurate to their work experience in similarly related positions subject to management discretion. For non-probationary employees, step increases occur August 1 each calendar year, up to the top of the step scale. Step increases are subject to satisfactory performance evaluations. Section 2: Pay Periods Employees will be paid a base hourly rate for their classification for all hours worked as provided by the hourly wage schedule in Appendix A. Employees are paid bi-weekly (every alternating Friday). Section 3: Assignment to Work in a Higher Classification An employee assigned in writing by a Department Head and approved by People and Culture to perform the duties of a manager or supervisor at a higher classification than the employee for five (5) or more consecutive calendar days will be paid an additional incentive of 5% of their base rate of pay for all hours worked in the assigned capacity. The premium will not be paid when using accrued leaves. An employee assigned in writing by a Department Head and approved by People and Culture to perform the duties of a higher classification within the bargaining unit for five (5) or more consecutive calendar days will be paid an additional incentive of 3% of their base rate of pay for all hours worked in the assigned capacity. The premium will not be paid when using accrued leaves. Section 4: Bilingual Premium The Library recognizes the added value to provide better services with employees who speak different languages. Consistent with policy, employees who complete a test to demonstrate bilingual proficiency in one of 11 languages, including American Sign Language, will be paid and additional $0.50 per hour, or $1.00 per hour for Spanish, for all hours worked, or for FSLA exempt employees, a salaried equivalent. Payment will begin the pay period following approved proficiency by the Library. Section 5: Parental Leave Pay Consistent with policy, employees may receive up to 30 workdays when working a 5/8 schedule or 24 workdays when working a 4/10 schedule of paid parental leave to be taken in full day increments for the birth, adoption or placement of a child as a parent of the child. This provision is prorated for flexible schedules and prorated for part-time employees as noted in Article 1. Article 11: Health and Life Insurance/Workers Compensation Section 1: Life, Accidental Death and Dismemberment, Dental, and Health Insurance 1. The Library will make available health, dental and vision insurance to full-time employees in the bargaining unit upon the terms and conditions as may be from time to time determined by the Library. The Library will make available life, accidental death and dismemberment insurance to full-time employees in the bargaining unit upon the terms and conditions as may be from time to time determined by the Library. 2. Premium Cost Sharing. For those full-time employees electing employee only coverage, the Library will contribute 100% of the health and 50% of the lowest dental insurance premium. For those employees electing employee and at least one dependent or more, the Library will contribute 90% of the monthly health premium and 50% of the lowest dental premium. The employee will pay the remaining premium through payroll deduction biweekly, except for a third pay period of the month, consistent with the pay periods. Regular part-time employees are not eligible for benefits. 3. Employee Assistance Program. The Library offers an Employee Assistance Program by an outside independent firm with benefits as provided at the discretion of the Library. 4. Health Savings Account. The Library will contribute $1,000 to an individual employee's Health Savings Account (HSA) if electing employee coverage. The Library will contribute $2,000 to an individual employee's HSA if electing coverage for employee and at least one dependent. HSA contributions are prorated monthly and are paid the pay period that includes the first day of the month. HSA contributions are prorated proportionally based on the month of hire throughout the calendar year for new hires. If a full time employee is not eligible for an HSA account, the Library will make the same contributions to the employee's individual Flexible Spending Account (FSA) account. 5. Telehealth Plan. The Library will make available a telehealth plan for all part-time employees. The Library will pay the monthly premium for those employees who enroll. Section 2: Long and Short Term Disability 1. The Library provides Long Term coverage for full-time employees. 2. The Library makes available a Short Term Disability for full-time employees at the option and purchase by the full-time employee. Section 3: Workers’ Compensation 1. The Library provides worker's compensation coverage as required by the Utah's Worker's Compensation Act. At the request of an employee, for an accepted claim, eligible employees may elect to use accrued paid leaves to make up the difference between the amount the employee receives as worker's compensation payments by the carrier and the eligible employee's net wages monthly/bi-weekly. The Library offers light duty opportunities when available. Article 12: Retirement Section 1: Utah Retirement System (URS) The Library will make employer contributions to URS consistent with applicable law and as directed by URS. Section 2: Deferred Compensation The Library makes available a deferred compensation plan for employees. Employees are responsible to initiate their own accounts. For those employees employed after July 1, 2011 who elect the defined benefit plan, as provided by URS, the Library will contribute 0.81% of an employee's rate of pay towards the individual employees deferred compensation plan (401k). Note: This is in offset to the URS 0.81% employee required contribution to URS. Article 13: Corrective Action and Discipline Section 1: The Library agrees to act in good faith in the discipline of any employee. Depending on the severity of the violation involved and the employee's past record, formal disciplinary actions for cause are limited to written reprimand, suspension without pay, demotion, or discharge. For cause is satisfied upon a showing of substantial evidence that supports the findings of misconduct or policy violation and when the disciplinary sanction imposed is consistent and proportional to the nature of the conduct. The Library will generally follow principles of "progressive discipline," however, no prior disciplinary action shall be deemed necessary based on the egregiousness of the totality of the circumstances, including, but not limited to, examples of criminal conduct, theft, dishonesty, using or being under the influence of alcohol or controlled substance during working hours; gross negligence; egregious violations of professional ethics, failure to follow lawful directives resulting in loss of property, harm or injury; violence or other misdeeds similar as to the seriousness of their impact on the employer-employee relationship. Non-Disciplinary Corrective Actions. Corrective Actions and Counseling documents, such as notices of corrective actions, counseling, coaching, verbal warnings (even if repeated in writing), work improvement plans, and other similar remedial actions are not considered formal discipline. Corrective actions will be clearly labeled and will not be placed in the employee’s personal file. A corrective action may be noted as resolved or not resolved in the next yearly evaluation. An employee may provide a rebuttal to a corrective action, so long as submitted within 14 calendar days of imposition. Corrective actions are not subject to the grievance procedure. Corrective action documents will be considered stale after 12 months from imposition, subject that no further similarly related conduct has occurred. Counseling documents can be used as notice of rule should additional related conduct occur. The Library may maintain a supervisory file for periodic performance evaluations. Employees may review their supervisory file upon 72 hours of the written request, not including weekends. The Library agrees to address matters of performance concerns with the understanding of being responsive to performance concerns as they arise. The Library is not precluded from imposing performance improvement plans as part of remedial measures in counseling or discipline. Section 2: Notice of Investigatory Interview Upon knowledge of allegations of misconduct that could result in formal disciplinary actions, the Library may conduct an administrative investigation. In the event the Library seeks to interview the employee accused of the allegations, the Library will provide at least 24 hours written notice to the employee who is the subject of a disciplinary investigation interview. The written notice will include facts sufficient to reasonably ascertain the allegation, notice of possible policy or rule violations, and notice of right to have a Union representative present. The Union representative shall be present only as an observer and advisor and shall not act in obstruction. In order to preserve the record, investigatory meetings will be audio recorded by the investigator. A copy of the audio recording will be provided with the investigatory materials with any pre-disciplinary meeting notice, if applicable. Section 3: Pre-Disciplinary and Name-Clearing Meeting Prior to imposition of a suspension without pay, demotion, or discharge, the employee will be provided a reasonable opportunity for a pre-disciplinary and name-clearing meeting with the person deciding the disciplinary action, if any, for the Library. The Library will give the Union or employee written notice of the meeting including the findings, policy violations, audio recording on the employee (if applicable), and the contemplated disciplinary action under consideration. The Union and employees will have the opportunity to present information, including mitigating factors, for the Library's consideration prior to making a final determination. Section 4: Imposition of Formal Disciplinary Action Employees will be given written notice of any formal disciplinary action imposed and informed of the right to grieve the disciplinary action and right to contact the Union for representation. The notice will include reference to grievance rights under Article 14. Disciplinary actions will be imposed in a private manner. The Library acknowledges to act in good faith when considering and imposing disciplinary actions. Section 5: Timing The Library will make best efforts to conclude administrative investigations within 180 days of the investigatory interview of the accused employee. In the event more time is needed, the Library will provide the employee and Union a written explanation. Article 14: Grievances This Article separates contractual grievances and disciplinary grievances. Grievances for matters not covered by the express terms of this agreement defer to the Library handbook. Section 1: Contractual Grievance A contractual grievance is limited to a dispute in the interpretation and/or application of the express terms of this agreement, excluding Article 1, Recognition, Article 3, Management Rights, Article 4 Strikes and Lockouts, Article 13 for imposed disciplinary actions, Article 18, Limitations of Provisions, and Article 19, Term of Agreement. Employees will not be retaliated against for exercising their grievance rights. 1. Contractual Grievance Process. Step 1: Informal Resolution. An employee or the Union contesting the interpretation or application of the provisions of this agreement, excluding those articles listed above, may raise their concern informally in writing with their supervisor/manager within 15 days of the incident or reasonable knowledge thereof of the dispute, not to exceed 30 days. Email correspondence is suitable. The supervisor/manager will review the matter and will meet informally with the employee to discuss the concern. The employee may have a Union representative present. The supervisor/manager will provide an informal written response to the employee and Union representative within 15 calendar days of the informal meeting. Step 2: Formal Written Grievance. In the event the employee or Union are not satisfied with the management response, the Union may file a formal written grievance with the EEO Officer, who will appropriate the grievance to the proper Library representative within 15 calendar days of the Library's response in Step 1. The written grievance must include the specific facts relied upon, the contract provision/s alleged to have been violated, and the requested remedy. The Library representative will meet with the grievant and/or Union representative to clarify the grievance. The Library will provide a written response to the grievant and/or Union representative within 15 calendar days of the Step 2 meeting. Step 3: In the event the Union is not satisfied with the Library representative's response in Step 2, the Union may file the written grievance with the EEO Officer and the CEO. The CEO, or designee, may review evidence and consult with the supervisor/manager, employee (with a Union rep if requested), and any other persons deemed appropriate. The CEO may also meet with the Union representative who filed the grievance or other AFSCME representative as designated by the Union. The CEO will provide a written response within 45 calendar days from the date of receipt of the Union's step 3 filing or within 15 days of meeting with the CEO, if applicable. The CEO's decision is final. Section 2: Discipline Grievance Process For purposes of this agreement formal disciplinary actions, as defined in Article 15, may be grieved as written below. Probationary employees may not grieve or otherwise appeal disciplinary actions or failed probations. Step 1: In the event an employee contests the imposition of a formal disciplinary action, as defined in Article 15, the employee may file a formal written grievance with the EEO Officer who will appropriate the grievance to the proper library representative. The grievance must be filed within 15 calendar days of the issue date of the disciplinary action. The written grievance must specifically describe the reasons contesting the disciplinary action, the contract provision/s alleged to have been violated, and the requested remedy. The submission of the grievance must attach or identify any documents the employee intends to rely. The Library representative will meet with the grievant, with the presence of a Union representative, if applicable, to discuss and/or clarify the grievance. The Library will provide a written response to the grievant and Union representative within 15 calendar days of the meeting. Step 2: In the event the employee is not satisfied with the Library representative's response, the employee may file the written grievance with the EEO Officer and the CEO. Note: If the CEO imposed the disciplinary action, the grievance may be advanced directly to Step 2. The CEO may review evidence and consult with the supervisor/manager, and any other persons deemed appropriate. The CEO or designee will meet with the grievant to review the grievance within 15 days from the date of receipt of the Step 2 filing. The meeting will be recorded, and the employee may bring a Union representative on their behalf. The CEO may conduct additional meetings in an effort to resolve the grievance. The CEO will provide a written response within 45 calendar days from the date of the meeting. The CEO's decision is final. Section 3: Timelines Parties may extend timelines by written mutual agreement. Failure of an employee or the Union to advance a grievance will result in dismissal without further action. Failure of the Library to respond according to a grievance step permits the grievant to advance to the next step of the grievance process. Article 15: Probationary Periods Section 1: New Hires A newly hired employee will serve a probationary period of 180 days from date of hire. This observation period is intended to evaluate and train employees. Probationary employees are considered "at-will". At the sole discretion of the Library, a probationary employee not meeting performance expectations may be terminated without further grievance or appeal recourse. The Library may extend an employee’s probationary period resulting from absences due to medical reasons or similarly related circumstances in order to complete the observation period. Employees will be provided written notice when their probationary period is extended. Section 2: Employees promoted within the Bargaining Unit An employee promoted from one classification to a higher classification in the bargaining unit will serve a promotional probationary period of 180 days from the date of promotion. A promoted employee will receive a minimum 3% increase in their base hourly rate or be paid the minimum hourly rate of the new position's range, the greater of either. Employees who fail their promotional probationary period may elect to return to their previous classification, without loss in seniority inclusive of their time in the higher position. A determination by the Library that an employee has failed their promotional period is not subject to grievance. Section 3: Employees promoted to a higher classification not within the Bargaining Unit An employee promoted to a higher classification not within the bargaining unit may be returned to their previous classification within 180 days of promotion without loss in seniority, inclusive of their time in the higher position. A determination by the Library that an employee return to their previously held position is not subject to grievance. Article 16: General Provisions Section 1: Personnel Records People and Culture will maintain the documents in a secure, centralized location. Upon reasonable request, an employee may view their personnel file by contacting People and Culture. 1. Formal Disciplinary Actions. At the request of the employee, a disciplinary action of written reprimand may be removed from the employees' personnel file after 12 months from date of imposition subject to the action was not EEO or Violence in the Workplace relate and subject to not receiving counseling or further disciplinary action for the same or similarly related conduct during the 12 month period. If removed, the written reprimand will be considered stale for the purposes of progressive discipline, however, the document will be retained separately for the purposes of notice of rule or for civil defense. Section 2: Tuition Reimbursement Consistent with policy, Full and Part-time employees are eligible for tuition reimbursement for receiving college credits from a bona-fide institution of higher learning. Reimbursement for earned college credit may within the calendar year paid. Reimbursement is subject to a passing grade of C or better and is limited to $5,250 per calendar year. Reimbursement requires proof of payment and transcript. Employee is responsible for any applicable withholdings or taxes. For further information, please contact People and Culture. Section 3: Travel and Mileage The Library will pay a GSA per diem allowance and reasonable travel expenses incurred for assigned travel when conducting Library business. A person assigned to travel on behalf of the Library should coordinate with their manager or the Director of Organizational Learning at least 30 days prior to the travel. Employees approved to use their own personal vehicle for travel are eligible for mileage reimbursement at the applicable GSA rate. Section 4: Training Employees may be required to attend training. The Library may adjust an employee's schedule to attend training. Employees seeking additional training may make a request to their supervisor. The Library, at its discretion, may agree to additional training opportunities. Section 5: Miscellaneous 1. Transit Pass reimbursement. Full and Part-time employees who worked at least 19 hours in the given month are eligible for reimbursement payable in the following month for a Utah Transit Authority individual pass for up to $62 per month. Reimbursement requires proof of payment to the Finance Department within 60 days of purchase. This provision is not prorated and paid the same for full and part time employees. 2. Employees may park, with a parking card provided by the Library, without cost during business hours at the Main Library parking complex. 3. Employees may use the Fitness Center at the Main Library during regularly scheduled hours while off-duty without cost. Use of the center off duty is not considered compensable time worked and is not work time. Section 6: Labor Management Meetings In order to strengthen the parties' labor-management relations, the Library agrees to participate with AFSCME in labor management meetings to address ongoing concerns, including employee and facility safety . Such meetings will generally be quarterly as requested by AFSCME or by the Library to meet at mutually accepted times. Attendance during regularly scheduled work hours is limited to up to five (5) members and up to five (5) Library representatives. The labor/management meetings are advisory and not a forum for collective bargaining. Section 7: Safety Training The Library will provide Basic CPR/First Aid, Narcan, and Mandatory Reporting training to each employee. For the classifications of Associate Librarians, Librarians, Safety Associate, Community Garden Associate, Events Associate, Technology Associate Librarian, Audio Visual Specialist, Technology Librarian and Social Worker, the Library will provide de-escalation training. These mandatory training courses are scheduled at the sole discretion of the Library. These trainings will be provided on paid time. Section 8: Critical Incident The parties recognize that employees may be exposed to certain critical incidents in the performance of their duties that may cause significant stress or disruption to employee' ability to perform the duties of their position. Critical incidents are those events where an employee is actively involved or in contact with a person or persons involving the death, potential death (ie: overdoses), critical injury to a person, imminent threat of violence directed at the employee, or substantially related events. An employee may be provided a reasonable break from duty as soon as operationally feasible, if requested by the employee. In certain incidents, an employee may be relieved from their duties in as timely a manner as the Library determines is operationally feasible, if the employee requests to be relieved from duty. Employees may also be relieved from duty at the discretion of the Library and placed on paid administrative leave or assigned to a different work location. Employees who are placed on paid administrative leave may be required to seek EAP psychological counseling, as provided by the Library, within a reasonable period of the incident. Section 9: Transfers and Job Postings 1. Transfers. For operational need, an employee may need to be transferred to a different work location. In the event of a transfer, the Library will consider equitable factors in making its decision based on the circumstances of the purpose of the transfer. In some cases, the Library may first seek a volunteer. 2. Job Applicants. For existing employees who apply for a Library position, if requested, the Library will provide the applicant reasonable feedback if not accepted for the position. The Library may also provide some development opportunities to assist the employee for prospective options. The provisions of Section 9 are at the sole discretion of the Library. Article 17: Seniority and Layoffs Section 1: Definition For the purposes of this agreement, Seniority means a regular employee's length of continuous service in the bargaining unit from the date of the employee's most recent date of hire, unless otherwise specified in this agreement. Section 2: Layoffs The Library retains the right to determine staffing levels including adjusting employee FTE status and/or layoffs. A layoff is a separation of employment. Adjustments to FTE status and layoffs are not subject to the grievance procedure of this agreement or other appeal. Layoffs will be by classification seniority. For the purposes of layoff, classification seniority is the length of continuous service in a classification (ie: job title/position). The employee with the least classification seniority will be the first to be laid off in a classification. Seniority lists for full-time employees is separate than seniority lists for part-time employees. Employees earn no compensation, benefits or accruals from the Library when laid off, unemployed or when in unpaid status. Note: For clarification, a classification is defined as a named position on the wage scale. Employees will be given at least 21 calendar days’ advance notice of layoff of an employee. In the event of layoffs, the Library is not precluded from hiring temporary employees or distributing work to other Library employees in order to meet operational need. Prior to hiring a temporary employee as a result of layoff within a classification, the laid off employee will be offered the temporary position. Section 3: Recall Within 180 days from the date of layoffs, employees may be recalled back to their previous classification from layoff according to seniority. In the event of a recall, an employee will be given written notice. The employee must provide the Library with the employee’s current mailing address and contact information (phone number) and respond to a recall notice sent to that address within seven days of the notice of recall. The Library will send recall notices by certified letter, return receipt requested, to the address maintained. Upon recall, the employee will need to return to work within 15 calendar days of recall notice. Upon return to re-employment, seniority will be restored. If an employees does not return to work upon notice of recall, the employee will have no further rights to employment, and all seniority shall be lost. Section 4: Loss of Seniority An employee will lose all seniority in the event of: 1. Voluntarily separation (resignation) 2. Disciplinary discharge. 3. Absence for two (2) consecutive workdays without notification to the Library where such notification is possible. 4. In the event of an absence due to layoff, a failure to affirm acceptance of recall within 7 calendar days and return to work without the Library's prior approval within 15 calendar days. 5. Layoff of more than 180 days from date of layoff. 6. Medical/disability separation of employment Article 18: Limitation of Provisions All financial commitments by the Library shall be subject to the availability of funds approved by the Library and Salt Lake City Council and the limitations on future budget commitments provided under State Constitution and Statute. The provisions hereof shall be effective as provided herein, but subject to approval by the Library Board of Directors and the Salt Lake City Council and their appropriation of funds. During the term of this agreement, it is the Library's intent to make a reasonable effort to maintain a funding level sufficient to satisfy this understanding; however, the parties to this agreement mutually understand that public emergencies or revenue shortfalls may alter the ability of the Library to satisfy this agreement. In the event of a public emergency where the Library is unable to meet the particular terms of this agreement, the Library will give as much notice as reasonably possible of the circumstances and make best efforts to inform the Association President, or designee, about the nature of the emergency condition and the expected duration. It is expressly understood that this agreement does not bind succeeding elected officials of the Library or City of Salt Lake and shall not be construed to compel the Library or the City of Salt Lake to impose or maintain any tax or fee structure. The provisions of this agreement are subject to the limitations, terms, and conditions of the Resolution and any applicable federal or state law. For any provisions of this agreement that are revealed to be contrary to state or federal law, the Library will defer to the state or federal law. All other provisions of this agreement not contrary to law remain in full force and effect. The parties acknowledge the opportunity of the Union to bring forward all matters of employment relations during the collective bargaining process for this agreement even if subject matters were proposed and later withdrawn. The Library and AFSCME expressly waive and relinquish the right and each agree that the other will not be obligated during the term of this agreement to bargain collectively with respect to any subject or matter referred to or covered by this agreement. The parties acknowledge the ability to discuss issues related to the terms and conditions of employment for bargaining unit members during the term of this agreement, however, all matters and subjects not covered by this agreement remain at the sole discretion of the Library without further bargaining obligation until successor bargaining. The parties are not precluded from entering into mutual agreements, such as Memorandum of Understanding, during the term of this agreement. Should any provisions of this agreement be rendered or declared invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction or by reason of any existing or subsequently enacted legislation be contrary to law, the remaining portions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and the parties shall, upon request of either party, enter in negotiations for the purpose of resolving the invalidated provision. Article 19: Term of Agreement This Agreement will be effective the month following full execution and through end of fiscal year June 30, 2029. Parties acknowledge that the following provisions are not effective until July 1, 2026 or as stated in this Agreement thereafter: Article 7 Section 1 - vacation tier accruals, Article 10.1, 10.3, 10.4 and Article 11.E. No provisions of this Agreement are retroactive. For the purposes of contract interpretation or clarification, the parties may, by mutual written agreement, acknowledge a written clarification to this Agreement by means of a Memorandum of Understanding. The parties agree to initiate successor bargaining by scheduling and hold a first bargaining session by February of the expiration year of this agreement. FOR THE SALT LAKE CITY FOR AFSCME LOCAL #1004 PUBLIC LIBRARY: Noah Baskett, CEO Sariah Toronto, Board President Date Date Appendix A – Hourly Rate of Pay This page has intentionally been left blank SALT LAKE CITY TRANSMITTAL To:  Salt Lake City Council Chair Submission Date: 12/19/2025 Date Sent to Council: 12/29/2025 From: Department * Library Employee Name: Heidi Voss E-mail execadmin@slcpl.org Department Director Signature Director Signed Date 12/28/2025 Chief Administrator Officer's Signature Chief Administrator Officer's Signed Date 12/29/2025 Subject: SLCPL and AFSCME Collective Bargaining Agreement - Board Approved Additional Staff Contact: Noah Baskett - nbaskett@slcpl.org Presenters/Staff Table Sariah Toronto - storonto@slcpl.orgNoah Baskett - nbaskett@slcpl.org Document Type Resolution Budget Impact? Yes No Recommendation: We recommend adopting the CBA as written. Background/Discussion See first attachment for Background/Discussion Public Hearing Is there a City or State statutory requirement to hold a public hearing for this item?* Yes No The City Council reserves the option to hold and notice for a public hearing pursuant to their practices for public engagement. Does the City have a general practice to hold a public hearing for this item?* Yes No Public Process This collective bargaining agreement is the result of the resolution passed by both the City Library Board of Directors and City Council in 2025. Library employees also voted to unionize. The attached agreement is the result of the collective bargaining process and has been approved by the City Library Board of Directors. This page has intentionally been left blank WHEREAS the Salt Lake City Code, Chapter 2.28, establishes the Salt Lake City Library Board (the “Library Board”) as the governing body for the Salt Lake City Library (the “Library”), pursuant to Utah Code Annotated § 9-7-402 through 9-7-410; WHEREAS state law gives the Library Board jurisdiction over the hiring of Library personnel and policies for Library operations, as well as other powers subject to city approval; WHEREAS the residents of Salt Lake City are entitled to the orderly and uninterrupted operations of their Library; WHEREAS the Library strives to engage employees in training and career development; engage employees in organizational improvements; provide a fair, respectful, cooperative, and safe work environment; ensure accountability of employees, supervisors, and managers; celebrate success and achievement with Library employees; and support employees’ work/life balance; WHEREAS discussions with Library employees related to the terms and conditions of their employment will enable the Library to increase productivity, efficiency, and quality of service, promote fiscal stability, and ensure a high level of employee morale; and WHEREAS the Library wishes to ascertain the extent to which its employees desire to be represented through collective bargaining; NOW, THEREFORE, be it resolved by the Library Board, as follows: 1. DEFINITIONS. As used in this Resolution: (a) “BARGAINING UNIT” means a group of Eligible Employees that share an internal community of interest; are readily identifiable as a group based on job classifications, departments, functions, work locations, skills, or similar factors; and are sufficiently distinct from other groups of Eligible Employees. (b) “CITY” means Salt Lake City, a Utah municipal corporation. (c) “ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE” means any person who is employed by the Library, on a full- time or part-time basis, except for: (1) Any employee who primarily performs the duties of an administrator, manager, or supervisor with the authority to hire, fire, transfer, suspend, lay off, recall, promote, discharge, assign, reward, or discipline other employees, or responsibly to direct them, or to adjust their grievances, if in connection with the foregoing the exercise of such authority is not of a merely routine or clerical nature, but requires the use of independent judgment. (2) Any employee who assists and acts in a confidential capacity to persons who formulate, determine, and effectuate management policies or regularly has access to confidential information concerning the formation, execution, administration, or review of the Library’s bargaining position or any collective bargaining agreement. (3) Any employee employed by the Library as a “substitute.” (d) “ELIGIBLE VOTER” means any Eligible Employee who has been continuously employed by the Library for six (6) or more months. (e) “EMPLOYEE ORGANIZATION” means any bona fide organization that does not discriminate in its membership against any protected category of person under Utah or federal law and exists for the purposes of representing employees in negotiations with employers. (f) “EMPLOYER” means the Library. (g) “CERTIFIED EMPLOYEE ORGANIZATION” means any Employee Organization certified as representative of Library employees pursuant to this Resolution (individually “union” and collectively “unions”). (h) “IMPASSE” means a deadlock in negotiation between a union and the Library over any matters required to be negotiated in this Resolution, or over the scope of the subject matter of negotiations. (i) “LEGISLATIVE BODY” means the Salt Lake City Council. (j) “LIBRARY” means the Salt Lake City Library, a City Library organized under the Utah Code. (k) “LIBRARY BOARD” means the board of the Library. (l) “NEGOTIATION” means the good faith process by which the Library and a certified employee organization meet to confer regarding wages, hours and other terms and conditions of employment, and includes the obligation to sign a document outlining the parties’ agreement. (m) “STRIKE” means: (1) The concerted failure to report for duty; (2) The concerted absence of employees from their positions; (3) The concerted stoppage of work; (4) The concerted submission of resignations; The concerted abstinence, in whole or in part, by any group of employees from the full, faithful and proper performance of the duties of employment for the Library for the purpose of inducing, influencing, condoning or coercing a change in the terms and conditions of employment, including sick calls, sick-outs, or any other concerted interference with services provided by the Library; or (1) The collective concerted withholding of services or the performance of duties by any person or persons pending the signing of contracts, including those persons who are customarily employed on a yearly contract basis. (n) “TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF EMPLOYMENT” means wages, salaries, working conditions, and hours and benefits, except as specifically modified in this Resolution. 2. EMPLOYER RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS. (a) The Library has the exclusive right to determine the role of each of its branches, departments, and divisions, consistent with Utah statutes, City ordinances and the provisions of this Resolution; to set standards of service to be offered to the public; and to exercise control and discretion over its organization and operation. (b) It is the exclusive right of the Library, subject to the Library Board and City budgeting processes, to: (1) Hire and direct its employees; (2) Classify its employees for compensation purposes; (3) Take disciplinary action for proper cause; (4) Relieve its employees from duty because of lack of work, lack of funds, as a result of a reorganization, or any other legitimate reason; (5) Maintain the efficiency of its operations; (6) Determine the method, means and personnel by which the Library's operations are to be conducted; and (7) Take whatever actions the Library deems necessary to carry out its responsibilities in emergency situations. Emergency situations include, but are not limited to, public emergencies (i.e. storm, fire, or security threats), threats to safety of employees or patrons, operational emergencies (i.e. lack of product or financial credit), and other major unforeseen events affecting the Library requiring immediate action. (c) The Library, with the approval of the City where required by law, shall: (1) Negotiate in good faith over terms and conditions of employment with any Certified Employee Organization that has been recognized pursuant to the procedures provided for in this Resolution; (2) Compensate its employees in a fiscally responsible manner; (3) Meet and confer with a Certified Employee Organization prior to making a decision to amend this Resolution or privatize or contract out any Library function which would result in an Eligible Employee losing her or his current position with the Library; (4) Meet and confer with a Certified Employee Organization prior to designating an employee as ineligible for union representation; (5) Notify the appropriate Certified Employee Organization prior to reclassifying an employee’s position in a manner which makes the employee ineligible for further union representation; and (6) Meet and confer in good faith with a Certified Employee Organization that has been recognized pursuant to the procedures provided for in this Resolution regarding paid time for the Certified Employee Organization’s officers, board members and stewards to conduct appropriate Labor/Management related business in order to affect the purposes of this ordinance and any MOU reached between the Library and the Certified Employee Organization. 3. EMPLOYEE RIGHTS. (a) Eligible Employees have the right to form, join and participate in union activities for the purpose of representation on all matters of employee relations described in this Resolution, except that only Eligible Voters may vote to determine whether to certify an Employee Organization as a Certified Employee Organization or to decertify a Certified Employee Organization. (b) Eligible Employees have the right to refuse to join or participate in any union activity and have the right to represent themselves individually in their employment relations with the Library. (c) No union shall coerce an Eligible Employee into joining, participating, assisting, supporting or in any other way contributing to the success or operation of a union. No Eligible Employee shall be interfered with, intimidated, restrained, coerced or discriminated against because of the exercise, or refusal to exercise, any of the rights contained in this Resolution. (d) This Resolution shall not prevent any employee: (1) From bringing personal concerns to the attention of the Library administration; (2) From acting in their own behalf or choosing their own representative in a grievance or judicial action; or (3) From enjoying without discrimination, all employment rights and benefits granted by the Library. 4. PETITIONS (a) Any Eligible Employee may file a petition with the Library’s Executive Director to recognize an Employee Organization as the exclusive representative of a group of Eligible Employees. The petition must contain: (1) a statement outlining the basis for the petition; (2) a declaration by the Eligible Employee filing the petition that the petition’s contents are true and correct; (3) a description of the group or group of Eligible Employees that will be represented by the Employee Organization, including a clear and reasonable justification as to why those Eligible Employees constitute an appropriate Bargaining Unit; (4) written proof (through petition, union authorization card, or similar method) that at least 30% of the relevant employees have indicated their desire to designate the Employee Organization as their sole representative for the purposes of collective bargaining; and (5) the signature of the Eligible Employee filing the petition. (b) Any Eligible Employee represented by a Certified Employee Organization, or the Library Executive Director with approval from a majority of the Library Board, may file a petition alleging that the applicable Certified Employee Organization no longer represents the interests of a majority of the Eligible Employees within the Bargaining Unit. The petition must be filed between September 15 and October 15 of any calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year during which any collective bargaining agreement expires, and must contain: (1) a statement outlining the basis for the petition; (2) a declaration by the person signing the petition that the petition’s contents are true and correct; (3) the name of the group or groups of employees the petition seeks to remove from representation by the Certified Employee Organization; and (4) the signature of the person or persons filing the petition, as well as from thirty- three (33) percent of the employees in the Bargaining Unit. (c) A petition under Section 4(a) will be deemed filed under this Resolution upon actual delivery to the Library Executive Director. A petition under Section 4(b) will be deemed filed under this Resolution upon actual delivery to the Library Executive Director and president of the applicable Certified Employee Organization. 5. PETITION MEET AND CONFER AND ELECTIONS (a) No later than thirty (30) calendar days after a petition is filed pursuant to Section 4(c), the Library Executive Director and any affected Employee Organization or Certified Employee Organization shall meet and confer regarding the petition, including any disputes regarding the petition’s compliance with Section 4. (b) If, after meeting and conferring under Section 5(a), the Library Executive Director and any affected Employee Organization or Certified Employee Organization agree that the petition complies with Section 4, then the parties shall proceed to an election under Section 5(d). (c) If, after meeting and conferring under Section 5(a), the Library Executive Director and any affected Employee Organization or Certified Employee Organization are at an impasse as to the petition’s compliance with Section 4, then the impasse will be submitted to the Mayor or the Mayor’s designee, and the City Council, who will have authority to resolve any such impasse and, if appropriate, order an election under Section 5(d). (1) The Mayor or the Mayor’s designee and the City Council may conduct a conference with the Library’s Executive Director and any affected Employee Organization or Certified Employee Organization in order to clarify the nature of the impasse prior to ruling on the impasse. (d) Following submission of a petition pursuant to Section 4, and subject to the processes identified by Section 5(a)-(c), a secret ballot vote of the Eligible Voters in the Bargaining Unit as defined by the petition will be held to determine whether to certify an Employee Organization as a Certified Employee Organization or to decertify a Certified Employee Organization, depending on the relief sought by the petition. The election will be administered using an electronic voting system, and the costs of the election will be divided equally between the Library and the Employee Organization. The Library shall provide the Employee Organization with a full and complete list of all Eligible Voters, including their personal contact information, no later than thirty (30) calendar days prior to the election. An individual agreed upon by the Library and the Employee Organization, or in the absence of agreement, two individuals, one appointed by the Library and one appointed by the Employee Organization, will schedule and administer the election, count the votes, and certify the results of the election. If a majority of votes cast by Eligible Voters in the applicable group (defined as 50% plus one) vote in favor of a petition under Section 4(a) above, the Employee Organization shall be certified as a Certified Employee Organization. If a majority of votes cast by Eligible Voters in the applicable group (defined as 50% plus one) vote in favor of a petition under Section 4(b) above, the Certified Employee Organization shall be decertified. (e) In the event an election to certify an Employee Organization fails to obtain majority support of the applicable Eligible Voters, no new petition under Section 4(a) shall be filed for a period of twelve (12) months from that election. (f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon a substantial demonstration of interest by Eligible Voters, the Library may voluntarily certify an Employee Organization as bargaining agent without an election. The Library shall consider such voluntary certification in good faith and not unreasonably withhold voluntary certification. 6. LIST OF ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES. Upon request by an Employee Organization which may seek to become a Certified Employee Organization hereunder, but no more frequent than twice annually, the Library shall provide a list of Eligible Employees as defined herein. Upon recognition, the Library shall provide each Certified Employee Organization a list of Eligible Employees at a frequency and in a manner to be negotiated in good faith with the Certified Employee Organization. The Library will not enter into a collective bargaining agreement with any union which represents or bargains for an individual who is not on the list of Eligible Employees other than a Certified Employee Organization. 7. LIBRARY BARGAINING TEAM; DISCUSSIONS THROUGH NEGOTIATIONS. (a) The Library’s Executive Director will provide any Certified Employee Organization the name of the Library’s chief negotiator at least five (5) months prior to the expiration of any agreement with the union, or within five (5) months of the date of official recognition of the union, in the case of a first contract. The chief negotiator will represent the Library in all bargaining and labor negotiations pursuant to the terms of this Resolution. All proposals and negotiations with and by the unions shall be handled by the chief negotiator who shall report and be directly responsible to the Library’s Executive Director. (b) A certified employee organization will provide the Library the name of the union’s chief negotiator at least five (5) months prior to the expiration of any agreement with the union, or within five (5) months of the date of official recognition of the union, in the case of a first contract. 8. GOOD FAITH NEGOTIATIONS; COLLECTIVE BARGAINING AGREEMENT. (a) The Library’s chief negotiator and the Certified Employee Organization’s chief negotiator will meet to negotiate in good faith issues related to wages, hours and other terms and conditions of employment. The Library’s chief negotiator and the Certified Employee Organization’s chief negotiator will fully consider any proposals presented during negotiations. (b) The scope of bargaining shall be restricted and shall not include those subjects which the Library has no authority to change and shall not infringe on the Employer’s Rights outlined in Paragraph 2 of this Resolution. Negotiations will not include any issues already required by Utah law or City Ordinance, however the parties shall be permitted to bargain over subjects addressed by Utah law or City Ordinance provided that no direct conflict results. (c) Each collective bargaining agreement must contain a provision prohibiting strikes and lock-outs. (d) Each collective bargaining agreement shall have a term of at least one year. (e) If the Library’s chief negotiator and a union reach an agreement, they will jointly prepare a written collective bargaining agreement containing the terms of their agreement and shall recommend the collective bargaining agreement to the Library’s Executive Director no later than December 15, or at a later date in the event negotiations are reopened. (f) The collective bargaining agreement will not be binding upon the parties, either in whole or in part, until: (1) A majority of the members of the applicable Certified Employee Organization have ratified the collective bargaining agreement by a majority vote of members within a given Bargaining Unit; (2) The Library Board approves the collective bargaining agreement by majority vote and enacts a resolution to implement the collective bargaining agreement; (3) The City Council by majority vote ratifies the collective bargaining agreement; and (4) As to economic terms, the City Council appropriates the funds required to implement the collective bargaining agreement, which requires funding for each year of its existence. (g) If the City Council fails to appropriate the funds required to implement a proposed collective bargaining agreement or wage schedule, the Library Board shall, following good faith negotiations with the Certified Employee Organization, adopt a one-year compensation plan or wage schedule for the affected employees and/or adopt a one- year extension of the existing collective bargaining agreement, and shall present the same to the City Council pursuant to the City Council budget process. After good faith negotiations, the Library shall retain final authority regarding the terms and content of any one-year compensation plan or wage schedule adopted under this paragraph for presentation to the City Council. (h) While a collective bargaining agreement is pending before the Library Board or City Council for action, neither the Certified Employee Organization nor their individual members, nor the Library’s Executive Director, shall appear before the Library Board or the City Council, or their individual members, to advocate for any amendment, addition or deletion to the terms and conditions of the collective bargaining agreement's agreed-upon language. (i) A collective bargaining agreement will be enforceable when entered into in accordance with the provisions of this Resolution. No publication of it shall be required to make it effective. (j) Nothing in a collective bargaining agreement shall prevent the Library and a Certified Employee Organization from identifying and discussing issues related to the terms and conditions of Eligible Employees’ employment during the term of an existing collective bargaining agreement. 9. CLOSED DOOR NEGOTIATIONS Collective bargaining meetings and negotiations between the Library and unions and any deliberations of mediators shall be considered private, and may be conducted in closed door or executive sessions, with only the Library’s representatives and the Certified Employee Organization’s representatives having a right to be present, and without the right of the public to be present, if the parties to the negotiations so decide. 10. RESOLUTION OF IMPASSES (a) Beginning five (5) months after the date of official recognition of the union, the parties shall have 180 days to reach a collective bargaining agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing time periods, if no collective bargaining agreement is reached by December 15, then negotiations will be directed toward reaching a collective bargaining agreement for the next fiscal year. (b) The Library Executive Director and the Certified Employee Organization may jointly request the services of an outside mediator. The costs associated with any outside mediator shall be equally borne by the Library and the Certified Employee Organization. (c) Should the parties fail to reach an agreement within this time frame, any unresolved mandatory subjects of bargaining shall be submitted to the Mayor and City Council for resolution. Nothing in this provision shall alter the process for adopting a collective bargaining agreement as provided for in Section 8. 11. PROCEDURAL RIGHTS The Library shall have the right to promulgate rules and regulations governing activities by Employee Organizations or Certified Employee Organizations, including procedures for meeting with management, use of bulletin boards and other publicly owned facilities, and the solicitation of membership during business hours. 12. SEVERABILITY (a) Nothing herein shall be construed to alter the Library’s rights and obligations under existing or future state laws, city regulations, and Library Board resolutions. (b) Should any court declare any provision of this Resolution void, invalid, illegal or unconstitutional, only the relevant part of the Resolution shall be deemed rescinded, repealed and of no effect. 13. UNFAIR LABOR PRACTICES. (a) The Library as well as its representatives and agents, shall be prohibited from: (1) Restraining or coercing or interfering with any employee in the exercise of rights guaranteed under this Resolution; (2) Discharging or otherwise discriminating against any employee with reference to terms and conditions of employment for the purpose of encouraging or discouraging membership, support or participation in any labor organization or because the employee has signed or filed an affidavit, petition or complaint, or given any information or testimony under this Resolution; (3) Refusing to negotiate in good faith with an Employee Organization designated as the exclusive representative of employees in an appropriate unit; or (4) Locking out employees. (b) Unions, as well as their representatives and agents, shall be prohibited from: (1) Restraining or coercing or interfering with employees in the exercise of the rights guaranteed under this Resolution, including but not limited to, attempting to cause the Library to discriminate against an employee in violation of such employee’s rights under this Resolution or other applicable law; (2) Restraining or coercing the Library in the selection of a representative for purposes of collective bargaining or the adjustment of grievances; (3) Refusing to negotiate in good faith with the Library, if the organization has been designated the exclusive representative of a group of employees; (4) Engaging in a strike, or encouraging, aiding or abetting any Library employee to engage in any strike, which are in addition to being prohibited, are declared to be illegal. (5) Every union and its officers and agents shall have an affirmative duty to take immediate, appropriate, and effective affirmative action to end an employee strike or work stoppage. Adopted by the Library Board of Directors on January 29, 2024 Sariah Toronto, President Noah Baskett, Library CEO This page has intentionally been left blank COLLECTIVE BARGAINING AGREEMENT Salt Lake City Public Library & American Federation of State, County, and Municipal Employees Local #1004 Upon Execution to June 30, 2029 TABLE OF CONTENTS Scope of Agreement........................................................................................................................ 1 Article 1: Recognition..................................................................................................................... 1 Article 2: Union Membership and Dues.........................................................................................2 Section 1: Eligible Employees' Rights........................................................................................2 Section 2: Union Business and Membership Dues.....................................................................2 Section 3: Association Rights and Obligations/Union Stewards...............................................3 Article 3: Management Rights.........................................................................................................5 Section 1: Management Rights...................................................................................................5 Section 2: Limitations of this Agreement...................................................................................5 Article 4: Strikes and Work Stoppages............................................................................................5 Article 5: Hours of Work................................................................................................................. 6 Section 1:.....................................................................................................................................6 Section 2: Overtime..................................................................................................................... 6 Section 3: Rest Periods...............................................................................................................7 Section 4: Meal Periods...............................................................................................................7 Section 5: Work Schedules......................................................................................................... 7 Section 6: Minimum Hours on a Workday................................................................................. 7 Section 7: Remote Work.............................................................................................................7 Section 8: On-Call Assignment...................................................................................................8 Section 9: Call Back....................................................................................................................8 Article 6: Sick Leave....................................................................................................................... 8 Section 1: Sick Leave Accrual.....................................................................................................8 Section 2: Use of Accrued Sick Leave....................................................................................... 8 Section 3: Bereavement Leave................................................................................................... 9 Section 4: Sick Leave Conversion..............................................................................................9 Section 5: Payment upon Separation........................................................................................ 10 Article 7: Vacation......................................................................................................................... 10 Section 1....................................................................................................................................10 Section 2: Use of Accrued Vacation......................................................................................... 11 Section 3: Vacation Accrual Maximum....................................................................................11 Section 4: Accruals Upon Separation....................................................................................... 11 Article 8: Holidays.........................................................................................................................11 Article 9: Leaves of Absence.........................................................................................................12 Section 1: Leave Without Pay................................................................................................... 12 Section 2: Jury Duty..................................................................................................................12 Section 3: Military Leave.......................................................................................................... 12 Article 10: Compensation..............................................................................................................12 Section 1: Wage Schedule......................................................................................................... 12 Section 2: Pay Periods..............................................................................................................13 Section 3: Assignment to Work in a Higher Classification...................................................... 13 Section 4: Bilingual Premium....................................................................................................13 Section 5: Parental Leave Pay.................................................................................................. 13 Article 11: Health and Life Insurance/Workers Compensation....................................................14 Section 1: Life, Accidental Death and Dismemberment, Dental, and Health Insurance...........14 Section 2: Long and Short Term Disability............................................................................... 14 Section 3: Workers’ Compensation........................................................................................... 14 Article 12: Retirement.................................................................................................................. 15 Section 1: Utah Retirement System (URS).............................................................................. 15 Section 2: Deferred Compensation...........................................................................................15 Article 13: Corrective Action and Discipline............................................................................... 15 Section 1:...................................................................................................................................15 Section 2: Notice of Investigatory Interview............................................................................16 Section 3: Pre-Disciplinary and Name-Clearing Meeting........................................................16 Section 4: Imposition of Formal Disciplinary Action.............................................................. 16 Section 5: Timing.....................................................................................................................16 Article 14: Grievances................................................................................................................... 17 Section 1: Contractual Grievance.............................................................................................. 17 Section 2: Discipline Grievance Process................................................................................... 18 Section 3: Timelines.................................................................................................................. 18 Article 15: Probationary Periods................................................................................................... 18 Section 1: New Hires.................................................................................................................18 Section 2: Employees promoted within the Bargaining Unit.................................................... 19 Section 3: Employees promoted to a higher classification not within the Bargaining Unit......19 Article 16: General Provisions..................................................................................................... 19 Section 1: Personnel Records....................................................................................................19 Section 2: Tuition Reimbursement............................................................................................ 19 Section 3: Travel and Mileage..................................................................................................19 Section 4: Training....................................................................................................................20 Section 5: Miscellaneous.......................................................................................................... 20 Section 6: Labor Management Meetings..................................................................................20 Section 7: Safety Training........................................................................................................ 20 Section 8: Critical Incident........................................................................................................ 20 Section 9: Transfers and Job Postings...................................................................................... 21 Article 17: Seniority and Layoffs................................................................................................. 21 Section 1: Definition.................................................................................................................21 Section 2: Layoffs.....................................................................................................................21 Section 3: Recall.......................................................................................................................22 Section 4: Loss of Seniority......................................................................................................22 Article 18: Limitation of Provisions.............................................................................................22 Article 19: Term of Agreement.....................................................................................................23 Appendix A – Hourly Rate of Pay.................................................................................................24 Scope of Agreement THIS AGREEMENT is entered into by and between the Salt Lake City Public Library (Library) and AFSCME Local #1004 (Union) setting forth the full and complete agreement between the Library and the Union for eligible employees. This Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Resolution (January 29, 2025), unless otherwise negotiated in this agreement. Labor matters specifically addressed by this agreement supersede the employee handbook, however, the handbook may clarify additional details of a contractual provision. Matters of employment not addressed by this agreement are controlled by the Employee Handbook at the discretion of the Library. Article 1: Recognition The Salt Lake City Library (Library) as a public employer recognizes AFSCME Local 1004 as the exclusive representative (Union) for negotiation of hours, wages and other conditions of employment for eligible Library employees (Employee/s) as recognized by resolution dated January 29, 2025. Eligible Employees represented by the Union are those employees who are regularly scheduled as a full-time or part-time classification/position, including if serving a probation period, that is not management, executive, supervisory or confidential employee all as defined by the Resolution Section 1(c), or a substitute employee. For the purposes of this agreement, reference to employee means "Eligible Employee" as defined in this paragraph. Full-time employees are those employees who are scheduled to work 40 hours per week. Part-time employees are those employees who are scheduled to work less than 40 hours per week. A “substitute" employee is any employee whose employment does not offer or imply an expectation of continued employment, including substitute, temporary, seasonal, or casual employee. For the purposes of this agreement: ● A temporary employee is a position that does not exceed 1040 hours worked in a one year period. ● A seasonal employee is a position that does not exceed 1040 hours worked in a 6 month period. ● A paid intern, who is limited to 30 hours per week not to exceed 11 consecutive months. ● A substitute employee is a non-regularly scheduled employee wherein the employee may be contacted to work on an ad-hoc basis and who can deny a request to report to work. Substitute positions must work at least 18 hours in the previous three (3) calendar months to be considered eligible for additional substitute, with the occasional exception for taking approved leave without pay. Employees who do not meet this minimum are released from employment with loss of seniority and are no longer eligible for substitute call work without reapplication for employment. Part-time employees accrue leave benefits based on the number of regularly scheduled work hours per week divided by forty (40) hours. For example, for holiday time accrual an employee who is regularly scheduled to work 15 hours per week, Monday through Friday, is prorated at 15/40, which is then multiplied by the respective accrual rate for sick and vacation leave. Sick and vacation accruals are calculated to the hundredth (.00). For the purposes of this agreement, all part-employee benefits are pro-rated unless otherwise specified as not pro-rated. Article 2: Union Membership and Dues Section 1: Eligible Employees' Rights Eligible employees have the right to join and participate in AFSCME’s activities subject to the Resolution for representation on all matters of employee relations or to refuse to join or participate in AFSCME activities. Eligible employees also have the right to represent themselves individually in their employment relations with the Library. AFSCME agrees that it will not restrain or coerce any eligible employee in the exercise of their rights and will not discriminate against any eligible employee because of membership or non-membership or activity or non-activity with AFSCME. Regardless of membership or non-membership in the Union, nothing in this agreement precludes a Library employees covered by this agreement from bringing matters of personal concern to the attention of the appropriate officials in accordance with applicable law, regulations, or established policy; or from having and enjoying all employment rights and benefits granted by the Library whether or not they are members of the Association. Section 2: Union Business and Membership Dues 1. Union business, such as soliciting membership, electing officers, membership meetings, and posting and distributing literature will be conducted on an Eligible Employee's personal time and will not interfere with Library operations. 2. Authorization of Payroll Deduction. Effective the month following execution of this agreement, the Library agrees to honor all lawful authorizations for payroll deduction of payments (twice per month) to the union and to remit such payments promptly to the Union pursuant to receipt of written authorization (form as provided by the Union) from the employee submitted to payroll through the Library's HRIS system. An employee’s authorization for payroll deduction of union dues will be implemented in the pay period following the written submission. Upon written revocation by an employee to discontinue dues payments, as submitted to payroll, the Library will discontinue dues payments in the pay period following the written submission. With each payment of dues to the Union, the Library will provide a list of all bargaining unit members, including new hires, wage rate, and job title. The Union agrees to indemnify, defend and hold the Library harmless against any claims made or suits against the Library as a result of dues payments and payroll deductions. Union acknowledges that dues payments are not for political purposes consistent with Utah law. Section 3: Association Rights and Obligations/Union Stewards 1. The Union agrees to represent the interests of all eligible employees in good faith. 2. The Union agrees it will provide the same representation to all eligible employees without discrimination and without regard to whether the eligible employee is a Union member. 3. The Union has the right to present its views to the Library either orally or in writing by means of communication with the CEO or management designee. 4. The Library agrees to recognize up to ten (10) Library employee Union representatives (Stewards) as the designated representatives of the Union, not including AFSCME Union representatives that are not Library employees. The Union will provide the Director of Employee Relations, or designee, the names of its designated Stewards in writing quarterly. The names of the Stewards will be posted by the Union on appropriate bulletin boards in the work location. 5. Employees shall not be represented in their employment relations under this agreement with the Library by an agent or representative of any employee organization other than the recognized Union. 6. Time spent representing Library employees by Stewards during attendance as Stewards to meetings with the Library management personnel for investigative interviews, grievance meetings, Labor Management Meetings, new employee orientation, disciplinary interviews and pre-disciplinary meetings, or related disciplinary matters is not working time and shall not be compensated, unless such representation takes place during the Steward's regularly scheduled working hours, subject to applicable law. Excluding labor management meetings, attendance for meetings noted in this section is limited to two (2) AFSCME Stewards. Stewards will provide advanced notice and secure permission from their Supervisor for attending the meetings noted in this section. Such permission will not be unreasonably denied. Upon conclusion of attending these meetings, the Steward will report their return to work to their supervisor. 7. Successor Contract Collective Bargaining Sessions. The Union may have up to four (4) bargaining unit members in attendance for bargaining sessions in successor contract bargaining. Union employee bargaining team members will be considered on paid time if regularly scheduled to work during the scheduled session for the first ten (10) bargaining sessions. If not regularly scheduled to work, employees will not be compensated by the Library. Bargaining attendance will not result in the payment of overtime to any bargaining team member. 8. Union Leave. Upon written request from the Union, and subject to operational needs, the Library may grant up to two (2) employees the use of accrued vacation, or if exhausted, unpaid leave for Union members to attend conventions, training, or other official Union functions. Requests must be submitted at least thirty (30) calendar days in advance and will not be unreasonably denied. 9. Bulletin Board. The Library will provide the Union with designated space on an existing bulletin board, or a mutually agreed-upon location, for posting official Union notices. The size and placement of such space will be determined by mutual agreement between the Library and the Union, taking into account operational and considerations. All materials posted must be limited to official Union business and shall not contain defamatory, discriminatory, or political content, or anything inconsistent with Library policies. The Library reserves the right to remove any material it deems inconsistent with these standards. Posting of materials shall occur during non-work time, such as before or after shifts, during breaks, or meal periods. 10. Bargaining Unit Information. Monthly, the Library will provide the Union, in Excel or similar format, a list of employees in the bargaining unit that includes the following information, consistent with the Utah Government Records Access and Management Act (GRAMA): ● Employee name ● Job title / classification ● Department or work location ● Hire date ● Hourly rate or annual salary ● Library-issued work email address ● Union dues payments The Library may require up to ten (10) business days to compile such data. 11. New Employee Orientation. The Library generally conducts one new employee orientation monthly. The Library will provide the Union with the opportunity to meet with new employees who are part of the bargaining unit at the conclusion of their new employee orientation. The purpose of this meeting is for the Union to introduce itself and provide information about Union membership and representation. The Union’s participation shall be limited to thirty (30) minutes and will take place at the end of the Library’s orientation program. The 30 minutes period for the new employee will be on paid time, subject to applicable law. During this time, two (2) Union representatives may address new bargaining unit employees. The Library will provide the Union with reasonable advance notice of orientation sessions that include bargaining unit employees to allow for planning and attendance. The specific time and format of the Union’s participation shall be scheduled by the Director of Employee Relations to ensure the session proceeds smoothly and without disruption to the orientation schedule. Article 3: Management Rights Section 1: Management Rights Except as specifically changed by the terms of this agreement, the Library retains the exclusive right to decide how to manage its employees and to direct its operations, the Library has the exclusive right to determine the role of each of its branches, departments, and divisions, consistent with Utah statutes and regulations and the provisions of this Resolution; to set standards of service to be offered to the public; and to exercise control and discretion over its organization and operation. It is the exclusive right of the Library, subject to the Library Board and Salt Lake City budgeting processes, to: 1. Hire, direct, assign, and schedule the work of its employees; 2. Establish job positions and classify its employees for compensation purposes; 3. Evaluate employees, use corrective actions, and impose disciplinary action for proper cause; 4. Relieve, reassign, or reclassify its employees from duty because of lack of work, lack of funds, as a result of a reorganization, or any other legitimate reason; 5. Determine staffing levels and budget positions including full or part time, temporary, on-call, casual, including demotion and reassignment of classification; 6. Maintain the efficiency of its operations; 7. Determine the method, means and personnel by which the Library's operations are to be conducted; and 8. Take whatever actions the Library deems necessary to carry out its responsibilities in emergency situations. Emergency situations include, but are not limited to, public emergencies (i.e. storm, fire, or security threats), threats to safety of employees or patrons, operational emergencies (i.e. lack of product or financial credit), and other major unforeseen events affecting the Library requiring immediate action. Section 2: Limitations of this Agreement. These terms and provisions of this agreement are subject to the limitations, terms, and conditions of the Resolution and any applicable federal or state law. Negotiations will not include any issues already required by Utah law; however the parties shall be permitted to bargain over subjects addressed by Utah law provided that no direct conflict results. Article 4: Strikes and Work Stoppages AFSCME agrees that continuous and uninterrupted service by the Library and its employees to the public are the essential considerations for this agreement. AFSCME agrees that it will not engage in, or encourage, strike activities. “STRIKE” means: ● The concerted failure to report for duty ● The concerted absence of employees from their positions ● The concerted stoppage of work ● The concerted submission of resignations The concerted abstinence, in whole or in part, by any group of employees from the full, faithful and proper performance of the duties of employment for the Library for the purpose of inducing, influencing, condoning or coercing a change in the terms and conditions of employment, including sick calls, sick-outs, or any other concerted interference with services provided by the Library, or the collective concerted withholding of services or the performance of duties by any person or persons pending the signing of contracts, including those persons who are customarily employed on a yearly contract basis. If an eligible employee violates this Article, the Library may, in addition to any other lawful remedies, discipline the eligible employee involved in the violation. AFSCME acknowledges the affirmative duty to take immediate, appropriate, and effective affirmation action to end an employee strike, work stoppage, or alike as described in this Article, to the extent reasonably possible. AFSCME acknowledges that this discipline could include termination of the eligible employee’s employment. Furthermore, no eligible employee will receive any benefits or wages while they are engaged in a strike, work stoppage, or other interruption of work. Article 5: Hours of Work Section 1: Full-time eligible employees are those non-probationary employees regularly scheduled to work 40 hours per seven (7) day work week. Part-time eligible employees are those non-probationary employees regularly scheduled to work less than 40 hours per week. This section does not limit or prevent the Library from changing or establishing work schedules based on operational need. The work week is considered from Sunday morning (00:00) to Saturday 11:59 pm. Eligible full-time employees may be assigned a regular work week schedule including a 5/8 or 4/10 schedule or be assigned a flexible schedule as determined by the Library. Section 2: Overtime FLSA non-exempt full-time and part-time employees who are assigned and who work more than 40 hours in a work week will be paid overtime at time and one-half of the employee's regular rate of pay for all hours worked over 40 hours in the work week. Overtime is paid by to the nearest next quarter hour. Employees must be authorized by a supervisor before working overtime. Use of any paid accrued leaves, including but not limited to sick, vacation, bereavement, paid parental, and holiday time do not count as hours worked. Overtime is not paid for using any accrued leaves or for any hours not worked. Overtime will not be paid twice for the same hours worked (aka: no pyramiding). Employees should have no expectation of continued overtime opportunities. The Library reserves the right to assign work performed by classifications within this agreement to supervisory and management personnel when needed and subject to operational need. Overtime is not paid for classifications designated as FLSA exempt. Section 3: Rest Periods An eligible employee will receive a fifteen-minute rest period during each four (4) hour work period. The rest period will be included within the work shift unless there are extraordinary circumstances preventing a break. Operational needs will determine when an eligible employee receives a break. An eligible employee’s rest periods will be counted as time worked when calculating overtime. The Library will make a reasonable effort to provide breaks near the middle of each four (4) hour work period. An eligible employee may not combine rest periods and/or meal periods. An eligible employee who chooses not to take a break or is required by unforeseen circumstances to work during a break will not receive additional compensation. Section 4: Meal Periods An eligible employee will have a 30 minute unpaid meal period during each work shift in excess of six (6) hours. Library departments will schedule the lunch period based on operational needs. An eligible employee will only be paid for the lunch period if required to be on the work site or to perform any work during the lunch period as assigned by a supervisor. In such cases, instead of being paid for working during a lunch period, as assigned, an eligible employee may request to end the work shift early by the same number of minutes worked during the lunch period. Section 5: Work Schedules Department managers will post schedules by the 15th of the prior month. Employees are encouraged to provide department managers advance notice of scheduling concerns that affect the employee's ability to report to work. Department managers will make best efforts to schedule employees in consideration of employee requests, seniority in classification, and subject to operational need. Scheduling is determined at the discretion of the Department manager or designee. Due to operations, parties acknowledge that scheduling includes weekend and evening hours. Section 6: Minimum Hours on a Workday Any employee who reports for work at their regularly scheduled time and for whom no work is provided shall be compensated for not less than three (3) hours pay at their regular rate. This provision does not apply if an employee reports to work and then subsequently leaves work for illness or related reasons. Section 7: Remote Work The Library acknowledges that particular work duties for some classifications permit remote work opportunities. The Library and Union agree that some classifications are not eligible for remote work. The Library will review requests for remote work opportunities on a case by case basis in consideration of the work duties performed and operational needs of the Library. Employees may request for remote work opportunities in writing to their Department manager. The Library will review requests and provide written responses consistent with Library policy. Section 8: On-Call Assignment Due to various operational needs, employees within the classification of Maintenance Technician may be assigned to be "on-call" for the purpose of reporting to work when not regularly scheduled. Employees assigned on-call must be readily available to promptly report to work within 45 minutes, subject to a reasonable time period dependent on commute conditions. Employees are expected to answer an on-call notice promptly, generally within 5-10 minutes of notification. On-call assignments will be based on a rotation of eligible employees assigned. Employees assigned on-call status will be compensated at the rate of fifty dollars ($50) for each day assigned. A daily assignment is for up to a 24-hour period. This provision does not preclude management members covering on-call conditions and responding to calls for service. Section 9: Call Back Due to various operational needs, employees within the classification of Maintenance Technician may be called-back to report to work outside their regular work hours. When called back to work, an employee is expected to make reasonable efforts to perform the tasks associated with a call-back, however, in the event an employee does not feel capable of performing the task, the employee will contact the appropriate available supervisor. When called back to work to respond to a worksite facility, an employee will be compensated a minimum of 2 hours pay, at the employee's regular rate, or overtime if applicable. A call-back begins from the moment the employee begins their commute to respond to the work call location and ends upon conclusion of the work duty. A return commute is not compensated. Except in an emergency, an employee shall be released from duty upon cessation of the event that required the call back. Employees responding to a work-initiated phone call or virtual meetings for more than 5 minutes when off duty will be compensated in a minimum increment of 15 minutes overtime. Calls or virtual meetings of 5 minutes or less are considered insubstantial. Employees performing call-back duty will log their time and the duties performed. This provision does not preclude management members covering on-call conditions and responding to calls for service. Article 6: Sick Leave Section 1: Sick Leave Accrual Full-time employees accrue sick leave at the rate of 3.70 hours per pay period (bi-monthly) upon date of hire. Part-time employees accrue pro-rated sick leave as defined in Article 1. Effective July 1, 2026, the sick leave maximum accrual for full time employees will be 640 hours. Upon reaching the maximum accrual, employees will no longer accrue leave until the accrual is below the maximum. For those employees hired before July 1, 2026, they may maintain their current balance over 640 hours, however, no additional sick leave will be accrued until the balance falls below the 640 maximum value. Section 2: Use of Accrued Sick Leave Sick leave is offered to prevent a loss of income should an employee be unable to perform their work because of physical or mental health, injury, pregnancy, childbirth or adoption, or for emergency care of ill or injured immediate family members (as defined by the handbook for sick leave), including medical appointments. (For example: Father, mother, grandparents, sister, brother, husband, wife, children, or grandchildren. It also includes step relations, and in-laws, and domestic partners to the same degree of relationship - 2014 Library Handbook) Employees may use sick leave for qualifying events under FMLA. Employees who are not FMLA eligible may use sick leave as accrued. When taking leave under this Article, employees are required to use accrued sick leave prior to using other accrued leaves, and employees are required to exhaust all accrued leaves prior to any leave of absence without pay. Employees are expected to notify their supervisor/manager with reasonable advance notice and prior to their work shift if seeking the use of accrued sick leave. If extraordinary circumstances prevent the eligible employee from notifying their supervisor, the eligible employee will contact the supervisor as soon as reasonably possible. When an employee uses sick or other accrued leave during a workweek, the employee's combined work hours and accrued leave hours used may not exceed their regular assigned hours, unless otherwise assigned in writing to additional work hours. A medical release to return to work may be required to return to work. The Library will follow all applicable law in designating leaves under the FMLA or other. A note from a medical provider may be required to support extended, frequent, unusual, or patterned use of sick leave usage. Excessive use or abuse of sick leave may result in disciplinary action. Employees are encouraged to contact People and Culture for assistance for eligibility questions regarding the use of sick leave. Section 3: Bereavement Leave In the event of the death of an immediate family or household member, an employee may be excused for up to five (5) regularly scheduled workdays in full day increments per event. In the event of the death of an extended family member, an employee may be excused for one (1) scheduled workday. Subject to manager approval, an employee may use accrued sick leave for an absence longer than provided in this section. The use of paid bereavement leave under this section must be used within 60 days of the passing, or as approved in writing in advance by a supervisor. Section 4: Sick Leave Conversion Consistent with the Library handbook, an employee who has accrued 55 days (440 hours) of sick leave accruals and who has at least 60 months on continuous employment with the Library, is eligible to convert a portion of their accrued sick leave. Part-time employees receive a prorated conversion value once reaching 440 hours of accrued sick leave. If the employee has used four (4) or less sick days leave during the previous fiscal year (ie: July 1 to June 30th the next year), the employee may elect accrued sick days to vacation as follows: Number of Sick Days Used Conversion to Vacation No sick days used Five (5) days One (1) sick days used Four (4) days Two (2) sick days used Three (3) days Three (3) sick days used Two (2) days Four (4) sick days used One (1) day Five (5) or more sick days used No conversion For conversion purposes, a day is the equivalent payment of 8 hours pay and a fraction of a day of sick leave used will be counted as a full day of sick leave when totaling the use of accrued sick leave for the fiscal year. Part-time employees are prorated as noted in Article 1. Employees must submit a request to People and Culture for conversion during June. If approved, conversion will be applied in July. Current year conversion to July will be included in the vacation maximum balance. Section 5: Payment upon Separation Employees are not eligible for payment of accrued sick leave upon separation of employment, unless the employee has completed 15 years (180 months) of continuous employment with the Library prior to July 1, 2013, and the employee retires under URS or is laid off consistent with policy. This payment is limited to 25% of the employees accrued sick leave up to 1080 hours. This provision expires July 1, 2028. Article 7: Vacation Section 1 Full-time employees earn accrued vacation based on the employee's most recent benefit-eligible hire date as follows: Years of Service Accrual Rate Date of hire - 12 months completed 13 days per year 13 months - 60 months completed 19 days per year 61 months - 144 months completed 23 days per year 145 months- 240 months completed 26 days per year A day is considered 8 hours of accrual Part-time employees accrue pro-rated sick leave as defined in Article 1. New and rehired employees will be placed at the vacation tier including prior years of service in a similar job classification as determined by the Library. Section 2: Use of Accrued Vacation Employees may request the use of accrued leave by submitting their written request to their supervisor or manager. Employees are encouraged to request use of accrued leave with as much advanced notice as possible. If an employee provides at least 28 days prior notice for a vacation request, the Library will provide a written response to the employee within 10 days. Approval is at the discretion of the Library based on operational need and requests are granted on a first come first served basis. Employees may not request vacation time in excess of earned accruals at the time of the request or for time off more than 18 months in advance, unless granted by a Department Head under special circumstances. Denials of vacation request will be in writing with explanation. Section 3: Vacation Accrual Maximum Vacation accruals are limited to a maximum of one and one-half year of annual vacation accrual. When the maximum accrual is reached, an employee no longer accrues vacation until the accrued time is less than the maximum. Any sick leave conversion to vacation counts towards this maximum. Section 4: Accruals Upon Separation Upon separation of employment, employees will be compensated for any unused vacation accruals not exceeding the maximum. The payment will be in the employee's final paycheck. Article 8: Holidays The Library recognizes 12 paid holidays per calendar year as identified by policy. When a holiday day falls on an employee's day off, the employee will be allowed to schedule an alternative day off as agreed upon by their supervisor. For reference, by policy the 12 paid holidays are: ● New Years Day (January 1) ● Martin Luther King, Jr. Day (Third Monday in January) ● President's Day (Third Monday in February) ● Memorial Day (Last Monday in May) ● Juneteenth National Independence Day (observed on June 19) ● Independence Day (July 4) ● Pioneer Day (July 24) ● Labor Day (First Monday in September) ● Thanksgiving Day (Fourth Thursday of November) ● Day after Thanksgiving (Fourth Friday of November) ● Christmas Eve (December 24) ● Christmas Day (December 25) Part-time employees accrue pro-rated leaves as defined in Article 1. For full time employees scheduled to work Easter Day, for which the Library is closed, the employee will receive 8 hours pay for that date pro-rated for part-time employees. At the discretion of the Library, the Library may close on any given other holiday not listed above. In such event, an employee may either work an additional day in the work week as approved by a supervisor or elect to use vacation leave. Article 9: Leaves of Absence Section 1: Leave Without Pay A leave of absence without pay may be granted for a full-time employee not to exceed 180 days. Requests for a leave of absence without pay should be submitted to the employee's supervisor. Approval is at the discretion of the CEO. A leave of absence without pay for a full-time employee may require the employee to have exhausted all eligible accrued leaves. Employees must use unpaid leave to fulfill political offices. Section 2: Jury Duty Employees summoned to appear for jury duty or subpoenaed to appear as a witness on behalf of the Library will be paid their normal working hours while serving. Employees may keep court or witness fees received. Employees are expected to provide notice to the Library upon receipt of the summons or subpoena. If released from jury duty or as a witness during their normal working hours, the employee is expected to promptly return to work or arrange for leave time for the balance of their normal working hours. Section 3: Military Leave The Library will provide military leave in accordance with USERRA and applicable law. Article 10: Compensation Section 1: Wage Schedule ● Effective July 1, 2026, employees will be paid the hourly rate for their classification based on Appendix A, Hourly Rate of Pay. Steps are 2.5% apart. ● Effective the first full pay period in August 2026, Step 1 of Appendix A will be increased by 3%. Steps are 2.5%. ● Effective the first full pay period in August 2027, Step 1 of Appendix A will be increased by 3%. Steps are 2.5%. ● Effective the first full pay period in August 2028, Step 1 of Appendix A will be increased by 3%. Steps are 2.5%. New employees will be placed on the step commensurate to their work experience in similarly related positions subject to management discretion. For non-probationary employees, step increases occur August 1 each calendar year, up to the top of the step scale. Step increases are subject to satisfactory performance evaluations. Section 2: Pay Periods Employees will be paid a base hourly rate for their classification for all hours worked as provided by the hourly wage schedule in Appendix A. Employees are paid bi-weekly (every alternating Friday). Section 3: Assignment to Work in a Higher Classification An employee assigned in writing by a Department Head and approved by People and Culture to perform the duties of a manager or supervisor at a higher classification than the employee for five (5) or more consecutive calendar days will be paid an additional incentive of 5% of their base rate of pay for all hours worked in the assigned capacity. The premium will not be paid when using accrued leaves. An employee assigned in writing by a Department Head and approved by People and Culture to perform the duties of a higher classification within the bargaining unit for five (5) or more consecutive calendar days will be paid an additional incentive of 3% of their base rate of pay for all hours worked in the assigned capacity. The premium will not be paid when using accrued leaves. Section 4: Bilingual Premium The Library recognizes the added value to provide better services with employees who speak different languages. Consistent with policy, employees who complete a test to demonstrate bilingual proficiency in one of 11 languages, including American Sign Language, will be paid and additional $0.50 per hour, or $1.00 per hour for Spanish, for all hours worked, or for FSLA exempt employees, a salaried equivalent. Payment will begin the pay period following approved proficiency by the Library. Section 5: Parental Leave Pay Consistent with policy, employees may receive up to 30 workdays when working a 5/8 schedule or 24 workdays when working a 4/10 schedule of paid parental leave to be taken in full day increments for the birth, adoption or placement of a child as a parent of the child. This provision is prorated for flexible schedules and prorated for part-time employees as noted in Article 1. Article 11: Health and Life Insurance/Workers Compensation Section 1: Life, Accidental Death and Dismemberment, Dental, and Health Insurance 1. The Library will make available health, dental and vision insurance to full-time employees in the bargaining unit upon the terms and conditions as may be from time to time determined by the Library. The Library will make available life, accidental death and dismemberment insurance to full-time employees in the bargaining unit upon the terms and conditions as may be from time to time determined by the Library. 2. Premium Cost Sharing. For those full-time employees electing employee only coverage, the Library will contribute 100% of the health and 50% of the lowest dental insurance premium. For those employees electing employee and at least one dependent or more, the Library will contribute 90% of the monthly health premium and 50% of the lowest dental premium. The employee will pay the remaining premium through payroll deduction biweekly, except for a third pay period of the month, consistent with the pay periods. Regular part-time employees are not eligible for benefits. 3. Employee Assistance Program. The Library offers an Employee Assistance Program by an outside independent firm with benefits as provided at the discretion of the Library. 4. Health Savings Account. The Library will contribute $1,000 to an individual employee's Health Savings Account (HSA) if electing employee coverage. The Library will contribute $2,000 to an individual employee's HSA if electing coverage for employee and at least one dependent. HSA contributions are prorated monthly and are paid the pay period that includes the first day of the month. HSA contributions are prorated proportionally based on the month of hire throughout the calendar year for new hires. If a full time employee is not eligible for an HSA account, the Library will make the same contributions to the employee's individual Flexible Spending Account (FSA) account. 5. Telehealth Plan. The Library will make available a telehealth plan for all part-time employees. The Library will pay the monthly premium for those employees who enroll. Section 2: Long and Short Term Disability 1. The Library provides Long Term coverage for full-time employees. 2. The Library makes available a Short Term Disability for full-time employees at the option and purchase by the full-time employee. Section 3: Workers’ Compensation 1. The Library provides worker's compensation coverage as required by the Utah's Worker's Compensation Act. At the request of an employee, for an accepted claim, eligible employees may elect to use accrued paid leaves to make up the difference between the amount the employee receives as worker's compensation payments by the carrier and the eligible employee's net wages monthly/bi-weekly. The Library offers light duty opportunities when available. Article 12: Retirement Section 1: Utah Retirement System (URS) The Library will make employer contributions to URS consistent with applicable law and as directed by URS. Section 2: Deferred Compensation The Library makes available a deferred compensation plan for employees. Employees are responsible to initiate their own accounts. For those employees employed after July 1, 2011 who elect the defined benefit plan, as provided by URS, the Library will contribute 0.81% of an employee's rate of pay towards the individual employees deferred compensation plan (401k). Note: This is in offset to the URS 0.81% employee required contribution to URS. Article 13: Corrective Action and Discipline Section 1: The Library agrees to act in good faith in the discipline of any employee. Depending on the severity of the violation involved and the employee's past record, formal disciplinary actions for cause are limited to written reprimand, suspension without pay, demotion, or discharge. For cause is satisfied upon a showing of substantial evidence that supports the findings of misconduct or policy violation and when the disciplinary sanction imposed is consistent and proportional to the nature of the conduct. The Library will generally follow principles of "progressive discipline," however, no prior disciplinary action shall be deemed necessary based on the egregiousness of the totality of the circumstances, including, but not limited to, examples of criminal conduct, theft, dishonesty, using or being under the influence of alcohol or controlled substance during working hours; gross negligence; egregious violations of professional ethics, failure to follow lawful directives resulting in loss of property, harm or injury; violence or other misdeeds similar as to the seriousness of their impact on the employer-employee relationship. Non-Disciplinary Corrective Actions. Corrective Actions and Counseling documents, such as notices of corrective actions, counseling, coaching, verbal warnings (even if repeated in writing), work improvement plans, and other similar remedial actions are not considered formal discipline. Corrective actions will be clearly labeled and will not be placed in the employee’s personal file. A corrective action may be noted as resolved or not resolved in the next yearly evaluation. An employee may provide a rebuttal to a corrective action, so long as submitted within 14 calendar days of imposition. Corrective actions are not subject to the grievance procedure. Corrective action documents will be considered stale after 12 months from imposition, subject that no further similarly related conduct has occurred. Counseling documents can be used as notice of rule should additional related conduct occur. The Library may maintain a supervisory file for periodic performance evaluations. Employees may review their supervisory file upon 72 hours of the written request, not including weekends. The Library agrees to address matters of performance concerns with the understanding of being responsive to performance concerns as they arise. The Library is not precluded from imposing performance improvement plans as part of remedial measures in counseling or discipline. Section 2: Notice of Investigatory Interview Upon knowledge of allegations of misconduct that could result in formal disciplinary actions, the Library may conduct an administrative investigation. In the event the Library seeks to interview the employee accused of the allegations, the Library will provide at least 24 hours written notice to the employee who is the subject of a disciplinary investigation interview. The written notice will include facts sufficient to reasonably ascertain the allegation, notice of possible policy or rule violations, and notice of right to have a Union representative present. The Union representative shall be present only as an observer and advisor and shall not act in obstruction. In order to preserve the record, investigatory meetings will be audio recorded by the investigator. A copy of the audio recording will be provided with the investigatory materials with any pre-disciplinary meeting notice, if applicable. Section 3: Pre-Disciplinary and Name-Clearing Meeting Prior to imposition of a suspension without pay, demotion, or discharge, the employee will be provided a reasonable opportunity for a pre-disciplinary and name-clearing meeting with the person deciding the disciplinary action, if any, for the Library. The Library will give the Union or employee written notice of the meeting including the findings, policy violations, audio recording on the employee (if applicable), and the contemplated disciplinary action under consideration. The Union and employees will have the opportunity to present information, including mitigating factors, for the Library's consideration prior to making a final determination. Section 4: Imposition of Formal Disciplinary Action Employees will be given written notice of any formal disciplinary action imposed and informed of the right to grieve the disciplinary action and right to contact the Union for representation. The notice will include reference to grievance rights under Article 14. Disciplinary actions will be imposed in a private manner. The Library acknowledges to act in good faith when considering and imposing disciplinary actions. Section 5: Timing The Library will make best efforts to conclude administrative investigations within 180 days of the investigatory interview of the accused employee. In the event more time is needed, the Library will provide the employee and Union a written explanation. Article 14: Grievances This Article separates contractual grievances and disciplinary grievances. Grievances for matters not covered by the express terms of this agreement defer to the Library handbook. Section 1: Contractual Grievance A contractual grievance is limited to a dispute in the interpretation and/or application of the express terms of this agreement, excluding Article 1, Recognition, Article 3, Management Rights, Article 4 Strikes and Lockouts, Article 13 for imposed disciplinary actions, Article 18, Limitations of Provisions, and Article 19, Term of Agreement. Employees will not be retaliated against for exercising their grievance rights. 1. Contractual Grievance Process. Step 1: Informal Resolution. An employee or the Union contesting the interpretation or application of the provisions of this agreement, excluding those articles listed above, may raise their concern informally in writing with their supervisor/manager within 15 days of the incident or reasonable knowledge thereof of the dispute, not to exceed 30 days. Email correspondence is suitable. The supervisor/manager will review the matter and will meet informally with the employee to discuss the concern. The employee may have a Union representative present. The supervisor/manager will provide an informal written response to the employee and Union representative within 15 calendar days of the informal meeting. Step 2: Formal Written Grievance. In the event the employee or Union are not satisfied with the management response, the Union may file a formal written grievance with the EEO Officer, who will appropriate the grievance to the proper Library representative within 15 calendar days of the Library's response in Step 1. The written grievance must include the specific facts relied upon, the contract provision/s alleged to have been violated, and the requested remedy. The Library representative will meet with the grievant and/or Union representative to clarify the grievance. The Library will provide a written response to the grievant and/or Union representative within 15 calendar days of the Step 2 meeting. Step 3: In the event the Union is not satisfied with the Library representative's response in Step 2, the Union may file the written grievance with the EEO Officer and the CEO. The CEO, or designee, may review evidence and consult with the supervisor/manager, employee (with a Union rep if requested), and any other persons deemed appropriate. The CEO may also meet with the Union representative who filed the grievance or other AFSCME representative as designated by the Union. The CEO will provide a written response within 45 calendar days from the date of receipt of the Union's step 3 filing or within 15 days of meeting with the CEO, if applicable. The CEO's decision is final. Section 2: Discipline Grievance Process For purposes of this agreement formal disciplinary actions, as defined in Article 15, may be grieved as written below. Probationary employees may not grieve or otherwise appeal disciplinary actions or failed probations. Step 1: In the event an employee contests the imposition of a formal disciplinary action, as defined in Article 15, the employee may file a formal written grievance with the EEO Officer who will appropriate the grievance to the proper library representative. The grievance must be filed within 15 calendar days of the issue date of the disciplinary action. The written grievance must specifically describe the reasons contesting the disciplinary action, the contract provision/s alleged to have been violated, and the requested remedy. The submission of the grievance must attach or identify any documents the employee intends to rely. The Library representative will meet with the grievant, with the presence of a Union representative, if applicable, to discuss and/or clarify the grievance. The Library will provide a written response to the grievant and Union representative within 15 calendar days of the meeting. Step 2: In the event the employee is not satisfied with the Library representative's response, the employee may file the written grievance with the EEO Officer and the CEO. Note: If the CEO imposed the disciplinary action, the grievance may be advanced directly to Step 2. The CEO may review evidence and consult with the supervisor/manager, and any other persons deemed appropriate. The CEO or designee will meet with the grievant to review the grievance within 15 days from the date of receipt of the Step 2 filing. The meeting will be recorded, and the employee may bring a Union representative on their behalf. The CEO may conduct additional meetings in an effort to resolve the grievance. The CEO will provide a written response within 45 calendar days from the date of the meeting. The CEO's decision is final. Section 3: Timelines Parties may extend timelines by written mutual agreement. Failure of an employee or the Union to advance a grievance will result in dismissal without further action. Failure of the Library to respond according to a grievance step permits the grievant to advance to the next step of the grievance process. Article 15: Probationary Periods Section 1: New Hires A newly hired employee will serve a probationary period of 180 days from date of hire. This observation period is intended to evaluate and train employees. Probationary employees are considered "at-will". At the sole discretion of the Library, a probationary employee not meeting performance expectations may be terminated without further grievance or appeal recourse. The Library may extend an employee’s probationary period resulting from absences due to medical reasons or similarly related circumstances in order to complete the observation period. Employees will be provided written notice when their probationary period is extended. Section 2: Employees promoted within the Bargaining Unit An employee promoted from one classification to a higher classification in the bargaining unit will serve a promotional probationary period of 180 days from the date of promotion. A promoted employee will receive a minimum 3% increase in their base hourly rate or be paid the minimum hourly rate of the new position's range, the greater of either. Employees who fail their promotional probationary period may elect to return to their previous classification, without loss in seniority inclusive of their time in the higher position. A determination by the Library that an employee has failed their promotional period is not subject to grievance. Section 3: Employees promoted to a higher classification not within the Bargaining Unit An employee promoted to a higher classification not within the bargaining unit may be returned to their previous classification within 180 days of promotion without loss in seniority, inclusive of their time in the higher position. A determination by the Library that an employee return to their previously held position is not subject to grievance. Article 16: General Provisions Section 1: Personnel Records People and Culture will maintain the documents in a secure, centralized location. Upon reasonable request, an employee may view their personnel file by contacting People and Culture. 1. Formal Disciplinary Actions. At the request of the employee, a disciplinary action of written reprimand may be removed from the employees' personnel file after 12 months from date of imposition subject to the action was not EEO or Violence in the Workplace relate and subject to not receiving counseling or further disciplinary action for the same or similarly related conduct during the 12 month period. If removed, the written reprimand will be considered stale for the purposes of progressive discipline, however, the document will be retained separately for the purposes of notice of rule or for civil defense. Section 2: Tuition Reimbursement Consistent with policy, Full and Part-time employees are eligible for tuition reimbursement for receiving college credits from a bona-fide institution of higher learning. Reimbursement for earned college credit may within the calendar year paid. Reimbursement is subject to a passing grade of C or better and is limited to $5,250 per calendar year. Reimbursement requires proof of payment and transcript. Employee is responsible for any applicable withholdings or taxes. For further information, please contact People and Culture. Section 3: Travel and Mileage The Library will pay a GSA per diem allowance and reasonable travel expenses incurred for assigned travel when conducting Library business. A person assigned to travel on behalf of the Library should coordinate with their manager or the Director of Organizational Learning at least 30 days prior to the travel. Employees approved to use their own personal vehicle for travel are eligible for mileage reimbursement at the applicable GSA rate. Section 4: Training Employees may be required to attend training. The Library may adjust an employee's schedule to attend training. Employees seeking additional training may make a request to their supervisor. The Library, at its discretion, may agree to additional training opportunities. Section 5: Miscellaneous 1. Transit Pass reimbursement. Full and Part-time employees who worked at least 19 hours in the given month are eligible for reimbursement payable in the following month for a Utah Transit Authority individual pass for up to $62 per month. Reimbursement requires proof of payment to the Finance Department within 60 days of purchase. This provision is not prorated and paid the same for full and part time employees. 2. Employees may park, with a parking card provided by the Library, without cost during business hours at the Main Library parking complex. 3. Employees may use the Fitness Center at the Main Library during regularly scheduled hours while off-duty without cost. Use of the center off duty is not considered compensable time worked and is not work time. Section 6: Labor Management Meetings In order to strengthen the parties' labor-management relations, the Library agrees to participate with AFSCME in labor management meetings to address ongoing concerns, including employee and facility safety . Such meetings will generally be quarterly as requested by AFSCME or by the Library to meet at mutually accepted times. Attendance during regularly scheduled work hours is limited to up to five (5) members and up to five (5) Library representatives. The labor/management meetings are advisory and not a forum for collective bargaining. Section 7: Safety Training The Library will provide Basic CPR/First Aid, Narcan, and Mandatory Reporting training to each employee. For the classifications of Associate Librarians, Librarians, Safety Associate, Community Garden Associate, Events Associate, Technology Associate Librarian, Audio Visual Specialist, Technology Librarian and Social Worker, the Library will provide de-escalation training. These mandatory training courses are scheduled at the sole discretion of the Library. These trainings will be provided on paid time. Section 8: Critical Incident The parties recognize that employees may be exposed to certain critical incidents in the performance of their duties that may cause significant stress or disruption to employee' ability to perform the duties of their position. Critical incidents are those events where an employee is actively involved or in contact with a person or persons involving the death, potential death (ie: overdoses), critical injury to a person, imminent threat of violence directed at the employee, or substantially related events. An employee may be provided a reasonable break from duty as soon as operationally feasible, if requested by the employee. In certain incidents, an employee may be relieved from their duties in as timely a manner as the Library determines is operationally feasible, if the employee requests to be relieved from duty. Employees may also be relieved from duty at the discretion of the Library and placed on paid administrative leave or assigned to a different work location. Employees who are placed on paid administrative leave may be required to seek EAP psychological counseling, as provided by the Library, within a reasonable period of the incident. Section 9: Transfers and Job Postings 1. Transfers. For operational need, an employee may need to be transferred to a different work location. In the event of a transfer, the Library will consider equitable factors in making its decision based on the circumstances of the purpose of the transfer. In some cases, the Library may first seek a volunteer. 2. Job Applicants. For existing employees who apply for a Library position, if requested, the Library will provide the applicant reasonable feedback if not accepted for the position. The Library may also provide some development opportunities to assist the employee for prospective options. The provisions of Section 9 are at the sole discretion of the Library. Article 17: Seniority and Layoffs Section 1: Definition For the purposes of this agreement, Seniority means a regular employee's length of continuous service in the bargaining unit from the date of the employee's most recent date of hire, unless otherwise specified in this agreement. Section 2: Layoffs The Library retains the right to determine staffing levels including adjusting employee FTE status and/or layoffs. A layoff is a separation of employment. Adjustments to FTE status and layoffs are not subject to the grievance procedure of this agreement or other appeal. Layoffs will be by classification seniority. For the purposes of layoff, classification seniority is the length of continuous service in a classification (ie: job title/position). The employee with the least classification seniority will be the first to be laid off in a classification. Seniority lists for full-time employees is separate than seniority lists for part-time employees. Employees earn no compensation, benefits or accruals from the Library when laid off, unemployed or when in unpaid status. Note: For clarification, a classification is defined as a named position on the wage scale. Employees will be given at least 21 calendar days’ advance notice of layoff of an employee. In the event of layoffs, the Library is not precluded from hiring temporary employees or distributing work to other Library employees in order to meet operational need. Prior to hiring a temporary employee as a result of layoff within a classification, the laid off employee will be offered the temporary position. Section 3: Recall Within 180 days from the date of layoffs, employees may be recalled back to their previous classification from layoff according to seniority. In the event of a recall, an employee will be given written notice. The employee must provide the Library with the employee’s current mailing address and contact information (phone number) and respond to a recall notice sent to that address within seven days of the notice of recall. The Library will send recall notices by certified letter, return receipt requested, to the address maintained. Upon recall, the employee will need to return to work within 15 calendar days of recall notice. Upon return to re-employment, seniority will be restored. If an employees does not return to work upon notice of recall, the employee will have no further rights to employment, and all seniority shall be lost. Section 4: Loss of Seniority An employee will lose all seniority in the event of: 1. Voluntarily separation (resignation) 2. Disciplinary discharge. 3. Absence for two (2) consecutive workdays without notification to the Library where such notification is possible. 4. In the event of an absence due to layoff, a failure to affirm acceptance of recall within 7 calendar days and return to work without the Library's prior approval within 15 calendar days. 5. Layoff of more than 180 days from date of layoff. 6. Medical/disability separation of employment Article 18: Limitation of Provisions All financial commitments by the Library shall be subject to the availability of funds approved by the Library and Salt Lake City Council and the limitations on future budget commitments provided under State Constitution and Statute. The provisions hereof shall be effective as provided herein, but subject to approval by the Library Board of Directors and the Salt Lake City Council and their appropriation of funds. During the term of this agreement, it is the Library's intent to make a reasonable effort to maintain a funding level sufficient to satisfy this understanding; however, the parties to this agreement mutually understand that public emergencies or revenue shortfalls may alter the ability of the Library to satisfy this agreement. In the event of a public emergency where the Library is unable to meet the particular terms of this agreement, the Library will give as much notice as reasonably possible of the circumstances and make best efforts to inform the Association President, or designee, about the nature of the emergency condition and the expected duration. It is expressly understood that this agreement does not bind succeeding elected officials of the Library or City of Salt Lake and shall not be construed to compel the Library or the City of Salt Lake to impose or maintain any tax or fee structure. The provisions of this agreement are subject to the limitations, terms, and conditions of the Resolution and any applicable federal or state law. For any provisions of this agreement that are revealed to be contrary to state or federal law, the Library will defer to the state or federal law. All other provisions of this agreement not contrary to law remain in full force and effect. The parties acknowledge the opportunity of the Union to bring forward all matters of employment relations during the collective bargaining process for this agreement even if subject matters were proposed and later withdrawn. The Library and AFSCME expressly waive and relinquish the right and each agree that the other will not be obligated during the term of this agreement to bargain collectively with respect to any subject or matter referred to or covered by this agreement. The parties acknowledge the ability to discuss issues related to the terms and conditions of employment for bargaining unit members during the term of this agreement, however, all matters and subjects not covered by this agreement remain at the sole discretion of the Library without further bargaining obligation until successor bargaining. The parties are not precluded from entering into mutual agreements, such as Memorandum of Understanding, during the term of this agreement. Should any provisions of this agreement be rendered or declared invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction or by reason of any existing or subsequently enacted legislation be contrary to law, the remaining portions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and the parties shall, upon request of either party, enter in negotiations for the purpose of resolving the invalidated provision. Article 19: Term of Agreement This Agreement will be effective the month following full execution and through end of fiscal year June 30, 2029. Parties acknowledge that the following provisions are not effective until July 1, 2025 or as stated in this Agreement thereafter: Article 7 Section 1 - vacation tier accruals, Article 10.1, 10.3, 10.4 and Article 11.E. No provisions of this Agreement are retroactive. For the purposes of contract interpretation or clarification, the parties may, by mutual written agreement, acknowledge a written clarification to this Agreement by means of a Memorandum of Understanding. The parties agree to initiate successor bargaining by scheduling and hold a first bargaining session by February of the expiration year of this agreement. FOR THE SALT LAKE CITY FOR AFSCME LOCAL #1004 PUBLIC LIBRARY: Noah Baskett, CEO Sariah Toronto, Board President Date Date 12/15/2025 Appendix A – Hourly Rate of Pay This page has intentionally been left blank Item F1 CITY COUNCIL OF SALT LAKE CITY 451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 304 P.O. BOX 145476, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5476 SLCCOUNCIL.COM TEL 801-535-7600 FAX 801-535-7651 MOTION SHEET CITY COUNCIL of SALT LAKE CITY TO:City Council Members FROM: Austin Kimmel Public Policy Analyst DATE:February 3, 2026 RE: RESOLUTION: SLCPL AND AFSCME COLLECTIVE BARGAINING AGREEMENT MOTION 1 – ADOPT ORDINANCE I move that the Council adopt a resolution approving the proposed Memorandum of Understanding between the Salt Lake City Library Board the American Federation of State, County, and Municipal Employees Local 1004, representing eligible Library employees. MOTION 2 – NOT ADOPT I move that the Council not adopt, and proceed to the next agenda item. CITY COUNCIL OF SALT LAKE CITY 451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 304 P.O. BOX 145476, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5476 SLCCOUNCIL.COM TEL 801-535-7600 FAX 801-535-7651 COUNCIL STAFF REPORT CITY COUNCIL of SALT LAKE CITY TO:City Council Members FROM:Brian Fullmer Policy Analyst DATE:February 3, 2026 RE: Disposition of Alleys and Streets Text Amendment PLNPCM2025-00423 The Council will be briefed about a text amendment initiated by the Planning Commission to modify the section of City code related to closing to public use, or vacating (relinquishing ownership) of City-owned rights of way including alleys, streets and street segments. Chapter 14.52 includes the process and standards for closing and vacating alleys but standards for closing and vacating streets have not been codified. Proposed changes will create the same process for closing streets, street segments, and alleys and updates factors that should be considered when reviewing street and alley closure applications. A notable change removes the lack of use factor for illegal or “self-inflicted” obstructions in alleys unless the applicant can demonstrate the obstruction was installed prior to April 12, 1995, the date of the last comprehensive zoning code rewrite. It is worth noting that the proposal says fences or gates blocking access at the ends of alleys should not be used to justify lack of use, regardless of when they were installed. The Planning Commission reviewed the proposal at its September 24, 2025 meeting and held a public hearing at which no one spoke. The Commission forwarded a unanimous positive recommendation to the Council on the proposed amendments. Goal of the briefing: Review the proposed text amendment and determine if the Council supports moving forward with the proposal. Item Schedule: Page | 2 POLICY QUESTIONS 1. The draft ordinance removes language stating the City’s preference for disposing of an entire alley, rather than a small segment. The Council may wish to discuss whether to add this back to the ordinance. 2. The Council may wish to discuss whether to change the ordinance requirements about when adjacent property owners need to buy vacated property at market rate. Currently City code requires alley vacation requests to satisfy at least one of the following policy considerations: A. Lack of Use: The alley is shown in records but does not physically exist or has been blocked and cannot be used as a right-of-way. B. Public Safety: Existence of the alley contributes crime, illegal activity, unsafe conditions, public health problems, or blight in the surrounding area. C. Urban Design: Continuation of the alley does not serve as a positive urban design element. D. Community Purpose: Restricting public use of the alley in favor of a community use, such as a neighborhood play area or garden. The draft ordinance removes consideration C: Urban Design because Planning found the lack of use and proposed impact on general plan considerations address this. Four additional considerations are proposed to help ensure there are no unintended consequences from closing or vacating rights-of-way: 1. Impact on General Plan: right-of-way closures or vacations do not negatively impact connectivity for future development based on the general plan. 2. Impact to Property: closures or vacations will not result in any property being landlocked. 3. Public Utilities: if a right-of-way proposal for closure or vacation is essential for current or future public utilities, an easement or other similar legal agreement granting access will be required. 4. Dimensions: existing right-of-way dimensions are not necessary to provide safe and reasonable public access. Reducing the size is consistent with other listed factors. The proposed ordinance says that all seven factors should be considered when evaluating potential right- of-way closures, but all factors may not be applicable in some cases. Under the current ordinance, when an alley adjacent to low density residential properties is vacated, the alley property is given to those owners at no cost. “Low density residential” is defined as single-family, duplex, or twin home zones. The proposal defines “low density residential” as properties that are designated as having less than 25 dwelling units per acre in future land use maps within the applicable general plan. Currently when streets or street segments adjacent to low density residential properties are vacated the property owners are required to pay market rate for the vacated property. Under the proposal street vacations next to low density residential properties would be treated the same as alleys and the vacated property given to adjacent owners. No changes are proposed to the requirement for market value payment for vacated streets and alleys next to high density residential and non-residential properties. Page | 3 A new option is proposed that would allow exchanging a City right-of-way for other land that serves a public purpose or provides public benefit. This is not currently in City code but was done as part of the West High School development project. That decision was made by the City Council and would be the practice if the proposed ordinance is adopted. Other Proposed Changes KEY CONSIDERATION Consideration 1 – Impact on Alley Vacation Requests CITY DEPARTMENT REVIEW During City department and division review of the proposed text amendment, responding departments and divisions did not express opposition to the proposed rezone though some noted the need for their department or division to be notified of proposed vacations and closures. This is current practice and would not change under the proposal. Page | 4 PROJECT CHRONOLOGY • February 15, 2025 – Petition initiated by Salt Lake City Planning Commission. • April 21, 2025 – Petition assigned to Ben Buckley, Principal Planner. • May 7, 2025 – Notice emailed to recognized organizations citywide. • May 13, 2025 – Petition posted to the Planning Division’s webpage as an online open house. Public Comment period ended June 23, 2025. • June 4, 2025 – Planning staff presented the proposal to the Greater Avenues Community Council. • September 11, 2025 – Planning Commission agenda posted website and emailed to the listserv. • September 24, 2025 – Planning Commission meeting and public hearing. A unanimous positive recommendation was forwarded to the City Council. • September 25, 2025 – Ordinance requested from the Attorney’s Office. • January 6, 2026 – Ordinance received from the Attorney’s Office. • January 13, 2026 – Transmittal received in City Council Office. Salt Lake City // Planning Division www.slc.gov/planning City Council –February 3, 2026 PLNPCM2025-00423 DISPOSITION OF ALLEYS & STREETS TEXT AMENDMENT Salt Lake City //Planning Division www.slc.gov/planning BACKGROUND •Planning Commission initiated in February 2025 to modify 14.52 and address lack of use policy consideration. •Intent is to include all city owned streets and alleys and to update the policies that must be met or considered. •Planning Commission forwarded a positive recommendation with a modification in September 2025. Salt Lake City //Planning Division www.slc.gov/planning CONSIDERATION FACTORS NOW •Four factors currently exist; requests must meet at least one for the city to consider disposing of an alley •Lack of Use •Public Safety •Urban Design •Community Purpose An alley with structures and vegetation built into it, satisfying the Lack of Use factor. Salt Lake City // Planning Division www.slc.gov/planning CONSIDERATION FACTORS PROPOSED •Seven proposed factors - no longer required to meet one: 1.Impact on General Plan 2.Impact to Property 3.Public Utilities 4.Size Factors 5.Lack of Use 6.Public Safety 7.Community Purpose •Lack of Use modifications to not allow illegal obstructions to be considered if installed after April 12, 1995 •Urban Design policy factor was removed Salt Lake City // Planning Division www.slc.gov/planning METHOD OF DISPOSITION •Retains the three existing methods of disposition and adds two new methods •Exchange of land •Simple closure for public or private purpose •Modifies what is to be considered “low density residential use” •Must be 25 dwelling units per acre or less according to the applicable future land use map Salt Lake City // Planning Division www.slc.gov/planning INCLUSION OF STREETS •Vacating or closing streets has no set policies or procedures •Streets have been processed using the same process as alleys or via the 1999 City Council Policies Requests for the vacation of the space between the sidewalk and property line would now be included in 14.52. Salt Lake City // Planning Division www.slc.gov/planning PUBLIC HEARING REQUIREMENTS •All vacation and closure requests are currently required to have a public hearing with the Planning Commission •New requests can be exempt if there are no objections or concerns from City departments or public •City Council would receive recommendation from Planning Director instead of Planning Commission Salt Lake City // Planning Division www.slc.gov/planning POST PLANNING COMMISSION COMMENTS •Planning Staff recommends adding an additional exemption to 14.52.070.C that would allow Council to waive payment when the land is conveyed to a government entity. •The Engineering Division provided comments after the Planning Commission recommended approval of the text amendment and is here to answer any questions that Council may have regarding their recommendations. Salt Lake City // Planning Division www.slc.gov/planning Ben Buckley // Principal Planner benjamin.buckley@slc.gov 801-535-7142 SALT LAKE CITY TRANSMITTAL To:  Salt Lake City Council Chair Submission Date: 01/07/2026 Date Sent to Council: 01/13/2026 From: Department * Community and Neighborhood Employee Name: Buckley, Benjamin E-mail benjamin.buckley@slc.gov Department Director Signature Director Signed Date 01/12/2026 Chief Administrator Officer's Signature Chief Administrator Officer's Signed Date 01/13/2026 Subject: Text Amendment - Disposition of Alleys and Streets Additional Staff Contact: Kristina Gilmore - Kristina.Gilmore@slc.gov Presenters/Staff Table Kristina Gilmore - Kristina.Gilmore@slc.gov Document Type Ordinance Budget Impact? Yes No Recommendation: Recommend to approve. Background/Discussion See first attachment for Background/Discussion Public Hearing Is there a City or State statutory requirement to hold a public hearing for this item?* Yes No The City Council reserves the option to hold and notice for a public hearing pursuant to their practices for public engagement. Does the City have a general practice to hold a public hearing for this item?* Yes No Public Process To be done: Notice of City Council Public HearingCompleted: 45 day public engagement via an online open house, public postings, and request for comment from all city recognized community organizations. This page has intentionally been left blank ERIN MENDENHALL DEPARTMENT of COMMUNITY Mayor and NEIGHBORHOODS Tammy Hunsaker Director SALT LAKE CITY CORPORATION 451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 404 WWW.SLC.GOV P.O. BOX 145486, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5486 TEL 801.535.6230 FAX 801.535.6005 CITY COUNCIL TRANSMITTAL BACKGROUND/DISCUSSION: This text amendment modifies Section 14.52 of the Salt Lake City Code of Ordinances to establish a consistent process and updated factors for consideration for requests to close or vacate public streets or alleys. Section 14.52 outlines the process and standards for alley closures and vacations, however, the process and standards for closing and vacating streets has never been codified. At the February 12, 2025, Planning Commission meeting, the Salt Lake City Planning Commission unanimously voted to initiate a text amendment to modify section 14.52. The intent of the amendment and the Planning Commission’s initiation is to create the same process for requests to close or vacate both streets and alleys, as well as updating the policies and standards that must be adhered to, including the removal of the possibility of “self-inflicted” lack of uses satisfying a policy consideration. The current ordinance lists four factors for consideration in Section 14.52.020, and at least one must be met for an alley closure or vacation to be considered. These factors are: lack of use, public safety, urban design, and community purpose. The proposed ordinance amends the lack of use factor so that illegal or self-inflicted obstructions may not be used to satisfy this policy unless the applicant can demonstrate that the structure existed prior to April 12, 1995. In addition, four new policy factors are added (impact on general plan, impact to property, public utilities, and size factors), and one factor is removed (urban design) to broaden the scope of review for alley and street vacations. This allows for a more thorough review of requests and will help ensure there are no unintended consequences from the closure of vacation. Under the current code, any alley or street closure or vacation request must meet at least one factor of consideration. The proposed ordinance modifies this to say that the seven policy factors should be considered, but that vacations decisions are not controlled by a single factor and that not all factors will be applicable to every petition. Instead, planning staff will evaluate the vacation or closure request holistically against all seven factors. This is similar to other legislative decisions related to the city’s built environment, such as general plan amendments and zoning amendments. This preserves the City Council’s discretion to consider unique circumstances and local context of a proposal. The ordinance also establishes a new exemption to the payment requirement by allowing a land exchange in lieu of payment, provided the exchanged land serves a public purpose or provides a public benefit, as determined by the City Council. In addition, the ordinance would codify the processes for public-purpose and private-purpose closures as alternatives to a street vacation. For purposes of evaluating vacations adjacent to low-density residential areas, a “low-density residential area” is defined as land designated for up to 25 dwelling units per acre on the applicable future land use map. The proposed changes also include exceptions to the process when a closure or vacation is following processes outlined in state code, which does not always require the planning commission to hold a public hearing for a closure when the area subject to a request will still be public space. This recently occurred with an alley that cut through a park. The alley was closed but retained for public uses and therefore was subject to a different process in Utah Code. Finally, the Planning Commission is currently required to hear and make a recommendation to City Council on all alley and street vacation or closure requests. The ordinance has introduced an exemption from the Planning Commission hearing if, after the 45-day public comment period, no concerns or objections regarding the factors of consideration are raised by city departments or the general public. These objections must be rooted in the policies and not a general disdain for closures or vacations. In lieu of a Planning Commission recommendation, the City Council would receive a recommendation from the Planning Director. PUBLIC PROCESS: Public Input: • May 7, 2025: A notice of the petition was sent to all city recognized community organizations per City Code Chapter 2.60 with a link to the online open house webpage. The recognized organizations were given 45 days to respond with any concerns and 14 days to request staff to meet with them and discuss the proposed amendment. • June 4, 2025: Staff attended the Greater Avenues Community Council to present the draft ordinance to the organization. No other meetings were attended. No comments were received. • May 13 – June 23, 2025: An online open house was held. One email was received in support of the amendment. Planning Commission Public Hearing: The Planning Commission considered the amendment at the September 24, 2025, public hearing and voted unanimously to send a positive recommendation with a modification to the City Council based on staff’s proposed ordinance. The Planning Commission modified the proposal to change the date of consideration for existing structures from the year 2000 to April 12, 1995. Planning Commission (PC) Records a) PC Agenda of September 24, 2025 (Click to Access) b) PC Minutes of September 24, 2025 (Click to Access) c) Planning Commission Staff Report of September 24, 2025 (Click to Access Report) ADDITIONAL CONSIDERATIONS: Planning staff has an additional recommendation for Council’s consideration that arose after the Planning Commission forwarded a positive recommendation. Staff recommends adding an additional exemption to Section 14.52.70.C to allow the City Council to waive the payment obligation for vacations when the property is being conveyed to a government entity, such as a school district. Furthermore, additional department input was received after Planning Commission forwarded its recommendation. The City Engineer provided the following comment which is not reflected in the ordinance recommended by the Planning Commission: The City Engineer recommends that the City adopt an expressed preference of maintaining a uniform Public Right of Way throughout the City to ensure consistent points of access and delivery of public and franchised private utilities to all City residents and businesses. The Public Right of Way, or Public Way as cited in City Code 14.32.015, serves a broader public interest that must take into consideration both current and future potential public needs for sub-surface, surface and aerial utilities alike. Such public needs include future installations as well as access for perpetual maintenance needs of new and existing public infrastructure. The City Engineer is concerned that the vacatur of any street or alley may include the public way. Therefore, in the event a street or alley is vacated, the City Engineer recommends including an express reservation for access for the repair and maintenance of existing public utilities, franchised private utilities and other infrastructure or the location of future public utilities and infrastructure; such access shall also be reserved for all municipal emergency needs and franchised private utilities operating with a municipal franchise agreement. Planning staff wishes to clarify that the proposed amendments, as attached in the exhibits, apply only to streets and alleys, not all public ways. Expanding the amendments to apply to all public ways would also include trails, easements, midblock walkways, and other similar facilities, which is not the intent of the proposed changes. Vacating or closing trails, easements, and other types of rights of way are addressed in chapter 2.58 City Owned Real Property of City Code. Including all public rights of way in this section creates conflicting processes. Public streets and alleys are not considered real property, so it is not appropriate to treat them the same way as real property. The City Council should consider whether the input from the City Engineer warrants further changes to the proposal prior to making a final decision on this proposal. EXHIBITS: 1) Ordinance 2) Project Chronology 3) Notice of City Council Public Hearing 4) Petition to Initiate This page has intentionally been left blank Exhibits: 1.ORDINANCE 2.PROJECT CHRONOLOGY 3.NOTICE OF CITY COUNCIL PUBLIC HEARING 4.PETITION TO INITIATE 1. ORDINANCE V1 1 Project Title: Disposition of City Owned Rights of Way Amendments Petition No.: PLNPCM2025-00423 Version: Planning Commission Recommended Date Prepared: January 6, 2026 Action by Planning Commission: Recommended 9/24/2025 This proposed ordinance makes the following amendments (for summary purposes only): Rewrites chapter 14.52 to address disposition of streets and alleys Amends Section 20.16.050 to make the disposition process consistent in the context of a subdivision application Underlined text is new; text with strikethrough is proposed to be deleted. Modifications made as part of the Planning Commission recommendation are highlighted in yellow. All other text is existing with no proposed change. 1. Amends the list of chapters at the beginning of Title 14 as follows: 1 2 TITLE 14 3 STREETS, SIDEWALKS AND PUBLIC PLACES 4 Accommodation Of Bicyclists And Pedestrians At All City Owned Transportation Facilities In The 5 Public Right-Of-Way 14.06 6 Street And Building Numbering System 14.08 7 Monuments 14.10 8 Street And Sidewalk Use 14.12 9 Sidewalk Use Restrictions 14.20 10 Streets And Sidewalks; Unlawful Acts 14.28 11 Construction, Excavation And Obstructions In The Public Right-Of-Way 14.32 12 News Racks 14.36 13 Sidewalk Entertainers And Artists 14.38 14 Utility Poles And Wires 14.40 15 Railroads 14.44 16 Decorative Street Lighting Program 14.48 17 Disposition Of City Owned AlleysRights of Way 14.52 18 Dedication Of Private Streets To Public Ownership 14.54 19 Wireless Facilities In The Public Way 14.56 20 21 2. Deletes and replaces Chapter 14.52 as follows: 22 23 CHAPTER 14.52 DISPOSITION OF CITY OWNED ALLEYS 24 SECTION: 25 14.52.010: Disposition Of City's Property Interest In Alleys 26 14.52.020: Policy Considerations For Closure, Vacation Or Abandonment Of City Owned Alleys 27 14.52.030: Processing Petitions 28 14.52.040: Method Of Disposition 29 14.52.050: Petition For Review 30 APPROVED AS TO FORM Salt Lake City Attorney’s Office Date: __January 6, 2026__________ By: ___________________________ Katherine D. Pasker, Senior City Attorney V1 2 31 14.52.010: DISPOSITION OF CITY'S PROPERTY INTEREST IN ALLEYS: 32 The City supports the legal disposition of Salt Lake City's real property interests, in whole or in part, with 33 regard to City owned alleys, subject to the substantive and procedural requirements set forth herein. 34 35 14.52.020: POLICY CONSIDERATIONS FOR CLOSURE, VACATION OR ABANDONMENT OF 36 CITY OWNED ALLEYS: 37 The City will not consider disposing of its interest in an alley, in whole or in part, unless it receives a 38 petition in writing which demonstrates that the disposition satisfies at least one of the following policy 39 considerations: 40 A. Lack Of Use: The City's legal interest in the property appears of record or is reflected on an 41 applicable plat; however, it is evident from an on site inspection that the alley does not physically exist or 42 has been materially blocked in a way that renders it unusable as a public right-of-way; 43 B. Public Safety: The existence of the alley is substantially contributing to crime, unlawful activity, 44 unsafe conditions, public health problems, or blight in the surrounding area; 45 C. Urban Design: The continuation of the alley does not serve as a positive urban design element; or 46 D. Community Purpose: The petitioners are proposing to restrict the general public from use of the alley 47 in favor of a community use, such as a neighborhood play area or garden. 48 49 14.52.030: PROCESSING PETITIONS: 50 There will be three (3) phases for processing petitions to dispose of City owned alleys under this section. 51 Those phases include an administrative determination of completeness; a public hearing, including a 52 recommendation from the Planning Commission; and a public hearing before the City Council. 53 A. Administrative Determination Of Completeness: The City administration will determine whether or 54 not the petition is complete according to the following requirements: 55 1. The petition must bear the signatures of no less than seventy five percent (75%) of the neighbors 56 owning property which abuts the subject alley property; 57 2. The petition must identify which policy considerations discussed above support the petition; 58 3. The petition must affirm that written notice has been given to all owners of property located in the 59 block or blocks within which the subject alley property is located; 60 4. A signed statement that the applicant has met with and explained the proposal to the appropriate 61 community organization entitled to receive notice pursuant to title 2, chapter 2.60 of this Code; and 62 5. The appropriate City processing fee shown on the Salt Lake City consolidated fee schedule has 63 been paid. 64 B. Public Hearing And Recommendation From The Planning Commission: Upon receipt of a complete 65 petition, a public hearing shall be scheduled before the Planning Commission to consider the proposed 66 disposition of the City owned alley property. Following the conclusion of the public hearing, the Planning 67 Commission shall make a report and recommendation to the City Council on the proposed disposition of 68 the subject alley property. A positive recommendation should include an analysis of the following factors: 69 1. The City Police Department, Fire Department, Transportation Division, and all other relevant City 70 departments and divisions have no reasonable objection to the proposed disposition of the property; 71 2. The petition meets at least one of the policy considerations stated above; 72 3. Granting the petition will not deny sole access or required off street parking to any property 73 adjacent to the alley; 74 4. Granting the petition will not result in any property being landlocked; 75 5. Granting the petition will not result in a use of the alley property which is otherwise contrary to 76 the policies of the City, including applicable master plans and other adopted statements of policy which 77 address, but which are not limited to, mid block walkways, pedestrian paths, trails, and alternative 78 transportation uses; 79 V1 3 6. No opposing abutting property owner intends to build a garage requiring access from the property, 80 or has made application for a building permit, or if such a permit has been issued, construction has been 81 completed within twelve (12) months of issuance of the building permit; 82 7. The petition furthers the City preference for disposing of an entire alley, rather than a small 83 segment of it; and 84 8. The alley property is not necessary for actual or potential rear access to residences or for accessory 85 uses. 86 C. Public Hearing Before The City Council: Upon receipt of the report and recommendation from the 87 Planning Commission, the City Council will consider the proposed petition for disposition of the subject 88 alley property. After a public hearing to consider the matter, the City Council will make a decision on the 89 proposed petition based upon the factors identified above. 90 91 14.52.040: METHOD OF DISPOSITION: 92 If the City Council grants the petition, the City owned alley property will be disposed of as follows: 93 A. Low Density Residential Areas: If the alley property abuts properties which are zoned for low density 94 residential use, the alley will merely be vacated. For the purposes of this section, "low density residential 95 use" shall mean properties which are zoned for single-family, duplex or twin home residential uses. 96 B. High Density Residential Properties And Other Nonresidential Properties: If the alley abuts properties 97 which are zoned for high density residential use or other nonresidential uses, the alley will be closed and 98 abandoned, subject to payment to the City of the fair market value of that alley property, based upon the 99 value added to the abutting properties. 100 C. Mixed Zoning: If an alley abuts both low density residential properties and either high density 101 residential properties or nonresidential properties, those portions which abut the low density residential 102 properties shall be vacated, and the remainder shall be closed, abandoned and sold for fair market value. 103 104 14.52.050: PETITION FOR REVIEW: 105 Any party aggrieved by the decision of the City Council as to the disposition of City owned alley property 106 may file a petition for review of that decision within thirty (30) days after the City Council's decision 107 becomes final, in the 3rd District Court. 108 109 110 CHAPTER 14.52 DISPOSITION OF CITY OWNED RIGHTS OF WAY 111 SECTION: 112 14.52.010: Purpose 113 14.52.020: Applicability 114 14.52.030: Definitions 115 14.52.040: Application Requirements 116 14.52.050: Process to Close or Vacate City Owned Rights of Way 117 14.52.060: Factors for Closing or Vacating City Owned Rights of Way 118 14.52.070: Disposing of Vacated City Owned Rights of Way 119 14.52.080: Closures 120 14.52.090: Appeals 121 122 123 14.52.010: PURPOSE: 124 125 The purpose of this chapter is to establish a process for the city council to decide if a city owned right of 126 way should be closed or vacated. The decision to close or vacate a city owned right of way is at the 127 discretion of the city council. 128 129 130 V1 4 14.52.020: APPLICABILITY: 131 132 A. This chapter applies to any petition to close or vacate city owned rights of way. 133 134 B. Petitions that request to close or vacate a public street located within a platted subdivision are also 135 subject to the subdivision amendment process in Title 20. 136 137 138 14.52.030: DEFINITIONS: 139 140 A. The following definitions apply to the terms found in this chapter. 141 142 1. Alley: A public way within a block primarily intended for service and access to abutting 143 property by vehicles. An alley is not designed for general travel and not used to certify property 144 addresses. 145 146 2. City Owned: A right of way that is subject to the jurisdiction of Salt Lake City. 147 148 3. Closure: The act of eliminating the thoroughfare nature or passageway access of the general 149 public to a city owned right of way, while retaining public ownership of the property. 150 151 4. Rights of Way: A public thoroughfare, regardless of the name, that is dedicated to the city 152 including streets, alleys, roads, highways, paths, and other land that are owned and managed by a 153 government entity. 154 155 5. Street: A vehicular way which may also serve for all or part of its width as a way for pedestrian 156 traffic, whether called street, highway, thoroughfare, parkway, throughway, road, avenue, 157 boulevard, lane, place, alley, mall or otherwise designated. 158 159 5. Vacation: The act of eliminating, in full or in part, city ownership of a right of way. 160 161 162 14.52.040: APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS: 163 164 A. Eligibility to Apply: 165 166 1. The mayor may initiate a petition to close or vacate a city owned right of way by signature on a 167 document that includes the purpose for the closure or vacation and describing the specific 168 location. 169 170 2. The city council may initiate a petition to close or vacate a city owned right of way by adopting 171 a legislative intent. 172 173 3. A property owner who owns land that abuts a public right of way may request to close or 174 vacate a city owned right of way by submitting a petition and all application materials as provided 175 for in this chapter. 176 177 B. Petition Requirements: 178 179 1. A petition submitted by a property owner that is not the city council or the mayor shall include 180 the following information: 181 V1 5 182 a. A completed application on a form provided by the planning director. 183 184 b. The signatures of at least 75% of the property owners owning property that abut the portion 185 of the right of way that is proposed to be closed or vacated. 186 187 c. A written description of the purpose and reasons for the proposed closure or vacation. 188 189 d. A signed affidavit from the applicant that (1) all owners abutting the right of way have 190 received a written notice of the applicant’s desire to close or vacate the right of way, and (2) 191 all operators of utilities located within the bounds of the right of way have received a written 192 notice of the applicant’s desire to close or vacate the right of way. 193 194 e. A description of any existing structure that may be located within the right of way, 195 including the address of the abutting property where the structure may be located. 196 197 f. A map of the proposed right of way that is subject to the closure or vacation that includes 198 the dimensions of the approximate width, length, and area of the proposal. 199 200 g. A written explanation of how the proposed closure or vacation aligns with the factors in 201 14.52.050. 202 203 h. All required fees as outlined in the consolidated fee schedule. 204 205 2. If a petition is initiated by the mayor or the city council, then such petition shall identify the 206 department that will submit to the planning director: 207 208 a. The name and address of each owner of record of land that is adjacent to the right of way 209 that is to be closed or vacated or accessed exclusively by or within 300 feet of the right of 210 way. 211 212 b. Proof of written notice to operators of utilities located within the bounds of the right of 213 way sought to be vacated or closed. 214 215 c. The signature of each owner of record identified in subsection 2a that consents to the 216 vacation or closure. 217 218 219 14.52.050: PROCESS TO CLOSE OR VACATE CITY OWNED RIGHTS OF WAY: 220 221 A. Application Submittal: The petition shall be submitted to the planning director. After receiving the 222 petition, the planning director shall determine if the application is complete. An application may only 223 be deemed complete if all petition requirements have been submitted and fees paid. 224 225 B. Incomplete Applications: A petitioner who fails to provide all the required information that is 226 necessary to start a comprehensive, substantive review of the application will be provided with one 227 written notice of missing submittal requirements. The notice shall itemize each item that is missing, 228 including the citation from this code and provide a deadline of 30 days to provide the missing 229 information. If a petitioner fails to submit the information or fails to negotiate a different deadline to 230 submit the information, the petition may be considered withdrawn and closed. 231 232 V1 6 C. Public Engagement Period: All petitions to close or vacate a city owned right of way shall be 233 subject to the public engagement requirements in 21A.10. 234 235 D. Public Hearing: If the planning commission holds a public hearing prior to making a 236 recommendation on the matter to the city council, notice of the public hearing shall be subject to the 237 public hearing requirements in 21A.10. Notice shall also be provided to the Utah Department of 238 Transportation as required in Utah Code 72-5-105(5)(b). 239 240 1. A public hearing shall be held by the planning commission if, after review by the relevant city 241 departments and the general public, any concerns or objections are raised based on the factors 242 described in 14.52.060. 243 244 2. The request is exempt from a public hearing and recommendation from the planning 245 commission if, after review by the relevant city departments and the general public, no concerns 246 or objections are raised related to the factors described in 14.52.060. In such case, the request 247 shall proceed in accordance with 14.52.050.E with a recommendation from the planning director. 248 249 E. Planning Commission Recommendation: After a public hearing, the planning commission shall 250 forward a recommendation to the city council regarding the proposed closure or vacation. The 251 recommendation shall be based on the applicable factors listed in this chapter and the evidence, or 252 lack of evidence, presented to the planning commission. The planning commission may recommend 253 approval, approval with modifications or conditions, or denial of the petition. If the planning 254 commission does not act within 90 days of the public hearing, the recommendation shall be 255 considered a denial and forwarded to the city council for decision. 256 257 F. City Council Public Hearing: The city council shall hold a public hearing before deciding on a 258 petition to close or vacate a city owned right of way. The public hearing shall be noticed in the same 259 manner as described in 14.52.040.C. After a public hearing is held, the city council may approve, 260 approve with modifications or conditions, or deny the petition. 261 262 G. Exceptions: 263 264 1. The provisions of this section are not required if the city is closing or vacating a right of way in 265 accordance with Utah Code that exempts the petitioner from the process herein. 266 267 268 14.52.060: FACTORS FOR CLOSING OR VACATING CITY OWNED RIGHTS OF WAY: 269 270 The following factors should be considered when deciding a petition to close or vacate a city owned right 271 of way. A decision to close or vacate a city owned right of way is a matter committed to the legislative 272 discretion of the city council and is not controlled by any one factor and not all factors will be applicable 273 to every petition. 274 275 A. Lack Of Use: The city's legal interest in the property appears of record or is reflected on an 276 applicable plat; however, it is evident from an on site inspection that the right-of-way does not 277 physically exist for the purpose of providing access. When determining if lack of use exists, the city 278 should consider: 279 280 1. The lack of evidence of physical use. A gate, fence, or other similar obstruction installed to 281 prevent access to the right of way that has been installed without approval from the city should 282 not be considered evidence of lack of use; 283 V1 7 284 2. Evidence that the right of way never functioned to provide access to properties that abut the285 right of way; 286 287 3. The presence of accessory buildings, mature trees, or other similar items that can be readily288 identifiable from photographs, aerial or satellite images, or other records that demonstrate the 289 item has been within the boundaries of the right of way prior to April 12, 1995. 290 291 B. Public Safety:292 293 1. The existence of the right of way is substantially contributing to crime, unlawful activity,294 unsafe conditions, public health problems, or blight in the surrounding area. 295 296 2. A closure or vacation will not have a detrimental impact on the ability to provide emergency297 access to the right of way or properties abutting the right of way; 298 299 C. Community Purpose: The petitioners are proposing to convert the purpose of the alley in favor of300 a community use, such as a neighborhood play area or garden; 301 302 D. Impact on General Plan: The proposed closure or vacation does not negatively impact connectivity303 for future development that may occur based on the general plan as defined in Title 19. For this 304 factor, the following may be considered: 305 306 1. The closure or vacation does not impact any future active transportation project by requiring307 new drive approaches on a public street that would result in increased conflict points with the 308 active transportation infrastructure or limits the ability of the city to install active transportation 309 infrastructure. 310 311 2. The closure or vacation reduces the ability to use the city owned right of way to improve312 overall connectivity in the vicinity based on the scale and intensity of future land use identified in 313 the general plan. 314 315 3. If the right of way is specifically identified in the general plan on a map or with policies that316 indicate the right of way should be used for current or future connectivity, including a midblock 317 walkway, pedestrian path, trail, service area, access to parking, or alternative transportation uses. 318 319 4. The closure or vacation will not jeopardize the ability to implement any policy, action, or any320 aspect of the adopted general plan. 321 322 5. The closure or vacation will not result in a dead end or cul-de-sac in area where street323 connectivity is identified in a general plan or when continuing the street promotes access to 324 property for future development identified on the applicable future land use map. 325 326 E. Impact to Property: The proposed closure or vacation will not result in a parcel or lot being327 deprived of access or landlocked or impact any development plans or permits on properties that 328 intend to use the right of way for accessing private property. 329 330 F. Public Utilities: If the right of way is considered essential for the location of future public utilities,331 or the right-of-way is required for access to public utility infrastructure, legally binding agreement(s) 332 that preserve such space and access have or will be provided prior to disposition. The agreement(s) 333 should ensure operations, maintenance (including replacement or upgrading of the infrastructure), and 334 V1 8 access to the infrastructure. Agreements should also ensure emergency access to make repairs to any 335 infrastructure within the right of way. 336 337 G . Dimensions: The existing dimensions of the right of way are not necessary to provide safe and 338 reasonable public access and reducing the size of the right of way is consistent with the other listed 339 factors. 340 341 342 14.52.070: DISPOSING OF VACATED CITY OWNED RIGHTS OF WAY : 343 344 A. If a vacation of a city owned right of way is approved by the city council, the area vacated shall be 345 disposed of according to the following: 346 347 1. If the right of way was created by a recorded subdivision, the vacated right of way shall be split 348 down the centerline with each side of the right of way vesting to the adjoining owner of record. 349 350 2. If the right of way was created by a recorded subdivision but not all abutting properties are 351 within the boundaries of the recorded subdivision that the right of way is, the vacated right of way 352 shall be consolidated into the abutting properties that are within the boundaries of the recorded 353 subdivision. 354 355 3. If the right of way is not part of a recorded subdivision, the vacated right of way shall be split 356 down the centerline with each side of the right of way vesting to the adjoining owner of record 357 except where prescribed by Utah State Code. 358 359 4. For vacations proposed by the city, the vacated land may be converted to a lot(s) or parcel(s) 360 for future development. 361 362 5. If the right of way is partially vacated, the vacated portion may be combined with properties on 363 one side of the right of way, both sides of the property, or may create a new lot or parcel. 364 365 6. Notwithstanding the above, the area may be disposed of in any other configuration authorized 366 by Utah law. 367 368 B. Payment Required: Payment to the city shall be required prior to the disposition of the associated 369 vacated area in the following circumstances: 370 371 1. Vacation Adjacent to High Density Residential Properties and Other Nonresidential Properties: 372 If the right of way abuts properties which are designated as having any other future land use 373 designation other than low density residential as described in 14.52.070.C.1, the right of way will 374 be vacated, subject to payment to the city of the fair market value of that right of way property, 375 based upon the value added to the abutting properties. 376 377 2. Vacation Adjacent to Mixed Zoning: If a right of way abuts both low density residential 378 properties as defined in 14.52.070.C.1 and any other future land use designation, those portions 379 which abut the low density residential properties shall be vacated without requiring payment, and 380 the remainder shall be vacated and sold for fair market value. 381 382 C. Payment Not Required: Payment to the city shall not be required prior to the disposition of the 383 associated vacated area in the following circumstances: 384 385 V1 9 1. Vacation Adjacent to Low Density Residential Areas: If the right of way property abuts386 properties which are designated on an adopted future land use map that is part of the adopted 387 general plan as having a future density of less than 25 dwelling units per acre, the right of way 388 will merely be vacated without requiring payment. 389 390 2. Exchanges: The city may agree to a land transfer of the right of way area that is subject to a391 proposed vacation with other land that serves a public purpose or provides a public benefit as 392 determined by the city council. 393 394 395 14.52.080: CLOSURES: 396 397 A.Public Purpose: The city may choose to close the right of way and maintain the use of the land for398 another public purpose as authorized by applicable state code. 399 400 B. Private Purpose: Closure sought by a private property owner may be subject to a lease or401 development agreement to reflect the maintenance responsibilities for the property. 402 403 404 14.52.090: APPEALS: 405 406 Any party aggrieved by a final decision of the city council as to the closure or vacation of city owned 407 rights of way may file a petition for review of that decision with the district court within 30 days after the 408 city council's decision becomes final. 409 410 411 3. Amends Subsection 20.16.050.B as follows: 412 413 B. A subdivision application that includes closing or vacating a public street, alley, or other right414 of way or vacating an easement that the city has a right to, shall be decided by the city council415 after receiving a recommendation from the planning commission or the planning director if no416 public hearing by the planning commission is required. The process shall be in accordance with417 the requirements of Chapter 21A.10 and shall comply with all other applicable requirements of418 14.52.419 420 4. Effective Date. This ordinance shall become effective on the date of its first publication. 421 2.PROJECT CHRONOLOGY Project Chronology Petition: PLNPCM2025-00423 organizations. Webpage. Public comment period ended June 23, 2025. Council. to the listserv. hearing. The Commission voted 6-0 in favor of forwarding a recommendation of approval with a modification. 2026 Ordinance received from the City Attorney’s office. 3. NOTICE OF CITY COUNCIL PUBLIC HEARING NOTICE OF CITY COUNCIL HEARING The Salt Lake City Council is considering Petition PLNPCM2025-00423 – the Salt Lake City Planning Commission unanimously voted to initiate a text amendment to modify Chapter 14.52. The purpose of the amendment is to a include all city-owned rights-of-way (streets, alleys, etc.), as well as updating the policies and standards that must be adhered to. (Staff Contact: Ben Buckley, 801-535-7142, benjamin.buckley@slc.gov.) As part of their study, the City Council is holding an advertised public hearing to receive comments regarding the petition. During the hearing, anyone desiring to address the City Council concerning this issue will be given an opportunity to speak. The Council may consider adopting the ordinance the same night of the public hearing. The hearing will be held: DATE: TIME: 7:00 pm PLACE: Electronic and in-person options. 451 South State Street, Room 326, Salt Lake City, Utah ** This meeting will be held via electronic means, while also providing for an in-person that opportunity to attend or participate in the hearing at the City and County Building, located at 451 South State Street, Room 326, Salt Lake City, Utah. For more information, including WebEx connection information, please visit www.slc.gov/council/virtual-meetings. Comments may also be provided by calling the 24-Hour comment line at (801) 535-7654 or sending an email to council.comments@slcgov.com. All comments received through any source are shared with the Council and added to the public record. If you have any questions relating to this proposal or would like to review the file, please call Ben Buckley at 801-535-7142 between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, or via e- mail at benjamin.buckley@slc.gov. The application details can be accessed at http://www.slcpermits.com, by selecting the “Planning” tab and entering the petition number PLNPCM2025-00423. People with disabilities may make requests for reasonable accommodation, which may include alternate formats, interpreters, and other auxiliary aids and services. Please make requests at least two business days in advance. To make a request, please contact the City Council Office at council.comments@slcgov.com, (801)535-7600, or relay service 711. 4. PETITION TO INITIATE SALT LAKE CITY PLANNING COMMISSION MEETING City & County Building 451 South State Street, Room 326 Salt Lake City, Utah 84111 Wednesday, February 12, 2025 A roll is being kept of all who attended the Planning Commission Meeting. The meeting was called to order at approximately 5:30 p.m. Audio recordings of the Planning Commission meetings are retained for a period of time. These minutes are a summary of the meeting and not a verbatim transcript. A video recording of the meeting is available at www.youtube.com/slclivemeetings Present for the Planning Commission meeting were: Chair Aimee Burrows, Vice Chair Landon Kraczek, Commissioners Brian Scott, Amy Barry, Mike Christensen, and Bree Scheer. Commissioner McCall Christensen was absent from the meeting. Staff members present at the meeting were: Planning Director Nick Norris, Planning Manager Amy Thompson, Senior City Attorney Katherine Pasker, Senior Planner Cassie Younger, Principal Planner Rylee Hall, Senior Planner Aaron Barlow, and Office Facilitator Aubrey Clark. REPORT OF THE CHAIR AND VICE CHAIR They had nothing to report. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR Planning Director Nick Norris reported on delays to the R1 options with City Council and that there may be bills presented to the legislature that could impact the City. He also reported that recommendations were made to the Mayor’s Office for the open D3 commission seat and stated that all items will be updated as soon as information is available at the next commission meeting. OPEN FORUM No one had items to discuss. CONSENT AGENDA 1. Planned Development for Brix on Tenth at Approximately 1549 S 1000 W (Public Hearing) – Paul Garbett, representing the property owner, is requesting approval for a Planned Development to develop 46 energy-efficient for-sale townhomes at the following properties: 1549, 1551, 1567 S 1000 W, and 1544, 1550 S 900 W. The land is currently vacant, and the property is zoned RMF-30 (Low Density Multi-Family Residential). The requested modifications through this process include 4.5' of additional height, second- story balconies encroaching into side yards, reduced transparency on interior facades, and garage doors parallel to the street. The subject property is within Council District 2, represented by Alejandro Puy. (Staff Contact: Cassie Younger at 801-535-6211or cassie.younger@slcgov.com) Case Number: PLNPCM2024-01202 2. Approval of the Meeting Minutes for December 11, 2024, and January 8 and 22, 2025 Chair Burrows opened the public hearing. Public Hearing Seeing that no one wished to speak, the Chair closed the public hearing. Motion Commissioner Mike Christensen motion to approve the Consent Agenda. Commissioner Scott seconded the motion. Vote: • Yes: Kraczek, Scott, Barry, Mike Christensen, Scheer, Burrows The motion passed REGULAR AGENDA 3. Planned Development and Preliminary Subdivision at Approximately 825 W Hoyt Place - Drake Powell, the property owner, is requesting Planned Development approval to facilitate a townhome development with 2 buildings, each containing 6 single-family attached units, located at the above listed address. The subject property is currently vacant and zoned SR-3 Special Development Pattern Residential District. a. Planned Development: The requested modifications through this process include buildings and lots without frontage on a public street, a reduction to the required rear yard setback, and a modification to the maximum allowed drive approach width. Case Number: PLNPCM2024-01095 b. Preliminary Plat: A preliminary plat is required to subdivide the property and may only be approved if the requested modifications are approved. Case Number: PLNSUB2024-01209 The subject property is located in Council District 2, represented by Alejandro Puy. (Staff contact: Rylee Hall at 801-535-6308 or rylee.hall@slc.gov) Principal Planner Rylee Hall review the petition. She stated that Staff recommends approval of the project. The applicant Drake Powell did not have a presentation to give. Public Hearing Chair Burrows opened the public hearing. Seeing that no one wished to speak, the Chair closed the public hearing. Executive Session The Commission and Staff did not have anything to discuss. Motion for PLNPCM2024-01095: Commissioner Scheer moved, “Based on the information presented and the discussion, I move that the commission approve this Planned Development application as recommended by staff.” Commissioner Mike Christensen seconded the motion. Commissioner Barry offered a friendly amendment to add a condition to include a fence on the south side of the property. Commissioner Scheer approve the amendment. Vote • Yes: Barry, Kraczik, Mike Christensen, Scheer, Scott, Burrows The motion passed. Motion for PLNSUB2024-01209: Commissioner Mike Christensen moved, “Based in the information presented and the discussion, I move that the Commission approve this Preliminary Subdivision as recommended by staff.” Commissioner Kraczek seconded the motion. Vote • Yes: Barry, Kraczik, Mike Christensen, Scheer, Scott, Burrows The motion passed. WORK SESSION 4. RMF-35 & RMF-45 Multi-Family Zoning District Merger - The Planning Commission will be briefed on the proposal to merge the RMF-35 Moderate Density Multi-Family Residential District and the RMF-45 Moderate/High Density Multi-Family Residential District into a single updated RMF-45 Moderate Density Multi-family District.. This proposal is meant to enable the development of compatible infill housing within the City's moderate-density neighborhoods. The briefing will include an overview of the proposed district and changes to associated regulations. (Staff contact: Aaron Barlow at 801-535-6182 or aaron.barlow@slc.gov) Case Number: PLNPCM2024-01388 Senior Planner Aaron Barlow and Principal Planner Katilynn Warr reviewed the proposed. They discussed: o missing middle housing types o standards o bonus unit incentives o parking o different types of development options o new incentives The Commissioner and Staff discussed: o potential housing types o design standards o concerns with the proposal OTHER BUSINESS 5. City Code Amendment Initiation - The Planning Commission will consider initiating the following amendments to city code: 1. Amending the allowed fence height for fences located in a front yard or corner side for properties in manufacturing zoning districts. Other related fence regulations in manufacturing zones may also be amended as part of this initiation. The initiation will consider increasing the allowed fence height when the fence is located at the front or corner side yard setback line and for fences next to side property lines. 2. Amending the factors to consider associated with petitions to close or vacate a public alley. The amendment would consider all the existing factors, specifically if public access to the alley has been blocked without approval and if the closure or alley may impact the future development of the property and public circulation. Other factors may also be modified by this initiation. Planning Director Nick Norris reviewed the proposed text amendments. Staff and the Commission discussed the proposals. Motion Commissioner Barry moved, “I move that the Commission initiate text amendments that would modify the policy considerations found in city code 14.52 and any other provision in chapter 14.52 necessary for adequate review of petitions to close or vacate public right of way. I also move that the Commission initiate a separate petition to amend the fence height regulations in the manufacturing zones.” Commissioner Mike Christensen seconded the motion. Vote • Yes: Barry, Kraczik, Mike Christensen, Scheer, Scott, Burrows The motion passed. The meeting adjourned at approximately 7:15 PM For Planning Commission agendas, staff reports, and minutes, visit the Planning Division’s website at slc.gov/planning/public- meetings. Staff Reports will be posted the Friday prior to the meeting and minutes will be posted two days after they are ratified, which usually occurs at the next regularly scheduled meeting of the Planning Commission. This page has intentionally been left blank CITY COUNCIL OF SALT LAKE CITY 451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 304 P.O. BOX 145476, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5476 SLCCOUNCIL.COM TEL 801-535-7600 FAX 801-535-7651 COUNCIL STAFF REPORT CITY COUNCIL of SALT LAKE CITY TO:City Council Members FROM:Allison Rowland DATE:February 3, 2026 RE: RESOLUTION: PUBLIC BENEFITS ANALYSIS FOR THE NORTHWEST PIPELINE BUILDING AND NEW CONSTRUCTION ISSUE AT-A-GLANCE Item Schedule: Page | 2 Before closing on the sale, the developer would be required to demonstrate evidence of construction and permanent financing, and that the Northwest Pipeline Building would be constructed to guidelines consistent with the National Park Service/Secretary of the Interior’s Standards for Rehabilitation. The Developer would “affirmatively and aggressively” market most living units to public safety and security workers, a category of public employees which includes law enforcement, emergency response, critical health, emergency capital work, fire response and prevention, air quality, related education fields, emerging training and other public safety worker categories. The developer states that this idea is related to the historic use of the building by public safety workers and, in addition, would provide housing for essential members of the community who are often priced out of the communities they serve. Goal of the briefing: Review the public benefit analysis and consider adopting a resolution which would authorize the terms for The Grove project at 321 East 200 South. ADDITIONAL AND BACKGROUND INFORMATION The Redevelopment Project. This proposal would provide at least 196 new housing units spread across 2.4 acres at approximately 321 East 200 South, a property that includes the historic Northwest Pipeline Building (which would be renovated) and enough space for new housing and parking garage construction. The renovation of the Northwest Pipeline Building would comply with national standards for rehabilitation of historic and architectural significance. It would be completed prior to or concurrently with the new construction, and construction may take place in two phases. Unit Details. The precise number and characteristics of the housing units in these buildings will depend on whether the developers are awarded 4% LIHTC funding, which will be announced near the end of 2026. With the two buildings taken together, the development would consist of 85% one- and two-bedroom units, with 15% of the units having three or more bedrooms (see chart below). The number of one- and two-bedroom units would be approximately the same. Note: The developers refer to 51% of the proposed project’s total units being “family-sized,” but this designation is based on HUD’s official definition of family-sized units as two or more bedrooms, rather than the Council/CRA Board designation of family-sized units as three or more bedrooms. Housing Units Proposed Northwest Pipeline Building New Building Total Project Maximum number of 1-bedroom units 27 60 87 Minimum number of 2 -bedroom units 30 50 80 Minimum number of 3- or more- bedroom units 6 23 29 Total 63 133 196 50% of AMI, 40% of AMI, and 30% of AMI: twenty-one units at each affordability level (see chart below). Page | 3 Affordability of Units Proposed Northwest Pipeline Building New Building Total Project Minimum number at 30% of AMI 7 14 21 Minimum number at 40% of AMI 7 14 21 Minimum number at 50% of AMI 7 14 21 Average of 60% AMI 42 91 133 Total (all <80% AMI)63 133 196 2.Wealth-building and the Family Self-Sufficiency Program. The developer would implement a comprehensive wealth-building program available to (but not required of) all households living at the two buildings. The program would include financial coaching and case management services, credit-building tools, savings or equity-building opportunities, and workforce navigation. The developer would also provide access to a discounted real estate service to assist residents who are interested in eventual homeownership. The Family Self-Sufficiency (FSS) Program would offer at least 16 households in the two buildings voluntary participation in a five-year incentive program to help these families increase their earnings and build equity with an emphasis on homeownership opportunities. Run by the Housing Authority and funded in part by the Federal Housing and Urban Development, the program would provide financial incentives for participants to increase their wealth by offering two types of services: a. Escrow savings accounts, which would allow tenants with housing vouchers to save any income increases which would otherwise need to be spent on rent, and b. Case management or coaching to help participants access services they may need to “address challenges that keep them from achieving their goals.” 3.Commercial Space. The project would make 15,000 square feet of ground-floor and basement commercial space available to locally owned businesses and neighborhood service providers. A minimum of 9,500 square feet of commercial would be included on the ground floor and an additional 5,500 square feet in the basement of the Northwest Pipeline Building. The plan would result in the majority of the 200 South façade being ground-floor commercial, and the developer would try to lease these spaces for “community-serving uses,” specifically healthcare providers, childcare operators, or healthy food and beverage retailers. If needed, the City would be able to approve alternative commercial uses that remain compatible with the project’s community benefit goals: maintains or advances public health, wellbeing, or neighborhood vitality. Policy Question: The Council may wish to ask the Administration about the current level of demand for commercial real estate in this neighborhood, especially real estate that meets the requirements listed above. 4.Additional Features. Along with residential and commercial space, this project would provide: Page | 4 - Approximately 100 stalls of shared parking for the residents. This would include sufficient parking for the neighboring Magnolia building, which would be negotiated as a new long- term parking lease at a nominal fee. Policy Question: The Council may wish to discuss whether the number of stalls of shared parking for residents would likely be sufficient to serve at least 196 adult residents. - An outdoor plaza which would be publicly accessible, and include artistic paving, seating, plantings, and shade elements conducive to social engagement. - Art elements that would prioritize street level pedestrian experience and be visible to the public from 200 South, including wall murals and other forms of art. - A “Designed to Earn ENERGY STAR” score of 90 or higher for the new building, or the corresponding Design Target Site Energy Use Intensity (EUI) value. - Sustainability elements in the Northwest Pipeline Building that will increase sustainability while meeting the historic requirements, including: updated high-efficiency HVAC systems; updated dual-pane windows compatible with the building; extensive insulation updates; and state-of-the-art energy control systems. The implementation of these components are intended to meet Energy Star certification and Enterprise Green Communities certification. B.The Proposed Property Sale. The size of this City-owned property and the historic nature of the Northwest Pipeline Building have made rehabilitation and development of this site complex. Indeed, a previous effort, begun in 2015, included construction of the current Magnolia building along with another residential building and rehabilitation of the Northwest Pipeline building. After completing the Magnolia in 2021, that developer ultimately chose not to begin the other two parts of the project, and the proposal currently before the Council is the first to be formalized since then. This history helps contextualize the price and payment structure proposed by the Administration in the January 9, 2026, transmittal. 1.Property Price. An appraisal dated November 4, 2025, set the fair market value of the property and building at $18,050,000, with $17,390,000 attributed to the land and $660,000 attributed to the Northwest Pipeline building. Since then, a single changed circumstance is responsible for much of the proposed reduction to the property value (see chart below): In early 2026, after the RFP process, this census tract was removed from the Federal “Qualified Census Tract” designation, as a result of rising average household incomes in the area. This disqualifies the property from receiving additional tax credit equity financing for developments in areas with high poverty rates. Proposed Reductions to Property Value Qualified Census Tract removal $8,700,000 Asbestos remediation for the Northwest Pipeline Building $3,230,000 Historic restoration of the Northwest Pipeline Building $1,780,000 Integration of art visible to the public along 200 South by local artist $200,000 Publicly accessible plaza with amenities including a dog park and event spaces $1,640,000 Total proposed price reduction $15,550,000 Page | 5 The transmittal also notes that the Federal government recently reduced the overall value of the credits available through the Low-Income Housing Tax Credit (LIHTC) program, further limiting additional sources of funding. For these reasons, the developers have requested that the appraised value be discounted significantly, to $1,000,000. 5.Payment Structure. The proposed sales price of $1 million would not be immediately payable to the City. The structure would instead take the form of a subordinate promissory note effective from the date of the certificate of occupancy. Repayment would begin when the LIHTC compliance period expires, in approximately 15 years, and the developer would begin making an annual payment to the City of 50% of surplus net cash flow in Year 16. If net cash flow is not available in a particular year, the payment would be at least $1 per year. Interest would accrue at a simple, non- compounding, annual rate of 3%, and the final payment would be set at 55 years from the occupancy date. All interest payments would be due then. B.Financing. The anticipated sources and uses of funding for each of the two planned buildings are listed below. Some of the listed sources, like the 4% LIHTC and the Olene Walker loan funds, are competitive and their results will not be known for several months. Others are uncertain for other reasons. For example, the line “CRA Loans” for the Northwest Pipeline Building includes the following: - $1 million from the Housing Development Loan Program (HDLP), approved March 18, 2025; - $1.25 million from the Residential Wealth Building program, approved March 18, 2025; - $1.45 million from HDLP application submitted December 4, 2025. The availability of the $1.45 million on the last line above will depend on CRA Board decisions in the coming months. The $1.25 million already awarded from the Residential Wealth Building program may be reevaluated, since the developer shifted from providing condominium (for-sale) units to a focus on equity- building. Northwest Pipeline Building Anticipated Sources Estimated Uses Low Income Housing Tax Credits $12,660,341 Hard Costs $28,400,000 Historic Tax Credits $10,295,288 Soft Costs $4,205,147 Permanent Loan $9,726,807 Loan & Bond Costs $1,852,337 Olene Walker Housing Loan Funds $1,000,000 Tax Credit & Reserves $787,770 CRA Loans $3,702,851 Dev. Fee $3,574,525 Deferred Dev. Fee $1,434,492 Gap Financing $0 Total Sources $38,819,779 Total Uses $38,819,779 New Construction Anticipated Sources Estimated Uses Low Income Housing Tax Credits $22,179,253 Hard Costs $37,800,000 Permanent Loan $23,769,065 Soft Costs $5,884,234 Olene Walker Housing Loan Funds $1,000,000 Loan & Bond Costs $2,886,676 Deferred Dev. Fee $2,398,208 Tax Credit & Reserves $1,516,841 Gap Financing $3,600,000 Dev. Fee $4,858,775 Total Sources $52,946,526 Total Uses $52,946,526 Page | 6 D.Other Conditions. 1. The developer would provide the City with a detailed construction schedule that identifies major milestones within 60 days of closing on the property. The developer would update the construction schedule quarterly and provide written notice to the City of any material deviations. 2. The developer hopes to start construction by October 2026, and is required to begin no later than December 2028. Construction of the entire project must reach substantial completion before December 2029. If closing does not occur by June 2027, and construction does not start by December 2028, City could terminate the purchase and sale agreement. 1. Does the Council agree with discounting the value of the properties to $1 million, as discussed above, to enable a sale under the terms proposed? 2. Does the Council wish to request a periodic progress update from the developer given the high profile of this project and length of time it has taken to redevelop the properties? Northwest Pipeline Building Renovation The Grove Development - Public Benefit Analysis Overview The administration is requesting approval of the proposed term sheet for the below-market sale of the Northwest Pipeline property to enable historic preservation, affordable, family -sized housing, and community-serving commercial space Background •2.42 acres at 321 East 200 South •Northwest Pipeline Building, Built in 1958, International Style. •National Register of Historic Places •Public Safety Building from 1979 to 2013 RFP Requirements •Historic Preservation of the NWP Building •ENERGY STAR 90 for new construction •Prioritize leasing to locally owned businesses and neighborhood service providers •Minimize surface parking and visible parking; support multimodal access Background RFP Preferences •Housing Choice: Family-sized units, workforce housing, wealth building opportunities, homeownership. •Year-round public amenities including outdoor seating and gathering space •Art visible from the street by a SLC-based artist •All-electric buildings Background RFP Selection •11 submission to the first stage of the RFP process •13 Selection committee members comprised of City staff/elected officials and community members •Housing Authority, Xylem Projects, and Common Ground Institute’s proposal “The Grove" was selected and announced June 2024 Background Project Overview Commercial Community-serving uses Energy Star 90 New Construction Shared Parking Structure ~100 Stalls15k SF Family-SizedUnits 2+ Bedrooms 51% 196 Units 80% AMI or below with an average of 60% AMI Public Plaza With outdoor art elements The Grove Draft Terms Housing Affordability o All units 80% AMI and below o Average of 60% AMI o Affordability restricted for 50 years, annual reporting MINIMUMS NWP BUILDING: 7 units at 30% AMI 7 units at 40% AMI 7 units at 50% AMI NEW CONSTRUCTION: 14 units at 30% AMI 14 units at 40% AMI 14 units at 50% AMI Wealth Building o Financial coaching, workforce navigation, credit-building tools, and homeownership resources for all residents o Minimum of 16-households eligible for wealth building escrow accounts Draft Terms Housing Unit Size NWP Building New Construction Total Maximum 1- bedroom units 27 60 87 Minimum 2- bedroom units 30 50 80 Minimum 3- bedroom units 6 23 29 Total 63 133 196 Draft Terms Closing o Design review by City staff for RFP compliance o Building permit “Will-issue” letter o Proof of secured financing o Development Agreement, the Right to Repurchase Agreement, Restrictive Use Agreement, and Public Access Easement Timeliness o Closing must occur before June 2027 o Construction must commence before December 2028 o Construction must be complete before December 2031 Financial Request •Appraised Value of $18M •Proposed purchase price of $1M Promissory Note •Years 1 -15: $1/year •Years 16-55: 50% of surplus cash flow •Remaining balance due at year 55 with 3% simple interest. Draft Terms Sources and Uses Developer is pursuing the following funding sources: •Historic Tax Credits, •Low Income Housing Tax Credits, •Olene Walker Housing Loan Fund, •CRA Housing Development Loan and Wealth Building Pilot Program. •CRA awarded $1M HDLP and $1.25M Wealth Building program in 2024 Total Project Cost: $91,766,000 Does not include land cost The Grove Public Benefit Analysis Utah Code 10-8-2 + City Code 2.58 Allows for a below-market sale if it is deemed appropriate and necessary to advance the City’s goals for affordable housing, historic preservation, economic development, job creation, and neighborhood improvement. Legal Framework Public Benefit Analysis Public Benefits •196 affordable homes (30–80% AMI, 60% average), with 51% family-sized units •50-year affordability restriction with annual compliance reporting •Family Self-Sufficiency program and resident wealth-building programs, annual reporting requirement •Community-serving commercial space and plaza, activation of a long -vacant site •Preservation of a historic landmark and transit-oriented development Enforcement •Recorded Restrictive Use Agreement and Development Agreement •Conveyance will not occur until financing, permits, and approvals are secured •Termination rights if closing conditions are not met Benefits and Enforcement Housing Authority of Salt Lake City, Xylem Projects, and Common Ground Institute Existing Conditions Vacant |Fenced |Closed Off | The Grove sponsors Housing Authority of Salt Lake City |Xylem Projects |Common Ground Institute Overview 2.4 Acres Renovation of Historic Northwest Pipeline Building to 63 New Units New 133 Units at 50+%Family Sized Units Public Plaza with Dog Park and Activation New Ground Floor Neighborhood Commercial Center New Landscape & Hardscape in Public Right of Way New Art and Murals Integrated Throughout Activating Vacant Lot in the Heart of Downtown Project Highlights •196 Total New Units at 50+%Family Sized •FSS Integrated Wealth Building Program •Affordable Housing for Workforce Families •Historic Renovation •New Public Plaza ,Art & Neighborhood Center •Progressive Parking •Integrative Adjacent Project Approach •Building Plans Under Review in the City Questions? sponsors Housing Authority of Salt Lake City |Xylem Projects |Common Ground Institute THANK YOU SALT LAKE CITY TRANSMITTAL To:  Salt Lake City Council Chair Submission Date: 12/31/2025 Date Sent to Council: 01/09/2026 From: Department * Community and Neighborhood Employee Name: Logan Hunt E-mail Logan.Hunt@slc.gov Department Director Signature Director Signed Date 12/31/2025 Chief Administrator Officer's Signature Chief Administrator Officer's Signed Date 01/08/2026 Subject: Public Benefits Analysis for the renovation of the historic Northwest Pipeline building and new construction Additional Staff Contact: Tammy HunsakerMike Akerlow Presenters/Staff Table dnackerman@haslcutah.org, benmcadams@gmail.com, nnenna@xylem.nyc Document Type Resolution Budget Impact? Yes No Recommendation: Adoption of the resolution allowing the City to sell the Property at a below-market sales price to HAME Background/Discussion See first attachment for Background/Discussion Public Hearing Is there a City or State statutory requirement to hold a public hearing for this item?* Yes No The City Council reserves the option to hold and notice for a public hearing pursuant to their practices for public engagement. Does the City have a general practice to hold a public hearing for this item?* Yes No Public Process Competitive RFP for the development team selection. This page has intentionally been left blank ERIN MENDENHALL DEPARTMENT of COMMUNITY Mayor and NEIGHBORHOODS Tammy Hunsaker Director CITY COUNCIL TRANSMITTAL Date Received: Date Sent to Council: Jill Love, Chief Administrative Officer TO: Salt Lake City Council DATE: 12/30/2025 Chris Wharton, Chair FROM: Tammy Hunsaker, Director, Department of Community and Neighborhoods (CAN) SUBJECT: Public Benefits Analysis for the renovation of the historic Northwest Pipeline building (the “NWP Building”) and the construction of a new mixed-use building with affordable residential units in exchange for a below-market sale of the NWP Building and approximately 2.42 acres of vacant City-owned property located at approximately 321 East 200 South (the “Property”). STAFF CONTACT: Logan Hunt, Real Estate Services Director, 801-634-9054 logan.hunt@slc.gov DOCUMENT TYPE: Resolution RECOMMENDATION: Adoption of the attached resolution allowing the City to sell the Property at a below-market sales price for a development team consisting of Housing Assistant Management Enterprise, Xylem Projects, and Common Ground Institute to renovate the NWP Building and construct a mixed-use apartment building with 196 affordable housing units, including a minimum of 51% units with two or more bedrooms, 16 households will be eligible for the Family Self-Sufficiency (FSS) Program, a voluntary 5-year incentive program that aims to help families increase their earnings and build equity, a minimum of 15,000 square feet of ground-floor & basement commercial space available to locally owned businesses and/or neighborhood service providers, and a publicly accessible plaza. The below-market sale ensures the feasibility of these community benefits and the preservation of a historic structure. BUDGET IMPACT: N/A BACKGROUND/DISCUSSION: In 2024, the City issued an RFP with the goal of partnering with a development team for the development of the Property. Housing Assistance Management Enterprise (HAME), a Utah nonprofit affiliated with the Housing Authority of Salt Lake City (HASLC), in partnership with Xylem Projects, and Common Ground Institute, (collectively the “Developer”), were ultimately selected by a selection committee comprised of City staff, elected officials, and community members. The Developer’s proposal was selected because of the numerous public benefits proposed in alignment with the RFP requirements and preferences, as further outlined herein. Since then, the Administration has been working with the Developer on required steps to structure, design, and finance the project. Developer is an experienced, mission-driven team that has made significant progress on due diligence and design of the forthcoming project. Extensive work has been completed to vet and apply for creative funding sources. Despite considerable effort, financing the project has proven to be challenging due to costs associated with historic preservation requirements and the integration of various other public benefits, rising construction costs, a changing rental housing market, a challenging lending market, the discontinuation of various federal programs and resources, and a loss of the ability to obtain certain tax credit equity that was once available to the project. To date, the Developer has only obtained a small fraction of the funding necessary to develop the project. The Developer is requesting that the City approve the terms of a discounted land sale to continue to commit resources to the project and to position the project to be viable for a Low-Income Housing Tax Credit (LIHTC) award. If the City Council elects to approve the discounted sale terms, the approval will be contingent upon the Developer fulfilling various requirements prior to the conveyance of the Property. These requirements include, but are not limited to, demonstration that sufficient financing has been obtained to construct the project as agreed upon, successful completion of a design review process, fulfillment of zoning and building permit requirements, and the execution of various legal agreements including a restrictive use agreement, development agreement, and right to repurchase agreement. As such, approval of the discounted sales price will greatly increase the feasibility of the project and accelerate the Developer’s ability to obtain financing while still providing assurances to the City. If the Developer is unable to fulfill requirements by June 30, 2027, the City may terminate agreements to convey the Property. Of note, the Developer is required to have site control of the Property to apply to the LIHTC program. Initially, the Administration and Developer were preparing to structure the conveyance of site control through a land lease option agreement rather than a purchase and sale agreement. A few months ago, we learned that a fully executed land lease, rather than a lease option agreement, would be required to apply to the LIHTC program. The RFP requires the fulfillment of certain conditions prior to conveying the Property, effectively preventing the City from executing a land lease prior to the Developer obtaining sufficient financing. As such, the Administration and Developer are now proposing a land sale structure. Background Salt Lake City purchased the NWP Building in the 1980s. The Property was used for many years to house public safety operations, including Police, Fire, and 911 dispatch services. In 2013, these functions were relocated to the new Public Safety Building at 475 S 300 E near Library Square, and the Property has remained vacant ever since. In 2015, the City issued an RFP for development of the Property. The development proposal that was selected by the City included the construction of the Magnolia project immediately to the north; adaptive reuse of the NWP Building; the development of a new residential building and parking structure; and open space. In 2021, the Magnolia opened to provide sixty-five units of permanent supportive housing for persons that have experienced homelessness. However, the other components of the 2015 development proposal did not move forward. In 2024, the City issued an RFP for development of the remainder of the Property. The selection process was based on the criteria of the RFP, following a two-phase procurement process. The criteria included the following requirements: 1. The preservation and rehabilitation of the historic NWP Building consistent with the Secretary of Interior’s Standards for Rehabilitation. 2. The design of any new construction buildings to achieve a “Designed to Earn ENERGY STAR” score of 90 or higher, or a Design Target Site Energy Use Intensity “EUI” value corresponding with such a score. 3. Demonstrated support for local entrepreneurship and small businesses by providing commercial space preference commitments for locally owned businesses and/or neighborhood service providers. 4. Progressive parking strategies that limit surface parking and the visibility of parking, including parking structures, from the street and encourage multimodal transportation use to reduce the number of parking stalls required for the Project. In addition to these requirements, the following preferences were part of the RFP criteria: 1. Increased opportunities for homeownership and other wealth and equity building, expand workforce housing, and/or develop family-sized housing units with 3+ bedrooms. 2. Provide elements such as seating, bicycle parking, outdoor dining, and social gathering. Public amenities shall be functional year-round and provide an attractive and inviting space that can be utilized by Central City residents, development patrons, transit riders, and pedestrians. 3. An element of diverse art that reflects the history, culture, community, and natural history of the region. The art element shall be clearly visible to the public from the street and contribute to an enhanced pedestrian experience. Artists shall live and/or work in Salt Lake City. 4. Developments (new construction) that are designed to operate without on-site fossil fuel combustion (i.e. propane, natural gas). Project Overview The Developer will form one or more single purpose entities to develop the project. The Purchase and Sale agreements will be between the City and the single purpose entity or between the City and HAME. Highlights of the Project, called “The Grove” are as follows, with additional details included in Exhibit B: Resolution and Term Sheet and Exhibit C: Informal Public Benefits Analysis. 1. Project Overview The Project is proposed to include the following: ● The preservation and rehabilitation of NWP Building, which will include a minimum of 63 rental housing units. ● The construction of a new residential building, with a connected parking podium, which will include a minimum of 133 rental housing units. ● A minimum of 51% of all housing units shall be designed as family-sized, with two or more bedrooms. With no less than 80 two-bedroom units and 29 three-bedroom units or above. ● A minimum of 15,000 square feet of commercial space prioritized for locally owned businesses and/or neighborhood service providers, which includes space intended for a daycare, fresh food service, health care services, or other neighborhood-oriented services. ● Approximately 100 stalls of shared parking for the residents. ● An exterior publicly accessible plaza which includes artistic paving, seating, plantings, and shade elements conducive to social engagement. Art elements will prioritize street level pedestrian experience and visibility including wall murals and other forms of art. ● The design of the new construction buildings will achieve a “Designed to Earn ENERGY STAR” score of 90 or higher, or a Design Target Site Energy Use Intensity “EUI” value corresponding with such a score. 2. Affordable Housing and Tenant Selection Currently, the Developer proposes to pursue Low-Income Housing Tax Credits (“LIHTC”) This approach targets 4% LIHTC awards while maintaining flexibility to pursue 9% LIHTC award(s). The project shall include units affordable and restricted to households earning up to the following AMI: o NWP BUILDING: ▪ A minimum of 7 units at 30% AMI ▪ A minimum of 7 units at 40% AMI ▪ A minimum of 7 units at 50% AMI o NEW CONSTRUCTION: ▪ A minimum of 14 units at 30% AMI ▪ A minimum of 14 units at 40% AMI ▪ A minimum of 14 units at 50% AMI All remaining units will be affordable and restricted to households making 80% of the area median income (AMI) and below, with an average of 60% of AMI Additionally, the Developer will affirmatively and aggressively market living units to public health and public safety workers. This includes public employees such as law enforcement, emergency response, critical health, fire response and prevention, and other public health and safety workers. 3. Historic Renovation and Environmental Developer has planned the rehabilitation and restoration of the NWP to comply with National Park Service Secretary of the Interior’s Standards for Rehabilitation. Both interior and exterior elements that contribute to the NWP’s historic and architectural significance shall be preserved and restored. 4. Site Activation The Project as designed will activate the Property, which is currently vacant. In addition to creating 196 homes, the Project will create new commercial space for small and local businesses that will benefit from the project’s prime location near the City’s central business district. The commercial space is intended to target community service providers and is envisioned to include uses such as daycare, healthy food and beverage vendors, and healthcare providers. These new uses will promote street activation, provide Central City residents with valuable services, and help address the nuisance activities that have arisen while the property has sat vacant for many years, resulting in frequent complaints to the City from neighboring residents and businesses. 5. Equity Building Developer has committed to reserving a minimum of 16 units in the Project as eligible to participate in the Family Self-Sufficiency (FSS) Program, a voluntary 5-year incentive program that aims to help families increase their earnings and build equity for homeownership readiness. All qualified residents are invited to participate in the (FSS) program. The FSS Program includes two key features – a financial incentive for participants to increase their earnings in the form of an escrow savings account that increases as their earnings increase, and case management or coaching to help participants access services they may need to overcome barriers to employment, strengthen their financial capability, and address other challenges holding them back from achieving financial independence. Financial, homeownership, and career growth courses will be available to all residents, regardless of their participation in the (FSS) program. Additionally, a discounted realtor service will assist residents on their journey to homeownership. 6. Project Phasing Two separate purchase agreements will be executed for the NWP Building and the new construction respectively. Depending on the Developer’s timeline for construction, the agreements, and corresponding development agreements, may be executed at the same time or at separate times. The renovation of the NWP Building shall be completed prior to or concurrently with the new construction building unless approved per the term sheet. 7. Development Viability Developer estimates that the Project’s anticipated sources and estimated uses are as follows: *To date, the CRA has only approved a portion of this amount. As of September 3, 2025 The majority of costs will be covered by LIHTC, Historic Tax Credits, and loan funds. The fund-raising status is as follows: ● 4% LIHTC federal funding application to be submitted in February of 2026 ● 9% LIHTC state funding application to be submitted in Q2/Q3 2026 ● CRA HDLP and Residential Wealth Building funds ● Housing Authority bond issuance and/or private debt ● Historic Tax Credits 8. Project Need The Project is advancing during an unusually challenging period for affordable housing development. Persistent economic uncertainty, elevated interest rates, and continued escalation in construction and labor costs have materially increased total development costs, while available financing tools have been constrained. Recent federal changes affecting the Low-Income Housing Tax Credit (LIHTC) program have reduced the overall value of credits. In addition, other financing tools the development team intended to pursue have been eliminated or severely strained under current market conditions and are no longer feasible. These impacts are being felt across the market, with multifamily development slowing significantly and affordable housing projects facing heightened feasibility challenges. Compounding these conditions, the project site was removed from Qualified Census Tract designation this year, resulting in a substantial reduction in potential equity and limiting access to key LIHTC basis boosts that are often critical to project viability. The following quantified items represent discrete, project-specific conditions that necessitate a reduction below fair market value, though they do not fully capture the additional unquantifiable pressures contributing to the project’s financing gap. • Qualified Census Tract removal, an approximately $8.7 MM loss in equity. • Asbestos remediation for the Historic NWP building at approximately $3.23 MM. • Historic Building restoration at approximately $1.78 MM • Integration of art visible to the public along 200 South by local artist at approximately $200,000. • Publicly accessible plaza with amenities including a dog park and event spaces at approximately $1.64 MM. PUBLIC PROCESS: Any adjustment to the purchase price from fair market value will be subject to approval by the City Council pursuant to §10-8-2 and City Code 2.58. Accordingly, the City has completed a public benefits analysis (“PBA”) that includes the: A. specific benefits the municipality will receive in return for discounting the property or lease; B. the municipality's purpose for the discount, including an analysis of the way the appropriation will be used to enhance the safety, health, prosperity, moral well-being, peace, order, comfort, or convenience of the inhabitants of the municipality; and C. whether the discount is necessary and appropriate to accomplish the reasonable goals and objectives of the municipality in the area of economic development, job creation, affordable housing, elimination of a development impediment, job preservation, the preservation of historic structures and property, and any other public purpose. The majority partner is HAME, a Utah nonprofit organization. Under Utah Code, formal analysis of the benefits to be received by the City is not required for nonprofit organizations. The two minority partners are for-profit organizations, and, as such, a formal public benefit analysis applies under Utah Code. EXHIBITS: A. Site Map B. Resolution and Term Sheet C. Public Benefits Analysis EXHIBIT A: SITE MAP EXHIBIT B: RESOLUTION & TERM SHEET RESOLUTION NO. OF 2026 (Authorizing the Sales Price and Term Sheet for The Grove Project located at 321 East 200 South, Salt Lake City) WHEREAS, Housing Assistant Management Enterprise (“HAME”), a Utah nonprofit corporation affiliated with the Housing Authority of Salt Lake City (“HASLC”), in partnership with Xylem Projects, a for-profit entity, and Common Ground Institute, a for-profit entity, (collectively the “Developer”), desires to develop a project known as The Grove that includes the renovation of the historic Northwest Pipeline building (the “NWP Building”) and construction a new building, a parking structure, public plaza, and art elements (the “Project”); and WHEREAS, the Project will include affordable housing, family-sized housing, a wealth building program for residents, neighborhood-serving commercial space, and a publicly accessible plaza, as further described on the attached term sheet (the “Term Sheet”); and WHEREAS, Developer and the City desire to locate the Project on approximately 2.42 acres of the real property owned by the City and located at 321 East 200 South, Salt Lake City (the “Project Site”); and WHEREAS, the primary beneficiaries of the Project will be households with an average annual income of 30% to 80% of Salt Lake City’s area median income (“AMI”); and WHEREAS, Developer will ensure that historic renovations of the NWP Building are compliant with guidelines published by the National Park Service Secretary of the Interior’s Standards for Rehabilitation; and WHEREAS, a below-market sale of the Project Site to Developer is necessary and appropriate to facilitate the development of the Project, which would otherwise be financially unfeasible; and Project Site for a total purchase price of $1,000,000 (“Sales Price”), payable pursuant to the terms of one or more subordinate, 55-year promissory notes; and WHEREAS, Utah Code Section 10-8-2 allows public entities to provide non-monetary assistance to the Developer after performing an analysis of the tangible and intangible benefits received by the municipality (the “Analysis”); and WHEREAS, the City Council has conducted a public hearing relating to the foregoing, in satisfaction of the requirements of Utah Code Section 10-8-2; and WHEREAS, the Council has reviewed the Analysis, and has fully considered the conclusions set forth therein, and all comments made during the public hearing. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah, as follows: 1. The City Council hereby adopts the conclusions set forth in the Analysis, and hereby finds and determines that, for all the reasons set forth in the Analysis, the Sales Price is appropriate under these circumstances. 2. The terms outlined on the Term Sheet represent the approved terms for the Project, and the City Council hereby authorizes the City administration to negotiate the final terms consistent with the Term Sheet or more beneficial to the City, and execute the sale and any other relevant documents consistent with this Resolution and incorporating such other terms and agreements as recommended by the City Attorney’s office. 3. This approval of the Sales Price shall expire in the event the Developer, after having all opportunities to cure under the PSA, does not close on Property by June 30, 2027. [Remainder of page intentionally left blank] Passed by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah, on ____________, 2026. SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL CHAIRPERSON ATTEST: CITY RECORDER APPROVED AS TO FORM: Salt Lake City Attorney’s Office Allison Parks, December 30, 2025 Allison Parks, Deputy City Attorney EXHIBIT TO RESOLUTION The Grove Project Term Sheet PURCHASE AND SALE TERMS consisting of a minimum of 196 units, that are a mix of one, two, and three-bedrooms, with the units affordable to households at 80% of the area median income (AMI) and below, as further defined herein, and the opportunity for a minimum of 16 households to participate in the Family Self-Sufficiency Program. The project will include both new construction as well as the renovation of the historic Northwest Pipeline building (“NWP Building”); a minimum of 15,000 square feet ground floor and basement level neighborhood commercial space targeted to neighborhood service providers including a daycare with a play structure, healthy foods and beverages, and healthcare; progressive parking strategy; energy star 90 for the new construction; publicly-visible art and the Owner: Grove Properties, LLC, or one or more other special purpose entities owned or to be owned by Housing Assistance Management Enterprise (“HAME”). Xylem Projects LLC (“Xylem”) and Common Ground Institute LLC (“CGI”), or affiliates thereof, may attributed to the land and $660,000 attributed to the building, as determined by an agreed upon appraisal dated November 4, 2025. Prior to closing, this appraisal may be updated Market Value: requesting that the appraised value be discounted to $500,000 for the NWP Building, and $500,000 for the New Construction Parcel, for a total sales price of $1,000,000, limited to: 4% or 9% federal low-income housing tax credits (“LIHTC”); tax-exempt bonds; state low-income housing tax credits; historic tax credits; an owner’s note including property; project-based voucher enhancement; state transportation infrastructure funds; CRA or Housing Stability funds; deferred developer fee; Olene Requirements: anticipated to be at the time of the Developer’s tax credit closing. Closing will occur after the following conditions are met in its entirety or for each respective phase: • Developer and City shall have agreed on the terms and form of various agreements including a Development Agreement, Public Access Easements, the Right to Repurchase Agreement, and Restrictive Use Agreement. These documents shall be recorded immediately after the deed. • Developer shall have prepared and recorded, or will record at Closing, an amended plat with Salt Lake County. • Developer shall have received all necessary zoning approvals to commence construction of the Project. • Developer shall provide evidence of adequate parking plan to meet zoning requirements. Plan shall include interim parking strategy and schematic design and development timeline of the proposed parking structure located within the • Developer shall provide evidence, in a form acceptable to the City, of a fully executed long-term parking lease or other binding parking agreement with Magnolia securing the use of eight parking stalls. • Developer shall provide the City with verification of construction and long- term financing and obtain a payment and performance bond prior to closing. • Closing on the property shall take place simultaneously with the closing on the development’s financing, issuance of a “will issue” building permit letter, and approval by the internal staff review committee established by the City of the final design and construction documents and schedule of development. • Developer shall demonstrate that the Northwest Pipeline building shall be constructed to conform to guidelines either provided by or consistent with the National Park Service Secretary of the Interior's Standards for Rehabilitation and such standards shall be referenced in the Development Agreement. • Developer shall demonstrate that the development shall be designed to achieve a “Designed to Earn ENERGY STAR” score of 90 or higher or a Design Target Site Energy Use Intensity (“EUI”) value corresponding with such a score that is generated by the Designed to Earn ENERGY STAR and such standards shall be referenced in the Development Agreement. • Developer shall have satisfied all the requirements necessary for the NWP Building and New Construction respectively. Developer shall pay the City cash flow payments as follows: • Initial Compliance Period: A payment of $1 per year shall be made until the end of the LIHTC compliance period. The LIHTC compliance period shall be 15 years after the Certificate of Occupancy is received and pursuant to Section 42 of the Internal Revenue Code. • Post-Compliance Period: Beginning upon the expiration of the LIHTC compliance period, an annual payment of 50% of surplus net cash flow. If net cash flow is not available in a particular year, the payment will not be less than $1 per year. Developer shall annually submit to the City financial documentation, in a form and level of detail acceptable to the City, sufficient to verify the calculation of surplus cash flow and the amount, if any, payable on the promissory notes. The promissory notes shall accrue interest at a simple, non-compounding, annual rate of three percent (3%) per annum starting at year 15, however, no interest payments shall be due prior to final maturity. At final maturity, only the interest that accrued on the outstanding unpaid principal balance will be applied to final payment. The promissory note shall have a final maturity in Year 55, at which time any unpaid principal balance and the accrued interest on the unpaid principal balance shall be immediately due. There shall be no automatic forgiveness. Any unpaid balance and accrued interest shall become immediately due and payable upon sale, transfer, or refinancing of the Property, subject to senior lender’s consent. Agreement(s) recorded by Utah Housing Corporation, LIHTC investors and other senior lenders. In addition, the cash flow may be subject to standstill provisions as may be Requirement: agreements and closing has not occurred by June 30, 2027, after all opportunities to Developer shall provide the City with a detailed Construction Schedule within 60 days of Closing, identifying major milestones. Developer shall update the Construction Schedule quarterly and provide written notice to the City of any material deviations. Developer shall meet the following milestones: • Commence Construction – NWP Building: No later than 18 months following the Closing. • Commence Construction – New Construction: No later than 24 months following Closing. • Substantial Completion – NWP Building: No later than 30 months following the Construction Start. • Substantial Completion – New Construction: No later than 30 months Requirement: developed and continuously operated as affordable housing 80% AMI and below, with units affordable and restricted to households earning up to the following AMI: NWP BUILDING: • A minimum of 7 units at 30% AMI • A minimum of 7 units at 40% AMI • A minimum of 7 units at 50% AMI NEW CONSTRUCTION: • A minimum of 14 units at 30% AMI • A minimum of 14 units at 40% AMI • A minimum of 14 units at 50% AMI The NWP Building shall contain a minimum of 63 total units, and the new construction shall contain a minimum of 133 total units. All remaining units will be held at affordability levels that are in compliance with LIHTC requirements at 80% AMI and below with an average of 60% AMI for all units dependent on 4% LIHTC or 9% LIHTC applications. Compliance of affordability and occupancy requirements shall be demonstrated through an annual report submitted to the City. A Restrictive Use Agreement shall be recorded against the Property at closing. The agreement shall be recorded immediately after the deed, run with the land, bind all successors and assigns, and remain in full force and effect for a term of fifty years from certificate of occupancy. All restrictions contained in this agreement shall survive Sufficiency: the Family Self-Sufficiency (FSS) Program, a voluntary 5-year incentive program that aims to help families increase their earnings and build equity with an emphasis on homeownership opportunities. The FSS Program includes two key features – a financial incentive for participants to increase their wealth in the form of an escrow savings account that increases as their earnings increase, and case management or coaching to help participants access services they may need to overcome barriers to employment, strengthen their financial capability, and address other challenges holding them back from achieving their goals. Developer shall provide an annual report summarizing and case management services, credit-building tools, savings or equity building opportunities, and workforce navigation. Developer will provide access to a discounted real estate agent service to assist residents on their journey to homeownership. Developer shall provide an annual report summarizing participation, outcomes, and Project: modification constitutes a material change from the proposed Project. For purposes of the Agreement, a “material change” means a modification that substantially deviates from the proposed Project and, with respect to any terms involving numbers or percentages, results in a change by more than 10%. Developer shall provide City with written notice of any such minor modification, including without limitation any changes specified by the City’s Building Services or Planning Departments. Developer shall not make any material change to the proposed Project without City’s approval, which Building will include a minimum of 30 2-bedroom units and 6 units 3-bedroom or more. The new construction shall have a minimum of 50 units as 2-bedroom units and 23 units Commercial Uses: and an additional 5,500 square feet in the basement of the NWP Building. The majority of the 200 South facade shall be ground floor commercial. Developer shall make efforts to reserve and lease the ground-floor commercial spaces to community-serving uses, specifically healthcare providers, childcare operators, or healthy food and beverage retailers. Developer shall actively market these spaces to such users for a minimum of 4 months following receipt of a certificate of occupancy. If, after commercially reasonable efforts and documented outreach, the Developer is unable to secure a qualified tenant from these categories, the City may approve alternative commercial uses that remain compatible with the project’s community benefit goals. Any proposed pivot shall include evidence of marketing efforts, a summary of prospective tenants, and a demonstration that the alternative use maintains or advances public health, wellbeing, or Secretary of the Interior's Standards for the Treatment of Historic Properties. design and construction documents for review and approval. So long as the Design Documents comply with Developer’s proposal to City in response to City’s RFP and subsequent interview with Developer’s selection advisory committee, City shall not higher or a Design Target Site Energy Use Intensity (“EUI”) value corresponding with such a score that is generated by the Designed to Earn ENERGY STAR tool and structures, from the street, and promote parking efficiencies and shared parking between located on the Property. Developer may, at its discretion, incorporate these stalls into a structured parking facility or reconfigure their location elsewhere on the site. In all cases, eight stalls shall be reserved for exclusive use by The Magnolia. Developer and The Magnolia shall negotiate a new long-term parking lease at a nominal fee, reflecting the reconfigured parking arrangement, which shall be subject to City approval. During construction, Developer shall commit to providing continuous parking availability for Fair Housing: comply with federal fair housing laws and tenant selection policies pursuant to the low- income housing tax credit (LIHTC) program or its successor. The Developer will affirmatively and aggressively market most living units to “public safety and security” workers. The broad category of public employees includes law enforcement, emergency response, critical health, emergency capital work, fire response and prevention, air quality, related education fields, emerging training and other public safety worker Requirement: status, including the submission of audited financial statements, and sufficient historic Northwest Pipeline building and therefore may developed in two phases. The renovation of the Northwest Pipeline building will be completed prior to or concurrently with any new construction. Special conditions for the new construction to start prior to the NWP Building shall be reviewed by the City and approved at City’s sole discretion. Approval shall only be granted if Developer provides a parking plan and evidence that renovation of the Northwest Pipeline Building will commence within 90 days of the new construction. Such circumstances or special conditions shall include: • site preparation and grading of new construction • crane coordination between both NWP Building and New Construction • all uses of LIHTC extensions have been exercised and further delay would result in guaranteed loss of credits EXHIBIT TO RESOLUTION PUBLIC BENEFIT ANALYSIS MEMORANDUM TO: City Council Members SUBJECT: Analysis of Public Benefits Provided by Housing Assistance Management Enterprise’s Redevelopment of the Northwest Pipeline Property “The Grove” in Exchange for a Below-Market Rate Sale of Property INTRODUCTION Salt Lake City (the “City”) owns real property located at approximately 321 East 200 South, Salt Lake City, consisting of approximately 2.42 acres and the historic Northwest Pipeline building (the “NWP Building”), collectively the “City Property” which was previously used as the City’s police and fire headquarters until those departments were relocated in 2013. A development team consisting of Housing Assistance Management Enterprise (HAME), Xylem Projects, and Common Ground Institute, (collectively “the Developer”) was selected through a competitive Request for Proposals (“RFP”) process for the adaptive reuse of the NWP Building and the redevelopment of the vacant City Property. Developer’s proposal includes the renovation of the NWP Building, the construction of a new building, and other associated amenities. The NWP Building and newly constructed buildings will include 196 residential units, at least 51% of the residential units will be two or more bedrooms. Units will be deed restricted and made affordable to households earning an annual average income equal to or less than 60% of area median income (AMI). Developer will designate a minimum of 16 units for the voluntary 5-year Family Self-Sufficiency (FSS) Program to help families increase income and build equity. The ground floor and basement of the buildings are proposed to include a minimum 15,000 square feet of ground floor and basement commercial space reserved for neighborhood-serving commercial uses such as a daycare, healthcare services, and healthy food and beverage establishments. The site will also include a publicly accessible plaza (the “Project”) As set forth in more detail below, in consideration for the renovation of the NWP Building, the development of affordable and family-sized housing, the FSS program, and the inclusion of a daycare and other community-serving commercial uses, Developer requesting the City approve a discounted sales price of the City Property (the “Sale”). Any adjustment to the purchase price from fair market value is subject to approval by the City Council pursuant to Utah Code 10-8-2 and City Code 2.58. Accordingly, this public benefits analysis (“PBA”) has been prepared to help the City Council’s evaluation of the recommended action. LEGAL FRAMEWORK Under Utah law, after first holding a public hearing, a municipal body may appropriate funds “for any purpose that, in the judgment of the municipal legislative body, provides for the safety, health, prosperity, moral well-being, peace, order, comfort, or convenience of the inhabitants of the municipality.” The factors that must be considered by the City Council in determining the propriety of making such an appropriation or waiver to any type of entity or individual other than a nonprofit entity are set forth under Utah Code §10-8-2(3)(e). The factors include: (1) The specific benefits (including intangible benefits) to be received by the City in return for the arrangement; and (2) The City’s purpose in making the appropriation, including an analysis of how the safety, health, prosperity, moral well-being, peace, order, comfort or convenience of the residents of Salt Lake City will be enhanced; and (3) Whether the appropriation is “necessary and appropriate” to accomplish the reasonable goals and objectives of the City in the areas of economic development, job creation, affordable housing, blight elimination, resource center development, job preservation, the preservation of historic structures and property, and any other public purpose. BACKGROUND OF THE PROJECT AND CITY PROPERTY The City Property consists of approximately 2.42 acres and includes two vacant structures. The NWP Building, which is the primary structure, is a nine-story building built in 1958 by the Pacific Northwestern Pipeline Corporation. The NWP Building was designed by architects Slack and David Winburn in the “International Style.” It is one of two buildings in this style in Salt Lake City. The NWP Building is on the National Register of Historic Places, is therefore required to be rehabilitated in a manner that conforms to guidelines provided by the National Park Service Secretary of the Interior’s Standards for Rehabilitation as part of its redevelopment. The City Property was acquired by the City in the 1980s and was used for many years to house public safety operations, including Police, Fire, and 911 dispatch services. The NWP Building was remodeled after its acquisition by the City. The interior has been modified over the years, though the exterior of the building has been largely left intact. The facility was vacated in 2013 when the City’s public safety operations were relocated into the new public safety building at 475 South 300 East. In 2015, the City issued an RFP for the development of the City Property, along with the property immediately to the north that has since been developed as the Magnolia project, which provides affordable housing and supportive services for people that have experienced homelessness. The proposal that was selected in 2015 included the construction of the Magnolia, adaptive reuse of the NWP Building, the development of a new residential building and parking structure, and open space. The Magnolia project was completed in 2021; however, the other components of the 2015 development proposal did not move forward. In 2023, the City released a new RFP to identify an experienced development team to renovate the NWP Building and develop the vacant properties to contribute to the City’s livability goals and support the surrounding neighborhood. A selection committee comprised of elected officials, City staff, and community members selected the Developer as the development partner and has supported the Developer through the predevelopment process. TERMS OF THE SALE AND PUBLIC BENEFITS PROVIDED I. Terms of Sale Developer’s Project that will provide housing affordable to households earning between 30% and 80% AMI for at least 50 years. The Project, called The Grove, is located along 200 South, which is the busiest transit corridor in the State of Utah, used by 34 buses an hour. The Project will activate this underutilized City Property, which has sat vacant for many years and attracted nuisance activities, resulting in frequent complaints to the City from neighboring residents and businesses. Construction of the Project is anticipated to start by September of 2026, with estimated completion of construction in 2028, according to the Developer. The Project will be comprised of two buildings — the NWP Building and a new construction building with a shared parking structure. 63 residential units (27 one-bedroom units, 30 two-bedroom units, and 6 three- bedroom units) will be included as part of the adaptive reuse of the NWP Building, with the remaining 133 units in a new construction building. 16 residential units will be designated as eligible to participate in the Housing Authority of Salt Lake City’s Family Self-Sufficiency (FSS) Program, a voluntary 5-year incentive program that aims to help families increase their earnings and build equity. Developer will preserve the existing historic facade and restore the remaining historic interior elements at the NWP Building. The ground floor and basement of the NWP Building will include approximately 5,500 square feet of commercial space, and an additional 5,500 square feet of commercial space in the basement level. Commercial spaces will be specifically targeted at community-serving uses, including daycare, healthcare services, healthy food and beverage, and event spaces. The new construction buildings will include screened parking for approximately 86 stalls. Shaded community gathering space and public art installations will be included as part of the creation of a central, publicly accessible plaza on the City Property. The City has entered into an agreement for the NWP Building and its associated parcel. This agreement allows for the sale of the property at fair market value. The City intends to amend the agreement to sell the NWP Building and enter into a new agreement to sell the City Property (at the rate approved by City Council) pending Developer’s completion of certain closing requirements, which shall include the execution of a Development Agreement for the Project. Before closing on the Sale of the City Property to Developer for the Project, the City and Developer have agreed that Developer must demonstrate evidence of construction and permanent financing, and that the NWP Building shall be constructed to conform to guidelines either provided by or consistent with the National Park Service Secretary of the Interior’s Standards for Rehabilitation. Developer must also demonstrate that the Project’s new construction building shall be designed to achieve a “Designed to Earn ENERGY STAR” score of 90 or higher. Developer shall have satisfied all the requirements necessary for the commencement of site preparation and construction of the Project improvements. Developer intends to finance the Project using Low-Income Housing Tax Credits, Housing Authority bond debt and/or private debt, historic tax credits, and other awards and grants. The City’s financial contribution in the form of a below-market rate sale is essential to making The Project financially feasible given the significant cost of historic rehabilitation, affordable housing construction, and inclusion of public-serving amenities that generate limited or no operating revenue. The City’s support directly enables the transformation of a long-vacant site into a productive community asset that advances the City’s objectives. In exchange for the public benefits that Developer will be providing by creating family-sized affordable housing and community-centered commercial space that includes a daycare facility healthcare services and healthy food and beverage providers; by rehabilitating and preserving the historic NWP Building; by supporting the revitalization and activation of a currently vacant City- owned property; and by promoting opportunities for renters to build equity; Developer is requesting that the City approve a below-market rate Sale of the City Property. II. Costs to the City Under the proposed Sale between the City and Developer, the City will convey the Project Site, for $500,000 for the NWP Building property and $500,000 for the New Construction property, for a total of $1,000,000. The sales price is payable to the City in the form of subordinate promissory notes effective from certificate of occupancy. Payments shall be $1 each year for fifteen years. Following this initial period until year 15, Developer shall pay 50% of any positive surplus cash flow generated from the Project, not less than $1 per year. After year fifteen, the promissory notes shall accrue interest at a simple, non-compounding, annual rate of three percent (3%) per annum, however, no interest payments shall be due prior to final maturity. Only the interest on the outstanding unpaid principal balance at maturity will be applied to final payment due upon maturity. The sale will require that the City Property will be used solely for the Project, including but not limited to the development and operation of the renovated NWP Building, a new construction building, and the public plaza. The appraised value as of March 24, 2025, for the City Property is $18,050,000, with $17,390,000 attributed to the land and $660,000 attributed to the building. The appraised value may be updated prior to the City’s conveyance of the Property. The below-market sale would be offered as the City’s contribution to providing solutions for historic preservation, affordable and family-sized housing, and community services. The City will not have any responsibility for remediation, design, construction, operation, or maintenance of the City Property or Project. II. Public Benefits Provided by the Project. The below-market sale is necessary to unlock these public benefits. The City’s contribution bridges a financing gap that private capital alone cannot fill due to the project’s affordability commitments, costly historic preservation standards, and inclusion of non-revenue community amenities. This investment ensures that the redevelopment of the Northwest Pipeline site delivers lasting value. The Project provides numerous benefits to the City and promotes the City’s reasonable goals and objectives to preserve historic structures, increase the availability of affordable housing, improve housing stability, and increase opportunities for homeownership and other wealth and equity-building opportunities for families. Residents of the Project will be provided with access to secure screened parking and will be encouraged to take advantage of the frequent transit service available on 200 South. Commercial tenants will benefit from the project’s prime location near the City’s central business district and increased foot traffic generated by the new residents and guests. The Project will also provide residents and community members with access to a variety of community-centered businesses, including childcare, healthcare services, healthy food and beverage providers, and other small, local businesses. The addition of these businesses and services providers may create additional job opportunities for community members. Developer shall designate at minimum 16 units in the Project as eligible to participate in the Housing Authority of Salt Lake City’s Family Self-Sufficiency (FSS) Program, a voluntary 5- year incentive program that aims to help families increase their earnings and build equity. The FSS Program includes two key features – a financial incentive for participants to increase their earnings in the form of an escrow savings account that increases as their earnings increase, and case management or coaching to help participants access services they may need to overcome barriers to employment, strengthen their financial capability, and address other challenges holding them back from achieving their goals. Through FSS, as participating households increase their income, the additional rent that would normally be paid to the Developer is instead deposited into an interest-bearing escrow account, building savings over time. Coupled with individualized coaching, this structure enables families to strengthen their financial stability, reduce reliance on subsidy, and accumulate meaningful resources. In Salt Lake City, many graduates of the program have successfully used their escrow savings as down payments to purchase homes. By embedding FSS into this Project, the City will expand opportunities for current and future residents to transition from renting to homeownership, creating long-term stability and wealth-building for Salt Lake families. The Project is also designed as a transit-oriented development (TOD) that leverages the Property’s prime location along 200 South, the state’s busiest transit corridor and the route of the new bus rapid transit (BRT) line. By locating affordable housing, neighborhood-serving businesses, and community amenities directly adjacent to high-frequency transit, the Project will maximize opportunities for residents and patrons to reduce reliance on automobiles. This design supports Salt Lake City’s Climate Positive 2040 goals by encouraging walking, cycling, and transit use, thereby reducing vehicle trips, lowering greenhouse gas emissions, and improving air quality. Reduced automobile usage will also directly contribute to climate resilience by lessening local air pollution and mitigating urban heat impacts associated with heavy traffic. The Project’s TOD features advance the City’s adopted Housing SLC (2023–2027) and Thriving in Place anti- displacement strategy, which both encourage transit-oriented development and the use of public land as critical tools for ensuring long-term affordability and equitable neighborhood growth. In doing so, the Project will reduce combined housing and transportation costs for households while strengthening the viability of the City’s investment in high-capacity transit. The Project will generate significant economic vitality by bringing new residents, businesses, and community services to a long-vacant property in the heart of the City. More than 250 new residents will increase local purchasing power and strengthen neighborhood retail, while the Project’s minimum of 15,000 square feet of commercial space will be prioritized for locally owned businesses and neighborhood-serving providers. This focus on small business development and entrepreneurship will create new job opportunities, diversify the local economy, and ensure that the benefits of redevelopment circulate within the community. By combining affordable housing with accessible commercial services, the Project will catalyze a more vibrant, walkable district that attracts additional investment and enhances the overall economic resilience of Salt Lake City’s Central City neighborhood. The Project will also contribute to increased neighborhood safety. By transforming a long-vacant property into an active mixed-use development, the Project will eliminate blight and reduce nuisance activities that have historically generated frequent complaints from nearby residents and businesses. The addition of housing, commercial space, and community amenities will create a consistent community presence that enhances visibility and fosters a safer pedestrian environment. Reduced reliance on automobiles will also improve traffic safety by lowering the number of vehicle trips, thereby reducing the risk of collisions and creating safer conditions for pedestrians, cyclists, and transit riders. The City will also benefit from the revitalization of the currently vacant City Property through reduced maintenance obligations, activation of the surrounding streetscape, generation of additional tax revenue, and furthering the City’s goal of utilizing publicly owned property for the development of affordable housing. Community members will benefit from the addition of neighborhood-serving businesses that provide essential goods and services, enhancing quality of life and supporting local needs. By transforming the site into an active and vibrant space, the Project should reduce nuisance activities in the immediate area, which will lessen demands on City resources in responding to complaints and will benefit the broader community. III. Salt Lake City’s Purposes and Enhancing the Quality of Life for Residents. Through the services mentioned above, the Project aims to serve households earning 30% to 80% of AMI. By helping serve the needs of these residents, the Project is expected to provide measurable benefits to the City, including the availability of safe, stable, and affordable housing and a reduction in nuisance and public safety concerns in the area. The site’s redevelopment will benefit the surrounding neighborhood by increasing the residential population, bringing new customers to local businesses, and enhancing downtown’s vibrancy. The Project’s commercial space will create opportunities for businesses that provide valuable services to the community. IV. Accomplishing Salt Lake City’s Goals. By developing 196 units of affordable housing, the Project supports the City’s Housing Plan, Housing SLC (2023-2027), which outlines strategies to address Salt Lake City’s shortage of approximately 5,500 units of affordable housing. Housing SLC heavily prioritizes individuals and households who face the greatest risk of housing insecurity and displacement. To do this, the City has developed the following goals: 1) Make progress toward closing the housing gap of 5,500 units of deeply affordable housing by entitling a minimum of 2,000 deeply affordable (30% AMI or below) units and a minimum of 2,000 affordable (3%-80% AMI) units throughout the city. 2) Increasing housing stability throughout the city. 3) Increase opportunities for homeownership and other wealth and equity-building opportunities. The plan also provides guidance for evaluating and appropriating City funds for housing. The priorities relevant to the Project are as follows: 1) Incentivizing new residential development where it will benefit the most people. 2) Support new housing at all income levels by making it easy and attractive to build affordable housing. 3) Increase spending on rental assistance and affordable housing construction and develop new funding sources to make it possible. 4) Create rental housing opportunities in every neighborhood. Additionally, the Project helps further Strategic Priority 3d of Thriving in Place, the City’s anti- displacement strategy plan, which encourages utilization of publicly owned property to leverage land assets in support of long-term affordability and equitable development. The Project furthers City objectives by utilizing publicly owned property to create new affordable housing and creating opportunities for wealth building and homeownership. CONCLUSION The development of the Grove Project by Developer will provide significant benefit to residents of the City. Approving a below-market sale for the City Property is an appropriate use of City resources to achieve the City’s “reasonable goals and objectives…in the area of economic development, job creation, affordable housing, blight elimination, resource center development, job preservation, the preservation of historic structures and property.” The Project will bring new activity to the neighborhood by introducing new housing, businesses, and community services to a site that is currently vacant and providing no benefit to the City. The City’s participation through the below-market terms is necessary to achieve these outcomes and ensure enduring public benefit. By restoring the historic Northwest Pipeline Building, providing affordable family-sized housing that aligns with Salt Lake City’s sustainability goals, increasing opportunities for homeownership and financial stability for residents through participation in the FSS Program, and revitalizing a central neighborhood within Salt Lake City, Developer has demonstrated its intent to provide sufficient public benefit to merit a below market rate reduction for a sale of the City Property. EXHIBIT TO RESOLUTION The Grove Project Term Sheet PURCHASE AND SALE TERMS consisting of a minimum of 196 units, that are a mix of one, two, and three-bedrooms, with the units affordable to households at 80% of the area median income (AMI) and below, as further defined herein, and the opportunity for a minimum of 16 households to participate in the Family Self-Sufficiency Program. The project will include both new construction as well as the renovation of the historic Northwest Pipeline building (“NWP Building”); a minimum of 15,000 square feet ground floor and basement level neighborhood commercial space targeted to neighborhood service providers including a daycare with a play structure, healthy foods and beverages, and healthcare; progressive parking strategy; energy star 90 for the new construction; publicly-visible art and the Owner: Grove Properties, LLC, or one or more other special purpose entities owned or to be owned by Housing Assistance Management Enterprise (“HAME”). Xylem Projects LLC (“Xylem”) and Common Ground Institute LLC (“CGI”), or affiliates thereof, may attributed to the land and $660,000 attributed to the building, as determined by an agreed upon appraisal dated November 4, 2025. Prior to closing, this appraisal may be updated Market Value: requesting that the appraised value be discounted to $500,000 for the NWP Building, and $500,000 for the New Construction Parcel, for a total sales price of $1,000,000, limited to: 4% or 9% federal low-income housing tax credits (“LIHTC”); tax-exempt bonds; state low-income housing tax credits; historic tax credits; an owner’s note including property; project-based voucher enhancement; state transportation infrastructure funds; CRA or Housing Stability funds; deferred developer fee; Olene Requirements: anticipated to be at the time of the Developer’s tax credit closing. Closing will occur after the following conditions are met in its entirety or for each respective phase: • Developer and City shall have agreed on the terms and form of various agreements including a Development Agreement, Public Access Easements, the Right to Repurchase Agreement, and Restrictive Use Agreement. These documents shall be recorded immediately after the deed. • Developer shall have prepared and recorded, or will record at Closing, an amended plat with Salt Lake County. • Developer shall have received all necessary zoning approvals to commence construction of the Project. • Developer shall provide evidence of adequate parking plan to meet zoning requirements. Plan shall include interim parking strategy and schematic design and development timeline of the proposed parking structure located within the • executed long-term parking lease or other binding parking agreement with Magnolia securing the use of eight parking stalls. • Developer shall provide the City with verification of construction and long- term financing and obtain a payment and performance bond prior to closing. • Closing on the property shall take place simultaneously with the closing on the development’s financing, issuance of a “will issue” building permit letter, and approval by the internal staff review committee established by the City of the final design and construction documents and schedule of development. • Developer shall demonstrate that the Northwest Pipeline building shall be constructed to conform to guidelines either provided by or consistent with the National Park Service Secretary of the Interior's Standards for Rehabilitation and such standards shall be referenced in the Development Agreement. • Developer shall demonstrate that the development shall be designed to achieve a “Designed to Earn ENERGY STAR” score of 90 or higher or a Design Target Site Energy Use Intensity (“EUI”) value corresponding with such a score that is generated by the Designed to Earn ENERGY STAR and such standards shall be referenced in the Development Agreement. • Developer shall have satisfied all the requirements necessary for the NWP Building and New Construction respectively. Developer shall pay the City cash flow payments as follows: • Initial Compliance Period: A payment of $1 per year shall be made until the end of the LIHTC compliance period. The LIHTC compliance period shall be 15 years after the Certificate of Occupancy is received and pursuant to Section 42 of the Internal Revenue Code. • Post-Compliance Period: Beginning upon the expiration of the LIHTC compliance period, an annual payment of 50% of surplus net cash flow. If net cash flow is not available in a particular year, the payment will not be less than $1 per year. Developer shall annually submit to the City financial documentation, in a form and level of detail acceptable to the City, sufficient to verify the calculation of surplus cash flow and the amount, if any, payable on the promissory notes. The promissory notes shall accrue interest at a simple, non-compounding, annual rate of three percent (3%) per annum starting at year 15, however, no interest payments shall be due prior to final maturity. At final maturity, only the interest that accrued on the outstanding unpaid principal balance will be applied to final payment. The promissory note shall have a final maturity in Year 55, at which time any unpaid principal balance and the accrued interest on the unpaid principal balance shall be immediately due. There shall be no automatic forgiveness. Any unpaid balance and accrued interest shall become immediately due and payable upon sale, transfer, or refinancing of the Property, subject to senior lender’s consent. Agreement(s) recorded by Utah Housing Corporation, LIHTC investors and other senior lenders. In addition, the cash flow may be subject to standstill provisions as may be Requirement: agreements and closing has not occurred by June 30, 2027, after all opportunities to Developer shall provide the City with a detailed Construction Schedule within 60 days of Closing, identifying major milestones. Developer shall update the Construction Schedule quarterly and provide written notice to the City of any material deviations. Developer shall meet the following milestones: • Commence Construction – NWP Building: No later than 18 months following the Closing. • Commence Construction – New Construction: No later than 24 months following Closing. • Substantial Completion – NWP Building: No later than 30 months following the Construction Start. • Substantial Completion – New Construction: No later than 30 months Requirement: developed and continuously operated as affordable housing 80% AMI and below, with units affordable and restricted to households earning up to the following AMI: NWP BUILDING: • A minimum of 7 units at 30% AMI • A minimum of 7 units at 40% AMI • A minimum of 7 units at 50% AMI NEW CONSTRUCTION: • A minimum of 14 units at 30% AMI • A minimum of 14 units at 40% AMI • A minimum of 14 units at 50% AMI The NWP Building shall contain a minimum of 63 total units, and the new construction shall contain a minimum of 133 total units. All remaining units will be held at affordability levels that are in compliance with LIHTC requirements at 80% AMI and below with an average of 60% AMI for all units dependent on 4% LIHTC or 9% LIHTC applications. Compliance of affordability and occupancy requirements shall be demonstrated through an annual report submitted to the City. A Restrictive Use Agreement shall be recorded against the Property at closing. The agreement shall be recorded immediately after the deed, run with the land, bind all successors and assigns, and remain in full force and effect for a term of fifty years from certificate of occupancy. All restrictions contained in this agreement shall survive Sufficiency: the Family Self-Sufficiency (FSS) Program, a voluntary 5-year incentive program that aims to help families increase their earnings and build equity with an emphasis on homeownership opportunities. The FSS Program includes two key features – a financial incentive for participants to increase their wealth in the form of an escrow savings account that increases as their earnings increase, and case management or coaching to help participants access services they may need to overcome barriers to employment, strengthen their financial capability, and address other challenges holding them back from achieving their goals. Developer shall provide an annual report summarizing and case management services, credit-building tools, savings or equity building opportunities, and workforce navigation. Developer will provide access to a discounted real estate agent service to assist residents on their journey to homeownership. Developer shall provide an annual report summarizing participation, outcomes, and Project: modification constitutes a material change from the proposed Project. For purposes of the Agreement, a “material change” means a modification that substantially deviates from the proposed Project and, with respect to any terms involving numbers or percentages, results in a change by more than 10%. Developer shall provide City with written notice of any such minor modification, including without limitation any changes specified by the City’s Building Services or Planning Departments. Developer shall not make any material change to the proposed Project without City’s approval, which Building will include a minimum of 30 2-bedroom units and 6 units 3-bedroom or more. The new construction shall have a minimum of 50 units as 2-bedroom units and 23 units Commercial Uses: and an additional 5,500 square feet in the basement of the NWP Building. The majority of the 200 South facade shall be ground floor commercial. Developer shall make efforts to reserve and lease the ground-floor commercial spaces to community-serving uses, specifically healthcare providers, childcare operators, or healthy food and beverage retailers. Developer shall actively market these spaces to such users for a minimum of 4 months following receipt of a certificate of occupancy. If, after commercially reasonable efforts and documented outreach, the Developer is unable to secure a qualified tenant from these categories, the City may approve alternative commercial uses that remain compatible with the project’s community benefit goals. Any proposed pivot shall include evidence of marketing efforts, a summary of prospective tenants, and a demonstration that the alternative use maintains or advances public health, wellbeing, or Secretary of the Interior's Standards for the Treatment of Historic Properties. design and construction documents for review and approval. So long as the Design Documents comply with Developer’s proposal to City in response to City’s RFP and subsequent interview with Developer’s selection advisory committee, City shall not higher or a Design Target Site Energy Use Intensity (“EUI”) value corresponding with such a score that is generated by the Designed to Earn ENERGY STAR tool and structures, from the street, and promote parking efficiencies and shared parking between located on the Property. Developer may, at its discretion, incorporate these stalls into a structured parking facility or reconfigure their location elsewhere on the site. In all cases, eight stalls shall be reserved for exclusive use by The Magnolia. Developer and The Magnolia shall negotiate a new long-term parking lease at a nominal fee, reflecting the reconfigured parking arrangement, which shall be subject to City approval. During construction, Developer shall commit to providing continuous parking availability for Fair Housing: comply with federal fair housing laws and tenant selection policies pursuant to the low- income housing tax credit (LIHTC) program or its successor. The Developer will affirmatively and aggressively market most living units to “public safety and security” workers. The broad category of public employees includes law enforcement, emergency response, critical health, emergency capital work, fire response and prevention, air quality, related education fields, emerging training and other public safety worker Requirement: status, including the submission of audited financial statements, and sufficient historic Northwest Pipeline building and therefore may developed in two phases. The renovation of the Northwest Pipeline building will be completed prior to or concurrently with any new construction. Special conditions for the new construction to start prior to the NWP Building shall be reviewed by the City and approved at City’s sole discretion. Approval shall only be granted if Developer provides a parking plan and evidence that renovation of the Northwest Pipeline Building will commence within 90 days of the new construction. Such circumstances or special conditions shall include: • site preparation and grading of new construction • crane coordination between both NWP Building and New Construction • all uses of LIHTC extensions have been exercised and further delay would result in guaranteed loss of credits EXHIBIT C: PUBLIC BENEFIT ANALYSIS MEMORANDUM TO: City Council Members SUBJECT: Analysis of Public Benefits Provided by Housing Assistance Management Enterprise’s Redevelopment of the Northwest Pipeline Property “The Grove” in Exchange for a Below-Market Rate Sale of Property INTRODUCTION Salt Lake City (the “City”) owns real property located at approximately 321 East 200 South, Salt Lake City, consisting of approximately 2.42 acres and the historic Northwest Pipeline building (the “NWP Building”), collectively the “City Property” which was previously used as the City’s police and fire headquarters until those departments were relocated in 2013. A development team consisting of Housing Assistance Management Enterprise (HAME), Xylem Projects, and Common Ground Institute, (collectively “the Developer”) was selected through a competitive Request for Proposals (“RFP”) process for the adaptive reuse of the NWP Building and the redevelopment of the vacant City Property. Developer’s proposal includes the renovation of the NWP Building, the construction of a new building, and other associated amenities. The NWP Building and newly constructed buildings will include 196 residential units, at least 51% of the residential units will be two or more bedrooms. Units will be deed restricted and made affordable to households earning an annual average income equal to or less than 60% of area median income (AMI). Developer will designate a minimum of 16 units for the voluntary 5-year Family Self-Sufficiency (FSS) Program to help families increase income and build equity. The ground floor and basement of the buildings are proposed to include a minimum 15,000 square feet of ground floor and basement commercial space reserved for neighborhood-serving commercial uses such as a daycare, healthcare services, and healthy food and beverage establishments. The site will also include a publicly accessible plaza (the “Project”) As set forth in more detail below, in consideration for the renovation of the NWP Building, the development of affordable and family-sized housing, the FSS program, and the inclusion of a daycare and other community-serving commercial uses, Developer requesting the City approve a discounted sales price of the City Property (the “Sale”). Any adjustment to the purchase price from fair market value is subject to approval by the City Council pursuant to Utah Code 10-8-2 and City Code 2.58. Accordingly, this public benefits analysis (“PBA”) has been prepared to help the City Council’s evaluation of the recommended action. LEGAL FRAMEWORK Under Utah law, after first holding a public hearing, a municipal body may appropriate funds “for any purpose that, in the judgment of the municipal legislative body, provides for the safety, health, prosperity, moral well-being, peace, order, comfort, or convenience of the inhabitants of the municipality.” The factors that must be considered by the City Council in determining the propriety of making such an appropriation or waiver to any type of entity or individual other than a nonprofit entity are set forth under Utah Code §10-8-2(3)(e). The factors include: (1) The specific benefits (including intangible benefits) to be received by the City in return for the arrangement; and (2) The City’s purpose in making the appropriation, including an analysis of how the safety, health, prosperity, moral well-being, peace, order, comfort or convenience of the residents of Salt Lake City will be enhanced; and (3) Whether the appropriation is “necessary and appropriate” to accomplish the reasonable goals and objectives of the City in the areas of economic development, job creation, affordable housing, blight elimination, resource center development, job preservation, the preservation of historic structures and property, and any other public purpose. BACKGROUND OF THE PROJECT AND CITY PROPERTY The City Property consists of approximately 2.42 acres and includes two vacant structures. The NWP Building, which is the primary structure, is a nine-story building built in 1958 by the Pacific Northwestern Pipeline Corporation. The NWP Building was designed by architects Slack and David Winburn in the “International Style.” It is one of two buildings in this style in Salt Lake City. The NWP Building is on the National Register of Historic Places, is therefore required to be rehabilitated in a manner that conforms to guidelines provided by the National Park Service Secretary of the Interior’s Standards for Rehabilitation as part of its redevelopment. The City Property was acquired by the City in the 1980s and was used for many years to house public safety operations, including Police, Fire, and 911 dispatch services. The NWP Building was remodeled after its acquisition by the City. The interior has been modified over the years, though the exterior of the building has been largely left intact. The facility was vacated in 2013 when the City’s public safety operations were relocated into the new public safety building at 475 South 300 East. In 2015, the City issued an RFP for the development of the City Property, along with the property immediately to the north that has since been developed as the Magnolia project, which provides affordable housing and supportive services for people that have experienced homelessness. The proposal that was selected in 2015 included the construction of the Magnolia, adaptive reuse of the NWP Building, the development of a new residential building and parking structure, and open space. The Magnolia project was completed in 2021; however, the other components of the 2015 development proposal did not move forward. In 2023, the City released a new RFP to identify an experienced development team to renovate the NWP Building and develop the vacant properties to contribute to the City’s livability goals and support the surrounding neighborhood. A selection committee comprised of elected officials, City staff, and community members selected the Developer as the development partner and has supported the Developer through the predevelopment process. TERMS OF THE SALE AND PUBLIC BENEFITS PROVIDED I. Terms of Sale Developer’s Project that will provide housing affordable to households earning between 30% and 80% AMI for at least 50 years. The Project, called The Grove, is located along 200 South, which is the busiest transit corridor in the State of Utah, used by 34 buses an hour. The Project will activate this underutilized City Property, which has sat vacant for many years and attracted nuisance activities, resulting in frequent complaints to the City from neighboring residents and businesses. Construction of the Project is anticipated to start by September of 2026, with estimated completion of construction in 2028, according to the Developer. The Project will be comprised of two buildings — the NWP Building and a new construction building with a shared parking structure. 63 residential units (27 one-bedroom units, 30 two-bedroom units, and 6 three- bedroom units) will be included as part of the adaptive reuse of the NWP Building, with the remaining 133 units in a new construction building. 16 residential units will be designated as eligible to participate in the Housing Authority of Salt Lake City’s Family Self-Sufficiency (FSS) Program, a voluntary 5-year incentive program that aims to help families increase their earnings and build equity. Developer will preserve the existing historic facade and restore the remaining historic interior elements at the NWP Building. The ground floor and basement of the NWP Building will include approximately 5,500 square feet of commercial space, and an additional 5,500 square feet of commercial space in the basement level. Commercial spaces will be specifically targeted at community-serving uses, including daycare, healthcare services, healthy food and beverage, and event spaces. The new construction buildings will include screened parking for approximately 86 stalls. Shaded community gathering space and public art installations will be included as part of the creation of a central, publicly accessible plaza on the City Property. The City has entered into an agreement for the NWP Building and its associated parcel. This agreement allows for the sale of the property at fair market value. The City intends to amend the agreement to sell the NWP Building and enter into a new agreement to sell the City Property (at the rate approved by City Council) pending Developer’s completion of certain closing requirements, which shall include the execution of a Development Agreement for the Project. Before closing on the Sale of the City Property to Developer for the Project, the City and Developer have agreed that Developer must demonstrate evidence of construction and permanent financing, and that the NWP Building shall be constructed to conform to guidelines either provided by or consistent with the National Park Service Secretary of the Interior’s Standards for Rehabilitation. Developer must also demonstrate that the Project’s new construction building shall be designed to achieve a “Designed to Earn ENERGY STAR” score of 90 or higher. Developer shall have satisfied all the requirements necessary for the commencement of site preparation and construction of the Project improvements. Developer intends to finance the Project using Low-Income Housing Tax Credits, Housing Authority bond debt and/or private debt, historic tax credits, and other awards and grants. The City’s financial contribution in the form of a below-market rate sale is essential to making The Project financially feasible given the significant cost of historic rehabilitation, affordable housing construction, and inclusion of public-serving amenities that generate limited or no operating revenue. The City’s support directly enables the transformation of a long-vacant site into a productive community asset that advances the City’s objectives. In exchange for the public benefits that Developer will be providing by creating family-sized affordable housing and community-centered commercial space that includes a daycare facility healthcare services and healthy food and beverage providers; by rehabilitating and preserving the historic NWP Building; by supporting the revitalization and activation of a currently vacant City- owned property; and by promoting opportunities for renters to build equity; Developer is requesting that the City approve a below-market rate Sale of the City Property. II. Costs to the City Under the proposed Sale between the City and Developer, the City will convey the Project Site, for $500,000 for the NWP Building property and $500,000 for the New Construction property, for a total of $1,000,000. The sales price is payable to the City in the form of subordinate promissory notes effective from certificate of occupancy. Payments shall be $1 each year for fifteen years. Following this initial period until year 15, Developer shall pay 50% of any positive surplus cash flow generated from the Project, not less than $1 per year. After year fifteen, the promissory notes shall accrue interest at a simple, non-compounding, annual rate of three percent (3%) per annum, however, no interest payments shall be due prior to final maturity. Only the interest on the outstanding unpaid principal balance at maturity will be applied to final payment due upon maturity. The sale will require that the City Property will be used solely for the Project, including but not limited to the development and operation of the renovated NWP Building, a new construction building, and the public plaza. The appraised value as of March 24, 2025, for the City Property is $18,050,000, with $17,390,000 attributed to the land and $660,000 attributed to the building. The appraised value may be updated prior to the City’s conveyance of the Property. The below-market sale would be offered as the City’s contribution to providing solutions for historic preservation, affordable and family-sized housing, and community services. The City will not have any responsibility for remediation, design, construction, operation, or maintenance of the City Property or Project. II. Public Benefits Provided by the Project. The below-market sale is necessary to unlock these public benefits. The City’s contribution bridges a financing gap that private capital alone cannot fill due to the project’s affordability commitments, costly historic preservation standards, and inclusion of non-revenue community amenities. This investment ensures that the redevelopment of the Northwest Pipeline site delivers lasting value. The Project provides numerous benefits to the City and promotes the City’s reasonable goals and objectives to preserve historic structures, increase the availability of affordable housing, improve housing stability, and increase opportunities for homeownership and other wealth and equity-building opportunities for families. Residents of the Project will be provided with access to secure screened parking and will be encouraged to take advantage of the frequent transit service available on 200 South. Commercial tenants will benefit from the project’s prime location near the City’s central business district and increased foot traffic generated by the new residents and guests. The Project will also provide residents and community members with access to a variety of community-centered businesses, including childcare, healthcare services, healthy food and beverage providers, and other small, local businesses. The addition of these businesses and services providers may create additional job opportunities for community members. Developer shall designate at minimum 16 units in the Project as eligible to participate in the Housing Authority of Salt Lake City’s Family Self-Sufficiency (FSS) Program, a voluntary 5- year incentive program that aims to help families increase their earnings and build equity. The FSS Program includes two key features – a financial incentive for participants to increase their earnings in the form of an escrow savings account that increases as their earnings increase, and case management or coaching to help participants access services they may need to overcome barriers to employment, strengthen their financial capability, and address other challenges holding them back from achieving their goals. Through FSS, as participating households increase their income, the additional rent that would normally be paid to the Developer is instead deposited into an interest-bearing escrow account, building savings over time. Coupled with individualized coaching, this structure enables families to strengthen their financial stability, reduce reliance on subsidy, and accumulate meaningful resources. In Salt Lake City, many graduates of the program have successfully used their escrow savings as down payments to purchase homes. By embedding FSS into this Project, the City will expand opportunities for current and future residents to transition from renting to homeownership, creating long-term stability and wealth-building for Salt Lake families. The Project is also designed as a transit-oriented development (TOD) that leverages the Property’s prime location along 200 South, the state’s busiest transit corridor and the route of the new bus rapid transit (BRT) line. By locating affordable housing, neighborhood-serving businesses, and community amenities directly adjacent to high-frequency transit, the Project will maximize opportunities for residents and patrons to reduce reliance on automobiles. This design supports Salt Lake City’s Climate Positive 2040 goals by encouraging walking, cycling, and transit use, thereby reducing vehicle trips, lowering greenhouse gas emissions, and improving air quality. Reduced automobile usage will also directly contribute to climate resilience by lessening local air pollution and mitigating urban heat impacts associated with heavy traffic. The Project’s TOD features advance the City’s adopted Housing SLC (2023–2027) and Thriving in Place anti- displacement strategy, which both encourage transit-oriented development and the use of public land as critical tools for ensuring long-term affordability and equitable neighborhood growth. In doing so, the Project will reduce combined housing and transportation costs for households while strengthening the viability of the City’s investment in high-capacity transit. The Project will generate significant economic vitality by bringing new residents, businesses, and community services to a long-vacant property in the heart of the City. More than 250 new residents will increase local purchasing power and strengthen neighborhood retail, while the Project’s minimum of 15,000 square feet of commercial space will be prioritized for locally owned businesses and neighborhood-serving providers. This focus on small business development and entrepreneurship will create new job opportunities, diversify the local economy, and ensure that the benefits of redevelopment circulate within the community. By combining affordable housing with accessible commercial services, the Project will catalyze a more vibrant, walkable district that attracts additional investment and enhances the overall economic resilience of Salt Lake City’s Central City neighborhood. The Project will also contribute to increased neighborhood safety. By transforming a long-vacant property into an active mixed-use development, the Project will eliminate blight and reduce nuisance activities that have historically generated frequent complaints from nearby residents and businesses. The addition of housing, commercial space, and community amenities will create a consistent community presence that enhances visibility and fosters a safer pedestrian environment. Reduced reliance on automobiles will also improve traffic safety by lowering the number of vehicle trips, thereby reducing the risk of collisions and creating safer conditions for pedestrians, cyclists, and transit riders. The City will also benefit from the revitalization of the currently vacant City Property through reduced maintenance obligations, activation of the surrounding streetscape, generation of additional tax revenue, and furthering the City’s goal of utilizing publicly owned property for the development of affordable housing. Community members will benefit from the addition of neighborhood-serving businesses that provide essential goods and services, enhancing quality of life and supporting local needs. By transforming the site into an active and vibrant space, the Project should reduce nuisance activities in the immediate area, which will lessen demands on City resources in responding to complaints and will benefit the broader community. III. Salt Lake City’s Purposes and Enhancing the Quality of Life for Residents. Through the services mentioned above, the Project aims to serve households earning 30% to 80% of AMI. By helping serve the needs of these residents, the Project is expected to provide measurable benefits to the City, including the availability of safe, stable, and affordable housing and a reduction in nuisance and public safety concerns in the area. The site’s redevelopment will benefit the surrounding neighborhood by increasing the residential population, bringing new customers to local businesses, and enhancing downtown’s vibrancy. The Project’s commercial space will create opportunities for businesses that provide valuable services to the community. IV. Accomplishing Salt Lake City’s Goals. By developing 196 units of affordable housing, the Project supports the City’s Housing Plan, Housing SLC (2023-2027), which outlines strategies to address Salt Lake City’s shortage of approximately 5,500 units of affordable housing. Housing SLC heavily prioritizes individuals and households who face the greatest risk of housing insecurity and displacement. To do this, the City has developed the following goals: 1) Make progress toward closing the housing gap of 5,500 units of deeply affordable housing by entitling a minimum of 2,000 deeply affordable (30% AMI or below) units and a minimum of 2,000 affordable (30%-80% AMI) units throughout the city. 2) Increasing housing stability throughout the city. 3) Increase opportunities for homeownership and other wealth and equity-building opportunities. The plan also provides guidance for evaluating and appropriating City funds for housing. The priorities relevant to the Project are as follows: 1) Incentivizing new residential development where it will benefit the most people. 2) Support new housing at all income levels by making it easy and attractive to build affordable housing. 3) Increase spending on rental assistance and affordable housing construction and develop new funding sources to make it possible. 4) Create rental housing opportunities in every neighborhood. Additionally, the Project helps further Strategic Priority 3d of Thriving in Place, the City’s anti- displacement strategy plan, which encourages utilization of publicly owned property to leverage land assets in support of long-term affordability and equitable development. The Project furthers City objectives by utilizing publicly owned property to create new affordable housing and creating opportunities for wealth building and homeownership. CONCLUSION The development of the Grove Project by Developer will provide significant benefit to residents of the City. Approving a below-market sale for the City Property is an appropriate use of City resources to achieve the City’s “reasonable goals and objectives…in the area of economic development, job creation, affordable housing, blight elimination, resource center development, job preservation, the preservation of historic structures and property.” The Project will bring new activity to the neighborhood by introducing new housing, businesses, and community services to a site that is currently vacant and providing no benefit to the City. The City’s participation through the below-market terms is necessary to achieve these outcomes and ensure enduring public benefit. By restoring the historic Northwest Pipeline Building, providing affordable family-sized housing that aligns with Salt Lake City’s sustainability goals, increasing opportunities for homeownership and financial stability for residents through participation in the FSS Program, and revitalizing a central neighborhood within Salt Lake City, Developer has demonstrated its intent to provide sufficient public benefit to merit a below market rate reduction for a sale of the City Property. This page has intentionally been left blank SALT LAKE CITY TRANSMITTAL To:  Salt Lake City Council Chair Submission Date: 01/29/2026 Date Sent to Council: 01/29/2026 From: Department * Community and Neighborhood Employee Name: Hunt, Logan E-mail Logan.Hunt@slc.gov Department Director Signature Director Signed Date 01/29/2026 Chief Administrator Officer's Signature Chief Administrator Officer's Signed Date 01/29/2026 Subject: Street closures to facilitate public safety and crowd management during the Temple Reopening Celebration Additional Staff Contact: Tammy Hunsaker Presenters/Staff Table Document Type Ordinance Budget Impact? Yes No Recommendation: To adopt an ordinance to temporarily close certain streets as a necessary measure to mitigate unsafe conditions for the Temple Reopening Celebration. Background/Discussion See first attachment for Background/Discussion Public Hearing Is there a City or State statutory requirement to hold a public hearing for this item?* Yes No The City Council reserves the option to hold and notice for a public hearing pursuant to their practices for public engagement. Does the City have a general practice to hold a public hearing for this item?* Yes No Public Process This page has intentionally been left blank ERIN MENDENHALL DEPARTMENT of COMMUNITY Mayor and NEIGHBORHOODS Tammy Hunsaker Director SALT LAKE CITY CORPORATION 451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 404 WWW.SLC.GOV P.O. BOX 145486, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5486 TEL 801.535.6230 FAX 801.535.6005 CITY COUNCIL TRANSMITTAL ________________________ Date Received: _________________ Jill Love, Chief Administrative Officer Date sent to Council: _________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ TO: Salt Lake City Council DATE: 1/29/2026 __________________________ SUBJECT: Street closures to facilitate public safety and crowd management during the Temple Reopening Celebration ADDITIONAL STAFF CONTACT: Tammy Hunsaker, tammy.hunsaker@slc.gov DOCUMENT TYPE: Ordinance RECOMMENDATION: To adopt an ordinance to temporarily close certain streets as a necessary measure to mitigate unsafe conditions for the Temple Reopening Celebration. BUDGET IMPACT: N/A BACKGROUND/DISCUSSION: The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints (“Church”) has invited people from around the world to take part in an open house celebration for the Salt Lake Temple, which will occur from April 2027 to October 2027 (the “Temple Celebration”). This event will draw millions of visitors to the City with mass gatherings taking place on the blocks surrounding Temple Square. As such, the Church has requested that the City close certain street segments beginning in March 2027 through the duration of the Temple Celebration with the exact dates to be determined once additional details are finalized. The street closures will only occur between March 2027 and October 2027– refer to Exhibit A for a map and description of the proposed street closures. State and City Requirements for Street Closures Utah Code 72-5-105 dictates the process of when and how the City may temporarily close a street. Generally, state law requires that a street, once established, shall continue to be a street unless a certain action is taken by the City. Section 3(c)(iii) allows cities to temporarily close all or a portion of class C roads if the City makes a finding that temporary closure is necessary to mitigate an unsafe condition. To temporarily close the road, the City will need to hold a public hearing, provide notice to the Utah Department of Transportation (UDOT), and the City Council will then need to pass an ordinance – refer to Exhibit B for the draft ordinance. In addition to State regulations, City Code includes various provisions relating to street closures, work in the right-of-way, and use of City-owned property. To fulfill the requirements of City Code, the Church will be required to obtain various permits and execute a lease with the City. Applicable permit fees, parking meter fees, and lease fees will equate to approximately $2.3 million and will be based on the fiscal year 2027 consolidated fee schedule. Justification for Street Closures The proposed closures are limited in scope and duration as much as possible and are necessary to ensure the safety and well-being of residents, visitors, and event participants. Based on anticipated attendance, event activities, and traffic volume, the street closures will support orderly crowd management, mitigate traffic congestion, and allow for the proper placement of safety infrastructure such as barricades, emergency access, signage, and accessibility accommodations. Emergency personnel will have controlled access, enabling more effective response in the event of a medical, fire, or security incident. The Administration, including the Police Department, Fire Department, and Community and Neighborhoods, is working with the Church on a closure plan that balances public safety needs with traffic circulation and access for nearby residents and businesses. In addition, the Administration and Church are working with other stakeholders including UDOT, Utah Transit Authority, businesses, and property owners. Advance public notification, detour signage, and traffic control measures will be implemented to support mobility and access throughout the area. Approving these temporary street closures is a proactive and necessary measure to uphold public safety, support emergency preparedness, and ensure the successful and responsible execution of the event while balancing community needs. PUBLIC PROCESS: According to Utah Code 72-5-105, before authorizing a temporary closure, the City shall: a. hold a hearing on the proposed temporary closure; b. provide notice of the hearing by mailing a notice to UDOT; and c. provide notice to the owners of the properties abutting the street for at least four weeks before the day of the hearing. In addition to Utah Code, Section 14.32 of City Code provides that notice shall be delivered to the adjacent properties on the same side of the street as the proposed work, or closure in this instance. EXHIBITS: A. Map and description of the proposed street closures B. Ordinance Exhibit A: Proposed Street Closures Requested Closure Description (City Code (City Code 2.58) (City Code (City Code (City Code SALT LAKE CITY ORDINANCE No. ________ of 2026 (Temporarily Closing All or Portions of City Streets Adjacent to the Salt Lake City Temple to Mitigate Unsafe Conditions) An ordinance temporarily closing all of North Temple Street between West Temple Street and Main Street, a portion of North Temple Street between 200 West Street and West Temple Street, all of West Temple Street between North Temple Street and South Temple Street, a portion of West Temple Street between 200 North Street and North Temple Street, and a portion of South Temple Street between West Temple Street and Main Street to mitigate unsafe conditions, pursuant Utah Code Section 72-5-105. WHEREAS, from March 1, 2027-October 31, 2027, the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter- day Saints is planning the Temple Reopening Celebration for the extensively renovated Salt Lake City Temple in downtown Salt Lake City and anticipates an unusually large number of visitors to the area during this time; and WHEREAS, Utah Code Section 72-5-105(3) allows a municipality to temporarily close a class C road under certain conditions including if the municipality makes a finding that the temporary closure of all or part of a class C road is necessary to mitigate unsafe conditions; WHEREAS, the City has found that during the Salt Lake City Temple Reopening Celebration from March 1, 2027-October 31, 2027 the temporarily closure of all or portions of certain roads around the Salt Lake City Temple, as more fully depicted on Exhibit A, is necessary to mitigate the unsafe conditions of having an unusually high volume of pedestrian traffic to help prevent pedestrian-vehicle conflict, help with orderly crowd management, mitigate traffic congestion, and allow for the proper placement of safety infrastructure such as barricades, emergency access, signage, and accessibility accommodations; and 2 WHEREAS, during the temporary closure, the City and the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints will execute a lease agreement for the Church’s exclusive use of a portion of the temporarily closed roads to help mitigate the unsafe conditions; and WHEREAS, during the temporary closure, the City will erect traffic control barricades on portions of the temporarily closed roads to help with traffic control and circulation; and WHEREAS, a temporary closure is allowed after following the procedures specified under Utah Code Section 72-5-105(4)-(5), which requires the City to hold a public hearing on the temporary closure and provide notice to the Utah Department of Transportation. NOW, THEREFORE, be it ordained by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah: SECTION 1. Temporary Closure of City-Owned Right-of-Way. That, in accordance with Utah Code Section 72-5-105(3), all of North Temple Street between West Temple Street and Main Street, a portion of North Temple Street between 200 West Street and West Temple Street, all of West Temple Street between North Temple Street and South Temple Street, a portion of West Temple Street between 200 North Street and North Temple Street, and a portion of South Temple Street between West Temple Street and Main Street, which is more particularly described on Exhibit A attached hereto, shall be temporarily closed as a public right-of-way during the closure period identified in Section 2. SECTION 2. Temporary Closure Period; Reopening. The planned temporary closure described herein shall be closed as a public right-of-way from March 1, 2027-October 31, 2027, which timeframe may be more particularly defined in the lease. Upon the conclusion of the temporary closure period or termination of the lease between the City and the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, whichever occurs first, the mayor shall direct that the portions of 3 closed roads described in Exhibit A hereto shall be reopened and all obstructions to vehicular traffic be removed. SECTION 3. Effective Date. This Ordinance shall become effective on the date of its passage. Passed by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah this _______ day of ______________, 2026. ______________________________ CHAIRPERSON ATTEST: ______________________________ CITY RECORDER Transmitted to Mayor on _______________________. Mayor's Action: _______Approved. _______Vetoed. ______________________________ MAYOR ______________________________ CITY RECORDER (SEAL) Bill No. ________ of 2026. Published: ______________. APPROVED AS TO FORM Salt Lake City Attorney’s Office Date:__________________________________ By: ___________________________________ Allison Parks, Deputy City Attorney January 28, 2026 4 EXHIBIT A Map of the portion of the temporary closures This page has intentionally been left blank SALT LAKE CITY BOARD MEMBER TRANSMITTAL To:  Salt Lake City Council Chair Submission Date: 01/20/2026 Date Sent To Council: 01/21/2026 From:  Otto, Rachel Subject: Board appointment Recommendation: Historic Landmark Commission Recommendation:  The Administration recommends the Council approve the appointment of Steven Cornell to the Historic Landmark Commission for a 4 year term starting on the date of City Council advice and consent . Steven Cornell currently lives in District 7. Approved:* Otto, Rachel Date: February 3, 2025 To: Salt Lake City Mayor Erin Mendenhall and t Sa1t ke City Council From: Tim funk, Crossroads Urban Center] Subject: Westside City Bio-tower Project Attached please find two documents. The first is an email sent to me, Tim Funk; at Crossroads Urban Center on last Wednesday, January 28, listing four major concerns about the bio-tower project being proposed at approximately Pierpont Avenue and 1000 West in the Poplar Grove Neighborhood. The Poplar Grove Neighborhood Council was holding its regular January meeting that night. The email was sent by two persons directly concerned. I was asked to present or at least support those proposed concerns at the Wednesday meeting. Although I could not be at the meeting, I thought the information in the email should be submitted for further discussion. So here it is. The second document "What's That Smell? Odor and Corrosion Mitigation In Salt lake City" was produced in 2020 about the same concern: How best to mitigate the odor and corrosion at the Pierpont site in the Poplar Grove neighborhood. As the email states the project currently being proposed by the city staff might not be the best one. It is stated that the original bio-tower proposal presented by the city may indeed be the best approach. We ask the Mayor and the Council seek a qualified third party appraisal of the project with due consideration being given to the points raised in the email as presented. Hi again, Alex wanted me to send you further information as well since you will be in person at the meeting and have a stronger voice than we do; Attached is the 2020 Jacobs Engineering report that the City has relied on for the 1200 West/500 South Biotower project. That report is really the backbone of the City's justification, but several key questions remain unanswered because the underlying analyses haven't been provided. While we have a pending GRAMA request for the supporting data, these types of responses have been slow and often come back unresponsive for endless reasons. Given Crossroads' influential voice, you may be able to pressure the Council Members and Representatives to have these documents provided voluntarily and transparently before the project proceeds forward. Specifically, we're hoping the City will produce documentation that will address/answer the following: 1. The 30-Year Alternative (Dosing): Figure 4 (page 334) of the attached report identifies liquid -phase dosing (Ferrous Chloride) as a top contender. It states that dosing would not affect the treatment plant which happens inside the pipe and requires no towers or hazardous structures. We need a 30-year life cycle cost analysis comparing the Biotower/vapor-phase treatment approach to chemical dosing alternatives discussed in the report. Why was the neighborhood -friendly option rejected? 2. Support for the report's claim that the approach could extend pipe life by roughly 30 years, including modeling assumptions. 3. The Real Driver (Asset Protection): The report admits this isn't really about smell; it's about corrosion. We need clarification that the primary driver for the 1200 West trunk line's treatment is mitigation of hydrogen -sulfide -induced corrosion in order to preserve the concrete pipe and extend its service life, rather than responding to odor complaints, which the Jacobs report identifies as the driver at other locations. 4. Equity and siting considerations: Page 335 admits that 1020 W Pierpont (Figure 5) was chosen based on maintenance constraints but those constraints have never been explained or documented. Does this mean the City prioritized the parking convenience of their maintenance trucks over the health, safety, and property values of Poplar Grove residents? We believe the community deserves to see the alternatives analysis that proves why a BioTower is overwhelmingly better than the dosing method recommended in their own report. We appreciate you helping us press for this information. Sincerely, Rachel and Alex Pipelines 2U20 330 What's That Smell? Odor and Corrosion Mitigation in Salt Lake City Emma McGowan, P.E.1; and Maggi Trimble, P.E.2 'Jacobs Engineering, Taylorsville, UT. Email: emma.mcgowan@jacobs.com 2Jacobs Engineering, Taylorsville, UT. Email: maggi.trimble@jacobs.com ABSTRACT Salt Lake Department of Public Utilities (SLCDPU) has engaged Jacobs Engineering (Jacobs) to investigate odor and corrosion issues within the sewer collection system. Most critical pipes in the collection system are composed of RCP or brick, making corrosion a primary concern. A Jacobs team conducted hydrogen sulfide (112S) vapor and liquid phase sampling throughout the three main trunk lines in the City. In combination with system flow rates and rainfall data, this data was used to identify hot spots of hydrogen sulfide, and potential corrosion, within the sewer system. The data collected during the sampling campaign was used to calibrate a wastewater process model built for the SLCDPU wastewater collection system using the INTERCEPTOR Powered by WATS model. Wastewater quality parameter information used during calibration included temperature, pH, alkalinity, sulfate, dissolved oxygen (DO), and chemical oxygen demand (COD). The 112S formation rate was calibrated using dissolved sulfides and sewer headspace hydrogen sulfide data. The model, in combination with bench scale testing of ferric chloride, ferrous chloride, sodium hypochlorite, and hydrogen peroxide, was used to recommend an odor and corrosion control mitigation strategy for the existing system as well as for several future build -out scenarios incorporating the Water Reclamation Facility upgrade and state prison relocation and associated collection system projects. These recommendations were further refined with fan testing at key locations along the trunk lines to address odor and corrosion concerns. INTRODUCTION The Salt Lake City Department of Public Utilities (SLCDPU) owns and maintains over 2,000 miles of sewage collection pipes, shown in Figure 1. These pipes are subject to sulfide corrosion, and the pace of deterioration has created a protracted asset management problem. Additionally, SLCDPU fields 8 to 25 odor complaints per year associated with the sewer system. These problems translate into costly disturbances to the community. To address these problems, the Utility retained Jacobs Engineering (Jacobs) to complete an odor and corrosion evaluation for the collection system. The intent of the evaluation was to conduct a thorough assessment of the collection system, including the critical factors bearing on odor and corrosion, and to develop recommendations for preventing odor complaints and gaining control of corroding assets. Jacobs used the following approach (steps) to meet the objectives: 1. Reviewed available information regarding the existing hydraulic model, condition assessments, monitoring results, interviews with operators, industrial discharge records, wastewater treatment plant influent records, and chemical dosing stations. 2. Completed a field sampling program to monitor headspace hydrogen sulfide at key locations throughout the sewer network and water quality parameters related to sulfide generation and fate. © ASCE Pipelines 2020 331 3. Set up and calibrated a sewer process model for the major sewer trunk lines and branches. 4. Using the calibrated model and bench scale testing, evaluated alternatives for odor and corrosion control in the collection system. 5. Conducted fan testing to refine odor and corrosion control locations and developed preliminary design guidance, including cost, equipment size and dose, for the recommended alternatives. Figure 1. Pipe Network Study Area SAMPLING Vapor and liquid phase sampling was conducted throughout SLCDPU's three trunk lines; Orange Street, Beck Street and 1200 West. Sample locations were identified to ensure adequate coverage of the entire system. Sample locations were placed directly on the trunk line, focusing on the upstream and downstream ends of the trunk line, locations where odor and corrosion are known to be a problem based on discussions with SLCDPU maintenance staff, and tributary lines suspected of having high organic loads due to the presence of food processing plants and industrial dischargers. Vapor phase sampling included gas phase H2S and pressure monitoring. Liquid phase sampling included dissolved sulfide, alkalinity, biological oxygen demand, chemical oxygen demand, sulfate, pH, dissolved oxygen (DO), oxidation-reduction potential (ORP), and temperature. System flow rates and rainfall data were also analyzed and compared to liquid and vapor phase sampling results. Based on vapor and liquid phase sampling, hot spots within the sewer system were identified. The highest concentrations of H2S and dissolved sulfide were found along the Orange Street trunk line with H2S concentration peaks up to 1,600 parts per million, see Figure 2. In general, The Beck Street and 1200 West trunk lines contained much lower concentrations of H2S and dissolved sulfide with H2S concentration peaks reaching 280 and 54 parts per million, © ASCE Pipelines 2020 332 respectively. The three trunk lines contained relatively mild H2S concentrations at sampling locations farthest from the Water Reclamation Facility (WU) and concentrations gradually increased as sample locations approached the WRF. H2S concentrations were not typically correlated with diurnal flow variations, but a reduction in values was seen from the dilution effect of flow increases resulting from rainfall. Causes for various erratic H2S concentration spikes that could not be identified were discussed with SLCDPU staff to determine potential sources. Liquid and vapor phase sampling results were then used to calibrate the process model. 1800 1600 1400 E m 1200 00 2 1000 `o 3 0 800 Ca a vi 600 N S 400 200 Orange St Trunk Line 0-06, 0-07, 0-08, 0-14 Gas Phase H2S and Liquid FLow I I � 0 j 9/13/17 10:00 AM 9/13/17 8:00 PM V�J 10000 9000 8000 7000 6000 5000 a O 3 4000 LL I 3000 2000 I' 1000 I� 0 9/14/17 6:00 AM 9/14/17 4:00 PM 9/15/171:59 AM —0-06 H2S —0-07 H2S —0-08 H2S 0-14 H2S —flow 0-08 —Flow 0-14 Figure 2. HZS Variations for Sampling Locations 0-06, 0-07, 0-08 and 0-14 compared to flow rates WATS MODEL A sewer process model was used as the key tool to evaluate the sewer system, develop treatment options, and screen those options for cost and effectiveness in controlling odors and corrosion. The Wastewater Aerobic/anaerobic Transformations in Sewers (WATS) was selected as the most appropriate software tool for this purpose. The WATS model requires several data inputs to account for physical, chemical and biochemical processes bearing on odor generation/fate and concrete corrosion within the sewer network. These include the following: © ASCE Pipelines 2020 333 • Flow — Sourced from the calibrated SLCDPU hydraulic model and revised to reflect current metering data • Pipe physical data — Sourced from the current SLCDPU hydraulic model and revised to correct connectivity, elevation datum, and operator experience vis-a-vis surcharged pipes. • Water Quality — Sourced from field sampling data and plant influent records • Hydrogen Sulfide - Sourced from field sampling data • Corrosion Observations — Historic corrosion data The WATS model was set-up and calibrated to best reflect dry weather conditions during August 2017, the month during which field sampling was completed. Model calibration consisted of a two-step process seeking measured/model agreement first with measured hydrogen sulfide, then with corrosion observations measured during a previous investigation of corrosion occurring in the three trunk lines. Figure 3 shows a summary of the measured -modeled comparison of concrete corrosion rates. 2.s Orange St. Beck St. 1200 W 0.5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 • Modeled M.--d Figure 3. Measured versus Model -Predicted Corrosion Rate for a Subset of Pipes BENCH SCALE TESTING Bench scale testing was completed as part of developing recommendations for odor and corrosion mitigation. Four chemicals, sodium hypochlorite, hydrogen peroxide, ferrous chloride and ferric chloride, were tested for sulfide control on three wastewater samples collected from the Beck Street, 1200 West, and Orange Street trunk lines. Each chemical was tested at several doses to establish a dose/response curve for each chemical on each wastewater sample. These dose/response curves are shown in Figure 4. The dose response curves were then used to determine effective chemical dose rates and to compare the cost effectiveness of each chemical for removing sulfide. Based on effective dose rates, and costs from vendors, hydrogen peroxide was determined to be the most cost-effective chemical and ferric chloride the second most cost-effective for removing sulfide from all three trunk lines. Ferrous chloride and sodium hypochlorite were much less cost-effective for removing sulfide. Based on cost effectiveness, hydrogen peroxide would be the best option to reduce sulfide concentrations in the three trunk lines. However, based on © ASCE Pipelines 2020 334 potential dosing within force mains, ferric chloride was determined to be the most effective for sulfide removal based on its longer reaction time compared to hydrogen peroxide. Potential impacts of ferric chloride dosing on ortho-phosphate (OP) concentrations within the conveyance system were analyzed to determine potential impacts on planned implementation of biological phosphorus removal at the Water Reclamation Facility (WRF) and it was determined that dosing at the recommended levels would not affect OP concentrations at the WRF. SLC Jar Test Sodium Hypochlorite Dose Response 16 1 1 1 `. 1 -.-6rcx 3o-uel 14 1 , 1 -a-0—gs quasi - 2 1 1 .--1e'1t0 W�bsl 1 1 -laiyH 12 1 1 --6laknlometlic Om< 1 1 _ _ I 1 10 1 1 1 1 1 6 1 � 1 In g 1 1 1 1 d 4 1 1 1 1 v 2 1 1 I 1 _. .. .-- — --- 0 2 4 6 a 10 12 14 16 Chemical dose (g NaOC119 sulfide) SLC Jar Testing Ferrous Chloride Dose Response 0 0 2 FAN TESTING -+r o_ -.-6e4 gl'an -.�1ale West --Td:Oel --saemc�n.wc owe 6 6 10 12 14 Chemical dose (g FelIg sulfide) SLC Jar Testing Hydrogen Pero)dde Dose Response 14 1 �-6mk sVer I � 12 I 1 - -si wmMc»x I I 8 I I I 1 a 6 4 I � I I '------a^ -- - - - - -- --- - - - - - ; 0.0 1.0 2.0 0.0 4.0 5.0 Chemical dose (g MAI'l) sulfide) SLC Jar Testing Ferric Chloride Dose Response 16 rasa 12 y 1 10 j 1 U 1 8 1 m' 1 4 � 4 2- - u ----------L- - ----- 0 1 2 0 4 5 6 7 8 Chemical dose (g Fe'l'g sulfide) Figure 4. Bench Scale Testing Dose Response Curves Fan testing was completed using a trailer mounted carbon scrubber capable of extracting air at variable rates up to approximately 12,000 cfm. The carbon scrubber was connected to the sewer headspace via a flexible duct. Pressure monitors were deployed upstream and downstream of each fan testing location to measure the difference in pressures between the sewer headspace and the ambient atmosphere. Headspace pressure monitoring results allowed for the determination of the pressure zone of influence caused by the fan. At each location, the fan was operated at several speeds to determine the optimal air flow rate needed to achieve a pressure zone of influence, in the case of the Orange Street Interceptor locations, whereby odors would be prevented from outgassing. In the case of the 1200 West locations, the goal was not a zone of influence, but rather a pressure gradient indicating that air flow in the headspace is towards the fan, in order to mitigate corrosion. At each location, the fan was run overnight to assess impact of diurnal changes. © ASCE Pipelines 2020 335 Throughout the fan testing, odalogs were deployed at the fan inlet to measure hydrogen sulfide concentration with fan -induced dilution. This data was used to determine locations for permanent forced ventilation to mitigate hydrogen sulfide concentrations in the Orange Street and 1200 West interceptors. CONCLUSION Model results indicated that dosing at the 500 South pump station (before the force main discharge) will mitigate odors on the Orange Street interceptor while vapor phase treatment is put in place. Dosing at that same location but only into the force mains after vapor phase treatment is installed will keep H2S from building in the force mains and causing corrosion at the discharge location on 1200 West. Fan testing results indicated three locations for forced ventilation, one on the 1200 West interceptor to control downstream corrosion and two on the Orange Street interceptor to control odor. The 500 South force main discharge location can be treated by forced ventilation at 3,000 cfm. This treatment will be to remove H2S with the purpose of slowing downstream corrosion and extending pipe life to 30 years. The Orange Street interceptor can be treated comprehensively by forced ventilation from two locations: 10,000 cfm from Location 4 and 7,000 cfm from Location 5. This treatment will be to create negative pressure within the system to contain odors, as the interceptor has already been lined and is not at risk of corrosion. The three locations are identified in the figures below. Based on hydrogen sulfide loads observed during fan testing, maintenance constraints, and location, the recommended technology for treatment is biotowers with carbon polishing. FIGURE 5: Potential Site for Vapor Phase Equipment Near 500 South Force Main Discharge © ASCE Pipelnes 2020 336 rlcij, i'�•�w Ir.!iC....SYi .�J�^.ilr ..:.IriM1�:err-„ - _ i•ilClnYwFi.wFf •.u•rr..-,rr�a� FIGURE 6: Potential Site for Vapor Phase Equipment for Orange Street Interceptor FIGURE 7: Potential Site for Vapor Phase Equipment for Orange Street Interceptor Combining fan testing with the model results has allowed for a much more comprehensive recommendation to SLCDPU. The model results allowed Jacobs to narrow focus to the system hot spots, while fan testing allowed for dialing in the specific treatment requirements. With this combined approach SLCDPU is now moving forward with design of the vapor phase treatment systems and has begun the recommended dosing regimen. © ASCE